Gammmsra 000010

__________
HIGHLIGHTS
REVISION NO. 17 Jul 01/08
Pages which have been revised are outlined below, together with the Highlights of the
Revision
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
CH/SE/SU C REASON FOR CHANGE EFFECTIVITY
PAGES
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
CHAPTER 12
__________
L.E.P. 1- 9 Revised to Reflect this revision indicating

new,revised, and/or deleted pages
T. OF C. Revised to reflect this revision
1, 3-
14
12-11-28 Effectivity updated
319- 320, CORRECTION/ADDITION/AMPLIFICATION ALL
323, 370- NEW GRAPHS ADDED
A393 TITLE OF TASK(S) DATA UPDATED ALL

306, 309- UPDATED TOOL
316, 319,
322, 327-
328

305- 338, ILLUSTRATION UPDATED.
341, 344, TOOL DESIGNATION(S) DATA UPDATED ALL
347- 349, TITLE OF TASK(S) DATA UPDATED ALL
353- 354,
361, 372-
373
12-13-79 CORRECTION/ADDITION/AMPLIFICATION ALL

303- 304, CLARIFIED WORDING FOR FILLING INSTRUCTIONS
309

301- 302, CORRECTED TORQUE VALUE OF THE CHARGING VALVE
304- 313 NUT
TOOL DESIGNATION(S) DATA UPDATED ALL
12-14-32 WARNING/NOTE/REASON FOR THE JOB AMENDED ALL

301, 303-
12-HIGHLIGHTS Page 1 of 3
MSR
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PAGES
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
304, 355-
356

301- 303, TEXT UPDATED (SIL 38-040 AND SIL 38-041
309- 310 INCORPORATED).
TOOL DESIGNATION(S) DATA UPDATED ALL
12-16-38 CONSUMABLE INGREDIENT DATA UPDATED ALL

301

301, 323- WARNINGS ADDED
328, 335- TOOL DESIGNATION(S) DATA UPDATED ALL
336, 350, TITLE OF TASK(S) DATA UPDATED ALL
354- 357,
361- 363

301- 302, PROCEDURE IMPROVED.
308, 315, TITLE OF TASK(S) DATA UPDATED ALL
354- 356

323, 325, ADDED LOCKWIRE WARNING.
327- 328,
332- 342
12-22-52 CIRCUIT BREAKER(S) DATA UPDATED ALL

302, 325

201- 204, UPDATED CAUTION.
207- 210, TOOL DESIGNATION(S) DATA UPDATED ALL
215 WARNING/NOTE/REASON FOR THE JOB AMENDED ALL

203- 205, CONSUMMABLE ITEM UPDATE FOR AEROSPEC PRODUCT.
207 WARNING/NOTE/REASON FOR THE JOB AMENDED ALL
12-31-38 CONSUMABLE INGREDIENT DATA UPDATED ALL

202

301- 304, UPDATED TOOL
307
MSR
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PAGES
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

301- 302, IP385 TEST REFERENCE AMENDED.
306, 309- TOOL DESIGNATION(S) DATA UPDATED ALL
311, 313- TITLE OF TASK(S) DATA UPDATED ALL
314, 323,
325, 331,
334, 341,
343- 344

201- 202, CORRECTED CABLE SECTION CONVERSION
206

301, 305, CORRECTION/ADDITION/AMPLIFICATION ALL
309, 312, CORRECTED CROSS REFERENCE
316, 319, TOOL DESIGNATION(S) DATA UPDATED ALL
322, 328, WARNING/NOTE/REASON FOR THE JOB AMENDED ALL
330, 332,
335, 337,
341, 344-
345, 348,
352, 355,
357, 362-
364, 366-
368, 370-
372, 392,
A304,A351,
A353,A356,
A363-A364,
A367,A369,
A377,A380,
A382,A392-
B306
MSR
CHAPTER 12
__________
SERVICING
LIST OF EFFECTIVE PAGES

_______________________
N, R or D indicates pages which are New, Revised or Deleted respectively
Remove and insert the affected pages and complete the Record of Revisions and
the Record of Temporary Revisions as necessary
CH/SE/SU C PAGE DATE CH/SE/SU C PAGE DATE CH/SE/SU C PAGE DATE
RECORD 12-11-28 306 Jul01/06 12-11-28 348 Oct01/07

OF TEMP. 12-11-28 307 Jul01/04 12-11-28 349 Oct01/07
REVISION 12-11-28 308 Oct01/06 12-11-28 350 Oct01/07
12-11-28 309 Oct01/06 12-11-28 351 Oct01/07
L.E.P. R 1- 9 Jul01/08 12-11-28 310 Jul01/04 12-11-28 352 Oct01/07
T. of C. R 1 Jul01/08 12-11-28 311 Jul01/04 12-11-28 353 Oct01/07
T. of C. 2 Oct01/07 12-11-28 312 Jul01/04 12-11-28 354 Oct01/07
T. of C. R 3 Jul01/08 12-11-28 313 Jan01/06 12-11-28 355 Oct01/07
T. of C. R 4 Jul01/08 12-11-28 314 Apr01/05 12-11-28 356 Oct01/07
T. of C. R 5 Jul01/08 12-11-28 315 Jan01/07 12-11-28 357 Oct01/07
T. of C. R 6 Jul01/08 12-11-28 316 Jan01/07 12-11-28 358 Oct01/07
T. of C. R 7 Jul01/08 12-11-28 317 Jul01/04 12-11-28 359 Oct01/07
T. of C. R 8 Jul01/08 12-11-28 318 Apr01/07 12-11-28 360 Oct01/07
T. of C. R 9 Jul01/08 12-11-28 R 319 Jul01/08 12-11-28 361 Oct01/07
T. of C. R 11 Jul01/08 12-11-28 321 Jan01/08 12-11-28 363 Oct01/07
T. of C. R 12 Jul01/08 12-11-28 322 Jan01/08 12-11-28 364 Oct01/07
T. of C. R 14 Jul01/08 12-11-28 324 Oct01/07 12-11-28 366 Oct01/07
12-11-28 325 Oct01/07 12-11-28 367 Oct01/07
12-00-00 1 Jan01/04 12-11-28 326 Oct01/07 12-11-28 368 Oct01/07
12-00-00 2 Jan01/04 12-11-28 327 Oct01/07 12-11-28 369 Oct01/07
12-00-00 3 Jan01/04 12-11-28 328 Oct01/07 12-11-28 R 370 Jul01/08
12-00-00 4 Jan01/04 12-11-28 329 Oct01/07 12-11-28 R 371 Jul01/08
12-00-00 5 Jan01/04 12-11-28 330 Oct01/07 12-11-28 R 372 Jul01/08
12-00-00 6 Jan01/04 12-11-28 331 Oct01/07 12-11-28 R 373 Jul01/08
12-00-00 7 Jan01/04 12-11-28 332 Oct01/07 12-11-28 R 374 Jul01/08
12-00-00 8 Jan01/04 12-11-28 333 Oct01/07 12-11-28 R 375 Jul01/08
12-00-00 9 Jan01/04 12-11-28 334 Oct01/07 12-11-28 R 376 Jul01/08
12-00-00 201 Jul01/07 12-11-28 335 Oct01/07 12-11-28 R 377 Jul01/08
12-00-00 202 Jul01/07 12-11-28 336 Oct01/07 12-11-28 R 378 Jul01/08
12-00-00 203 Jul01/07 12-11-28 337 Oct01/07 12-11-28 R 379 Jul01/08
12-00-00 204 Jul01/07 12-11-28 338 Oct01/07 12-11-28 R 380 Jul01/08
12-11-28 339 Jul01/07 12-11-28 R 381 Jul01/08
12-10-00 1 Jan01/04 12-11-28 340 Oct01/07 12-11-28 R 382 Jul01/08
12-11-28 341 Oct01/07 12-11-28 R 383 Jul01/08
12-11-00 1 Jul01/06 12-11-28 342 Oct01/07 12-11-28 R 384 Jul01/08
12-11-28 301 Oct01/06 12-11-28 343 Oct01/07 12-11-28 R 385 Jul01/08
12-11-28 302 Jan01/04 12-11-28 344 Oct01/07 12-11-28 R 386 Jul01/08
12-11-28 303 Oct01/06 12-11-28 345 Oct01/07 12-11-28 R 387 Jul01/08
12-11-28 304 Oct01/06 12-11-28 346 Oct01/07 12-11-28 R 388 Jul01/08
12-11-28 305 Jul01/06 12-11-28 347 Oct01/07 12-11-28 R 389 Jul01/08
12-L.E.P. Page 1
Jul 01/08
MSR
12-11-28 R 390 Jul01/08 12-11-28 R A341 Jul01/08 12-11-28 R A392 Jul01/08

12-11-28 R 391 Jul01/08 12-11-28 R A342 Jul01/08 12-11-28 N A393 Jul01/08
12-11-28 R 392 Jul01/08 12-11-28 R A343 Jul01/08
12-11-28 R 393 Jul01/08 12-11-28 R A344 Jul01/08 12-12-00 1 Jan01/05
12-11-28 R 394 Jul01/08 12-11-28 R A345 Jul01/08 12-12-00 2 Jan01/05
12-11-28 R 395 Jul01/08 12-11-28 R A346 Jul01/08 12-12-00 3 Jan01/04
12-11-28 R 396 Jul01/08 12-11-28 R A347 Jul01/08 12-12-00 4 Jan01/04
12-11-28 R 397 Jul01/08 12-11-28 R A348 Jul01/08 12-12-00 5 Jan01/04
12-11-28 R 398 Jul01/08 12-11-28 R A349 Jul01/08 12-12-29 301 Jan01/05
12-11-28 R 399 Jul01/08 12-11-28 R A350 Jul01/08 12-12-29 302 Jan01/07
12-11-28 R A300 Jul01/08 12-11-28 R A351 Jul01/08 12-12-29 303 Jan01/07
12-11-28 R A301 Jul01/08 12-11-28 R A352 Jul01/08 12-12-29 304 Jan01/07
12-11-28 R A302 Jul01/08 12-11-28 R A353 Jul01/08 12-12-29 305 Jan01/04
12-11-28 R A303 Jul01/08 12-11-28 R A354 Jul01/08 12-12-29 306 Jan01/07
12-11-28 R A304 Jul01/08 12-11-28 R A355 Jul01/08 12-12-29 307 Jan01/04
12-11-28 R A305 Jul01/08 12-11-28 R A356 Jul01/08 12-12-29 308 Jan01/05
12-11-28 R A306 Jul01/08 12-11-28 R A357 Jul01/08 12-12-29 309 Jan01/07
12-11-28 R A307 Jul01/08 12-11-28 R A358 Jul01/08 12-12-29 310 Jan01/07
12-11-28 R A308 Jul01/08 12-11-28 R A359 Jul01/08 12-12-29 311 Jan01/07
12-11-28 R A309 Jul01/08 12-11-28 R A360 Jul01/08 12-12-29 312 Jan01/07
12-11-28 R A310 Jul01/08 12-11-28 R A361 Jul01/08 12-12-29 313 Jan01/04
12-11-28 R A311 Jul01/08 12-11-28 R A362 Jul01/08 12-12-29 314 Jan01/05
12-11-28 R A312 Jul01/08 12-11-28 R A363 Jul01/08 12-12-29 315 Jan01/05
12-11-28 R A313 Jul01/08 12-11-28 R A364 Jul01/08 12-12-29 316 Jul01/06
12-11-28 R A314 Jul01/08 12-11-28 R A365 Jul01/08 12-12-29 317 Jan01/07
12-11-28 R A315 Jul01/08 12-11-28 R A366 Jul01/08 12-12-29 318 Jan01/05
12-11-28 R A316 Jul01/08 12-11-28 R A367 Jul01/08 12-12-29 319 Jan01/05
12-11-28 R A317 Jul01/08 12-11-28 R A368 Jul01/08 12-12-29 320 Jan01/05
12-11-28 R A318 Jul01/08 12-11-28 R A369 Jul01/08 12-12-29 321 Jan01/05
12-11-28 R A319 Jul01/08 12-11-28 R A370 Jul01/08 12-12-29 322 Jan01/05
12-11-28 R A320 Jul01/08 12-11-28 R A371 Jul01/08 12-12-29 323 Jan01/05
12-11-28 R A321 Jul01/08 12-11-28 R A372 Jul01/08 12-12-29 324 Jan01/05
12-11-28 R A322 Jul01/08 12-11-28 R A373 Jul01/08 12-12-29 325 Jan01/05
12-11-28 R A323 Jul01/08 12-11-28 R A374 Jul01/08 12-12-29 326 Jan01/05
12-11-28 R A324 Jul01/08 12-11-28 R A375 Jul01/08 12-12-29 327 Jan01/05
12-11-28 R A325 Jul01/08 12-11-28 R A376 Jul01/08 12-12-29 328 Jan01/05
12-11-28 R A326 Jul01/08 12-11-28 R A377 Jul01/08 12-12-29 329 Jul01/06
12-11-28 R A327 Jul01/08 12-11-28 R A378 Jul01/08 12-12-29 330 Jan01/05
12-11-28 R A328 Jul01/08 12-11-28 R A379 Jul01/08 12-12-29 331 Jan01/05
12-11-28 R A329 Jul01/08 12-11-28 R A380 Jul01/08 12-12-29 332 Jan01/05
12-11-28 R A330 Jul01/08 12-11-28 R A381 Jul01/08 12-12-29 333 Jan01/05
12-11-28 R A331 Jul01/08 12-11-28 R A382 Jul01/08 12-12-29 334 Jan01/05
12-11-28 R A332 Jul01/08 12-11-28 R A383 Jul01/08 12-12-29 335 Jan01/05
12-11-28 R A333 Jul01/08 12-11-28 R A384 Jul01/08 12-12-29 336 Jan01/05
12-11-28 R A334 Jul01/08 12-11-28 R A385 Jul01/08 12-12-29 337 Jan01/05
12-11-28 R A335 Jul01/08 12-11-28 R A386 Jul01/08 12-12-32 301 Jul01/06
12-11-28 R A336 Jul01/08 12-11-28 R A387 Jul01/08 12-12-32 302 Jul01/06
12-11-28 R A337 Jul01/08 12-11-28 R A388 Jul01/08 12-12-32 303 Jul01/06
12-11-28 R A338 Jul01/08 12-11-28 R A389 Jul01/08 12-12-32 304 Jul01/06
12-11-28 R A339 Jul01/08 12-11-28 R A390 Jul01/08 12-12-32 305 Jul01/06
12-11-28 R A340 Jul01/08 12-11-28 R A391 Jul01/08 12-12-32 306 Jan01/04
12-L.E.P. Page 2
Jul 01/08
MSR
12-12-32 307 Jan01/04 12-13-24 R 316 Jul01/08 12-13-27 R 338 Jul01/08

12-12-32 308 Jan01/04 12-13-24 317 Oct01/05 12-13-27 339 Oct01/07
12-12-32 309 Jan01/04 12-13-24 318 Oct01/07 12-13-27 340 Oct01/07
12-12-32 310 Jul01/06 12-13-24 R 319 Jul01/08 12-13-27 R 341 Jul01/08
12-12-32 311 Jul01/06 12-13-24 320 Oct01/07 12-13-27 342 Oct01/07
12-12-32 312 Jul01/06 12-13-24 321 Jan01/04 12-13-27 343 Oct01/07
12-12-32 313 Jan01/07 12-13-24 R 322 Jul01/08 12-13-27 R 344 Jul01/08
12-12-32 314 Jul01/06 12-13-24 323 Jan01/04 12-13-27 345 Oct01/07
12-12-32 315 Jul01/06 12-13-24 324 Jan01/04 12-13-27 346 Oct01/07
12-12-32 316 Jul01/06 12-13-24 325 Jan01/04 12-13-27 R 347 Jul01/08
12-12-32 317 Jul01/06 12-13-24 326 Apr01/07 12-13-27 R 348 Jul01/08
12-12-32 318 Jul01/06 12-13-24 R 327 Jul01/08 12-13-27 R 349 Jul01/08
12-12-32 319 Jul01/06 12-13-24 R 328 Jul01/08 12-13-27 350 Oct01/07
12-12-32 320 Jul01/06 12-13-24 329 Jan01/04 12-13-27 351 Oct01/07
12-12-32 321 Jul01/06 12-13-27 R 301 Jul01/08 12-13-27 352 Oct01/07
12-12-32 322 Jul01/06 12-13-27 R 302 Jul01/08 12-13-27 R 353 Jul01/08
12-12-32 323 Jul01/06 12-13-27 R 303 Jul01/08 12-13-27 R 354 Jul01/08
12-12-32 324 Jul01/06 12-13-27 304 Jan01/04 12-13-27 355 Oct01/07
12-12-32 325 Jul01/06 12-13-27 R 305 Jul01/08 12-13-27 356 Oct01/07
12-12-32 326 Jul01/06 12-13-27 R 306 Jul01/08 12-13-27 357 Oct01/07
12-12-32 327 Jul01/06 12-13-27 R 307 Jul01/08 12-13-27 358 Oct01/07
12-12-32 328 Jul01/06 12-13-27 R 308 Jul01/08 12-13-27 359 Oct01/07
12-12-32 329 Jul01/06 12-13-27 R 309 Jul01/08 12-13-27 360 Oct01/07
12-12-32 330 Jul01/06 12-13-27 R 310 Jul01/08 12-13-27 R 361 Jul01/08
12-12-32 331 Oct01/07 12-13-27 R 311 Jul01/08 12-13-27 362 Oct01/07
12-12-32 332 Jul01/06 12-13-27 R 312 Jul01/08 12-13-27 363 Oct01/07
12-12-32 333 Jul01/06 12-13-27 R 313 Jul01/08 12-13-27 364 Oct01/07
12-12-32 334 Oct01/07 12-13-27 R 314 Jul01/08 12-13-27 365 Oct01/07
12-12-32 335 Jan01/06 12-13-27 R 315 Jul01/08 12-13-27 366 Oct01/07
12-12-32 336 Jan01/06 12-13-27 R 316 Jul01/08 12-13-27 367 Oct01/07
12-12-32 337 Oct01/07 12-13-27 R 317 Jul01/08 12-13-27 368 Oct01/07
12-12-32 338 Oct01/07 12-13-27 R 318 Jul01/08 12-13-27 369 Oct01/07
12-12-32 339 Oct01/07 12-13-27 R 319 Jul01/08 12-13-27 370 Oct01/07
12-12-32 340 Oct01/07 12-13-27 R 320 Jul01/08 12-13-27 371 Oct01/07
12-13-27 R 321 Jul01/08 12-13-27 R 372 Jul01/08
12-13-00 1 Jan01/04 12-13-27 R 322 Jul01/08 12-13-27 R 373 Jul01/08
12-13-24 R 301 Jul01/08 12-13-27 R 323 Jul01/08 12-13-27 374 Oct01/07
12-13-24 R 302 Jul01/08 12-13-27 R 324 Jul01/08 12-13-27 375 Oct01/07
12-13-24 R 303 Jul01/08 12-13-27 R 325 Jul01/08 12-13-27 376 Oct01/07
12-13-24 R 304 Jul01/08 12-13-27 R 326 Jul01/08 12-13-29 301 Jan01/05
12-13-24 305 Jan01/04 12-13-27 R 327 Jul01/08 12-13-29 302 Jul01/06
12-13-24 R 306 Jul01/08 12-13-27 R 328 Jul01/08 12-13-29 303 Jan01/04
12-13-24 307 Jan01/06 12-13-27 R 329 Jul01/08 12-13-29 304 Jan01/04
12-13-24 308 Oct01/07 12-13-27 R 330 Jul01/08 12-13-29 305 Jan01/04
12-13-24 R 309 Jul01/08 12-13-27 R 331 Jul01/08 12-13-49 301 Jan01/05
12-13-24 R 310 Jul01/08 12-13-27 R 332 Jul01/08 12-13-49 302 Jan01/04
12-13-24 R 311 Jul01/08 12-13-27 R 333 Jul01/08 12-13-49 303 Jan01/04
12-13-24 R 312 Jul01/08 12-13-27 R 334 Jul01/08 12-13-49 304 Jan01/04
12-13-24 R 313 Jul01/08 12-13-27 R 335 Jul01/08 12-13-49 305 Jan01/04
12-13-24 R 314 Jul01/08 12-13-27 R 336 Jul01/08 12-13-49 306 Jan01/04
12-13-24 R 315 Jul01/08 12-13-27 R 337 Jul01/08 12-13-49 307 Apr01/07
12-L.E.P. Page 3
Jul 01/08
MSR
12-13-49 308 Apr01/07 12-14-29 303 Jan01/04 12-14-32 341 Oct01/04

12-13-49 309 Jan01/04 12-14-29 R 304 Jul01/08 12-14-32 342 Oct01/04
12-13-49 310 Jan01/05 12-14-29 R 305 Jul01/08 12-14-32 343 Oct01/04
12-13-49 311 Jan01/04 12-14-29 R 306 Jul01/08 12-14-32 344 Oct01/04
12-13-49 312 Jan01/04 12-14-29 R 307 Jul01/08 12-14-32 345 Oct01/04
12-13-49 313 Apr01/07 12-14-29 R 308 Jul01/08 12-14-32 346 Oct01/04
12-13-49 314 Jan01/04 12-14-29 R 309 Jul01/08 12-14-32 347 Oct01/04
12-13-49 315 Jan01/04 12-14-29 R 310 Jul01/08 12-14-32 348 Jan01/05
12-13-49 316 Apr01/07 12-14-29 R 311 Jul01/08 12-14-32 349 Apr01/05
12-13-49 317 Apr01/07 12-14-29 R 312 Jul01/08 12-14-32 350 Oct01/04
12-13-79 301 Oct01/07 12-14-29 N 313 Jul01/08 12-14-32 351 Oct01/04
12-13-79 302 Oct01/07 12-14-32 R 301 Jul01/08 12-14-32 352 Oct01/04
12-13-79 R 303 Jul01/08 12-14-32 302 Jan01/07 12-14-32 353 Oct01/04
12-13-79 R 304 Jul01/08 12-14-32 R 303 Jul01/08 12-14-32 354 Apr01/05
12-13-79 305 Oct01/07 12-14-32 R 304 Jul01/08 12-14-32 R 355 Jul01/08
12-13-79 306 Oct01/07 12-14-32 305 Jul01/06 12-14-32 R 356 Jul01/08
12-13-79 307 Oct01/07 12-14-32 306 Apr01/04 12-14-32 357 Oct01/04
12-13-79 308 Oct01/07 12-14-32 307 Jul01/07
12-13-79 R 309 Jul01/08 12-14-32 308 Jan01/04 12-15-00 1 Jan01/04
12-13-79 310 Oct01/07 12-14-32 309 Apr01/04 12-15-38 R 301 Jul01/08
12-13-79 311 Jan01/04 12-14-32 310 Jul01/07 12-15-38 R 302 Jul01/08
12-13-79 312 Jul01/07 12-14-32 311 Jul01/07 12-15-38 R 303 Jul01/08
12-13-79 313 Jan01/04 12-14-32 312 Jul01/07 12-15-38 304 Jan01/05
12-13-79 314 Jan01/04 12-14-32 313 Jul01/07 12-15-38 305 Jan01/05
12-13-79 315 Jan01/04 12-14-32 314 Jan01/08 12-15-38 306 Jan01/05
12-13-79 316 Jan01/04 12-14-32 315 Jul01/07 12-15-38 307 Jan01/05
12-13-79 317 Jul01/04 12-14-32 316 Jan01/04 12-15-38 308 Jan01/04
12-13-79 318 Jan01/04 12-14-32 317 Jan01/08 12-15-38 R 309 Jul01/08
12-13-79 319 Jan01/04 12-14-32 318 Jul01/06 12-15-38 R 310 Jul01/08
12-13-79 320 Jan01/04 12-14-32 319 Apr01/07 12-15-38 311 Jan01/05
12-13-79 321 Jan01/04 12-14-32 320 Jan01/08 12-15-38 312 Jan01/05
12-13-79 322 Jan01/04 12-14-32 321 Jul01/06 12-15-38 313 Jan01/05
12-13-79 323 Jan01/04 12-14-32 322 Jul01/06
12-13-79 324 Jan01/04 12-14-32 323 Jul01/06 12-16-00 1 Jan01/04
12-13-80 301 Apr01/05 12-14-32 324 Jan01/07 12-16-25 301 Apr01/06
12-13-80 302 Jan01/04 12-14-32 325 Jan01/07 12-16-25 302 Apr01/06
12-13-80 303 Jan01/04 12-14-32 326 Oct01/04 12-16-25 303 Apr01/06
12-13-80 304 Jan01/04 12-14-32 327 Jan01/08 12-16-25 304 Apr01/06
12-13-80 305 Jan01/04 12-14-32 328 Oct01/04 12-16-25 305 Apr01/06
12-13-80 306 Jan01/04 12-14-32 329 Jan01/08 12-16-38 R 301 Jul01/08
12-13-80 307 Jan01/04 12-14-32 330 Jan01/08 12-16-38 302 Jan01/05
12-13-80 308 Jul01/04 12-14-32 331 Apr01/05 12-16-38 303 Oct01/06
12-13-80 309 Jan01/04 12-14-32 332 Oct01/04 12-16-38 304 Jan01/04
12-13-80 310 Jan01/04 12-14-32 333 Apr01/06 12-16-38 305 Apr01/05
12-13-80 311 Jul01/04 12-14-32 334 Oct01/04 12-16-38 306 Apr01/05
12-13-80 312 Jan01/04 12-14-32 335 Apr01/07 12-16-38 307 Jan01/04
12-13-80 313 Jan01/04 12-14-32 336 Apr01/06
12-14-32 337 Apr01/06 12-17-00 1 Jan01/04
12-14-00 1 Jan01/04 12-14-32 338 Apr01/06 12-17-30 301 Apr01/06
12-14-29 R 301 Jul01/08 12-14-32 339 Apr01/06 12-17-30 302 Jan01/04
12-14-29 R 302 Jul01/08 12-14-32 340 Jan01/05 12-17-30 303 Jan01/04
12-L.E.P. Page 4
Jul 01/08
MSR
12-20-00 1 Jan01/04 12-21-12 338 Jan01/08 12-22-27 R 301 Jul01/08

12-21-12 339 Jan01/08 12-22-27 R 302 Jul01/08
12-21-00 1 Jan01/04 12-21-12 340 Jan01/08 12-22-27 303 Jan01/08
12-21-11 301 Apr01/07 12-21-12 341 Jan01/08 12-22-27 304 Jan01/04
12-21-11 302 Apr01/07 12-21-12 342 Jan01/08 12-22-27 305 Jan01/08
12-21-11 303 Jan01/08 12-21-12 343 Jan01/08 12-22-27 306 Jan01/08
12-21-11 304 Oct01/06 12-21-12 344 Jan01/08 12-22-27 307 Jan01/08
12-21-11 305 Jan01/08 12-21-12 345 Jan01/08 12-22-27 R 308 Jul01/08
12-21-11 306 Oct01/06 12-21-12 346 Jan01/08 12-22-27 309 Jan01/08
12-21-11 307 Oct01/06 12-21-12 347 Jan01/08 12-22-27 310 Jan01/08
12-21-11 308 Oct01/06 12-21-12 348 Jan01/08 12-22-27 311 Jan01/08
12-21-11 309 Apr01/07 12-21-12 349 Jan01/08 12-22-27 312 Jan01/08
12-21-11 310 Jan01/08 12-21-12 R 350 Jul01/08 12-22-27 313 Jan01/08
12-21-11 311 Oct01/06 12-21-12 351 Jan01/08 12-22-27 314 Jan01/08
12-21-12 R 301 Jul01/08 12-21-12 352 Jan01/08 12-22-27 R 315 Jul01/08
12-21-12 302 Apr01/05 12-21-12 353 Jan01/08 12-22-27 316 Jan01/08
12-21-12 303 Oct01/06 12-21-12 R 354 Jul01/08 12-22-27 317 Jan01/08
12-21-12 304 Oct01/06 12-21-12 R 355 Jul01/08 12-22-27 318 Jan01/08
12-21-12 305 Oct01/07 12-21-12 R 356 Jul01/08 12-22-27 319 Jan01/08
12-21-12 306 Oct01/07 12-21-12 R 357 Jul01/08 12-22-27 320 Jan01/08
12-21-12 307 Oct01/06 12-21-12 358 Jan01/08 12-22-27 321 Jan01/08
12-21-12 308 Oct01/07 12-21-12 359 Jan01/08 12-22-27 322 Jan01/08
12-21-12 309 Oct01/07 12-21-12 360 Jan01/08 12-22-27 323 Jan01/08
12-21-12 310 Oct01/07 12-21-12 R 361 Jul01/08 12-22-27 324 Jan01/08
12-21-12 311 Oct01/07 12-21-12 R 362 Jul01/08 12-22-27 325 Jan01/08
12-21-12 312 Oct01/07 12-21-12 R 363 Jul01/08 12-22-27 326 Jan01/08
12-21-12 313 Oct01/07 12-21-12 364 Jan01/08 12-22-27 327 Jan01/08
12-21-12 314 Oct01/07 12-21-12 365 Jan01/08 12-22-27 328 Jan01/08
12-21-12 315 Jan01/08 12-21-12 366 Jan01/08 12-22-27 329 Jan01/08
12-21-12 316 Oct01/07 12-21-13 701 Jan01/07 12-22-27 330 Jan01/08
12-21-12 317 Oct01/07 12-21-13 702 Jan01/07 12-22-27 331 Jan01/08
12-21-12 318 Jan01/08 12-21-13 703 Oct01/06 12-22-27 332 Jan01/08
12-21-12 319 Jan01/08 12-21-13 704 Oct01/06 12-22-27 333 Jan01/08
12-21-12 320 Jan01/08 12-21-13 705 Jan01/04 12-22-27 334 Jan01/08
12-21-12 321 Jan01/08 12-21-13 706 Jan01/04 12-22-27 335 Jan01/08
12-21-12 322 Jan01/08 12-21-13 707 Jan01/04 12-22-27 336 Jan01/08
12-21-12 R 323 Jul01/08 12-21-13 708 Oct01/06 12-22-27 337 Jan01/08
12-21-12 R 324 Jul01/08 12-21-13 709 Jan01/04 12-22-27 338 Jan01/08
12-21-12 R 325 Jul01/08 12-21-13 710 Jan01/04 12-22-27 339 Jan01/08
12-21-12 R 326 Jul01/08 12-21-13 711 Jan01/04 12-22-27 340 Jan01/08
12-21-12 R 327 Jul01/08 12-21-13 712 Jan01/04 12-22-27 341 Jan01/08
12-21-12 R 328 Jul01/08 12-21-13 713 Jan01/04 12-22-27 342 Jan01/08
12-21-12 329 Jan01/08 12-21-13 714 Jan01/04 12-22-27 343 Jan01/08
12-21-12 330 Jan01/08 12-21-13 715 Jan01/04 12-22-27 344 Jan01/08
12-21-12 331 Jan01/08 12-21-13 716 Jan01/04 12-22-27 345 Jan01/08
12-21-12 332 Jan01/08 12-21-13 717 Jan01/04 12-22-27 346 Jan01/08
12-21-12 333 Jan01/08 12-21-13 718 Jan01/04 12-22-27 347 Jan01/08
12-21-12 334 Jan01/08 12-21-13 719 Jan01/04 12-22-27 348 Jan01/08
12-21-12 R 335 Jul01/08 12-22-27 349 Jan01/08
12-21-12 R 336 Jul01/08 12-22-00 1 Jan01/04 12-22-27 350 Jan01/08
12-21-12 337 Jan01/08 12-22-00 2 Jan01/04 12-22-27 351 Jan01/08
12-L.E.P. Page 5
Jul 01/08
MSR
12-22-27 352 Jan01/08 12-22-32 324 Jan01/07 12-22-52 318 Jul01/06

12-22-27 353 Jan01/08 12-22-32 R 325 Jul01/08 12-22-52 319 Jan01/04
12-22-27 R 354 Jul01/08 12-22-32 326 Jan01/07 12-22-52 320 Jan01/05
12-22-27 R 355 Jul01/08 12-22-32 R 327 Jul01/08 12-22-52 321 Jan01/04
12-22-27 R 356 Jul01/08 12-22-32 R 328 Jul01/08 12-22-52 322 Jan01/04
12-22-27 357 Jan01/08 12-22-32 329 Oct01/07 12-22-52 323 Jan01/04
12-22-27 358 Jan01/08 12-22-32 330 Jan01/07 12-22-52 324 Jan01/05
12-22-27 359 Jan01/08 12-22-32 331 Oct01/07 12-22-52 R 325 Jul01/08
12-22-27 360 Jan01/08 12-22-32 R 332 Jul01/08 12-22-52 326 Jan01/04
12-22-27 361 Jan01/08 12-22-32 R 333 Jul01/08 12-22-52 327 Jan01/04
12-22-27 362 Jan01/08 12-22-32 R 334 Jul01/08 12-22-52 328 Jan01/04
12-22-27 363 Jan01/08 12-22-32 R 335 Jul01/08 12-22-52 329 Jan01/04
12-22-27 364 Jan01/08 12-22-32 R 336 Jul01/08 12-22-52 330 Jan01/04
12-22-27 365 Jan01/08 12-22-32 R 337 Jul01/08 12-22-52 331 Jan01/04
12-22-27 366 Jan01/08 12-22-32 R 338 Jul01/08 12-22-52 332 Jul01/06
12-22-27 367 Jan01/08 12-22-32 R 339 Jul01/08 12-22-52 333 Jan01/04
12-22-27 368 Jan01/08 12-22-32 R 340 Jul01/08 12-22-52 334 Jan01/04
12-22-27 369 Jan01/08 12-22-32 R 341 Jul01/08 12-22-52 335 Jul01/07
12-22-27 370 Jan01/08 12-22-32 R 342 Jul01/08 12-22-52 336 Jul01/05
12-22-27 371 Jan01/08 12-22-32 343 Jan01/07 12-22-52 337 Apr01/05
12-22-27 372 Jan01/08 12-22-32 344 Jan01/07 12-22-52 338 Jul01/05
12-22-27 373 Jan01/08 12-22-32 345 Jan01/07 12-22-52 339 Apr01/05
12-22-27 374 Jan01/08 12-22-32 346 Jan01/07 12-22-52 340 Apr01/05
12-22-27 375 Jan01/08 12-22-32 347 Jan01/07 12-22-53 301 Jul01/04
12-22-27 376 Jan01/08 12-22-32 348 Jan01/07 12-22-53 302 Jan01/04
12-22-27 377 Jan01/08 12-22-32 349 Jan01/07 12-22-53 303 Jul01/04
12-22-27 378 Jan01/08 12-22-32 350 Oct01/07 12-22-53 304 Jul01/04
12-22-27 379 Jan01/08 12-22-32 351 Jan01/07 12-22-53 305 Jul01/04
12-22-32 301 Jul01/06 12-22-32 352 Jan01/07 12-22-53 306 Jan01/04
12-22-32 302 Jul01/06 12-22-32 353 Jan01/07 12-22-53 307 Jul01/04
12-22-32 R 303 Jul01/08 12-22-32 354 Jan01/07 12-22-53 308 Jul01/04
12-22-32 R 304 Jul01/08 12-22-32 355 Jan01/08 12-22-55 301 Oct01/06
12-22-32 305 Jul01/06 12-22-32 356 Jan01/07 12-22-55 302 Oct01/06
12-22-32 306 Jul01/06 12-22-32 357 Jan01/07 12-22-55 303 Oct01/06
12-22-32 307 Jul01/06 12-22-52 301 Jan01/05 12-22-55 304 Oct01/06
12-22-32 308 Jul01/06 12-22-52 R 302 Jul01/08 12-22-56 301 Oct01/04
12-22-32 309 Jul01/06 12-22-52 303 Jan01/04 12-22-56 302 Jan01/04
12-22-32 310 Jul01/06 12-22-52 304 Jan01/04 12-22-56 303 Jan01/04
12-22-32 311 Jul01/06 12-22-52 305 Jan01/04
12-22-32 312 Jan01/07 12-22-52 306 Jan01/04 12-24-00 1 Jan01/04
12-22-32 313 Jan01/07 12-22-52 307 Jan01/04 12-24-29 301 Jul01/06
12-22-32 314 Jan01/07 12-22-52 308 Jan01/04 12-24-29 302 Apr01/07
12-22-32 315 Jan01/07 12-22-52 309 Jan01/04 12-24-29 303 Apr01/07
12-22-32 316 Jan01/07 12-22-52 310 Jan01/04 12-24-29 304 Jan01/04
12-22-32 317 Jan01/07 12-22-52 311 Jan01/04 12-24-29 305 Jul01/06
12-22-32 318 Jul01/06 12-22-52 312 Jan01/04 12-24-34 301 Jan01/04
12-22-32 319 Jul01/06 12-22-52 313 Jul01/07 12-24-34 302 Jan01/04
12-22-32 320 Jan01/07 12-22-52 314 Jul01/06 12-24-38 201 Jan01/04
12-22-32 321 Jan01/07 12-22-52 315 Jan01/04 12-24-38 202 Apr01/06
12-22-32 322 Jul01/06 12-22-52 316 Jan01/04 12-24-38 203 Oct01/05
12-22-32 R 323 Jul01/08 12-22-52 317 Jan01/04 12-24-38 204 Oct01/05
12-L.E.P. Page 6
Jul 01/08
MSR
12-24-38 205 Oct01/05 12-31-27 203 Jul01/07 12-32-24 R 303 Jul01/08

12-24-38 206 Oct01/05 12-31-27 204 Jul01/07 12-32-24 R 304 Jul01/08
12-24-38 207 Oct01/05 12-31-28 201 Apr01/05 12-32-24 305 Jan01/04
12-24-38 208 Oct01/05 12-31-28 202 Jan01/04 12-32-24 306 Oct01/07
12-24-38 209 Oct01/05 12-31-28 203 Apr01/05 12-32-24 R 307 Jul01/08
12-24-38 210 Oct01/05 12-31-28 204 Apr01/05 12-32-24 308 Jan01/06
12-31-28 205 Jan01/04 12-32-28 R 301 Jul01/08
12-28-00 1 Jan01/04 12-31-31 201 Jan01/04 12-32-28 R 302 Jul01/08
12-31-31 202 Jan01/04 12-32-28 303 Jul01/07
12-30-00 1 Jan01/04 12-31-32 201 Jan01/04 12-32-28 304 Jan01/05
12-31-32 202 Jan01/04 12-32-28 305 Jan01/05
12-31-00 1 Oct01/04 12-31-32 R 203 Jul01/08 12-32-28 R 306 Jul01/08
12-31-00 2 Oct01/04 12-31-32 R 204 Jul01/08 12-32-28 307 Jul01/07
12-31-00 3 Oct01/06 12-31-32 R 205 Jul01/08 12-32-28 308 Jul01/07
12-31-00 4 Oct01/04 12-31-32 206 Jan01/07 12-32-28 R 309 Jul01/08
12-31-00 5 Oct01/04 12-31-32 R 207 Jul01/08 12-32-28 R 310 Jul01/08
12-31-00 6 Oct01/04 12-31-35 201 Jul01/06 12-32-28 R 311 Jul01/08
12-31-11 201 Jan01/08 12-31-35 202 Jan01/04 12-32-28 312 Jul01/07
12-31-11 202 Jan01/08 12-31-38 201 Apr01/07 12-32-28 R 313 Jul01/08
12-31-11 203 Jan01/08 12-31-38 R 202 Jul01/08 12-32-28 R 314 Jul01/08
12-31-11 204 Jan01/08 12-31-38 203 Apr01/07 12-32-28 315 Jul01/07
12-31-11 205 Jan01/08 12-31-38 204 Apr01/07 12-32-28 316 Jul01/07
12-31-11 206 Jan01/08 12-31-38 205 Jan01/08 12-32-28 317 Jul01/07
12-31-12 R 201 Jul01/08 12-31-38 206 Jan01/08 12-32-28 318 Jul01/07
12-31-12 R 202 Jul01/08 12-31-38 207 Apr01/07 12-32-28 319 Jul01/07
12-31-12 R 203 Jul01/08 12-31-38 208 Apr01/07 12-32-28 320 Jul01/07
12-31-12 R 204 Jul01/08 12-31-38 209 Jan01/08 12-32-28 321 Jul01/07
12-31-12 205 Jan01/08 12-31-49 201 Jan01/04 12-32-28 322 Jul01/07
12-31-12 206 Jan01/08 12-31-49 202 Jan01/04 12-32-28 R 323 Jul01/08
12-31-12 R 207 Jul01/08 12-31-49 203 Jan01/04 12-32-28 324 Jul01/07
12-31-12 R 208 Jul01/08 12-31-49 204 Jan01/04 12-32-28 R 325 Jul01/08
12-31-12 R 209 Jul01/08 12-31-51 201 Jan01/04 12-32-28 326 Jul01/07
12-31-12 R 210 Jul01/08 12-31-51 202 Jan01/04 12-32-28 327 Jul01/07
12-31-12 211 Jan01/08 12-31-51 203 Jan01/04 12-32-28 328 Jul01/07
12-31-12 212 Jan01/08 12-31-52 201 Jan01/08 12-32-28 329 Jul01/07
12-31-12 213 Jan01/08 12-31-52 202 Jan01/08 12-32-28 330 Jul01/07
12-31-12 214 Jan01/08 12-31-52 203 Jan01/08 12-32-28 R 331 Jul01/08
12-31-12 R 215 Jul01/08 12-31-52 204 Jan01/08 12-32-28 332 Jul01/07
12-31-12 216 Jan01/08 12-31-52 205 Jan01/08 12-32-28 333 Jul01/07
12-31-21 201 Jan01/04 12-31-52 206 Jan01/08 12-32-28 R 334 Jul01/08
12-31-21 202 Jan01/04 12-31-52 207 Jan01/08 12-32-28 335 Oct01/07
12-31-21 203 Jan01/04 12-31-52 208 Jan01/08 12-32-28 336 Jul01/07
12-31-24 201 Oct01/06 12-31-52 209 Jan01/08 12-32-28 337 Jul01/07
12-31-24 202 Jan01/04 12-31-52 210 Jan01/08 12-32-28 338 Oct01/07
12-31-25 201 Jan01/04 12-31-52 211 Jan01/08 12-32-28 339 Oct01/07
12-31-25 202 Jan01/08 12-31-71 201 Jan01/08 12-32-28 340 Oct01/07
12-31-25 203 Apr01/07 12-31-71 202 Jan01/08 12-32-28 R 341 Jul01/08
12-31-25 204 Apr01/07 12-32-28 342 Jul01/07
12-31-25 205 Apr01/07 12-32-00 1 Jan01/04 12-32-28 R 343 Jul01/08
12-31-27 201 Jul01/07 12-32-24 R 301 Jul01/08 12-32-28 R 344 Jul01/08
12-31-27 202 Jul01/07 12-32-24 R 302 Jul01/08 12-32-28 345 Jul01/07
12-L.E.P. Page 7
Jul 01/08
MSR
12-32-28 346 Jul01/07 12-36-29 303 Jan01/04 12-36-29 354 Oct01/04

12-32-29 301 Jan01/07 12-36-29 304 Jan01/04 12-36-29 R 355 Jul01/08
12-32-29 302 Jan01/07 12-36-29 R 305 Jul01/08 12-36-29 356 Oct01/04
12-32-29 303 Jan01/07 12-36-29 306 Jan01/04 12-36-29 R 357 Jul01/08
12-32-29 304 Jan01/07 12-36-29 307 Jan01/04 12-36-29 358 Oct01/04
12-32-29 305 Jan01/07 12-36-29 308 Jan01/04 12-36-29 359 Oct01/04
12-32-29 306 Jan01/04 12-36-29 R 309 Jul01/08 12-36-29 360 Oct01/04
12-32-29 307 Jan01/04 12-36-29 310 Jan01/04 12-36-29 361 Oct01/04
12-32-29 308 Apr01/06 12-36-29 311 Jan01/04 12-36-29 R 362 Jul01/08
12-32-29 309 Jan01/06 12-36-29 R 312 Jul01/08 12-36-29 R 363 Jul01/08
12-32-29 310 Apr01/06 12-36-29 313 Apr01/05 12-36-29 R 364 Jul01/08
12-32-29 311 Jan01/06 12-36-29 314 Jan01/04 12-36-29 365 Oct01/04
12-32-49 301 Jan01/04 12-36-29 315 Jan01/04 12-36-29 R 366 Jul01/08
12-32-49 302 Jan01/04 12-36-29 R 316 Jul01/08 12-36-29 R 367 Jul01/08
12-32-49 303 Jan01/04 12-36-29 317 Jan01/04 12-36-29 R 368 Jul01/08
12-32-49 304 Jan01/04 12-36-29 318 Jan01/04 12-36-29 369 Oct01/04
12-32-49 305 Jan01/04 12-36-29 R 319 Jul01/08 12-36-29 R 370 Jul01/08
12-32-79 301 Jan01/04 12-36-29 320 Jan01/04 12-36-29 R 371 Jul01/08
12-32-79 302 Jan01/04 12-36-29 321 Jan01/04 12-36-29 R 372 Jul01/08
12-32-79 303 Jan01/04 12-36-29 R 322 Jul01/08 12-36-29 373 Oct01/06
12-32-79 304 Jan01/04 12-36-29 323 Apr01/05 12-36-29 374 Oct01/06
12-36-29 324 Jan01/04 12-36-29 375 Oct01/06
12-33-00 1 Jul01/06 12-36-29 325 Jul01/04 12-36-29 376 Oct01/06
12-33-21 201 Jan01/04 12-36-29 326 Jan01/04 12-36-29 377 Oct01/06
12-33-21 202 Jan01/04 12-36-29 327 Jan01/04 12-36-29 378 Oct01/06
12-33-21 203 Jan01/04 12-36-29 R 328 Jul01/08 12-36-29 379 Oct01/06
12-33-21 204 Jan01/04 12-36-29 329 Jan01/04 12-36-29 380 Oct01/06
12-33-21 205 Jan01/04 12-36-29 R 330 Jul01/08 12-36-29 381 Oct01/06
12-33-21 206 Jan01/04 12-36-29 331 Jan01/04 12-36-29 382 Oct01/06
12-33-21 207 Jan01/04 12-36-29 R 332 Jul01/08 12-36-29 383 Oct01/06
12-33-21 208 Oct01/05 12-36-29 333 Apr01/05 12-36-29 384 Oct01/06
12-33-21 209 Jan01/04 12-36-29 334 Jan01/04 12-36-29 385 Oct01/06
12-33-21 210 Jan01/04 12-36-29 R 335 Jul01/08 12-36-29 386 Oct01/06
12-33-21 211 Jan01/04 12-36-29 336 Jan01/04 12-36-29 387 Oct01/06
12-33-21 212 Jan01/04 12-36-29 R 337 Jul01/08 12-36-29 388 Oct01/06
12-33-21 213 Oct01/05 12-36-29 338 Jan01/04 12-36-29 389 Oct01/06
12-33-21 214 Jan01/04 12-36-29 339 Jan01/04 12-36-29 390 Oct01/06
12-33-21 215 Jan01/04 12-36-29 340 Jan01/04 12-36-29 391 Oct01/06
12-36-29 R 341 Jul01/08 12-36-29 R 392 Jul01/08
12-34-00 1 Jan01/04 12-36-29 342 Apr01/05 12-36-29 393 Oct01/06
12-34-24 R 201 Jul01/08 12-36-29 343 Jan01/04 12-36-29 394 Oct01/06
12-34-24 R 202 Jul01/08 12-36-29 R 344 Jul01/08 12-36-29 395 Oct01/06
12-34-24 203 Jan01/04 12-36-29 R 345 Jul01/08 12-36-29 396 Oct01/06
12-34-24 204 Jan01/04 12-36-29 346 Jan01/04 12-36-29 397 Oct01/06
12-34-24 205 Jan01/07 12-36-29 347 Jan01/04 12-36-29 398 Oct01/06
12-34-24 R 206 Jul01/08 12-36-29 R 348 Jul01/08 12-36-29 399 Oct01/06
12-34-24 207 Jan01/07 12-36-29 349 Oct01/04 12-36-29 A300 Oct01/06
12-36-29 350 Oct01/04 12-36-29 A301 Oct01/06
12-36-00 1 Jan01/04 12-36-29 351 Oct01/04 12-36-29 A302 Oct01/06
12-36-29 R 301 Jul01/08 12-36-29 R 352 Jul01/08 12-36-29 A303 Oct01/06
12-36-29 302 Apr01/05 12-36-29 353 Apr01/05 12-36-29 R A304 Jul01/08
12-L.E.P. Page 8
Jul 01/08
MSR
12-36-29 A305 Oct01/06 12-36-29 R A356 Jul01/08 12-36-29 B307 Oct01/06

12-36-29 A306 Oct01/06 12-36-29 A357 Oct01/06 12-36-29 B308 Oct01/06
12-36-29 A307 Oct01/06 12-36-29 A358 Jan01/07 12-36-29 B309 Oct01/06
12-36-29 A308 Oct01/06 12-36-29 A359 Oct01/06 12-36-29 B310 Oct01/06
12-36-29 A309 Oct01/06 12-36-29 A360 Oct01/06 12-36-29 B311 Oct01/06
12-36-29 A310 Oct01/06 12-36-29 A361 Oct01/06 12-36-29 B312 Oct01/06
12-36-29 A311 Jul01/07 12-36-29 A362 Oct01/06 12-36-29 B313 Oct01/06
12-36-29 A312 Jul01/07 12-36-29 R A363 Jul01/08 12-36-29 B314 Oct01/06
12-36-29 A313 Oct01/06 12-36-29 R A364 Jul01/08 12-36-29 B315 Oct01/06
12-36-29 A314 Oct01/06 12-36-29 A365 Jul01/07 12-36-29 B316 Oct01/06
12-36-29 A315 Oct01/06 12-36-29 A366 Oct01/06 12-36-29 B317 Oct01/06
12-36-29 A316 Oct01/06 12-36-29 R A367 Jul01/08 12-36-29 B318 Oct01/06
12-36-29 A317 Oct01/06 12-36-29 A368 Jan01/07 12-36-29 B319 Oct01/06
12-36-29 A318 Oct01/06 12-36-29 R A369 Jul01/08 12-36-29 B320 Oct01/06
12-36-29 A319 Oct01/06 12-36-29 A370 Jan01/07
12-36-29 A320 Oct01/06 12-36-29 A371 Oct01/06
12-36-29 A321 Oct01/06 12-36-29 A372 Oct01/06
12-36-29 A322 Oct01/06 12-36-29 A373 Jan01/07
12-36-29 A323 Oct01/06 12-36-29 A374 Oct01/06
12-36-29 A324 Oct01/06 12-36-29 A375 Jan01/07
12-36-29 A325 Oct01/06 12-36-29 A376 Jan01/07
12-36-29 A326 Oct01/06 12-36-29 R A377 Jul01/08
12-36-29 A327 Jul01/05 12-36-29 A378 Jul01/07
12-36-29 A328 Oct01/06 12-36-29 A379 Jul01/07
12-36-29 A329 Oct01/06 12-36-29 R A380 Jul01/08
12-36-29 A330 Jul01/07 12-36-29 A381 Jul01/07
12-36-29 A331 Oct01/06 12-36-29 R A382 Jul01/08
12-36-29 A332 Oct01/06 12-36-29 A383 Jul01/07
12-36-29 A333 Oct01/06 12-36-29 A384 Jul01/07
12-36-29 A334 Oct01/06 12-36-29 A385 Jul01/07
12-36-29 A335 Oct01/06 12-36-29 A386 Jul01/07
12-36-29 A336 Oct01/06 12-36-29 A387 Jan01/07
12-36-29 A337 Oct01/06 12-36-29 A388 Jan01/07
12-36-29 A338 Oct01/06 12-36-29 A389 Jan01/07
12-36-29 A339 Oct01/06 12-36-29 A390 Jan01/07
12-36-29 A340 Oct01/06 12-36-29 A391 Jan01/07
12-36-29 A341 Oct01/06 12-36-29 R A392 Jul01/08
12-36-29 A342 Oct01/06 12-36-29 R A393 Jul01/08
12-36-29 A343 Oct01/06 12-36-29 R A394 Jul01/08
12-36-29 A344 Oct01/06 12-36-29 R A395 Jul01/08
12-36-29 A345 Oct01/06 12-36-29 R A396 Jul01/08
12-36-29 A346 Oct01/06 12-36-29 R A397 Jul01/08
12-36-29 A347 Oct01/06 12-36-29 R A398 Jul01/08
12-36-29 A348 Jul01/07 12-36-29 R A399 Jul01/08
12-36-29 A349 Oct01/06 12-36-29 R B300 Jul01/08
12-36-29 A350 Oct01/06 12-36-29 R B301 Jul01/08
12-36-29 R A351 Jul01/08 12-36-29 R B302 Jul01/08
12-36-29 A352 Apr01/07 12-36-29 R B303 Jul01/08
12-36-29 R A353 Jul01/08 12-36-29 R B304 Jul01/08
12-36-29 A354 Jan01/07 12-36-29 R B305 Jul01/08
12-36-29 A355 Oct01/06 12-36-29 R B306 Jul01/08
12-L.E.P. Page 9
Jul 01/08
MSR
CHAPTER 12
__________
SERVICING
TABLE OF CONTENTS
_________________
_______
SUBJECT ________
CH/SE/SU C
_ PAGE ___________
____ EFFECTIVITY
SERVICING - GENERAL
___________________ 12-00-00
DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION 1 ALL
General 1 ALL
NO STEP Areas 1 ALL
NO STEP Areas on the Wing 1 ALL
NO STEP Areas on the THS 1 ALL
Ground Service Connections 1 ALL
Drainage Points 1 ALL
General Hydraulic Safety 1 ALL
Procedures
Hydraulic System Pressurization 1 ALL
Safety Instructions Applicable 1 ALL
to Hydraulic Fluid
Technical Safety Instructions 8 ALL
____________________
SERVICING - GENERAL 12-00-00
MAINTENANCE PRACTICES 201 ALL
Installation of the Wingrip 201 ALL
____________
REPLENISHING 12-10-00
General 1 ALL
FUEL 12-11-00
General 1 ALL
FUEL SYSTEM 12-11-28
SERVICING 301 ALL
General Refuel/Defuel Safety 301 ALL
Procedures
Refuel/Defuel Safety Procedures In 307 ALL
The Hangar
Pressure Refuel with Automatic 308 ALL
Control from the Panel 990VU
Pressure Refuel With Manual 318 ALL
Control
Pressure Refuel with Automatic A320 ALL
Control from the Cockpit
Pressure Refuel with Manual A328 ALL
Control and Override of Individual
Inlet Valve(s)
Overwing Refuel Procedure A341 ALL
Procedure To Use The Fuel Magnetic A348 ALL
Level Indicators
Procedure To Use The ADIRU to Find A389 ALL
12-CONTENTS Page 1
Jul 01/08
R
MSR
CHAPTER 12
__________
SERVICING
TABLE OF CONTENTS
_________________
_______
SUBJECT CH/SE/SU
________ C
_ PAGE ___________
____ EFFECTIVITY
the Pitch and Roll Data
HYDRAULIC FLUIDS 12-12-00

General 1 ALL
Specification of Phosphate 1 ALL
Ester-Base Fluids
Fluid Monitoring 1 ALL
Hydraulic Ground Power Cart 3 ALL
Hydraulic Fluid Property 3 ALL
In-Service Limits
Specification of Mineral-Base 3 ALL
Fluids
Safety Precautions 3 ALL
HYDRAULIC POWER 12-12-29
SERVICING 301 ALL
Fill the Green Hydraulic Reservoir 301 ALL
with a Hydraulic Service Cart
Fill the Green Hydraulic Reservoir 308 ALL
with a Hand Pump
Fill the Blue Hydraulic Reservoir 314 ALL
with a Hydraulic Service Cart
Fill the Blue Hydraulic Reservoir 320 ALL
with a Hand Pump
Fill the Yellow Hydraulic 327 ALL
Reservoir with a Hydraulic Service
Cart
Fill the Yellow Hydraulic 332 ALL
Reservoir with a Hand Pump
LANDING GEAR 12-12-32
SERVICING 301 ALL
Hydraulic Replenishment of the MLG 301 ALL
Shock Absorber (Aircraft on Jacks)
Hydraulic Replenishment of the MLG 322 ALL
Shock Absorber (Weight on Wheels)
Hydraulic Replenishment of the NLG 331 ALL
Shock Absorber (Aircraft on Jacks)
OIL 12-13-00
General 1 ALL
ELECTRICAL POWER 12-13-24
SERVICING 301 ALL
Draining of the Oil from the IDG 301 ALL
IDG Servicing - Filling of the IDG 308 ALL
with Oil or Addition of Oil after
12-CONTENTS Page 2
Oct 01/07
R
MSR
CHAPTER 12
__________
SERVICING
TABLE OF CONTENTS
_________________
_______
SUBJECT CH/SE/SU
________ C
_ PAGE ___________
____ EFFECTIVITY
Level Check
Drain IDG Oil System, Discard 318 ALL
Filter Element and Replenish
FLIGHT CONTROLS 12-13-27
SERVICING 301 ALL
Oil Replenishing of the THS 301 ALL
Actuator
Oil Replenishing of the Flap Power 307 ALL
Control Unit (PCU) Gearbox
Oil Replenishing of the Slat Power 313 ALL
Control-Unit (PCU) Gearbox
Drain and Refill the Rotary 319 ALL
Actuators with SEMI-FLUID
Drain and Refill of Rotary 320 ALL
Actuators (Manual Procedure)
Drain and Refill of Rotary 331 ALL
Actuators (Automatic Procedure)
Oil Replenishing of the Flap 340 ALL
System Torque Limiter (5003CV,
5081CV)
Oil Replenishing of the Slat 346 ALL
System Torque Limiter (5009CW,
5069CW)
Semi-Fluid Sampling and 352 ALL
Replenishing of the Input Gearbox
(5007CV, 5022CV, 5032CV, 5042CV,
5053CV, 5085CV, 5100CV, 5110CV,
5120CV, 5131CV)
Oil Draining of the Flap/Slat PCU 360 ALL
(5000CV, 5000CW)
Oil Draining of the Flap/Slat 365 ALL
System Torque Limiter (5003CV,
5081CV, 5009CW, 5069CW)
Sampling of the SEMIFLUID from the 371 ALL
Flap Rotary Actuator
SERVICING 301 ALL
Oil Replenishment of the Ram Air 301 ALL
Turbine (RAT) (11JR)
APU 12-13-49
SERVICING 301 ALL
Gravity Servicing of the APU Oil 301 ALL
Reservoir
Pressure Servicing of the APU Oil 310 ALL
Reservoir
ENGINE OIL 12-13-79
12-CONTENTS Page 3
Jul 01/08
R
MSR
CHAPTER 12
__________
SERVICING
TABLE OF CONTENTS
_________________
_______
SUBJECT CH/SE/SU
________ C
_ ____ ___________
PAGE EFFECTIVITY
SERVICING 301 ALL
To Service the Engine Oil System 301 ALL
Drain the Engine Oil System 311 ALL
ENGINE STARTING 12-13-80
SERVICING 301 ALL
To Service the Pneumatic Starter 301 ALL
Oil System
To Change the Oil in the Pneumatic 308 ALL
Starter
GAS 12-14-00
General 1 ALL
SERVICING 301 ALL
Fill the Green Power Accumulator 301 ALL
(5151JM1) with Nitrogen
Fill the Blue Power Accumulator 306 ALL
Fill the Yellow Power Accumulator 310 ALL
SERVICING 301 ALL
Replenishment of the Tires 301 ALL
Gas Replenishment of the MLG Shock 305 ALL
Absorber
Gas Replenishment of the NLG Shock 317 ALL
Absorber
Pressurization of the Brake 331 ALL
Accumulator (5258GG, 5259GG,
5490GG, 5491GG, 5426GG, 5427GG)
Depressurization of the Brake 340 ALL
Accumulator (5258GG, 5259GG,
5490GG, 5491GG, 5426GG and 5427GG)
Depressurization of the Nose Wheel 348 ALL
Steering Accumulator 5110GC
Pressurization of the Nose Wheel 353 ALL
Steering Accumulator 5110GC
WATER 12-15-00
General 1 ALL
POTABLE WATER 12-15-38
SERVICING 301 ALL
Fill the Potable Water System 301 ALL
(Aircraft Electrical Power
12-CONTENTS Page 4
Jul 01/08
R
MSR
CHAPTER 12
__________
SERVICING
TABLE OF CONTENTS
_________________
_______
SUBJECT CH/SE/SU
________ C
_ PAGE ___________
____ EFFECTIVITY
Available)
Fill the Potable Water System 309 ALL
(Aircraft Electrical Power not
Available)
LAVATORY 12-16-00
General 1 ALL
LAVATORY ARTICLE 12-16-25
SERVICING 301 ALL
Servicing of the Liquid Soap 301 ALL
Dispenser
TOILET SANITARY FLUID 12-16-38
SERVICING 301 ALL
Servicing of the Toilet System 301 ALL
RAIN REPELLENT 12-17-00

General 1 ALL
ICE AND RAIN PROTECTION 12-17-30
SERVICING 301 ALL
Do a Check of Rain Repellent Fluid 301 ALL
Can Assy For Correct Fluid Level
and Pressure
___________________
SCHEDULED SERVICING 12-20-00
General 1 ALL
CLEANING 12-21-00
General 1 ALL
EXTERNAL CLEANING 12-21-11
SERVICING 301 ALL
External Cleaning 301 ALL
INTERNAL CLEANING 12-21-12
SERVICING 301 ALL
Cleaning of the Cockpit 301 ALL
Display-Units
Cleaning of the Cockpit 305 ALL
Equipment/Furnishings
Cleaning of the Carpets and 310 ALL
Non-Textile Floor (NTF) Covering
Cleaning of the Plastic Surfaces 313 ALL
and Mirrors
Cleaning of the Curtains 319 ALL
12-CONTENTS Page 5
Jul 01/08
R
MSR
CHAPTER 12
__________
SERVICING
TABLE OF CONTENTS
_________________
_______
SUBJECT CH/SE/SU
________ C
_ ____ ___________
PAGE EFFECTIVITY
Cleaning of Light Alloy and Steel 321 ALL
Components
Cleaning of the Cargo-Compartment 323 ALL
Floor Areas
Cleaning of the Cabin Monitors and 329 ALL
Display Screens (if installed)
Cleaning of the Plastic Wash Basin 330 ALL
in the Lavatories
Cleaning of the Seat Covers 335 ALL
Cleaning of the Air Inlet Grids of 338 ALL
Galleys and Lavatories
Cleaning of the Galleys 341 ALL
Disinfection of the Aircraft 344 ALL
Equipment and Furnishing
Fumigation of the Aircraft 348 ALL
Equipment and Furnishing
Fumigation of the Fuselage 354 ALL
Pressurized Areas with
Carbon-Dioxide (CO2 Gas)
Special Precautions to Apply 364 ALL
Insecticide Agent in Auxiliary
Area Compartments and Cargo
Compartments, during Turn-Around
DUST REMOVAL 12-21-13
CLEANING/PAINTING 701 ALL
Dust Removal 701 ALL
Cleaning of Relay Box VU Panel 716 ALL
Grids
LUBRICATION 12-22-00
General 1 ALL
Lubrication Point Symbols: 1 ALL
FLIGHT CONTROLS 12-22-27
SERVICING 301 ALL
Lubricate the Trimmable Horizontal 301 ALL
Stabilizer (THS) Actuator Ball
Screw-Nut
Lubricate the Trimmable Horizontal 314 ALL
Stabilizer (THS) Mechanical
Control Chains
Lubrication of all Slat Track 322 ALL
Roller Bearings, Pinion Bearings,
Rack and Pinion Teeth and Slat
Track 2 and 3 Lever Bearings
Lubrication of all Spoiler Linkage 328 ALL
12-CONTENTS Page 6
Jul 01/08
R
MSR
CHAPTER 12
__________
SERVICING
TABLE OF CONTENTS
_________________
_______
SUBJECT CH/SE/SU
________ C
_ PAGE ___________
____ EFFECTIVITY
Bearings fitted with Grease
Nipples
Lubrication of Flap Steady 333 ALL
Bearings
Lubrication of the Aileron Hinge 338 ALL
Bearings
Lubrication of Slat Rotary 344 ALL
Actuator Type A (Track 2-3)
Lubrication of Slat Rotary 350 ALL
Actuator Type B (Track 5-16)
Lubrication of Rudder 357 ALL
Servo-Control Roller-Bearings
(Rudder Side)
Lubrication of the Aileron 363 ALL
Actuator Roller Bearings
Lubrication of Slat Steady 369 ALL
Bearings
Lubrication of the Elevator 375 ALL
Actuator Roller Bearings
SERVICING 301 ALL
Lubrication of Main Landing Gear 301 ALL
and Doors
Lubrication of Nose Gear and Doors 329 ALL
Lubrication of MLG Bogie Pivot Pin 353 ALL
DOORS 12-22-52
SERVICING 301 ALL
Lubrication of the FWD 301 ALL
Cargo-Compartment Door Hinge Arm
Bearings, Locking Mechanism,
Latching Mechanism and Interlock
Mechanism
Lubrication of the Telescopic Arm 314 ALL
and Exterior Control Handle
Lubrication of the Telescopic Arm 318 ALL
and Exterior Control Handle
Lubrication of the BULK 320 ALL
Cargo-Compartment Door
Lubrication of the AFT 324 ALL
Cargo-Compartment Door Hinge Arm
Bearings, Locking, Latching and
Interlock Mechanism
Lubrication of the Slider 336 ALL
Mechanism on all Pax/Crew and
Emergency Exit Doors
FUSELAGE 12-22-53
12-CONTENTS Page 7
Jul 01/08
R
MSR
CHAPTER 12
__________
SERVICING
TABLE OF CONTENTS
_________________
_______
SUBJECT CH/SE/SU
________ C
_ ____ ___________
PAGE EFFECTIVITY
SERVICING 301 ALL
Lubrication of the THS Hinge Line 301 ALL
Bearings
Lubrication of the THS Upper and 305 ALL
Lower Frame Attachment Bearings
STABILIZERS 12-22-55
SERVICING 301 ALL
Lubrication of the Rudder Bearing 301 ALL
No. 6
WINDOWS 12-22-56
SERVICING 301 ALL
Servicing of the Sliding Windows 301 ALL
DRAINAGE 12-24-00
General 1 ALL
SERVICING 301 ALL
Servicing of the Leakage Recovery 301 ALL
Tank (5230JM001, 5230JM002,
5230JM003)
AIR DATA SYSTEM 12-24-34
SERVICING 301 ALL
Draining of the Standby Static 301 ALL
Pressure-Lines
POTABLE WATER SYSTEM 12-24-38
Draining of the Potable Water 201 ALL
System (with Electrical Power)
Draining of the Potable Water 208 ALL
System (without Electrical Power)
USE OF MANUAL MAGNETIC FUEL QUANTITY 12-28-00

INDICATORS
General 1 ALL
_____________________
UNSCHEDULED SERVICING 12-30-00
General 1 ALL
COLD WEATHER MAINTENANCE - AIRCRAFT 12-31-00

PROTECTION
General 1 ALL
Safe operation of aircraft in 1 ALL
12-CONTENTS Page 8
Jul 01/08
R
MSR
CHAPTER 12
__________
SERVICING
TABLE OF CONTENTS
_________________
SUBJECT
_______ CH/SE/SU
________ C
_ PAGE ___________
____ EFFECTIVITY
cold weather conditions raises
specific problems. Aircraft
downtime and delays in flight
schedules caused by cold
Procedures for cold weather 1 ALL
servicing during cold weather
must be developed by the
operator. This servicing must
meet their specific
This topic contains information 1 ALL
to assist the operator in
defining, developing, and
implementing cold weather
preventive maintenance
Cold Soak Definition 1 ALL
De-icing and Anti-icing Guidelines 2 ALL
De-Icing and Anti-Icing Glossary 2 ALL
An aircraft performance 3 ALL
certification is based upon that
aircraft having an
uncontaminated or clean
structure.
De-icing and/or Anti-icing 4 ALL
Equipment and Materials
ANTI-ICING PROTECTION 12-31-11
Anti-Icing Protection 201 ALL
ICE AND SNOW REMOVAL 12-31-12
De-icing of the Aircraft Parked in 201 ALL
an Open Area (Engines Stopped)
De-icing of the Aircraft Parked in 207 ALL
an Open Area (Engines Running)
De-icing of the Aircraft after 212 ALL
Landing with Snow on the Runways
De-icing of the Aircraft by 215 ALL
InfraRed Facilities
COLD WEATHER MAINTENANCE - AIR 12-31-21
CONDITIONING
Cold Weather Maintenance Practices 201 ALL
for the Air Conditioning
COLD WEATHER MAINTENANCE - ELECTRICAL 12-31-24
POWER
Cold Weather Maintenances for 201 ALL
12-CONTENTS Page 9
Jul 01/08
R
MSR
CHAPTER 12
__________
SERVICING
TABLE OF CONTENTS
_________________
_______
SUBJECT CH/SE/SU
________ C
_ PAGE ___________
____ EFFECTIVITY
Electrical Power
COLD WEATHER MAINTENANCE - 12-31-25
EQUIPMENT/FURNISHINGS
for Equipment/Furnishings
COLD WEATHER MAINTENANCE - FLIGHT 12-31-27
CONTROLS
Cold Weather Maintenance 201 ALL
Procedures for Flight Controls
COLD WEATHER MAINTENANCE - FUEL 12-31-28
for the Fuel System
COLD WEATHER MAINTENANCE - 12-31-31
INDICATING/RECORDING SYSTEMS AND
NAVIGATION
for Indicating/Recording and
Navigation Systems
COLD WEATHER MAINTENANCE - LANDING 12-31-32
GEAR
for the Landing Gear
Cold Weather Protection for the 203 ALL
Landing Gear Axles
COLD WEATHER MAINTENANCE - OXYGEN 12-31-35
Cold Weather Maintenance - Oxygen 201 ALL
System
COLD WEATHER MAINTENANCE - WATER/ 12-31-38
WASTE
for Water/Waste
COLD WEATHER MAINTENANCE - AIRBORNE 12-31-49
AUXILIARY POWER
for the Auxiliary Power Unit
COLD WEATHER MAINTENANCE - STRUCTURE 12-31-51
12-CONTENTS Page 10
Jul 01/08
R
MSR
CHAPTER 12
__________
SERVICING
TABLE OF CONTENTS
_________________
_______
SUBJECT CH/SE/SU
________ C
_ PAGE ___________
____ EFFECTIVITY
for the Structure.
COLD WEATHER MAINTENANCE - DOORS 12-31-52
Cold Weather Maintenance 201 ALL
Procedures for the Doors System
COLD WEATHER MAINTENANCE - POWER PLANT 12-31-71
of Engines
SAMPLING FOR ANALYSIS 12-32-00

General 1 ALL
INTEGRATED DRIVE GENERATOR OIL 12-32-24
SERVICING 301 ALL
Sampling of the IDG Oil for 301 ALL
Analysis
FUEL 12-32-28
SERVICING 301 ALL
Operate Water Drain Valves to 301 ALL
Drain Accumulated Water from
Center, Inner, Outer and Wing Vent
Surge Tanks
Operate Water Drain Valves to 309 ALL
Drain Accumulated Water from Trim
Tank and Trim Vent Surge Tank
Draining of the Fuel/Air Separator 317 ALL
Operate the Drain Valve of the 322 ALL
Fuel/Air Separator to Drain any
Accumulated Water
Heating of Fuel/Air Separator - 328 ALL
Warm Fuel Procedure
Heating of Fuel/Air Separator - 331 ALL
Hot Air Procedure
Sample Fuel for Microbiological 334 ALL
Contamination Analysis
HYDRAULIC FLUID 12-32-29
SERVICING 301 ALL
Sampling for Analysis 301 ALL
APU 12-32-49
SERVICING 301 ALL
Oil Sampling for Analysis 301 ALL
ENGINE OIL 12-32-79
SERVICING 301 ALL
Get a Sample of Engine Oil for 301 ALL
Analysis
12-CONTENTS Page 11
Jul 01/08
R
MSR
CHAPTER 12
__________
SERVICING
TABLE OF CONTENTS
_________________
SUBJECT
_______ CH/SE/SU
________ C
_ PAGE ___________
____ EFFECTIVITY
PRE-CONDITIONING 12-33-00
General 1 ALL
System Description 1 ALL
Pre-conditioning with the Low 1 ALL
Pressure (LP) Ground Connector
Pre-conditioning with the High 1 ALL
Pressure (HP) Ground Connector
Pre-conditioning with the APU 1 ALL
Bleed Air Supply
GROUND AIR PRE-CONDITIONING 12-33-21
Pre-conditioning through the 201 ALL
Low-Pressure Ground Connection
Pre-conditioning through the 207 ALL
High-Pressure Ground Connection
Pre-conditioning with the APU 212 ALL
GROUNDING POINTS 12-34-00

General 1 ALL
AIRCRAFT GROUNDING 12-34-24
Aircraft Grounding for the 201 ALL
Refuel/Defuel Operations
Aircraft Grounding for the 205 ALL
Maintenance Operations
SYSTEM LINE FLUSHING 12-36-00

General 1 ALL
SERVICING 301 ALL
Flushing of the Case-Drain line of 301 ALL
the Green Hydraulic System
Flushing of the HP line of the 312 ALL
Green Hydraulic System
the Blue Hydraulic System
Blue Hydraulic System
the Yellow Hydraulic System
Yellow Hydraulic System
12-CONTENTS Page 12
Jul 01/08
R
MSR
CHAPTER 12
__________
SERVICING
TABLE OF CONTENTS
_________________
_______
SUBJECT CH/SE/SU
________ C
_ ____ ___________
PAGE EFFECTIVITY
Flushing of the Green Hydraulic 361 ALL
System with the Aircraft Pumps
Flushing of the Blue Hydraulic 365 ALL
System with the Aircraft Pump
Flushing of the Yellow Hydraulic 369 ALL
System with the Aircraft Pump
Flushing of the Suction line of 373 ALL
the Green Hydraulic System.
the Blue Hydraulic System.
the Yellow Hydraulic System.
Replacement of the Hydraulic Fluid 391 ALL
of the Green Hydraulic System with
a Fluid Replacement and Recovery
Bench
Replacement of the Hydraulic Fluid A313 ALL
of the Blue Hydraulic System with
a Fluid Replacement and Recovery
Bench
of the Yellow Hydraulic System
with a Fluid Replacement and
Recovery Bench
of the Green Hydraulic System with
the Green Electric Pump
of the Blue Hydraulic System with
the Blue Electric Pump
of the Yellow Hydraulic System
with the Yellow Electric Pump
Reclaim the Fluid in the Green A393 ALL
Hydraulic System
Reclaim the Fluid in the Blue A397 ALL
Hydraulic System
Reclaim the Fluid in the Yellow B301 ALL
Hydraulic System
Clean the Fluid in the Green B305 ALL
Hydraulic System (with the Pall
Purifier)
Clean the Fluid in the Blue B311 ALL
Purifier)
Clean the Fluid in the Yellow B316 ALL
12-CONTENTS Page 13
Jul 01/08
R
MSR
CHAPTER 12
__________
SERVICING
TABLE OF CONTENTS
_________________
_______
SUBJECT CH/SE/SU
________ C
_ PAGE ___________
____ EFFECTIVITY
Purifier)
12-CONTENTS Page 14
Jul 01/08
R
MSR
SERVICING - GENERAL - DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION
_______________________________________________
1. _______
General
This section gives the information related to the replenishing, scheduled
and unscheduled servicing operations applicable to the aircraft.
If includes the topics below:
12-10-00/P. Block 001 REPLENISHING
12-20-00/P. Block 001 SCHEDULED SERVICING
12-30-00/P. Block 001 UNSCHEDULED SERVICING
2. _______________
NO STEP Areas
A. NO STEP Areas on the Wing

(Ref. Fig. 001)
B. NO STEP Areas on the THS

(Ref. Fig. 002)
3. Ground
__________________________
Service Connections
The table gives the position of the ground service connection points.
(Ref. Fig. 003)
4. Drainage
_______________
Points
The table gives the position of the drainage points.
(Ref. Fig. 004)
5. ___________________________________
General Hydraulic Safety Procedures
A. Hydraulic System Pressurization
(1) Before you pressurize a hydraulic system:
(a) Make sure that no person and no equipment is near flight control
surfaces or landing gear doors.
(b) Use only the interphone system to get permission to pressurize

the hydraulic system.
B. Safety Instructions Applicable to Hydraulic Fluid
(1) Do not mix phosphoric-ester-type hydraulic fluid and mineral-base

hydraulic fluid:
this mixture causes the formation of a gelatinous substance in the
hydraulic system which can damage the system and decrease the
aircraft safety.
The first of these fluids is used in the hydraulic systems and the
second fluid is used in the landing gear.

EFF :

ALL 12-00-00

Page 1
Jan 01/04

MSR
NO STEP Areas on the Wing
Figure 001

EFF :

ALL 12-00-00

Page 2
Jan 01/04

MSR
NO STEP Areas on the THS
Figure 002

EFF :

ALL 12-00-00

Page 3
Jan 01/04

MSR
Ground Service Points
Figure 003 (SHEET 1)

EFF :

ALL 12-00-00

Page 4
Jan 01/04

MSR
Ground Service Points

EFF :

ALL 12-00-00

Page 5
Jan 01/04

MSR
Drainage Points

EFF :

ALL 12-00-00

Page 6
Jan 01/04

MSR
Drainage Points

EFF :

ALL 12-00-00

Page 7
Jan 01/04

MSR
Therefore you must obey safety precautions to prevent any mixture of
fluids.
(2) Before you start to work with hydraulic fluid, carefully read the
following instructions and be sure that you understand them well.
(a) Before you start to work, wash you hands, wrists and forearms and
apply a protective cream.
(b) Apply the protective cream under the finger nails and in the skin
folds.
(c) Put protective goggles when you do pressurization tests of

systems or components or when you can get fluid into your eyes.
(d) If you get hydraulic fluid in your eyes, flush it away

immediately with a large quantity of clear cold water and make a
report of the incident.
(e) Wash your hands, wrists and forearms with soap and hot water when
you could not prevent contact with hydraulic fluid.
(f) Remove the clothes moist with hydraulic fluid as soon as

possible.
C. Technical Safety Instructions
(1) Make sure that the hydraulic fluid does not cause damage to some
materials such as rubber, copper, titanium, paint, plastic materials.
(2) Make sure that the hydraulic fluid touches the hydraulic system
components only, not the other items of the aircraft. Keep accidental
spillage of hydraulic fluid to a minimum during maintenance
procedures. Remove any sign of hydraulic fluid so that it does not
extend to the adjacent areas and subsequently cause incorrect
indications of leaks. Clean hydraulic-fluid contaminated areas with a
dry cloth and solvent.
(3) Use only solvent to clean metallic parts before you assemble them.
Make sure that there is no more solvent when you assemble the parts.
(4) Use only approved hydraulic fluid to fill hydraulic reservoirs,

filter bowls, pumps or other hydraulic components before you install
them.

EFF :

ALL 12-00-00

Page 8
Jan 01/04

MSR
(5) Make sure that you have obeyed all precautions to prevent
contamination of the hydraulic fluid by:
- non-approved hydraulic fluids
- fuel
- oil
- water
- foreign bodies.
(6) If a system is contaminated, keep the hydraulic fluid for analysis.
(7) Before you connect the hydraulic service cart to the aircraft make
sure that the specifications of the fluids of the service cart and
the aircraft are the same.

EFF :

ALL 12-00-00

Page 9
Jan 01/04

MSR
SERVICING - GENERAL - MAINTENANCE PRACTICES
___________________________________________
R TASK 12-00-00-481-804
R Installation of the Wingrip
R WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE FLIGHT CONTROL SAFETY-LOCKS AND THE WARNING
_______
R NOTICES ARE IN POSITION.
R MOVEMENT OF COMPONENTS CAN KILL OR INJURE PERSONS.
R WARNING : MAKE SURE YOU ARE ALWAYS ATTACHED WHEN YOU ARE ON THE WING.
_______
R 1. __________________
Reason for the Job
R Self Explanatory
R 2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
R A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R No specific 1 ACCESS PLATFORM 5M (16 FT)- ADJUSTABLE

R No specific 1 WARNING NOTICE
R 15330-00 2 WINGRIP
R 98D27803000000 1 LOCKING TOOL - FLAP/SLAT CONTROL LEVER
R B. Referenced Information
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R REFERENCE DESIGNATION
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R 27-50-00-866-802 Retraction of the Flaps on the Ground

R 12-00-00-991-004 Fig. 201
R 3. __________
Job Set-up
R Subtask 12-00-00-866-053
R A. Aircraft Maintenance Configuration
R (1) Make sure that the flaps and the slats are retracted (Ref. TASK 27-
R 50-00-866-802).

EFF :

ALL 12-00-00

Page 201
Jul 01/07

MSR
R Subtask 12-00-00-941-058
R B. Safety Precautions
R (1) Put the WARNING NOTICE in the cockpit to tell persons not to operate
R the flap and slat control lever.
R (2) Install the LOCKING TOOL - FLAP/SLAT CONTROL LEVER (98D27803000000)

R on the flap and slat control lever.
R Subtask 12-00-00-010-054
R C. Get Access
R (1) Put the ACCESS PLATFORM 5M (16 FT)- ADJUSTABLE in position at the
R wing.
R 4. Procedure
_________
R Subtask 12-00-00-481-055
R A. Installation of the WINGRIP (15330-00)

R (Ref. Fig. 201/TASK 12-00-00-991-004)
R (1) Refer to the Wingrip manufacturers instructions for installation of

R the Wingrip system.
R NOTE : Only personnel with special training are authorized to

____
R install/use the Wingrip system.
R (a) The Wingrip system includes the individual pad system or the
R multi-pad system.
R 1
_ Individual pad system
R The individual pad system contains a Wingrip single-point
R anchor (5) installed on the wing in an area near the working
R zone. A primary hose (2) connects the Wingrip single-point
R anchor (5) to the vacuum module (1). The body harness (3) is
R attached to the Wingrip single-point anchor with the double
R lanyard (4).

EFF :

ALL 12-00-00

Page 202
Jul 01/07

MSR
R Installation of the Wingrip
R Figure 201/TASK 12-00-00-991-004

EFF :

ALL 12-00-00

Page 203
Jul 01/07

MSR
R 2
_ Multi-pad system
R The multi-pad system contains two Wingrip end anchors (8). A
R primary hose (7) connects the anchor (8) to the vacuum module
R (6). The multi-pad system also contains Wingrip intermediate
R anchors (9) and secondary hoses (13) (the quantity is related
R to the system length). The body harness (10) (one for each
R user) is attached to the Wingrip shuttle (12) with the double
R lanyard (11).
R 5. Close-up
________
R Subtask 12-00-00-081-053
R A. Removal of the WINGRIP (15330-00)

R (Ref. Fig. 201/TASK 12-00-00-991-004)
R (1) Refer to the Wingrip manufacturers instructions for removal of the

R Wingrip individual pad system or the Wingrip multi-pad system.
R Subtask 12-00-00-942-053
R B. Put the Aircraft back to its Initial Configuration
R (1) Remove the access platform.
R (2) Remove the LOCKING TOOL - FLAP/SLAT CONTROL LEVER (98D27803000000).
R (3) Remove the warning notice.
R (4) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tools and other
R items.

EFF :

ALL 12-00-00

Page 204
Jul 01/07

MSR
REPLENISHING - DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION
________________________________________
1. _______
General
This section gives the instructions related to the filling operations.
It includes the topics below:
12-11-00/P. Block 001 FUEL

12-12-00/P. Block 001 HYDRAULIC FLUIDS
12-13-00/P. Block 001 OIL
12-14-00/P. Block 001 GAS
12-15-00/P. Block 001 WATER
12-16-00/P. Block 001 TOILET SANITARY FLUID
12-17-00/P. Block 001 RAIN REPELLENT

EFF :

ALL 12-10-00

Page 1
Jan 01/04

MSR
FUEL - DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION
________________________________
R 1. General
_______
R This section gives the instructions and the safety precautions when you
R refuel the aircraft. It includes this topic:
R
R 12-11-28/P.Block 301 FUEL SYSTEM SERVICING
R
R The types of fuel that you are permitted to use in the fuel system are
R identified in 28-00-00/P.Block 301 FUEL - GENERAL - SERVICING.

EFF :

ALL 12-11-00

Page 1
Jul 01/06

MSR
FUEL SYSTEM - SERVICING
_______________________
TASK 12-11-28-650-801
General Refuel/Defuel Safety Procedures
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
The procedure that follows contains information as specified in the IATA

Guidance Material on Standard Into-Plane Fuelling Procedures
2. ______________________
A. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
12-34-24-860-801 Aircraft Grounding for the Refuel/Defuel Operations

28-00-00-610-801 Fuel Safety Procedures
29-00-00-863-802 Pressurize the Blue Hydraulic System with the
Electric Pump
R FCOM 2.01.30
FM 2.04.00
12-11-28-991-001 Fig. 301
3. __________
Job Set-up
(Ref. Fig. 301/TASK 12-11-28-991-001)
Subtask 12-11-28-941-058
A. Not Applicable
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 12-11-28-650-050
A. Safety Precautions
R (1) You must obey the Fuel safety Procedures (Ref. TASK 28-00-00-610-801)
R when you refuel/defuel an aircraft.
(2) Do not go near the aircraft until the anti-collision lights have been
set to OFF.

EFF :

ALL 12-11-28

Page 301
Oct 01/06

MSR
Refuel Safety Area
Figure 301/TASK 12-11-28-991-001

EFF :

ALL 12-11-28

Page 302
Jan 01/04

MSR
(3) Before you start the refuel/defuel procedure, make sure that all the
electrical circuits in the fuel system are complete.
(4) Do not start the refuel/defuel procedure if any part of the landing
gear appears unusually hot. You must wait for the landing gear to
cool.
(5) Ground and bond the aircraft (Ref. TASK 12-34-24-860-801).
NOTE : Bonding is essential, grounding is recommended.

____
(6) Move all equipment and material which is not necessary for the
refuel/defuel procedure out of the safety area.
(7) On panel 312 VU make sure that the ACCU PRESS on the triple indicator
has sufficient pressure. If necessary, pressurize the Blue hydraulic
system (Ref. TASK 29-00-00-863-802).
(8) On the panel 117VU, make sure that the PARK BRK is ON.
(9) Make sure that the chocks are in this position:
(a) If the ramp does not slope:

- move the aft NLG chocks away from the tires. During the refuel
the NLG tires roll aft as the MLG shock absorber compresses.
- make sure that the chocks do not touch the MLG tires. The
weight of the fuel can lower the aircraft and cause the tires
to catch the chocks
(b) If the ramp slopes:

- make sure that the chocks down from the tires touch the NLG and
MLG tires
- make sure that the chocks up from the tires do not touch the
NLG and MLG tires.
(10) Make sure that there is no equipment below the aircraft which can
cause damage. The weight of the fuel can suddenly compress the
landing gear and lower the aircraft.
(11) Before you start the refuel/defuel procedure make sure that these are
available:
- a fuelling supervisor or fuelling safety person
- the correct fire-fighting equipment
- approved persons to use the fire-fighting equipment.
(12) Make sure that the overboard vent lines are not blocked. If they are
blocked, damage to the fuel tanks can occur.
(13) Make sure that the fuel tanker (or hydrant) contains the correct
fuel. The correct fuels are shown in the Flight Manual (Ref. FM
2.04.00).

EFF :

ALL 12-11-28

Page 303
Oct 01/06
R
MSR
(14) Make sure that the fuel tanker (or, if you use a hydrant to refuel
the aircraft, the pump unit) is in the correct position.
(15) Make sure that, if there is an emergency, you can move the fuel
tanker/pump unit and the support equipment away quickly.
(16) Do not operate the aircraft main engines during a refuel/defuel

procedure.
R NOTE : In an emergency, you are permitted to refuel the aircraft with

____
R one engine in operation (Ref. FCOM 2.01.30).
(17) APU starts or stutdowns are permitted during refuel/defuel

procedures. If it is necessary to operate the APU, the limits that
follow apply:
(a) An APU start is not permitted during a refuel/defuel procedure if

the APU has failed to start or an automatic shutdown has
occurred.
(b) You must complete a normal APU shutdown if a fuel spill has
occurred during the refuel/defuel procedure.
(18) Make sure that all electrical equipment you use will not cause a
spark.
(19) Do not do a refuel/defuel procedure in bad weather conditions and

electrical storms. Lightning is dangerous.
(20) During the refuel/defuel procedure do not operate the aircraft

external lighting.
(21) During the refuel/defuel procedure do not fill the oxygen system or
change the oxygen bottles.
(22) During the refuel/defuel procedure do only essential aircraft

maintenance and/or servicing that will not cause a spark.
(23) Do not refuel the aircraft if a fire or engine overheat warning is

displayed on the flight deck.
(24) You are only permitted to replace or do small maintenance work on

radio, radar and electrical equipment during refuelling.
(25) You are not permitted to remove, install or test aircraft batteries
or related equipment during refuelling.

EFF :

ALL 12-11-28

Page 304
Oct 01/06

MSR
(26) Do not use the microphone on the High Frequency (HF) transmitter
during refuel/defuel or fuel transfer operations.
(27) Immediately flush away with water, or remove, fuel leakage.
(28) Obey the safety distances for 60 meters (200 ft) from aircraft:
(a) Stop the fuel tanker 60 meters (200 ft) from the aircraft nose
while the weather radar operates. Do not operate the fuel
tanker/pump unit until you stop operation of the weather radar.
(a) Aircraft must not be refueled/defueled less than 30 meters (100

ft) from radar or HF radio equipment under test or in operation
in the aircraft or ground installation.
(Ref. Fig. 301/TASK 12-11-28-991-001)
(a) Put NO SMOKING warning notices around the work area not less
than 15 meters (50 ft) from the refueling/defueling equipment and
aircraft and aircraft tank vents.
(b) Do not connect electrical equipment to a power source less than

15 meters (50 ft) away, unless the power source has spark-proof
connectors.
(c) Refueling/defueling equipment and aircraft fuel-tank vents must

R not be nearer than 15 meters (50 ft) to a building during
R refuelling/defuelling. Make sure the position of the
refuelling/defuelling area cannot let this occur. Because of the
design of some buildings, you can do refuelling/defuelling
operations nearer than 15 meters (50 ft). Examples of this type
of building are nose loaders and aerobridges.
(31) Obey the safety distances for 6 meters (20 ft) from aircraft
(Ref. Fig. 301/TASK 12-11-28-991-001)
(a) Ground power units (GPUs) can be operated when they are put not
less than 6 meters (20 ft) from the aircraft filling and venting
points, hydrant valves and other refueling/defueling equipment
when in use.
(b) Photographic flash bulbs or electronic flash equipment must not

be used less than 6 meters (20 ft) of the refueling/defueling
equipment or any filling or venting points of the aircraft.

EFF :

ALL 12-11-28

Page 305
Jul 01/06

MSR
(c) The refueling/defueling zone must be regarded as extending not
less than 6 meters (20 ft) radially from the filling and venting
points on the aircraft and the fueling/defueling equipment and,
when applicable, from the hydrant valve in use for refueling.
When defueling is taking place, the vehicle will be venting and
will generate a zone radiating from the tank vent.
(d) Inside the 6 meter (20 ft) zone, radios, radio telephones (cell
phones or mobile phones) and pagers as well as the operation of
switches on lighting systems of other than intrinsically safe
types are not allowed. Personnel in the refueling/defueling zone
and those employed in refueling/defueling must not carry matches
or other means of ignition or foot-wear with exposed iron or
steel studs, nails or tips.

EFF :

ALL 12-11-28

Page 306
Jul 01/06
R
MSR
TASK 12-11-28-650-802
Refuel/Defuel Safety Procedures In The Hangar
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
Not Applicable
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 12-11-28-941-059
A. Not Applicable
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 12-11-28-650-051
(1) Open all the hangar doors. Do not close the hangar doors until you
have completed the refuel/defuel procedure.
(2) Make the limits of the hangar the limits of the safety area.
(a) The limit of the safety area is usually 15 m. But where the
hangar wall is closer than 15 m, then the hangar wall is the
limit of the safety area.
(b) If a hangar entrance is closer than 15 m, then a safety barrier

is to be positioned there.
(3) To be prepared to tow the aircraft out of the hangar if an emergency

occurs, do these steps:
(a) Move all equipment which is not necessary for the refuel/defuel
procedure from between the aircraft and the hangar exit.
(b) Attach a towing vehicle to the aircraft.
(4) Make sure that the driver of the fuel-tanker puts the fuel-tanker in
the correct position adjacent to the aircraft. Keep the exit of the
hangar clear for the fuel tanker.

EFF :

ALL 12-11-28

Page 307
Jul 01/04
R
MSR
TASK 12-11-28-650-803
Pressure Refuel with Automatic Control from the Panel 990VU
WARNING : MAKE SURE THE AREA AROUND THE AIRCRAFT IS SAFE BEFORE YOU START A
_______
REFUEL/DEFUEL PROCEDURE. IN THIS SAFE AREA, DO NOT LET PERSONS:
- SMOKE
- MAKE SPARKS OR FIRE
- USE ANY EQUIPMENT WHICH IS NOT APPROVED FOR THE TASK.
AIRCRAFT FUEL IS FLAMMABLE.
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE WHEEL CHOCKS ARE IN POSITION. MOVEMENTS OF THE
_______
AIRCRAFT COULD BE DANGEROUS.
WARNING : DO NOT SPILL FUEL ON THE ENGINES OR THE BRAKES. IF YOU SPILL FUEL ON
_______
ENGINES OR BRAKES THAT ARE HOT, IT CAN CAUSE FIRES.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No specific 1 ACCESS PLATFORM 5M (16 FT)- ADJUSTABLE
B. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
12-11-28-650-801 General Refuel/Defuel Safety Procedures

12-11-28-650-802 Refuel/Defuel Safety Procedures In The Hangar
R 12-32-28-281-810 Operate Water Drain Valves to Drain Accumulated Water
R from Center, Inner, Outer and Wing Vent Surge Tanks
24-41-00-861-801 Energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits from the
External Power A
24-41-00-862-801 De-energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits from the
External Power A
28-25-00-650-801 Pressure Defuel Procedure

EFF :

ALL 12-11-28

Page 308
Oct 01/06

MSR
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
28-25-00-869-801 Ground Fuel Transfer Procedure

Electric Pump
34-10-00-860-801 ADIRS Start Procedure
34-10-00-860-803 ADIRS Stop Procedure
12-11-28-991-001 Fig. 301
12-11-28-991-002 Fig. 302
12-11-28-991-003 Fig. 303
12-11-28-991-026 Fig. 304
3. __________
Job Set-up
(Ref. Fig. 301/TASK 12-11-28-991-001, 302/TASK 12-11-28-991-002, 303/TASK

12-11-28-991-003, 304/TASK 12-11-28-991-026)
Subtask 12-11-28-941-050
WARNING : OBEY THE FUEL SAFETY PROCEDURES. THIS CAN PREVENT INJURY AND
_______
DAMAGE.
(1) Obey the safety procedures for the refuel procedure (Ref. TASK 12-11-
28-650-801) and if applicable (Ref. TASK 12-11-28-650-802).
(2) On panel 312 VU make sure that the ACCU PRESS on the triple indicator
has sufficiant pressure. If necessary, pressurize the Blue hydraulic
system (Ref. TASK 29-00-00-863-802).
(4) Make sure that the chocks are in position as follows:

- move the aft NLG chocks away from the tires. During the refuel the
NLG tires roll aft as the MLG shock absorber compresses.
- make sure that the chocks do not touch the MLG tires. The weight of
the fuel can lower the aircraft and cause the tires to catch the
chocks.
R Subtask 12-11-28-281-052-A
R B. Water Contamination Check
R (1) Get a fuel sample from the fuel tanker/pump unit (Ref. TASK 12-32-28-
R 281-810) and do a check for water contamination.

EFF :

ALL 12-11-28

Page 309
Oct 01/06

MSR
Refuel/Defuel Couplings
Figure 302/TASK 12-11-28-991-002

EFF :

ALL 12-11-28

Page 310
Jul 01/04
R
MSR
Refuel/Defuel Control Panel 990VU
Figure 303/TASK 12-11-28-991-003

EFF :

ALL 12-11-28

Page 311
Jul 01/04
R
MSR
Refuel Times - Refuel Pressure of 3.45 bar (50 psi) at the Refuel Coupling
Figure 304/TASK 12-11-28-991-026

EFF :

ALL 12-11-28

Page 312
Jul 01/04
R
MSR
Subtask 12-11-28-860-052
C. Aircraft Maintenance Configuration
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT YOU GROUND THE FUEL TANKER AND THE AIRCRAFT
_______
CORRECTLY.
IF YOU DO NOT A DANGEROUS ELECTRICAL DISCHARGE CAN OCCUR.
(1) Ground the aircraft and the fuel tanker/pump unit (Ref. TASK 12-34-
24-860-801). Then bond them together electrically.

____
(2) Energize the aircraft electrical circuits

(Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-801).
(3) Do the ADIRS start procedure (Ref. TASK 34-10-00-860-801).
NOTE : If external electrical power or APU electrical power is not

____
available, it is possible to use the aircraft batteries to do
an automatic refuel. But, on battery, the ADIRS does not send
aircraft attitude information to the FCMS. Thus, on battery
refuel, there could be a difference of up to 750 kg (1650 lb)
between the set fuel quantity and the actual fuel quantity.
Subtask 12-11-28-010-050
D. Get Access
R NOTE : You can use 1, 2, 3 or 4 refuel hoses to do an automatic pressure

____
R refuel. This procedure uses the four refuel hoses.
R (1) Put 2 ACCESS PLATFORM 5M (16 FT)- ADJUSTABLE in position, one below
R the access panel 522HB and one below the access panel 622HB.
(2) Open the access panels 522HB and 622HB.
(3) Remove the refuel/defuel coupling caps 5503QA1, 5503QA2, 5504QA1 and
5504QA2.
(4) Examine the aircraft refuel/defuel couplings:
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE FUEL SUPPLY HOSE IS CORRECTLY CONNECTED
_______
TO THE COUPLING BEFORE YOU REFUEL/DEFUEL THE AIRCRAFT. DO
NOT CONNECT THE FUEL SUPPLY HOSE IF THERE ARE SIGNS OF
DAMAGE TO THE AIRCRAFT COUPLING LUGS OR SLOTS.

EFF :

ALL 12-11-28

Page 313
Jan 01/06

MSR
R (a) Visually examine the aircraft coupling lugs and slots for signs
R of damage or contamination.
R (5) Make sure that the couplings of the fuel supply hoses are clean.
Connect the four hoses to the aircraft refuel/defuel couplings
5502QA1 and 5502QA2.
R (6) Open the access panel 198DB.
Subtask 12-11-28-740-050
E. Do this test:
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
On the refuel/defuel control panel

990VU:
1. If only the battery power is

available, put the PWR SUPPLY
switch to BAT.
NOTE : During the first 30

____
seconds after power-up,
the indications at the
fuel panel must be
ignored.
2. Lift the guard, then push (in) On the refuel/defuel control panel
and hold the HI LEVEL TEST switch 990VU:
3QJ.
- the hi-level lights (4QJ1, 4QJ2,
5QJ1, 5QJ2, 6QJ and 7QJ) and the
OVERFLOW lights (8QJ1, 8QJ2 and 9QJ)
go to the opposite condition
- the CKPT and END lights come on
- the fuel quantity, PRESELECTED and
ACTUAL displays show all 8s.
3. Release (out) the HI-LEVEL TEST Wait for 10 seconds:

switch. - the lights go back to their initial
condition
ACTUAL displays go back to their
initial condition.

EFF :

ALL 12-11-28

Page 314
Apr 01/05

MSR
4. Procedure
_________
(Ref. Fig. 304/TASK 12-11-28-991-026)
NOTE : An Automatic Refuel is only possible if the fuel quantity in each

____
tank at the start of the refuel is less than the expected quantity
after the refuel.
Subtask 12-11-28-650-063
A. Reference for Adjustment of the Fuel Distribution (if necessary)
(1) If it becomes necessary to adjust the fuel distribution of the

aircraft, do the (Ref. TASK 28-25-00-650-801) or the (Ref. TASK 28-
25-00-869-801).
Subtask 12-11-28-650-052
R B. Pressure Refuel with Automatic Control from the Panel 990VU
CAUTION : DO NOT LET THE REFUEL PRESSURE GET TO MORE THAN 3.4 BAR (50
_______
PSI).
THIS WILL PREVENT DAMAGE TO THE AIRCRAFT FUEL SYSTEM.
(1) On the refuel/defuel control panel 990VU:
(a) Put the LOAD switch 7QT to the INC position and hold it there.
(b) Make sure that the numbers on the PRESELECTED display increase.
(c) When the PRESELECTED display shows the necessary fuel load,
release the LOAD switch.
NOTE : To do a refuel, the figure set must be a minimum of 200 kg

____
(440.9244 lb) more than the FOB figure.
(d) Make sure that the REFUEL VALVES switches (5QU1, 5QU2, 6QU1,
6QU2, 7QU, and 8QU) are in the NORM position and guarded.
NOTE : If a switch is moved to SHUT during the automatic refuel,

____
the applicable valve closes. If a switch is moved to OPEN
during the automatic refuel, the FCMS ignores the command
until the automatic refuel is complete. Then, after
approximately 15 seconds, the refuel will continue (in
manual mode) into the applicable tank.
(2) Start the pump on the fuel tanker/pump unit.

EFF :

ALL 12-11-28

Page 315
Jan 01/07

MSR
(3) At the refuel/defuel control panel 990VU:
(a) Put the MODE SELECT switch 3QU to the REFUEL position.
NOTE : If the following switches are not in the correct

____
configuration, the END light will flash:
- One or more of the inlet valve switches is in the OPEN
or SHUT position
- On the FUEL panel 245VU, the CTR TANK XFR switch is set
to MAN
R - On the FUEL panel 245VU, the T TK FEED switch is set to
R OPEN or ISOL
- On the FUEL panel 245VU, the T TANK MODE switch is set
to FWD
- On the FUEL panel 245VU, the OUTER TK XFR switch is set
to MAN.
(b) Make sure that the numbers on the fuel quantity and the ACTUAL
displays increase.
NOTE : The refuel times (shown in the illustration) give the

____
estimated time taken (in minutes) to refuel the aircraft
from the initial (INIT) fuel quantity to the preselected
fuel quantity. Each refuel-time range given makes an
allowance for the densities from 0.76 kg/l to 0.82 kg/l,
with a fuel pressure of 3.45 bar (50 psi) at the refuel
coupling.
(c) When the refuel stops, make sure that:

- the END light comes on and does not flash
- the numbers on the ACTUAL and the PRESELECTED displays are
stable and are the same (-200 kg (-440.9244 lb) +200 kg
(+440.9244 lb)).
(d) Set the MODE SELECT switch to OFF.
(e) If the power supply is from the battery, put the PWR SUPPLY
switch to NORM.
(4) Stop the pump on the fuel tanker/pump unit.
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 12-11-28-410-050
A. Close Access
(1) Disconnect the couplings of the four fuel supply hoses from the
aircraft refuel/defuel couplings 5502QA1 and 5502QA2.
(2) Install the refuel/defuel coupling caps 5503QA1, 5503QA2, 5504QA1 and
5504QA2.

EFF :

ALL 12-11-28

Page 316
Jan 01/07

MSR
(3) Refuel panel closure
CAUTION : DO NOT APPLY TOO MUCH FORCE TO THE OPERATING ROD WHEN YOU
_______
CLOSE THE PANEL. THIS PREVENTS DAMAGE TO THE MECHANISM.
(a) Close the access panels 522HB and 622HB.
(4) Close the access panel 198DB.
Subtask 12-11-28-860-053
B. Aircraft Maintenance Configuration
(1) If applicable, do the ADIRS stop procedure (Ref. TASK 34-10-00-860-

803).
(2) If applicable, de-energize the aircraft electrical circuits

(Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-801).
(3) Disconnect these ground/bonding cables:

- the bonding cable between the aircraft and the fuel tanker/pump
unit
- if applicable, the grounding cable between the fuel tanker/pump
unit and the ground
- if applicable, the grounding cable between the aircraft and the
ground.
NOTE : The outer tank water drain valves have small holes in them to
____
prevent damage due to water freezing in the valve. These holes
also let fuel flow from the outer tank to the inner tank at a
rate of up to 20 kg/hour. This flow is normal and is to be
expected. There is no leakage in the system.
Subtask 12-11-28-942-050
C. Removal of Equipment
(1) Put the chocks back in their original position.
(2) Remove all the fixtures, tools, test and support equipment used
during this procedure.

EFF :

ALL 12-11-28

Page 317
Jul 01/04
R
MSR
TASK 12-11-28-650-804
Pressure Refuel With Manual Control
_______
- SMOKE
_______
_______
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
R This procedure lets you refuel the aircraft with manual control and gives
R you manual refuel distribution graphs and tables. There are graphs and
R tables for normal aircraft configuration and for aircraft that will fly with
R no fuel in the trim tank.
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R No specific 2 ACCESS PLATFORM 5M (16 FT)

EFF :

ALL 12-11-28

Page 318
Apr 01/07

MSR
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

12-32-28-281-810 Operate Water Drain Valves to Drain Accumulated Water
from Center, Inner, Outer and Wing Vent Surge Tanks
External Power A
External Power A
Electric Pump
12-11-28-991-001 Fig. 301
12-11-28-991-002 Fig. 302
12-11-28-991-003 Fig. 303
12-11-28-991-026 Fig. 304
12-11-28-991-020-A Fig. 305
12-11-28-991-021-A Fig. 306
12-11-28-991-041 Fig. 307
12-11-28-991-042 Fig. 308
12-11-28-991-043 Fig. 309
12-11-28-991-044 Fig. 310
12-11-28-991-045 Fig. 311
12-11-28-991-046 Fig. 312
12-11-28-991-047 Fig. 313
12-11-28-991-048 Fig. 314
12-11-28-991-049 Fig. 315
12-11-28-991-050 Fig. 316
12-11-28-991-051 Fig. 317
12-11-28-991-052 Fig. 318
12-11-28-991-053 Fig. 319
12-11-28-991-054 Fig. 320
12-11-28-991-055 Fig. 321
R 12-11-28-991-071 Fig. 322
R 12-11-28-991-072 Fig. 323
R 12-11-28-991-056 Fig. 324
R 12-11-28-991-057 Fig. 325
R 12-11-28-991-058 Fig. 326

EFF :

ALL 12-11-28

Page 319
Jul 01/08

MSR
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R 12-11-28-991-059 Fig. 327

R 12-11-28-991-060 Fig. 328
R 12-11-28-991-061 Fig. 329
R 12-11-28-991-062 Fig. 330
R 12-11-28-991-063 Fig. 331
R 12-11-28-991-064 Fig. 332
R 12-11-28-991-065 Fig. 333
R 12-11-28-991-066 Fig. 334
R 12-11-28-991-067 Fig. 335
R 12-11-28-991-068 Fig. 336
R 12-11-28-991-069 Fig. 337
R 12-11-28-991-070 Fig. 338
3. __________
Job Set-up

12-11-28-991-003)
Subtask 12-11-28-941-052
_______
DAMAGE.
(2) On panel 312VU make sure that the ACCU PRESS on the triple indicator
system (Ref. TASK 29-00-00-863-802).
(4) Make sure that the chocks are in the position that follows:
chocks.

EFF :

ALL 12-11-28

Page 320
Jul 01/08

MSR
Subtask 12-11-28-281-054-A
B. Fuel Sampling
(1) Get a fuel sample from the fuel tanker/pump unit (Ref. TASK 12-32-28-
281-810) and do a check for water contamination.
(2) If you use the manual refuel distribution graphs, use the fuel sample
from the fuel tanker and measure its Specific Gravity (SG).
Subtask 12-11-28-860-054
_______
CORRECTLY.
(1) Ground the aircraft and the fuel tanker/pump unit(s) (Ref. TASK 12-
34-24-860-801). Then bond them together electrically.

____

(Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-801).

____
a manual refuel. But, on battery, the ADIRS do not send
refuel, there could be a difference of up to 750 kg (1650 lb)
Subtask 12-11-28-010-052
D. Get Access
NOTE : You can use 1, 2, 3 or 4 refuel hoses to do a manual pressure

____
refuel. This procedure uses the four refuel hoses.
(1) Put an ACCESS PLATFORM 5M (16 FT) in these positions:

- below the access panel 522HB
- below the access panel 622HB.

EFF :

ALL 12-11-28

Page 321
Jan 01/08
R
MSR
5504QA2.
_______
(a) Visually examine the aircraft coupling lugs and slots for signs
of damage or contamination.
(5) Make sure that the couplings of the fuel supply hoses are clean. Then
connect them to the aircraft refuel/defuel couplings 5502QA1 and
5502QA2.
(6) Open the access panel 198DB.
Subtask 12-11-28-740-051
E. Do this test:
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

990VU:
1. If only battery power is

switch to BAT.
3QJ.

EFF :

ALL 12-11-28

Page 322
Jan 01/08
R
MSR
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
condition
initial condition.
4. Procedure
_________
(Ref. Fig. 303/TASK 12-11-28-991-003)
Subtask 12-11-28-650-068
A. Reference for the Manual Refuel Distribution with Trim Tank

(Ref. Fig. 304/TASK 12-11-28-991-026, 305/TASK 12-11-28-991-020-A,
306/TASK 12-11-28-991-021-A, 307/TASK 12-11-28-991-041, 308/TASK 12-11-
28-991-042, 309/TASK 12-11-28-991-043, 310/TASK 12-11-28-991-044,
311/TASK 12-11-28-991-045, 312/TASK 12-11-28-991-046, 313/TASK 12-11-28-
991-047, 314/TASK 12-11-28-991-048, 315/TASK 12-11-28-991-049, 316/TASK
12-11-28-991-050, 317/TASK 12-11-28-991-051, 318/TASK 12-11-28-991-052,
319/TASK 12-11-28-991-053, 320/TASK 12-11-28-991-054, 321/TASK 12-11-28-
991-055)
NOTE : During the refuel procedure reference to the refuel graph can
____
include reference to the applicable fuel tables.
Subtask 12-11-28-650-069
R B. Reference for the Manual Refuel Distribution with no Trim Tank

R (Ref. Fig. 322/TASK 12-11-28-991-071, 323/TASK 12-11-28-991-072, 324/TASK
R 12-11-28-991-056, 325/TASK 12-11-28-991-057, 326/TASK 12-11-28-991-058,
R 327/TASK 12-11-28-991-059, 328/TASK 12-11-28-991-060, 329/TASK 12-11-28-
R 991-061, 330/TASK 12-11-28-991-062, 331/TASK 12-11-28-991-063, 332/TASK
R 12-11-28-991-064, 333/TASK 12-11-28-991-065, 334/TASK 12-11-28-991-066,
R 335/TASK 12-11-28-991-067, 336/TASK 12-11-28-991-068, 337/TASK 12-11-28-
R 991-069, 338/TASK 12-11-28-991-070)
____

EFF :

ALL 12-11-28

Page 323
Jul 01/08

MSR
R Refuel Distribution Graphs - Density 0.76 to 0.795
R Figure 305/TASK 12-11-28-991-020-A18 (SHEET 1)

EFF :

ALL 12-11-28

Page 324
Oct 01/07

MSR

EFF :

ALL 12-11-28

Page 325
Oct 01/07

MSR

EFF :

ALL 12-11-28

Page 326
Oct 01/07

MSR

EFF :

ALL 12-11-28

Page 327
Oct 01/07

MSR

EFF :

ALL 12-11-28

Page 328
Oct 01/07

MSR

EFF :

ALL 12-11-28

Page 329
Oct 01/07

MSR

EFF :

ALL 12-11-28

Page 330
Oct 01/07

MSR

EFF :

ALL 12-11-28

Page 331
Oct 01/07

MSR

EFF :

ALL 12-11-28

Page 332
Oct 01/07

MSR

EFF :

ALL 12-11-28

Page 333
Oct 01/07

MSR

EFF :

ALL 12-11-28

Page 334
Oct 01/07

MSR

EFF :

ALL 12-11-28

Page 335
Oct 01/07

MSR

EFF :

ALL 12-11-28

Page 336
Oct 01/07

MSR

EFF :

ALL 12-11-28

Page 337
Oct 01/07

MSR

EFF :

ALL 12-11-28

Page 338
Oct 01/07

MSR
INTENTIONALLY BLANK

R

12-11-28

Page 339
Jul 01/07

MSR
R Manual Refuel Distribution Tables - Density 0.760
R Figure 307/TASK 12-11-28-991-041- 12 (SHEET 1)

EFF :

ALL 12-11-28

Page 340
Oct 01/07

MSR

EFF :

ALL 12-11-28

Page 341
Oct 01/07

MSR

EFF :

ALL 12-11-28

Page 342
Oct 01/07

MSR

EFF :

ALL 12-11-28

Page 343
Oct 01/07

MSR

EFF :

ALL 12-11-28

Page 344
Oct 01/07

MSR

EFF :

ALL 12-11-28

Page 345
Oct 01/07

MSR

EFF :

ALL 12-11-28

Page 346
Oct 01/07

MSR

EFF :

ALL 12-11-28

Page 347
Oct 01/07

MSR

EFF :

ALL 12-11-28

Page 348
Oct 01/07

MSR

EFF :

ALL 12-11-28

Page 349
Oct 01/07

MSR

EFF :

ALL 12-11-28

Page 350
Oct 01/07

MSR

EFF :

ALL 12-11-28

Page 351
Oct 01/07

MSR

EFF :

ALL 12-11-28

Page 352
Oct 01/07

MSR

EFF :

ALL 12-11-28

Page 353
Oct 01/07

MSR

EFF :

ALL 12-11-28

Page 354
Oct 01/07

MSR

EFF :

ALL 12-11-28

Page 355
Oct 01/07

MSR

EFF :

ALL 12-11-28

Page 356
Oct 01/07

MSR

EFF :

ALL 12-11-28

Page 357
Oct 01/07

MSR

EFF :

ALL 12-11-28

Page 358
Oct 01/07

MSR

EFF :

ALL 12-11-28

Page 359
Oct 01/07

MSR

EFF :

ALL 12-11-28

Page 360
Oct 01/07

MSR

EFF :

ALL 12-11-28

Page 361
Oct 01/07

MSR

EFF :

ALL 12-11-28

Page 362
Oct 01/07

MSR

EFF :

ALL 12-11-28

Page 363
Oct 01/07

MSR

EFF :

ALL 12-11-28

Page 364
Oct 01/07

MSR

EFF :

ALL 12-11-28

Page 365
Oct 01/07

MSR

EFF :

ALL 12-11-28

Page 366
Oct 01/07

MSR

EFF :

ALL 12-11-28

Page 367
Oct 01/07

MSR

EFF :

ALL 12-11-28

Page 368
Oct 01/07

MSR

EFF :

ALL 12-11-28

Page 369
Oct 01/07

MSR
R Manual Refuel Distribution Graphs - No Trim Tank - Density 0.760 thru 0.795

EFF :

ALL 12-11-28

Page 370
Jul 01/08

MSR

EFF :

ALL 12-11-28

Page 371
Jul 01/08

MSR

EFF :

ALL 12-11-28

Page 372
Jul 01/08

MSR

EFF :

ALL 12-11-28

Page 373
Jul 01/08

MSR

EFF :

ALL 12-11-28

Page 374
Jul 01/08

MSR

EFF :

ALL 12-11-28

Page 375
Jul 01/08

MSR

EFF :

ALL 12-11-28

Page 376
Jul 01/08

MSR

EFF :

ALL 12-11-28

Page 377
Jul 01/08

MSR

EFF :

ALL 12-11-28

Page 378
Jul 01/08

MSR

EFF :

ALL 12-11-28

Page 379
Jul 01/08

MSR

EFF :

ALL 12-11-28

Page 380
Jul 01/08

MSR

EFF :

ALL 12-11-28

Page 381
Jul 01/08

MSR

EFF :

ALL 12-11-28

Page 382
Jul 01/08

MSR

EFF :

ALL 12-11-28

Page 383
Jul 01/08

MSR

EFF :

ALL 12-11-28

Page 384
Jul 01/08

MSR
INTENTIONALLY BLANK

R

12-11-28

Page 385
Jul 01/08

MSR
Manual Refuel Distribution Tables - No Trim Tank - Density 0.760

EFF :

ALL 12-11-28

Page 386
Jul 01/08

MSR

EFF :

ALL 12-11-28

Page 387
Jul 01/08

MSR

EFF :

ALL 12-11-28

Page 388
Jul 01/08

MSR

EFF :

ALL 12-11-28

Page 389
Jul 01/08

MSR

EFF :

ALL 12-11-28

Page 390
Jul 01/08

MSR

EFF :

ALL 12-11-28

Page 391
Jul 01/08

MSR

EFF :

ALL 12-11-28

Page 392
Jul 01/08

MSR

EFF :

ALL 12-11-28

Page 393
Jul 01/08

MSR

EFF :

ALL 12-11-28

Page 394
Jul 01/08

MSR

EFF :

ALL 12-11-28

Page 395
Jul 01/08

MSR

EFF :

ALL 12-11-28

Page 396
Jul 01/08

MSR

EFF :

ALL 12-11-28

Page 397
Jul 01/08

MSR

EFF :

ALL 12-11-28

Page 398
Jul 01/08

MSR

EFF :

ALL 12-11-28

Page 399
Jul 01/08

MSR

EFF :

ALL 12-11-28

Page A300
Jul 01/08

MSR

EFF :

ALL 12-11-28

Page A301
Jul 01/08

MSR

EFF :

ALL 12-11-28

Page A302
Jul 01/08

MSR

EFF :

ALL 12-11-28

Page A303
Jul 01/08

MSR

EFF :

ALL 12-11-28

Page A304
Jul 01/08

MSR

EFF :

ALL 12-11-28

Page A305
Jul 01/08

MSR

EFF :

ALL 12-11-28

Page A306
Jul 01/08

MSR

EFF :

ALL 12-11-28

Page A307
Jul 01/08

MSR

EFF :

ALL 12-11-28

Page A308
Jul 01/08

MSR

EFF :

ALL 12-11-28

Page A309
Jul 01/08

MSR

EFF :

ALL 12-11-28

Page A310
Jul 01/08

MSR

EFF :

ALL 12-11-28

Page A311
Jul 01/08

MSR

EFF :

ALL 12-11-28

Page A312
Jul 01/08

MSR

EFF :

ALL 12-11-28

Page A313
Jul 01/08

MSR

EFF :

ALL 12-11-28

Page A314
Jul 01/08

MSR

EFF :

ALL 12-11-28

Page A315
Jul 01/08

MSR
Subtask 12-11-28-650-064
C. Reference for Adjustment of the Fuel Distribution (if necessary)

25-00-869-801).
Subtask 12-11-28-650-054
D. Pressure Refuel with Manual Control
_______
PSI).
(1) On the refuel/defuel control panel 990VU, set the switches as

follows:
(a) Put the REFUEL/DEFUEL VALVE switch(es) for the fuel tank(s) you
want to refuel, to the OPEN position.
NOTE : To refuel the trim-tank, you must have one of these

____
conditions:
- the two inner-tank inlet valves are open
- the center-tank inlet valve is open.
- the two inner tanks fuel quantities are above 14000 kg
(30865 lb).
- one inner tank fuel quantity is above 14000 kg (30865
lb) and the other inner-tank inlet valve is open.
(b) Put the REFUEL/DEFUEL VALVE switch(es) for the tank(s) you do not
want to refuel, to the SHUT position.
(a) Put the MODE SELECT switch 3QU to the REFUEL position.
(b) If the refuel isolation valve(s) do not open, do the next step.
1
_ On the refuel isolation valve(s), push in and hold the
override P/BSW.

EFF :

ALL 12-11-28

Page A316
Jul 01/08
R
MSR
(c) Monitor the fuel quantity displays.
NOTE : If necessary, use the applicable manual refuel

____
distribution graph to make sure that the fuel distribution
is correct for flight.
(d) Make sure that the numbers on the fuel quantity and ACTUAL
displays increase.
(e) If the trim tank is to be refuelled, it must be done in two

steps:
1
_ When the trim tank fuel quantity reaches 1000 kg (2200 lb)
below that shown on the applicable graph, shut the trim tank
inlet valve.
2
_ When the two inner tanks are at the target value (refuel
graph), open the trim tank inlet valve.
NOTE : If it is necessary to refuel the trim tank, the inner

____
tank quantity will be different from the quantity given
in the manual refuel graph. An allowance for this
difference must be made in the trim tank fuel quantity.
This allowance will also have an effect on the cg of
the aircraft (the cg change is approximately 2% MAC for
each 1000 kg (2204 lb) difference from the distribution
graphs for trim tank fuel quantity).
(f) When each tank has the correct fuel quantity, put its
REFUEL/DEFUEL VALVE switch to the SHUT position.
NOTE : Each tank quantity can increase 100 kg (220 lb) to 200 kg
____
(440 lb) after the REFUEL/DEFUEL VALVE switch is set to
SHUT.
(4) When the fuel tank quantities are correct, set the refuel/defuel
control on the panel 990VU as follows:
(a) Put the MODE SELECT switch to the OFF position.
(b) Put the applicable REFUEL VALVES switch(es) to the NORM position.
(c) If the power supply is from the battery, put the PWR SUPPLY
switch to NORM.

EFF :

ALL 12-11-28

Page A317
Jul 01/08
R
MSR
(d) If it was necessary to operate the override P/BSW, do the next
step.
1
_ On the refuel isolation valve(s), release the override P/BSW.
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 12-11-28-410-052
A. Close Access
(1) Disconnect the couplings of the fuel supply hoses from the aircraft
refuel/defuel couplings.
5504QA2.
(3) Refuel panel closure:
_______
Subtask 12-11-28-860-055

803).

(Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-801).

unit
unit and the ground
ground.

EFF :

ALL 12-11-28

Page A318
Jul 01/08
R
MSR
____
Subtask 12-11-28-942-052

EFF :

ALL 12-11-28

Page A319
Jul 01/08
R
MSR
TASK 12-11-28-650-807
Pressure Refuel with Automatic Control from the Cockpit
_______
- SMOKE
_______
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No specific two access platforms 5.0 m (16 ft. 5 in.)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

from Inner, Outer and Wing Vent Surge Tanks
External Power A
External Power A
Electric Pump

EFF :

ALL 12-11-28

Page A320
Jul 01/08
R
MSR
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
31-60-00-860-801 EIS Start Procedure

R 12-11-28-991-009 Fig. 339
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 12-11-28-941-060-A
_______
DAMAGE.
28-650-801) and (Ref. TASK 12-11-28-650-802).
(2) Make sure that the Parking Brake System is pressurized (Ref. TASK 29-
00-00-863-802).
NLG tires roll aft as the MLG shock absorber compresses
chocks.
Subtask 12-11-28-281-053-A
B. Do a check for water contamination in a fuel sample removed from the fuel
tanker/pump unit (Ref. TASK 12-32-28-281-806).
Subtask 12-11-28-860-056-A
_______
CORRECTLY.

EFF :

ALL 12-11-28

Page A321
Jul 01/08

MSR
(1) Ground the aircraft and the fuel tanker/pump unit (Ref. TASK 12-34-
24-860-801). Then bond them together electrically.

____

(Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-801).
(4) Energize the EIS (Ref. TASK 31-60-00-860-801).
(5) Press the FUEL P/BSW and make sure that the FUEL page comes into
view.
Subtask 12-11-28-010-059
D. Get Access
NOTE : You can use 1, 2, 3 or 4 refuel hoses to do an automatic pressure

____
refuel. This procedure uses four refuel hoses.
(1) Put two access platforms in position, one below the access panel
522HB and one below the access panel 622HB.
5504QA2.
_______
(5) Make sure that the couplings of the fuel supply hoses are clean.
Connect the four hoses to the aircraft refuel/defuel couplings
5502QA1 and 5502QA2.

EFF :

ALL 12-11-28

Page A322
Jul 01/08
R
MSR
Subtask 12-11-28-740-052
E. Hi-Level Sense Test
(1) Do this test:
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
On the MCDU: On the MCDU:
1. Push the line key adjacent to the

LEVEL SENSE symbol. - the LEVEL SENSE TEST page shows TEST
IN PROGRESS
- when the test is complete the LEVEL

SENSE TEST page shows TEST OK or a
fault message.
(2) Push the line key adjacent to RETURN until the MCDU MENU page comes
into view again.
4. Procedure
_________
R (Ref. Fig. 339/TASK 12-11-28-991-009)
NOTE : An Automatic Refuel is only possible if the fuel quantity in each

____
tank at the start of the refuel is less than the expected quantity
after the refuel.
Subtask 12-11-28-650-065
A. Reference for Adjustment of the Fuel Distribution (if necessary)

25-00-869-801).
Subtask 12-11-28-650-060-A
B. To Input the Necessary Total Fuel Quantity
(1) On the MCDU:
(a) Push the INIT key and make sure that the INIT page comes into
view.

EFF :

ALL 12-11-28

Page A323
Jul 01/08

MSR
Refuel Control Panel in the Cockpit
R Figure 339/TASK 12-11-28-991-009

EFF :

ALL 12-11-28

Page A324
Jul 01/08

MSR
(b) Push the line key 2R. If a fuel quantity has not been set, an
empty amber box is shown on the MCDU.
(c) Use the numeric keys to set the necessary total fuel quantity. To
do a refuel this quantity must be a minimum of 200 Kg (440 lb)
more than the (ECAM) FOB quantity.
(d) Push the line key 2R to input the set fuel quantity. To change
the input fuel quantity, push the CLEAR key and the line key 2R
together and do the procedure again.
(e) Make sure that the INIT page now shows the correct total fuel
quantity.
NOTE : When you input the fuel quantity:

____
- the amber box goes out of view
- on the refuel/defuel panel 990VU, the CKPT light comes
on.
When you have this condition, you cannot control the
automatic refuel from the refuel/defuel panel 990VU.
NOTE : Alternatively, the crew can use the flight plan to input
____
the necessary total fuel quantity.
Subtask 12-11-28-650-061-A
C. Pressure Refuel with Control from the Cockpit
_______
PSI).
(2) On the FUEL panel 285VU:
(a) Push (in) the REFUEL P/BSW (37QU).
(b) Make sure that the ON light comes on. At the refuel/defuel
coupling, the ready-to-refuel light also comes on.
NOTE : When the REFUEL P/BSW is pushed in, the FCMS does an
____
automatic shut-off test.
(3) On the ECAM lower SD, make sure that the tank quantities on the FUEL
page increase.

EFF :

ALL 12-11-28

Page A325
Jul 01/08
R
MSR
(4) When the refuel stops, make sure that:
- the END light comes on and does not flash
- on the ECAM the FOB and tank quantity displays are stable.
(6) On the FUEL panel 285VU:
(a) Release (out) the REFUEL P/BSW.
(b) Make sure that the ON and END lights go off. At the refuel/defuel
coupling, the ready-to-refuel light also goes off.
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 12-11-28-410-057
A. Close Access
(1) Disconnect the couplings of the four fuel supply hoses from the
aircraft refuel/defuel couplings 5502QA1 and 5502QA2.
5504QA2.
(3) Refuel panel closure:
_______
Subtask 12-11-28-860-057-A
(1) Put the aircraft back to its initial configuration.
(a) On the ECAM control panel, set the UPPER DISPLAY and the LOWER
DISPLAY potentiometers to OFF.
(b) Do the ADIRS stop procedure (Ref. TASK 34-10-00-860-803).
(c) De-energize the aircraft electrical circuits

(Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-801).

EFF :

ALL 12-11-28

Page A326
Jul 01/08
R
MSR
(d) Disconnect these ground/bonding cables:
unit
unit and the ground
ground.
NOTE : The outer tank water drain valves have small holes in them
____
to prevent damage due to water freezing in the valve.
These holes also let fuel flow from the outer tank to the
inner tank at a rate of up to 20 kg/hour. This flow is
normal and is to be expected. There is no leakage in the
system.
Subtask 12-11-28-942-057
C. Removal of the Ground Support Equipment
(2) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tools and other
items.
(3) Remove the access platform(s).
(4) Remove the ground support and maintenance equipment, the special and
standard tools and all other items.

EFF :

ALL 12-11-28

Page A327
Jul 01/08
R
MSR
TASK 12-11-28-650-808
Pressure Refuel with Manual Control and Override of Individual Inlet Valve(s)
_______
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
To refuel with individual inlet valve(s) opened and closed with the
deactivation tool. This will let refuel occur if the applicable actuators
are inoperative.
NOTE : You will need a minimum of three persons to do this task.

____
NOTE : When you use this procedure to refuel the aircraft, the automatic
____
functions for overflow and overbalance protection are not available.
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No specific variable access platform

No specific access platform 3.0 m (9 ft. 10 in.)
No specific 2 access platforms 5.0 m (16 ft. 5 in.)
D97B00-003 1 MECHANICAL - ACTUATOR
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

20-28-00-912-802 Electrical Bonding of Components with Conductive
Screws and Bolts and Bonding Straps
External Power A

EFF :

ALL 12-11-28

Page A328
Jul 01/08
R
MSR
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

External Power A
28-25-00-040-801 Deactivation of the Center-Tank Inlet Valve 5501QA in
the Closed Position
28-25-00-040-806 Deactivation of the Inner-Tank Inlet Valve
5603QA1(5603QA2) in the Closed Position
28-25-00-040-807 Deactivation of the Outer-Tank Inlet Valve
5500QA1(5500QA2) in the Closed Position
28-25-00-040-808 Deactivation of the Trim-Tank Inlet Valve 5705QA in
the Closed Position
28-25-57-000-801 Removal of the Outer-Tank Fuel Inlet-Valve Actuator
500QU1(500QU2)
28-25-57-000-802 Removal of the Center-Tank Fuel Inlet-Valve Actuator
501QU
28-25-57-400-801 Installation of the Outer-Tank Fuel Inlet-Valve
Actuator 500QU1(500QU2)
28-25-57-400-802 Installation of the Center-Tank Fuel Inlet-Valve
Actuator 501QU
28-26-53-000-801 Removal of the Fuel Inlet-Valve Actuator
(603QL1,603QL2)
28-26-53-400-801 Installation of the Fuel Inlet-Valve Actuator
(603QL1,603QL2)
28-27-52-000-801 Removal of the Inlet Valve Actuator 705QN
28-27-52-400-801 Installation of the Inlet Valve Actuator 705QN
Electric Pump
32-12-00-010-801 Open the MLG Doors for Maintenance
32-12-00-410-801 Close the MLG Doors after Maintenance
12-11-28-991-001 Fig. 301
12-11-28-991-002 Fig. 302
12-11-28-991-003 Fig. 303
12-11-28-991-026 Fig. 304
12-11-28-991-020-A Fig. 305
12-11-28-991-021-A Fig. 306
12-11-28-991-041 Fig. 307
12-11-28-991-042 Fig. 308
12-11-28-991-043 Fig. 309
12-11-28-991-044 Fig. 310
12-11-28-991-046 Fig. 312
12-11-28-991-047 Fig. 313
12-11-28-991-048 Fig. 314

EFF :

ALL 12-11-28

Page A329
Jul 01/08
R
MSR
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
12-11-28-991-049 Fig. 315

12-11-28-991-050 Fig. 316
12-11-28-991-051 Fig. 317
12-11-28-991-052 Fig. 318
12-11-28-991-053 Fig. 319
12-11-28-991-054 Fig. 320
12-11-28-991-055 Fig. 321
R 12-11-28-991-071 Fig. 322
R 12-11-28-991-072 Fig. 323
R 12-11-28-991-056 Fig. 324
R 12-11-28-991-057 Fig. 325
R 12-11-28-991-058 Fig. 326
R 12-11-28-991-059 Fig. 327
R 12-11-28-991-060 Fig. 328
R 12-11-28-991-061 Fig. 329
R 12-11-28-991-062 Fig. 330
R 12-11-28-991-063 Fig. 331
R 12-11-28-991-064 Fig. 332
R 12-11-28-991-065 Fig. 333
R 12-11-28-991-066 Fig. 334
R 12-11-28-991-067 Fig. 335
R 12-11-28-991-068 Fig. 336
R 12-11-28-991-069 Fig. 337
R 12-11-28-991-070 Fig. 338
R 12-11-28-991-025 Fig. 340
3. __________
Job Set-up

12-11-28-991-003)
Subtask 12-11-28-941-062
_______
DAMAGE.

EFF :

ALL 12-11-28

Page A330
Jul 01/08

MSR
system (Ref. TASK 29-00-00-863-802).
chocks.
Subtask 12-11-28-281-056-A
B. Fuel Sampling
(1) Get a sample of fuel from the fuel tanker/pump unit (Ref. TASK 12-32-
28-281-810) and do a check for water contamination.
(2) If you use the manual refuel distribution graphs, use the fuel sample
from the fuel tanker and measure its Specific Gravity (SG).
Subtask 12-11-28-860-058
_______
CORRECTLY.
34-24-860-801). Then bond them together electrically.

____

(Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-801).

____
a manual refuel. But, on battery, the ADIRS do not send
refuel, there could be a difference of 750 kg (1650 lb)

EFF :

ALL 12-11-28

Page A331
Jul 01/08
R
MSR
Subtask 12-11-28-010-060
D. Get Access
NOTE : You can use 1, 2, 3 or 4 refuel hoses to do a manual pressure

____
refuel. This procedure uses the four refuel hoses.
(1) Put 2 access platforms in position, one below the access panel 522HB
and one below the access panel 622HB.
5504QA2.
_______
(5) Make sure that the couplings of the fuel supply hoses are clean. Then
connect them to the aircraft refuel/defuel couplings 5502QA1 and
5502QA2.
Subtask 12-11-28-740-053
E. Do this test:
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

990VU:
1. If only battery power is

switch to BAT.

EFF :

ALL 12-11-28

Page A332
Jul 01/08
R
MSR
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3QJ.

condition
initial condition.
Subtask 12-11-28-010-061
F. Get Access to the Applicable Refuel Valve(s)

R (Ref. Fig. 340/TASK 12-11-28-991-025)
(1) For the inner tank inlet valve(s), do this step:
(a) Open the MLG doors (Ref. TASK 32-12-00-010-801).
FOR 5603QA1
open the LH MLG door
FOR 5603QA2
open the RH MLG door.
(2) For the outer tank inlet valve(s), do these steps:
(a) Put the access platform in position below the applicable zone
574(674), between STA 1208/RIB 18 and STA 1271/RIB 19.
(b) Remove the applicable access panel:
FOR 5500QA1
the panel 574FB
FOR 5500QA2
the panel 674FB.

EFF :

ALL 12-11-28

Page A333
Jul 01/08

MSR
Mechanical Actuator - Typical Installation
R Figure 340/TASK 12-11-28-991-025

EFF :

ALL 12-11-28

Page A334
Jul 01/08

MSR
(3) For the center tank inlet valve, do this step:
(a) Open one of the main landing gear doors (Ref. TASK 32-12-00-010-
801).
(4) For the trim tank inlet valve, do this step:
(a) Put the variable access platform in position at zone 319.
(b) Remove the access panel 312AR.
Subtask 12-11-28-480-050
G. Installation of the Mechanical Actuator Tool

R (Ref. Fig. 340/TASK 12-11-28-991-025)
(1) Remove the applicable inlet valve actuator(s):

- for the inner tanks (Ref. TASK 28-26-53-000-801)
- for the outer tanks (Ref. TASK 28-25-57-000-801)
- for the center tank (Ref. TASK 28-25-57-000-802)
- for the trim tank (Ref. TASK 28-27-52-000-801).
(2) Temporarily safety the electrical connector (1) away from the valve
to prevent unwanted movement.
R (Ref. Fig. 340/TASK 12-11-28-991-025)
(3) Install the MECHANICAL - ACTUATOR (D97B00-003) (6), on the studs,

with the nuts (2).
(4) Connect the bonding strap (4) with the bolt (3) and the nut (5)
(Ref. TASK 20-28-00-912-802).
4. Procedure
_________
(Ref. Fig. 303/TASK 12-11-28-991-003)
Subtask 12-11-28-650-070
A. Reference for the Manual Refuel Distribution with Trim Tank

(Ref. Fig. 304/TASK 12-11-28-991-026, 305/TASK 12-11-28-991-020-A,
306/TASK 12-11-28-991-021-A, 307/TASK 12-11-28-991-041, 308/TASK 12-11-
28-991-042, 309/TASK 12-11-28-991-043, 310/TASK 12-11-28-991-044,
312/TASK 12-11-28-991-046, 313/TASK 12-11-28-991-047, 314/TASK 12-11-28-
991-048, 315/TASK 12-11-28-991-049, 316/TASK 12-11-28-991-050, 317/TASK
12-11-28-991-051, 318/TASK 12-11-28-991-052, 319/TASK 12-11-28-991-053,
320/TASK 12-11-28-991-054, 321/TASK 12-11-28-991-055)

EFF :

ALL 12-11-28

Page A335
Jul 01/08

MSR
____
Subtask 12-11-28-650-071
R B. Reference for the Manual Refuel Distribution with no Trim Tank

R 12-11-28-991-056, 325/TASK 12-11-28-991-057, 326/TASK 12-11-28-991-058,
R 327/TASK 12-11-28-991-059, 328/TASK 12-11-28-991-060, 329/TASK 12-11-28-
R 991-061, 330/TASK 12-11-28-991-062, 331/TASK 12-11-28-991-063, 332/TASK
R 12-11-28-991-064, 333/TASK 12-11-28-991-065, 334/TASK 12-11-28-991-066,
R 335/TASK 12-11-28-991-067, 336/TASK 12-11-28-991-068, 337/TASK 12-11-28-
R 991-069, 338/TASK 12-11-28-991-070)
____
Subtask 12-11-28-650-062
C. Pressure Refuel with Manual Control
_______
PSI).
(1) On the refuel/defuel control panel 990VU, set the switches as

follows:
(a) Put the REFUEL/DEFUEL VALVE switch(es) for the fuel tank(s) you
want to refuel, to the OPEN position.
(b) Put the REFUEL/DEFUEL VALVE switch(es) for the tank(s) you do not
want to refuel, to the SHUT position.
(c) Put the MODE SELECT switch 3QU to the REFUEL position.
(2) For the applicable fuel tank(s), turn the MECHANICAL - ACTUATOR to
OPEN and lock it in that position.
NOTE : To refuel the trim-tank, you must have one of these

____
conditions:
- the two inner-tank inlet valves are open
- the center-tank inlet valve is open
- the two inner tanks fuel quantities are above 14,000 kg
(30,865 lb)
- one inner tank fuel quantity is above 14,000 kg (30,865 lb)
and the other inner-tank inlet valve is open.

EFF :

ALL 12-11-28

Page A336
Jul 01/08

MSR
(3) Start the pump on the fuel tanker/pump unit. If the refuel isolation
valve(s) do not open, do the next step.
(a) On the refuel isolation valve(s), push in and hold the override
P/BSW.
(a) Monitor the fuel quantity displays.
NOTE : If necessary, use the applicable manual refuel

____
distribution graph to make sure that the fuel distribution
is correct for flight.
(b) Make sure that the numbers on the fuel quantity and ACTUAL
displays increase.
(5) If the trim tank is to be refuelled, it must be done in two steps:
(a) When the trim tank fuel quantity reaches 1000 kg (2200 lb) below
that shown on the applicable graph, shut the trim tank inlet
valve or (if applicable), turn the MECHANICAL - ACTUATOR to SHUT
and lock it in that position.
(b) When the two inner tanks are at the target value (refuel graph),
open the trim tank inlet valve or (if applicable), turn the
MECHANICAL - ACTUATOR to OPEN and lock it in that position.
NOTE : If it is necessary to refuel the trim tank, the inner tank

____
quantity will be different from the quantity given in the
manual refuel graph. An allowance for this difference must
be made in the trim tank fuel quantity. This allowance
will also have an effect on the cg of the aircraft (the cg
change is approximately 2% MAC for each 1000 kg (2204 lb)
difference from the distribution graphs for trim tank fuel
quantity).
(c) When each tank has the correct fuel quantity, put its
REFUEL/DEFUEL VALVE switch to the SHUT position or (if
applicable), turn the MECHANICAL - ACTUATOR to SHUT and lock it
in that position.
NOTE : Each tank quantity can increase 100 kg (220 lb) to 200 kg
____
(440 lb) after the REFUEL/DEFUEL VALVE switch is set to
SHUT or (if applicable), the MECHANICAL - ACTUATOR is set
to the SHUT position.

R

EFF :

ALL 12-11-28

Page A337
Jul 01/08

MSR
(6) When the fuel tank quantities are correct, stop the pump on the fuel
tanker/pump unit. If it was necessary to operate the override P/BSW,
do the next step.
(a) On the refuel isolation valve(s), release the override P/BSW.
(7) Set the refuel/defuel control on the panel 990VU as follows:
(a) Put the MODE SELECT switch to the OFF position.
(b) Put the applicable REFUEL VALVES switch(es) to the NORM position.
(c) If the power supply is from the battery, put the PWR SUPPLY
switch to NORM.
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 12-11-28-080-050
A. Removal of the Mechanical Actuator Tool

R (Ref. Fig. 340/TASK 12-11-28-991-025)
NOTE : Do not
____ remove the applicable mechanical actuator tool if you did
one or more of these de-activation procedures:
- MMEL 28-25-04-A (Ref. TASK 28-25-00-040-806)
- MMEL 28-25-04-B (Ref. TASK 28-25-00-040-801)
- MMEL 28-25-04-C (Ref. TASK 28-25-00-040-808)
- MMEL 28-25-04-D (Ref. TASK 28-25-00-040-807).
(1) Remove the temporary attachment from the electrical connector (1).
(2) Remove the nut (5) and the bolt (3).
(3) Disconnect the bonding strap (4).
(4) Remove the nuts (2) and the MECHANICAL - ACTUATOR (6).
(5) Install the applicable inlet valve actuator(s):

- for the inner tanks (Ref. TASK 28-26-53-400-801)
- for the outer tanks (Ref. TASK 28-25-57-400-801)
- for the center tank (Ref. TASK 28-25-57-400-802)
- for the trim tank (Ref. TASK 28-27-52-400-801).

EFF :

ALL 12-11-28

Page A338
Jul 01/08

MSR
Subtask 12-11-28-410-059
B. Close Access to the Applicable Refuel Valve(s)
(1) For the inner tank(s) and/or center tank inlet valve(s), close the
applicable MLG door (Ref. TASK 32-12-00-410-801).
(2) For the outer tank inlet valve(s), do these steps:
(a) Install the applicable access panel:
FOR 5500QA1
the panel 574FB
FOR 5500QA2
the panel 674FB.
(3) For the trim tank inlet valve, install the access panel 312AR.
Subtask 12-11-28-410-058
C. Close Access
(1) Disconnect the couplings of the fuel supply hoses from the aircraft
refuel/defuel couplings.
5504QA2.
(3) Refuel panel closure
_______
Subtask 12-11-28-860-059
D. Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

803).

(Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-801).

EFF :

ALL 12-11-28

Page A339
Jul 01/08
R
MSR
unit
unit and the ground
ground.
____
Subtask 12-11-28-942-058
E. Removal of the Ground Support Equipment
items.

EFF :

ALL 12-11-28

Page A340
Jul 01/08
R
MSR
TASK 12-11-28-650-805
Overwing Refuel Procedure
_______
- SMOKE
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE SAFETY DEVICES AND THE WARNING NOTICES ARE IN
_______
POSITION BEFORE YOU START A TASK ON OR NEAR:
- THE FLIGHT CONTROLS
- THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES
- THE LANDING GEAR AND THE RELATED DOORS
- COMPONENTS THAT MOVE.
MOVEMENT OF COMPONENTS CAN KILL OR INJURE PERSONS.
_______
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No specific 2 access platforms 5.8 m (19 ft.)

98D27803000000 1 LOCKING TOOL-FLAP SLAT LEVER,INT. POSITION

EFF :

ALL 12-11-28

Page A341
Jul 01/08
R
MSR
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

from Inner, Outer and Wing Vent Surge Tanks
External Power A
External Power A
27-80-00-866-802 Retraction of the Slats on the Ground
Electric Pump
31-60-00-860-802 EIS Stop Procedure
12-11-28-991-001 Fig. 301
R 12-11-28-991-004 Fig. 341
3. __________
Job Set-up
R (Ref. Fig. 301/TASK 12-11-28-991-001, 341/TASK 12-11-28-991-004)
Subtask 12-11-28-941-054
_______
DAMAGE.
has sufficiant pressure. If necessary, pressurize the Blue hydraulic
system (Ref. TASK 29-00-00-863-802).

EFF :

ALL 12-11-28

Page A342
Jul 01/08

MSR
Overwing Refuel-Adaptor Cap
R Figure 341/TASK 12-11-28-991-004

EFF :

ALL 12-11-28

Page A343
Jul 01/08

MSR
chocks.
Subtask 12-11-28-281-055
B. Make sure that a fuel sampling for water contamination check is done to
the fuel in the fuel tanker/pump units (Ref. TASK 12-32-28-281-806).
Subtask 12-11-28-860-050
_______
CORRECTLY.
34-24-860-801). Then electrically bond them together.

____

(Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-801).
(4) Energize the EIS (Ref. TASK 31-60-00-860-801).
(5) Push the FUEL pushbutton switch on the ECAM control panel. Read and
make a record of the fuel contents.
(6) Make sure the slats are retracted (Ref. TASK 27-80-00-866-802).
(7) Installation of control locks
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE FLIGHT CONTROL SAFETY-LOCKS AND THE
_______
WARNING NOTICES ARE IN POSITION.
(a) Install the LOCKING TOOL-FLAP SLAT LEVER,INT. POSITION

(98D27803000000) on the flap/slat control lever.

EFF :

ALL 12-11-28

Page A344
Jul 01/08
R
MSR
(b) Put a warning notice in the cockpit, to tell persons not to
operate the flap/slat control.
Subtask 12-11-28-941-055
D. Installation of Ground Support Equipment
NOTE : The overwing refuel can be done through the LH wing, the RH wing
____
or the 2 wings. This procedure is through the 2 wings.
(1) Position 2 access platforms adjacent to the wing leading edge. Put
one near the overwing refuel cap 5508QA1 and one near the overwing
refuel cap 5508QA2.
4. Procedure
_________
WARNING : DO NOT GET AIRCRAFT FUEL:

_______
- IN YOUR MOUTH
- IN YOUR EYES
- ON YOUR SKIN FOR A LONG TIME.
WARNING : DO NOT GET YOUR CLOTHES SOAKED WITH FUEL.

_______
AIRCRAFT FUEL IS POISONOUS AND CAN GO THROUGH YOUR SKIN INTO YOUR
BODY.
IF YOU ARE CONTAMINATED WASH WITH CLEAN WATER AND IF NECESSARY GET
MEDICAL HELP.
CAUTION : DO NOT LET THE REFUEL HOSE TOUCH THE SLATS. THIS WILL PREVENT
_______
DAMAGE TO THE SLATS.
Subtask 12-11-28-650-055
A. Refuel Procedure
CAUTION : KEEP THE RATE OF FUEL GROUND TRANSFER THE SAME AS (OR LESS
_______
THAN) THE RATE OF FLOW INTO THE INNER TANK.
(1) Connect the ground cables of the refuel nozzles to the wing ground
connections.
(2) Remove the overwing refuel caps 5508QA1 and 5508QA2.
(3) Put the fuel nozzles in the overwing refuel points and start the pump
on the fuel tanker/pump units.

EFF :

ALL 12-11-28

Page A345
Jul 01/08
R
MSR
(4) Start a ground fuel transfer from the inner tanks to the other fuel
tanks (Ref. TASK 28-25-00-869-801).
NOTE : You cannot use this procedure to fill the trim tank.
____
(5) Fill the inner tanks with the necessary amount of fuel.
NOTE : Be careful not to overfill the tanks during refuel. There is

____
no automatic cut-out when you do the overwing refuel
procedure.
(6) When the fuel quantities are correct, stop the pump on the fuel
tanker/pump unit.
(7) Stop the ground fuel transfer (Ref. TASK 28-25-00-869-801).
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 12-11-28-410-054
A. Close Access
(1) Remove the fuel nozzles from the overwing refuel points.
(2) Install the overwing refuel caps 5508QA1 and 5508QA2. Make sure each
cap is correctly aligned with the indicator arrow on the wing skin.
(3) Disconnect the ground cables of the refuel nozzles from the wing
ground connections.
Subtask 12-11-28-860-051

unit
unit and the ground
ground.
(2) On the MCDU, push the line key adjacent to the RETURN indication
until the MCDU MENU page comes into view.
(3) On the MCDU, set the BRT knob to OFF.

EFF :

ALL 12-11-28

Page A346
Jul 01/08
R
MSR
(4) Do the EIS stop procedure (Ref. TASK 31-60-00-860-802).
(5) Do the ADIRS stop procedure (Ref. TASK 34-10-00-860-803).
(6) De-energize the aircraft electrical circuits

(Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-801).
____
Subtask 12-11-28-942-054
(2) Remove the LOCKING TOOL-FLAP SLAT LEVER,INT. POSITION

(98D27803000000) from the flap/slat control lever and the warning
notices from the cockpit.

EFF :

ALL 12-11-28

Page A347
Jul 01/08
R
MSR
TASK 12-11-28-650-806
Procedure To Use The Fuel Magnetic Level Indicators
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No specific 1 ACCESS PLATFORM 4M (13 FT)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
12-11-28-860-801 Procedure To Use The ADIRU to Find the Pitch and Roll
Data
28-51-00-740-803 Interrogation of the FCMS Input Parameters Pages
R 12-11-28-991-007 Fig. 342
R 12-11-28-991-006 Fig. 343
R 12-11-28-991-010 Fig. 344
R 12-11-28-991-011-A Fig. 345
R 12-11-28-991-012-A Fig. 346
R 12-11-28-991-038-A Fig. 347
R 12-11-28-991-014-A Fig. 348
R 12-11-28-991-015-A Fig. 349
R 12-11-28-991-016-A Fig. 350
R 12-11-28-991-017-A Fig. 351
R 12-11-28-991-018-A Fig. 352
R 12-11-28-991-073 Fig. 353

EFF :

ALL 12-11-28

Page A348
Jul 01/08

MSR
3. __________
Job Set-up
R (Ref. Fig. 342/TASK 12-11-28-991-007)
Subtask 12-11-28-860-065
A. Aircraft Maintenance Configuration
NOTE : The fuel quantity table for the inner tank MLI gives the fuel
____
value for the inner tank. This value includes the collector cell
contents up to the same level as the adjacent inner tank.
When the main fuel pumps operate, the collector cell fuel level is
higher than for the inner tank. When the pumps operate (and for 10
minutes after they stop) this quantity of fuel cannot be
calculated accurately. After 10 minutes, the fuel in the collector
cell is at a known level and will decrease at a known rate.
The Collector Cells - Correction Factor Graph identifies the
quantity of fuel to add to the MLI quantity to get the correct
inner tank contents.
(1) Make a note of when the pumps were stopped. Use this time as the
reference datum when you use the Collector Cells - Correction Factor
Graph.
Subtask 12-11-28-941-061-A
B. Get Access
(1) Put an ACCESS PLATFORM 4M (13 FT) below the applicable fuel Magnetic
Level Indicator (MLI).
NOTE : The MLI in the center and inner tanks are accurate to plus or
____
minus 5% of their indication. The MLI in the outer tanks are
accurate to plus or minus 7.5% of their indication. MLI values
are not as accurate as the values given by the FCMC and you
must not use them for comparison.
Subtask 12-11-28-010-058
C. Get Access

EFF :

ALL 12-11-28

Page A349
Jul 01/08

MSR
Collector Cells - Correction Factor Graph
R Figure 342/TASK 12-11-28-991-007

EFF :

ALL 12-11-28

Page A350
Jul 01/08

MSR
MAGNETIC LEVEL INDICATORS
Subtask 12-11-28-281-051-A
D. Find the Specific Gravity
(1) Get a fuel sample from the aircraft (Ref. TASK 12-32-28-281-810) and
measure its Specific Gravity (SG).
NOTE : The SG is also available on the FCMS Input Parameters Page 3

____
(Ref. TASK 28-51-00-740-803).
4. Procedure
_________

R 12-11-28-991-011-A, 346/TASK 12-11-28-991-012-A, 347/TASK 12-11-28-991-038-
R A, 348/TASK 12-11-28-991-014-A, 349/TASK 12-11-28-991-015-A, 350/TASK 12-11-
R 28-991-016-A, 351/TASK 12-11-28-991-017-A, 352/TASK 12-11-28-991-018-A)
Subtask 12-11-28-869-054-A
A. Procedure to Use the Magnetic Level Indicators
CAUTION : DO NOT LET THE MLIs FALL FREELY.

_______
THE MLIs ARE FRAGILE.
CAUTION : RETRACT THE MLIs AS SOON AS POSSIBLE. YOU CAN EASILY CAUSE
_______
DAMAGE TO AN EXTENDED MLI.
NOTE : Start the procedure with each of the outboard MLIs in the Outer
____
and Inner Tank. If they give no indication move inboard to each
subsequent MLI until the MLI gives an indication. At the first MLI
that gives an indication, use that MLI for the procedure.
(1) Use a screwdriver to push (in) the applicable MLI and turn it through
90 deg.
(2) Hold and carefully lower the MLI fully. Then carefully lift the MLI
until you feel the magnets engage.
(3) Read the units mark nearest to the bottom skin of the wing and write
down the number.
(4) Retract the MLI and use a screwdriver to turn it through 90 deg to
lock it.
(5) Do this procedure for each applicable MLI.
NOTE : You will only use one MLI reading from each applicable tank.
____

EFF :

ALL 12-11-28

Page A351
Jul 01/08

MSR
** Use of the Magnetic Level Indicators (MLI)
a) Use a screwdriver to push the applicable
MagneticMLI andIndicators
Level turn it - Location
R Figure 343/TASK 12-11-28-991-006
through90 deg.
b) Hold and carefully lower the MLI fully.Then carefully lift the MLI

until you feel the magnets
EFF

: ALLengage.

12-11-28 Page A352
Jul 01/08
c) Read the units
mark nearest to the bottom-skin of the wing and
write down the number.
MSR
INTENTIONALLY BLANK

R

12-11-28

Page A353
Jul 01/08

MSR
Fuel Quantity Tables - Center Tank MLI

EFF :

ALL 12-11-28

Page A354
Jul 01/08

MSR

EFF :

ALL 12-11-28

Page A355
Jul 01/08

MSR

EFF :

ALL 12-11-28

Page A356
Jul 01/08

MSR

R

EFF :

ALL 12-11-28

Page A357
Jul 01/08

MSR

EFF :

ALL 12-11-28

Page A358
Jul 01/08

MSR

EFF :

ALL 12-11-28

Page A359
Jul 01/08

MSR
Fuel Quantity Tables - MLI No. 1

EFF :

ALL 12-11-28

Page A360
Jul 01/08

MSR

R

EFF :

ALL 12-11-28

Page A361
Jul 01/08

MSR

EFF :

ALL 12-11-28

Page A362
Jul 01/08

MSR

EFF :

ALL 12-11-28

Page A363
Jul 01/08

MSR

EFF :

ALL 12-11-28

Page A364
Jul 01/08

MSR

EFF :

ALL 12-11-28

Page A365
Jul 01/08

MSR

EFF :

ALL 12-11-28

Page A366
Jul 01/08

MSR

EFF :

ALL 12-11-28

Page A367
Jul 01/08

MSR

EFF :

ALL 12-11-28

Page A368
Jul 01/08

MSR

EFF :

ALL 12-11-28

Page A369
Jul 01/08

MSR

EFF :

ALL 12-11-28

Page A370
Jul 01/08

MSR

EFF :

ALL 12-11-28

Page A371
Jul 01/08

MSR

EFF :

ALL 12-11-28

Page A372
Jul 01/08

MSR
INTENTIONALLY BLANK

R

12-11-28

Page A373
Jul 01/08

MSR

EFF :

ALL 12-11-28

Page A374
Jul 01/08

MSR

EFF :

ALL 12-11-28

Page A375
Jul 01/08

MSR

EFF :

ALL 12-11-28

Page A376
Jul 01/08

MSR
INTENTIONALLY BLANK

R

12-11-28

Page A377
Jul 01/08

MSR

EFF :

ALL 12-11-28

Page A378
Jul 01/08

MSR

EFF :

ALL 12-11-28

Page A379
Jul 01/08

MSR

EFF :

ALL 12-11-28

Page A380
Jul 01/08

MSR

EFF :

ALL 12-11-28

Page A381
Jul 01/08

MSR

EFF :

ALL 12-11-28

Page A382
Jul 01/08

MSR

EFF :

ALL 12-11-28

Page A383
Jul 01/08

MSR

EFF :

ALL 12-11-28

Page A384
Jul 01/08

MSR

EFF :

ALL 12-11-28

Page A385
Jul 01/08

MSR
(6) Get the Aircraft Attitude
R (Ref. Fig. 353/TASK 12-11-28-991-073)
(a) Read and write down the aircraft attitude.
NOTE : You can get the aircraft attitude from the applicable
____
ADIRS aircraft attitude data. As an option, you can use
the pitch and roll data from the applicable Tank
Pitch/Roll Parameters page on the MCDU (Ref. TASK 28-51-
00-740-803).
(b) For MLI on the right wing, you must use the table to get the
related aircraft attitude.
(7) Calculation Procedure
(a) Use the table for the applicable ADIRS aircraft attitude data
(Ref. TASK 12-11-28-860-801) and MLI to calculate the volume of
fuel in each tank.
(b) For an inner tank, there can be additional fuel in the

collector-cells. Use the graph to find the additional fuel
quantity in one inner tank.
R (Ref. Fig. 342/TASK 12-11-28-991-007)
NOTE : The fuel quantity in the collector cell will decrease with
____
time. Use the applicable curve for the time since the main
fuel pumps were switched off. The data taken from this
curve gives a more accurate fuel quantity.
(c) Add together the value from each tank to find the total volume of
fuel.
(d) Multiply the total volume of fuel by the SG of the fuel. The
result is the total weight of fuel.
NOTE : The trim tank can also contain a fuel quantity of between
____
zero and 4800 kg (10582 lb).
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 12-11-28-410-056
A. Close Access

EFF :

ALL 12-11-28

Page A386
Jul 01/08

MSR
Table - Aircraft Attitude for Right Wing
R Figure 353/TASK 12-11-28-991-073

EFF :

ALL 12-11-28

Page A387
Jul 01/08

MSR
Subtask 12-11-28-942-056
B. Removal of Equipment

EFF :

ALL 12-11-28

Page A388
Jul 01/08
R
MSR
TASK 12-11-28-860-801
Procedure To Use The ADIRU to Find the Pitch and Roll Data
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
12-11-28-650-806 Procedure To Use The Fuel Magnetic Level Indicators

External Power A
External Power A
R 12-11-28-991-027 Fig. 354
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 12-11-28-861-053
A. Energize the aircraft electrical circuits

(Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-801).
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 12-11-28-860-060
A. Procedure
R (Ref. Fig. 354/TASK 12-11-28-991-027)
(1) On the panel 221VU set the 3 ADIRS switches to the NAV position.
(2) Do this procedure
NOTE : The procedure that follows is only applicable to the MCDU 2

____
and the MCDU 3. You cannot do this procedure with the MCDU 1.
The actions and the results of this procedure occur on the
MCDU used.

EFF :

ALL 12-11-28

Page A389
Jul 01/08

MSR
Pitch and Roll Data Access from the ADIRUs

EFF :

ALL 12-11-28

Page A390
Jul 01/08

MSR
Pitch and Roll Data Access from the ADIRUs

EFF :

ALL 12-11-28

Page A391
Jul 01/08

MSR
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1. On the MCDU turn the BRT knob - the MCDU is on.
2. Push the MCDU MENU mode key - the MCDU MENU page shows.
3. Push the line key adjacent to the - the ACMS PARAMETER CALL-UP page
ACMS indication shows.
4. Push the line key adjacent to the - the ALPHA CALL-UP CTRL page shows.
ALPHA indication
5. Push the line key adjacent to the - the ALPHA LIST page shows.
LIST indication
6. Use the ALPHA LIST that follows

to find the ALPHA CODE for the
ROLL and PITCH data.
7. Push the line key adjacent to the - the ALPHA CALL-UP CTRL page shows.
RETURN indication
8. Push the line key adjacent to the - the ALPHA CALL-UP page shows.
ALPHA MENU DISPLAY indication
9. On the MCDU scratchpad enter the - the ALPHA CALL-UP page shows the ROLL
alpha code for ROLL, and push the data.
line key adjacent to the first
line
10. On the MCDU scratchpad enter the - the ALPHA CALL-UP page shows the
alpha code for PITCH, and push PITCH data.
the line key adjacent to the
second line
11. If you need to copy the data, - after approximately 20 seconds, the
push the line key next to the screen data is printed.
PRINT indication
12. Push the line key next to the - the ALPHA CALL-UP CTRL page shows.
RETURN indication
13. Push the line key adjacent to - the ALPHA CALL-UP CTRL page shows the
the CLEAR indication message ALL ENTRIES CLEARED.

EFF :

ALL 12-11-28

Page A392
Jul 01/08
R
MSR
Subtask 12-11-28-860-064
B. Procedure to Use Pitch and Roll Data When Attitude Monitor is Not
Installed
(1) Use the pitch and roll data to find the fuel quantity given in the
tables of the MLI procedure.(Ref. TASK 12-11-28-650-806)
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 12-11-28-860-061
A. On the panel 221VU set the 3 switching selectors of the ADIRS to the OFF
position.
(1) On the MCDU push the RETURN key until the PARAMETER CALL-UP PAGE
shows.
(2) On the MCDU control panel, push the K key.
(3) Set the BRT knob to the OFF position.
Subtask 12-11-28-862-053
B. De-energize the aircraft electrical circuits

(Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-801).

EFF :

ALL 12-11-28

Page A393
Jul 01/08

MSR
HYDRAULIC FLUIDS - DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION
____________________________________________
1. _______
General
The hydraulic fluid instructions give specification and special
instructions.
A. Specification of Phosphate Ester-Base Fluids
(1) The aircraft hydraulic systems are filled with one of these hydraulic
fluids (Type IV).
The Material Numbers (Mat No.) are as follows:
- 02-003,
- 02-003A,
- 02-003B,
R - 02-003C,
R - 02-003D,
R - 02-003E.
(2) All the fluids are to NSA 307110 specification and can be mixed.
(3) Fluid characteristics

(Ref. Fig. 001)
B. Fluid Monitoring
(1) Hydraulic fluid with a high degree of cleanliness is required for the
correct operation of the hydraulic systems and equipment.
(2) Frequent sampling, particle count (physical contamination) and check

of filter clogging indicators permit to monitor the hydraulic fluid.
(3) If a filter clogging indicator is out, you must:

- depressurize the related hydraulic system,
- replace the clogged filter,
- take a sample of the system hydraulic fluid and send it for
analysis.
(4) On results of the analysis record (see contamination analysis by

particle count of sampling procedure), clean the hydraulic fluid.
NOTE : The number of particles contained in 100 cm3 (6.10 in.3) of

____
hydraulic fluid must not be more than the class 9 requirements
of the NAS specification 1638 (final or rejection state).
NOTE : The degree of cleanliness of the hydraulic fluid used to fill

____
the hydraulic systems and hydraulic cart reservoirs must agree
with the Class 7 of the NAS specification 1638 (initial
state).

EFF :

ALL 12-12-00

Page 1
Jan 01/05

MSR
R Characteristics of Phosphate Ester-Base Hydraulic Fluids
Figure 001

EFF :

ALL 12-12-00

Page 2
Jan 01/05

MSR
C. Hydraulic Ground Power Cart
Only use a hydraulic ground power cart with a hydraulic reservoir.
Do a fluid sampling for contamination of the hydraulic fluid and keep the
sample analysis record.
D. Hydraulic Fluid Property In-Service Limits

The hydraulic fluid property in-service limits are:
- the physical properties,
- the chemical properties.
(Ref. Fig. 002)
NOTE : The maximum water contents is 0.8 %. We recommend to decrease the

____
limit to 0.5 % which will increase the life of the hydraulic
fluid.
(1) The quality of the hydraulic fluid must be in the limits given in
Fig. 002.
If the sample analysis shows that the properties of the hydraulic
fluid are out of the in-service limits, you must replace the
hydraulic fluid.
E. Specification of Mineral-Base Fluids
(1) Each aircraft landing-gear shock-absorber is supplied filled with a

hydraulic fluid (Mat. No. 02-001) to the MIL-H-5606 specification.
(2) Fluid characteristics

(Ref. Fig. 003)
F. Safety Precautions
When you work on the hydraulic systems obey the safety procedures.

EFF :

ALL 12-12-00

Page 3
Jan 01/04

MSR
Hydraulic Fluid Property In-Service Limits
Figure 002

EFF :

ALL 12-12-00

Page 4
Jan 01/04

MSR
Characteristics of Mineral Fluids
Figure 003

EFF :

ALL 12-12-00

Page 5
Jan 01/04

MSR
HYDRAULIC POWER - SERVICING
___________________________
TASK 12-12-29-611-801
Fill the Green Hydraulic Reservoir with a Hydraulic Service Cart
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE TRAVEL RANGES OF THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES ARE
_______
CLEAR BEFORE YOU PRESSURIZE/DEPRESSURIZE A HYDRAULIC SYSTEM. MOVEMENT
OF THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES CAN BE DANGEROUS AND/OR CAUSE DAMAGE.
R WARNING : DO NOT GET THE FLUID ON YOUR SKIN OR IN YOUR EYES. IF YOU DO:
_______
R - FLUSH IT AWAY WITH CLEAN WATER
R - GET MEDICAL AID.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No specific circuit breaker(s) safety clip(s)

No specific Fill Unit-Hyd Fluid
B. Consumable Materials
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R Material No. 02-003 F NSA 307110 TYPE 4

HYDRAULIC FLUID (PHOSPHATE ESTER BASE)
(Ref. 20-31-00)
R Material No. 02-003A F NSA 307110 TYPE 4
(Ref. 20-31-00)
R Material No. 02-003B F NSA 307-110 TYPE 4
(Ref. 20-31-00)

EFF :

ALL 12-12-29

Page 301
Jan 01/05

MSR
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Material No. 02-003C F NSA 307-110 TYPE IV

(Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 02-003D F NSA 307-110 TYPE IV
(Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 02-003E F NSA 307-110
HYDRAULIC FLUID (Ref. 20-31-00)
C. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

External Power A
External Power A
R 29-00-00-210-801 Check for Air in the Green/Blue/Yellow Hydraulic
R System
29-00-00-864-801 Depressurize the Green Hydraulic System (Pressurized
with the Hydraulic Ground Supply)
R
29-10-00-200-802 Check of the Nitrogen Charging Pressure on Hydraulic
Power Accumulator (5151JM1,5151JM2,5151JM3)
29-14-00-614-804 Pressurization of the Hydraulic Reservoirs with
external bench
29-14-00-614-804 Pressurization of the Hydraulic Reservoirs with the
APU
12-12-29-991-001 Fig. 301
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 12-12-29-861-050

circuits (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-801).

EFF :

ALL 12-12-29

Page 302
Jan 01/07

MSR
Subtask 12-12-29-010-050
B. Get Access
(1) Put the access platform in position at the access door 811.
(2) Open the access door 811.
(3) Put the access platform in position at the access door 197CB.
(4) Open the Green ground service panel 197CB.
Subtask 12-12-29-865-050
C. Open, safety and tag this(these) circuit breaker(s):
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION FIN LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
721VU HYD PUMP G CTL 9JV U09
Subtask 12-12-29-865-051
D. Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) closed:
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
721VU HSMU B + PART G 6JG U10
722VU HSMU Y + PART G 7JG X46
742VU HYD RAT EXT SOL 2 5JR D76
Subtask 12-12-29-860-050
E. Aircraft Maintenance Configuration
(1) Make sure that the aircraft is in this configuration:

R - the speed brakes and the spoilers are retracted,
R - the thrust reversers are stowed,
R - the landing gear is extended and the landing gear doors are closed,
R - all the other hydraulic services are in the normal position.
(2) Depressurize the Green hydraulic system

(Ref. TASK 29-00-00-864-801).
(3) Make sure that the Green hydraulic system accumulator is pressurized
(Ref. TASK 29-10-00-200-802).

EFF :

ALL 12-12-29

Page 303
Jan 01/07

MSR
R (4) Make sure that the reservoir of the Green hydraulic system is
R pressurized (Ref. TASK 29-14-00-614-804) or (Ref. TASK 29-14-00-614-
804).
4. Procedure
_________
(Ref. Fig. 301/TASK 12-12-29-991-001)
Subtask 12-12-29-611-050
A. Fill the hydraulic reservoir

R
R (1) If you replace one or more components on the high pressure and/or low
R pressure side
R or
R - if there is a hydraulic-fluid low level which causes loss of the
R system
R or
R - if there is a loss of hydraulic fluid equal to or more than 5
R liters
R - make sure that there is no air in the Green hydraulic system
R (Ref. TASK 29-00-00-210-801).
R
Use Hydraulic fluid HYDRAULIC FLUIDS (Material No. 02-003), or
HYDRAULIC FLUIDS (Material No. 02-003A), or HYDRAULIC FLUIDS
(Material No. 02-003B), or HYDRAULIC FLUIDS (Material No. 02-003C),
or HYDRAULIC FLUIDS (Material No. 02-003D), or HYDRAULIC FLUIDS
(Material No. 02-003E).
R (2) Remove the blanking cap from the reservoir filling self-sealing
ground connector 5203JM.
R (3) Connect a Fill Unit-Hyd Fluid capable of max pressure 20 bar (290
psi) and flow rate 12l/mn to the self-sealing ground connector
5203JM.
R (4) On the reservoir-filling manual selector-valve 4JS, select the GREEN

position.
R (5) Operate the hydraulic service cart.
CAUTION : MAKE SURE THAT THE SUPPLY PRESSURE ON THE GROUND HYDRAULIC
_______
CART IS SET TO A MINIMUM OF 7 BARS (101.53 PSI).
Operate the hydraulic service cart and monitor the increase of the
fluid level on the reservoir hydraulic quantity indicator 5JS.

EFF :

ALL 12-12-29

Page 304
Jan 01/07

MSR
Green Ground Service Panel
Figure 301/TASK 12-12-29-991-001

EFF :

ALL 12-12-29

Page 305
Jan 01/04

MSR
R (6) Stop the flow when the pointer is in the center position on the
reservoir hydraulic quantity indicator 5JS.
R (7) Turn the reservoir filling manual selector-valve 4JS to the NEUTRAL
position (on the reservoir hydraulic quantity indicator 5JS, the
pointer is in the INOP position).
R (8) Do the EIS start procedure (EWD DU, SD DU only)

(Ref. TASK 31-60-00-860-801).
R (9) On the ECAM control panel on the center pedestal, press the HYD
pushbutton.
Make sure that the HYD page is shown on the SD.
R (10) On the SD:

- check that the low indication is not in view for the Green
hydraulic system
- check that the fluid level index is green.
R (11) Disconnect the ground hydraulic service cart from the reservoir
filling self-sealing ground connector 5203JM and install the blanking
cap.
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 12-12-29-865-052
A. Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit
breaker(s):
9JV.
Subtask 12-12-29-862-050
B. Put the Aircraft back to its Initial Configuration
(1) On the ECAM control panel, set the UPPER DISPLAY and LOWER DISPLAY
potentiometers to OFF.

(Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-801).

EFF :

ALL 12-12-29

Page 306
Jan 01/07

MSR
Subtask 12-12-29-410-050
C. Close Access
items.
(2) Close the access doors 811.
(3) Close the Green ground service panel 197CB.

EFF :

ALL 12-12-29

Page 307
Jan 01/04

MSR
TASK 12-12-29-611-802
Fill the Green Hydraulic Reservoir with a Hand Pump
_______
_______
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific hydraulic fluid container
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

(Ref. 20-31-00)
(Ref. 20-31-00)
(Ref. 20-31-00)
(Ref. 20-31-00)

EFF :

ALL 12-12-29

Page 308
Jan 01/05

MSR
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Material No. 02-003D F NSA 307-110 TYPE IV

(Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 02-003E F NSA 307-110
HYDRAULIC FLUID (Ref. 20-31-00)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

External Power A
External Power A
R 29-00-00-210-801 Check for Air in the Green/Blue/Yellow Hydraulic
R System
R
external bench
APU
12-12-29-991-001 Fig. 301
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 12-12-29-861-051

(Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-801).

EFF :

ALL 12-12-29

Page 309
Jan 01/07

MSR
Subtask 12-12-29-010-051
B. Get Access
Subtask 12-12-29-865-053
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Subtask 12-12-29-865-054
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
742VU HYD RAT EXT SOL 2 5JR D76
Subtask 12-12-29-860-051

R - the speed brakes and the spoilers are retracted,
R - the thrust reversers are stowed,
R - the landing gear is extended and the landing gear doors are closed,

R (Ref. TASK 29-00-00-864-801).
(3) Make sure that the Green hydraulic system accumulator is pressurized
(Ref. TASK 29-10-00-200-802).

EFF :

ALL 12-12-29

Page 310
Jan 01/07

MSR
(4) Make sure that the reservoir of the Green hydraulic system is
R pressurized (Ref. TASK 29-14-00-614-804) or (Ref. TASK 29-14-00-614-
804).
4. Procedure
_________
(Ref. Fig. 301/TASK 12-12-29-991-001)
CAUTION : MAKE SURE THAT YOU OPERATE THE HAND PUMP SLOWLY AND SMOOTHLY. THE
_______
HANDLE MUST NOT HIT THE STOPS WITH TOO MUCH FORCE. IF YOU DO NOT
OBEY THESE PRECAUTIONS, DAMAGE CAN OCCUR TO THE HAND PUMP AND TO
THE SERVICING LINE ON THE OTHER SIDE OF THE SERVICING PANEL.
Subtask 12-12-29-611-051
A. Fill the Green hydraulic reservoir
R (1) If you replace one or more components on the high pressure and/or low
R pressure side
R or
R - if there is a hydraulic-fluid low level which causes loss of the
R system
R or
R - if there is a loss of hydraulic fluid equal to or more than 5
R liters
R - make sure that there is no air in the Green hydraulic system
R (Ref. TASK 29-00-00-210-801).
R
R (2) Remove the hand pump lever 5205JM.
R (3) Connect the hand pump lever 5205JM to the shaft of the reservoir
filling hand pump 5204JM.
R (4) Remove the reservoir filling hose 5213JM.
R (5) Remove the blanking cap and connect the filling hose 5213JM to the
filling valve 5211JM.
R (6) Put the other end of the filling hose in the hydraulic fluid
container filled with HYDRAULIC FLUIDS (Material No. 02-003), or
HYDRAULIC FLUIDS (Material No. 02-003A), or HYDRAULIC FLUIDS
(Material No. 02-003B), or HYDRAULIC FLUIDS (Material No. 02-003C),
or HYDRAULIC FLUIDS (Material No. 02-003D). HYDRAULIC FLUIDS
(Material No. 02-003E)
R (7) On the reservoir-filling manual selector-valve 4JS, select the GREEN

position.
R (8) Operate the hand pump lever and monitor the increase of the fluid
level on the reservoir hydraulic quantity indicator 5JS.

EFF :

ALL 12-12-29

Page 311
Jan 01/07

MSR
R (9) Stop the flow when the pointer is in the center position on the
R (10) Turn the reservoir-filling manual selector-valve 4JS to the NEUTRAL

position. (On the reservoir hydraulic quantity indicator 5JS, the
R (11) Do the EIS start procedure (EWD DU, SD DU only)

(Ref. TASK 31-60-00-860-801).
R (12) On the ECAM control panel on the center pedestal, press the HYD
pushbutton.
Make sure that the HYD page is shown on SD.
R (13) On the SD:

- check that the low indication is not in view for the Green
hydraulic system
R (14) Remove the filling hose 5213JM and install the blanking cap on the
hand pump.
R (15) Put the filling hose back in position on its mounting.
R (16) Remove the hand pump lever 5205JM from the hand pump 5204JM and put
it in position on the Green ground service panel.
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 12-12-29-865-055
breaker(s):
9JV.
Subtask 12-12-29-862-051

(Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-801).

EFF :

ALL 12-12-29

Page 312
Jan 01/07

MSR
Subtask 12-12-29-410-051
C. Close Access
items.

EFF :

ALL 12-12-29

Page 313
Jan 01/04

MSR
TASK 12-12-29-611-803
Fill the Blue Hydraulic Reservoir with a Hydraulic Service Cart
_______
_______
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific Fill Unit-Hyd Fluid
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

(Ref. 20-31-00)
(Ref. 20-31-00)
(Ref. 20-31-00)
(Ref. 20-31-00)

EFF :

ALL 12-12-29

Page 314
Jan 01/05

MSR
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R Material No. 02-003D F NSA 307-110 TYPE IV

(Ref. 20-31-00)
R Material No. 02-003E F NSA 307-110
R HYDRAULIC FLUID (Ref. 20-31-00)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

External Power A
External Power A
Electric Pump
29-00-00-870-805 Bleeding of the Blue Hydraulic System
external bench
APU
12-12-29-991-001 Fig. 301
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 12-12-29-861-052

(Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-801).
Subtask 12-12-29-010-052
B. Get Access

EFF :

ALL 12-12-29

Page 315
Jan 01/05

MSR
(5) Put the access platform in position at the access door 195BB.
(6) Open the Blue ground service panel 195BB.
Subtask 12-12-29-865-057
C. Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) closed:
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
721VU HYD PUMP B CTL 9JC X12
Subtask 12-12-29-860-052

- the speed brakes and the spoilers are retracted
- the thrust reversers are stowed
- the landing gear is extended and the landing gear doors are closed
(2) Do the EIS start procedure (EWD DU, SD DU only)

(Ref. TASK 31-60-00-860-801).
(3) On the ECAM control panel on the center pedestal, press the HYD
pushbutton.
On the SD:
R Make sure that the Blue hydraulic reservoir do not give LO AIR PRESS
indication.
R (4) If necessary, pressurize the Blue hydraulic reservoir (Ref. TASK 29-
R 14-00-614-804) or (Ref. TASK 29-14-00-614-804).
(5) On the Blue ground service panel, make sure that the pressure of the
R accumulators are correct according the marking on the ground service
R panel:
- On the pressure gage (5152JS) of the Blue power accumulator.
- On the pressure gage (5426GG and 5427GG) of the Blue brake
accumulators.

EFF :

ALL 12-12-29

Page 316
Jul 01/06

MSR
(6) On the panel 117VU, set the PARK BRAKE selector switch (3GZ) on the
ON position
(7) Fill the brake accumulator.
R NOTE : The nominal fill level of the Blue hydraulic reservoir is

____
R obtained with the brake accumulators filled with fluid at 3000
R psi (206.8427 bar) (the brake accumulator capacity is
approximately 6 liters).
(8) On the overhead panel 245VU, push the HYD/BLUE/ELEC pushbutton

switch:
- the ON legend of this pushbutton switch comes on
- the electrical pump of the Blue hydraulic system starts.
- the Blue hydraulic system accumulator is filled.
(9) On the center instrument panel 312VU:

Make sure that the Blue brake-pressure indicator (2GK) show the ACCU
PRESS at 3000 psi (206.8427 bar). If necessary pressurize the brake
accumulator with Blue pump (Ref. TASK 29-00-00-863-802).
(10) On the overhead panel 245VU, release the HYD/BLUE/ELEC pushbutton

switch:
- the ON legend of this pushbutton switch goes off
- the electrical pump of the Blue hydraulic system stop.
(11) Pressurize the Hydraulic reservoir during 1 minute to make sure that
the nominal pressure is reached (Ref. TASK 29-14-00-614-804).
Subtask 12-12-29-865-056
E. Open, safety and tag this(these) circuit breaker(s):
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

EFF :

ALL 12-12-29

Page 317
Jan 01/07

MSR
4. Procedure
_________
(Ref. Fig. 301/TASK 12-12-29-991-001)
Subtask 12-12-29-611-052
A. Fill the hydraulic reservoir.
NOTE : If you replace one or more components on the high pressure and/or
____
low pressure side,
- If there is a hydraulic-fluid low level which causes loss of the
system
- If there is a large loss of hydraulic fluid
- Do the related bleed procedure to make sure that the quantity of
fluid in the system is correct:(Ref. TASK 29-00-00-870-805)
R Use Hydraulic fluid HYDRAULIC FLUIDS (Material No. 02-003), or
R HYDRAULIC FLUIDS (Material No. 02-003A), or HYDRAULIC FLUIDS
R (Material No. 02-003B), or HYDRAULIC FLUIDS (Material No. 02-
R 003C), or HYDRAULIC FLUIDS (Material No. 02-003D). HYDRAULIC
R FLUIDS (Material No. 02-003E)
(1) Remove the blanking cap from the reservoir filling self-sealing
ground connector 5203JM.
(2) Connect a Fill Unit-Hyd Fluid capable of max pressure 20 bar (290psi)
and flow rate 12l/mn to the self-sealing ground connector 5203JM.
(3) On the reservoir-filling manual selector-valve 4JS, select the BLUE

position.
(4) Operate the hydraulic service cart.
_______
(5) Stop the flow when the pointer is in the center position on the
(6) Turn the reservoir filling manual selector-valve 4JS to the NEUTRAL
position (on the reservoir hydraulic quantity indicator 5JS, the

EFF :

ALL 12-12-29

Page 318
Jan 01/05

MSR
(7) On the ECAM control panel on the center pedestal, make sure that the
HYD page is shown
On the SD:
- check that the low indication is not in view for the Blue hydraulic
system
(8) Disconnect the ground hydraulic service cart from the reservoir
filling self-sealing ground connector 5203JM and install the blanking
cap.
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 12-12-29-865-058
breaker(s):
9JC.
Subtask 12-12-29-862-052
(1) Get Access

(Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-801).
(3) On the panel 117VU set the Park Brake selector switch (3GZ) on the
OFF position.
Subtask 12-12-29-410-052
C. Close Access
items.
(4) Close the Blue ground service panel 195BB.

EFF :

ALL 12-12-29

Page 319
Jan 01/05
R
MSR
TASK 12-12-29-611-804
Fill the Blue Hydraulic Reservoir with a Hand Pump
_______
_______
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

(Ref. 20-31-00)
(Ref. 20-31-00)
(Ref. 20-31-00)
(Ref. 20-31-00)

EFF :

ALL 12-12-29

Page 320
Jan 01/05

MSR
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

(Ref. 20-31-00)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

External Power A
External Power A
Electric Pump
29-00-00-870-805 Bleeding of the Blue Hydraulic System
external bench
APU
12-12-29-991-001 Fig. 301
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 12-12-29-861-053

Subtask 12-12-29-010-053
B. Get Access

EFF :

ALL 12-12-29

Page 321
Jan 01/05

MSR
(6) Open the Blue ground service panel 195BB.
Subtask 12-12-29-865-060
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Subtask 12-12-29-860-053

- all the other hydraulic services are in the normal position

(Ref. TASK 31-60-00-860-801).
pushbutton.
make sure that the HYD page is shown on SD.
On the SD:
Make sure that the Blue hydraulic reservoir do not give LO AIR PRESS
indication.
(4) If necessary, pressurize the Blue hydraulic reservoir. (Ref. TASK 29-
14-00-614-804) or (Ref. TASK 29-14-00-614-804)
(5) On the Blue ground service panel, make sure that the pressure of the
accumulators are correct according the marking on the ground service
panel :
- On the pressure gage (5152JS) of the Blue power accumulator
- On the two pressure gage (5426GG and 5427GG) of the Blue brake
accumulators

EFF :

ALL 12-12-29

Page 322
Jan 01/05
R
MSR
(6) On the panel 117VU, set the PARK BRAKE selector switch (3GZ) on the
ON position.
(7) Fill the brake accumulators 5426GG and 5427GG with the electrical
pump of the Blue hydraulic system :
NOTE : The capacity of each brake accumulator is approximately 6

____
liters filled with hydraulic fluid at 3000 psi (206.8427 bar).
(a) On the overhead panel 245VU, push the HYD/BLUE/ELEC pushbutton

switch:
- The ON legend of this pushbutton switch comes on,
- The electrical pump of the Blue hydraulic system starts,
(b) On the center instrument panel 312VU, make sure that the Blue
brake -pressure indicator (2GK) show the ACCU PRESS at 3000 psi
(206.8427 bar). If necessary pressurize the brake accumulator
with Blue pump.(Ref. TASK 29-00-00-863-802)
(c) On the overhead panel 245VU, release the HYD/BLUE/ELEC pushbutton

switch:
- The ON legend of this pushbutton switch goes off,
- The electrical pump of the Blue hydraulic system stop.
(8) Pressurize the Blue hydraulic reservoir during 1 minute to make sure
that the nominal pressure is reached (Ref. TASK 29-14-00-614-804)
NOTE : The nominal fill level of the Blue hydraulic reservoir is

____
obtain with the brake accumulators filled with fluid at 3000
psi (206.8427 bar).
Subtask 12-12-29-865-059
E. Open, safety and tag this(these) circuit breaker(s):
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

EFF :

ALL 12-12-29

Page 323
Jan 01/05
R
MSR
4. Procedure
_________
(Ref. Fig. 301/TASK 12-12-29-991-001)
_______
Subtask 12-12-29-611-053
A. Fill the Blue hydraulic reservoir
____
low pressure side,
system,
- If there is a large loss of hydraulic fluid
fluid in the system is correct:(Ref. TASK 29-00-00-870-805)
(1) Remove the hand pump lever 5205JM.
(2) Connect the hand pump lever 5205JM to the shaft of the reservoir
(3) Remove the reservoir filling hose 5213JM.
(4) Remove the blanking cap and connect the filling hose 5213JM to the
(5) Put the other end of the filling hose in the hydraulic fluid
R (Material No. 02-003B), or HYDRAULIC FLUIDS (Material No. 02-003C),
R or HYDRAULIC FLUIDS (Material No. 02-003D) HYDRAULIC FLUIDS (Material
R No. 02-003E)
(6) On the reservoir-filling manual selector-valve 4JS, select the BLUE

position.
(7) Operate the hand pump lever and monitor the increase of the fluid

EFF :

ALL 12-12-29

Page 324
Jan 01/05

MSR
(9) Turn the reservoir-filling manual selector-valve 4JS to the NEUTRAL
(10) On the ECAM control panel on the center pedestal, make sure that the
HYD page is shown on SD.
(11) On the SD:

- check that the low indication is not in view for the Blue hydraulic
system
(12) Remove the filling hose 5213JM and install the blanking cap on the
hand pump.
(13) Put the filling hose back in position on its mounting.
(14) Remove the hand pump lever 5205JM from the hand pump 5204JM and put
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 12-12-29-865-061
breaker(s):
9JC.
Subtask 12-12-29-862-053

(Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-801).
Subtask 12-12-29-410-053
C. Close Access
ON the panel 117VU, set the PARK BRAKE selector switch (3GZ) on the OFF
position.
items.

EFF :

ALL 12-12-29

Page 325
Jan 01/05
R
MSR

EFF :

ALL 12-12-29

Page 326
Jan 01/05
R
MSR
TASK 12-12-29-611-805
Fill the Yellow Hydraulic Reservoir with a Hydraulic Service Cart
_______
_______
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific Fill-Unit Hyd Fluid
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

(Ref. 20-31-00)
(Ref. 20-31-00)
(Ref. 20-31-00)
(Ref. 20-31-00)

EFF :

ALL 12-12-29

Page 327
Jan 01/05

MSR
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

(Ref. 20-31-00)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

External Power A
External Power A
29-00-00-864-803 Depressurize the Yellow Hydraulic System (Pressurized
29-00-00-870-806 Bleeding of the Yellow Hydraulic System
external bench
APU
12-12-29-991-001 Fig. 301
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 12-12-29-861-054

Subtask 12-12-29-010-054
B. Get Access

EFF :

ALL 12-12-29

Page 328
Jan 01/05

MSR
R (3) Put the access platform in position at the access door 197CB.
Subtask 12-12-29-865-062
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
722VU HYD PUMP Y SVCE 10JJ N46
722VU HYD PUMP Y CTL 9JJ R36
Subtask 12-12-29-865-063
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Subtask 12-12-29-860-054

- the FWD and AFT cargo-compartment doors 821, 822 are closed.
(2) Depressurize the Yellow hydraulic system

(Ref. TASK 29-00-00-864-803).
(3) Make sure that the Yellow hydraulic system accumulator is pressurized
(Ref. TASK 29-10-00-200-802).
(4) Make sure that the reservoir of the Yellow hydraulic system is
pressurized (Ref. TASK 29-14-00-614-804) or (Ref. TASK 29-14-00-614-
804)

EFF :

ALL 12-12-29

Page 329
Jul 01/06

MSR
4. Procedure
_________
(Ref. Fig. 301/TASK 12-12-29-991-001)
Subtask 12-12-29-611-054
A. Fill the hydraulic reservoir.
____
low pressure side,
system,
- If there is a large loss of hydraulic fluid,
hydraulic fluid in the system is correct (Ref. TASK 29-00-00-
870-806):
R Use hydraulic fluid HYDRAULIC FLUIDS (Material No. 02-003), or
R (Material No. 02-003B), or HYDRAULIC FLUIDS (Material No. 02-
R 003C), or HYDRAULIC FLUIDS (Material No. 02-003D). HYDRAULIC
R FLUIDS (Material No. 02-003E)
(1) Remove the blanking cap from the reservoir filling self-sealing
ground connector (5203JM).
(2) Connect a Fill-Unit Hyd Fluid with a capacity of 20 bar (290 psi)
maximum and flow rate 12 l/mn to the self-sealing ground connector
(5203JM).
(3) On the reservoir filling manual selector valve (4JS), select the
YELLOW position.
_______
fluid level on the reservoir hydraulic quantity indicator (5JS).
(5) Stop the flow when the pointer is in the position 0 on the reservoir
hydraulic quantity indicator (5JS).
(6) Turn the reservoir filling manual selector valve (4JS) to the NEUTRAL
position (on the reservoir hydraulic quantity indicator (5JS), the

EFF :

ALL 12-12-29

Page 330
Jan 01/05

MSR
(Ref. TASK 31-60-00-860-801).
(8) On the ECAM control panel on the center pedestal:

- push the HYD pushbutton (on the SD, the HYD page comes into view).
(9) On the SD:

- make sure that the low indication is not in view for the yellow
hydraulic system
- make sure that the fluid level index is green.
(10) Disconnect the ground hydraulic service cart from the reservoir
filling self-sealing ground connector (5203JM) and install the
blanking cap.
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 12-12-29-865-064
breaker(s):
9JJ, 10JJ.
Subtask 12-12-29-862-054

(Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-801).
Subtask 12-12-29-410-054
C. Close Access
items.

EFF :

ALL 12-12-29

Page 331
Jan 01/05
R
MSR
TASK 12-12-29-611-806
Fill the Yellow Hydraulic Reservoir with a Hand Pump
_______
_______
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

(Ref. 20-31-00)
(Ref. 20-31-00)
(Ref. 20-31-00)
(Ref. 20-31-00)

EFF :

ALL 12-12-29

Page 332
Jan 01/05

MSR
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

(Ref. 20-31-00)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

External Power A
External Power A
29-00-00-870-806 Bleeding of the Yellow Hydraulic System
external bench
APU
12-12-29-991-001 Fig. 301
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 12-12-29-861-055

Subtask 12-12-29-010-055
B. Get Access

EFF :

ALL 12-12-29

Page 333
Jan 01/05

MSR
Subtask 12-12-29-865-065
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
722VU HYD PUMP Y SVCE 10JJ N46
Subtask 12-12-29-865-066
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Subtask 12-12-29-860-055

- the FWD and AFT cargo compartment doors 821, 822 are closed.

(Ref. TASK 29-00-00-864-803)
(3) Make sure that the Yellow hydraulic system accumulator is pressurized
(Ref. TASK 29-10-00-200-802).
(4) Make sure that the reservoir of the Yellow hydraulic system is
pressurized (Ref. TASK 29-14-00-614-804) or (Ref. TASK 29-14-00-614-
804)

EFF :

ALL 12-12-29

Page 334
Jan 01/05
R
MSR
4. Procedure
_________
(Ref. Fig. 301/TASK 12-12-29-991-001)
_______
Subtask 12-12-29-611-055
A. Fill the Yellow hydraulic reservoir
____
low pressure side,
system,
- If there is a large loss of hydraulic fluid,
hydraulic fluid in the system is correct:(Ref. TASK 29-00-00-
870-806)
(1) Remove the hand pump lever 5205JM.
(2) Connect the hand pump lever 5205JM to the shaft of the reservoir
(3) Remove the reservoir filling hose 5213JM.
(4) Remove the blanking cap and connect the filling hose 5213JM to the
(5) Put the other end of the filling hose in the hydraulic fluid
R (Material No. 02-003B), or HYDRAULIC FLUIDS (Material No. 02-003C),
R or HYDRAULIC FLUIDS (Material No. 02-003D). HYDRAULIC FLUIDS
R (Material No. 02-003E)
(6) On the reservoir-filling manual selector-valve 4JS, select the YELLOW

position.
(7) Operate the hand pump lever and monitor the increase of the fluid

EFF :

ALL 12-12-29

Page 335
Jan 01/05

MSR
(9) Turn the reservoir-filling manual selector-valve 4JS to the NEUTRAL

(Ref. TASK 31-60-00-860-801).
pushbutton.
(12) On the SD:

- check that the low indication is not in view for the Yellow
hydraulic system
(13) Remove the filling hose 5213JM and install the blanking cap on the
hand pump.
(14) Put the filling hose back in position on its mounting.
(15) Remove the hand pump lever 5205JM from the hand pump 5204JM and put
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 12-12-29-865-067
breaker(s):
9JJ, 10JJ.
Subtask 12-12-29-862-055

(Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-801).

EFF :

ALL 12-12-29

Page 336
Jan 01/05
R
MSR
Subtask 12-12-29-410-055
C. Close Access
items.

EFF :

ALL 12-12-29

Page 337
Jan 01/05

MSR
LANDING GEAR - SERVICING
________________________
TASK 12-12-32-611-801
Hydraulic Replenishment of the MLG Shock Absorber (Aircraft on Jacks)
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE GROUND SAFETY-LOCKS ARE CORRECTLY INSTALLED ON THE
_______
LANDING GEAR.
THIS PREVENTS UNWANTED MOVEMENT OF THE LANDING GEAR.
_______
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No specific approved nitrogen supply

No specific container
No specific hose
R
No specific pressure gage 0 - 60 bar
No specific thermometer
No specific transparent bleed tube
No specific warning notice
No specific 3-way valve
460007156 1 ADAPTER, CHARGING - MLG
98F32104021001 1 COMPRESSION TOOL

EFF :

ALL 12-12-32

Page 301
Jul 01/06

MSR
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No specific lockwire, corrosion-resistant steel 0.8 mm (0.032

in) dia.
Material No. 02-001 USA MIL-H-5606
OIL, HYDRAULICPETROLEUM FLUID (Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 02-004
SHOCK ABSORBER FLUID (Ref. 20-31-00)
R Material No. 02-006 USA BMS 3-32 TYPE II
R SHOCK ABSORBER FLUID (Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 05-004B USA MIL-L-25567 TYPE I
OXYGEN LEAK DETECTOR (Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 19-010 USA AMS 5687
LOCKWIRE STAINLESS STEEL ANNEALED 0.8MM DIA
(Ref. 20-31-00)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
07-11-00-581-801 Lifting of the Aircraft for Maintenance Operations

07-11-00-586-801 Lowering of the Aircraft for Maintenance Operations
29-00-00-864-804 Put the Related Hydraulic System in the Depressurized
Configuration before Maintenance Action
32-00-00-481-801 Installation of the Safety Devices on the Landing
Gears
R 32-11-13-960-801 Replacement of the MLG Shock Absorber Seals
32-11-15-000-802 Removal of the MLG Bogie-Alignment Pitch Trimmer
(Aircraft on Jacks)
32-11-15-400-802 Installation of the MLG Bogie-Alignment Pitch Trimmer
(Aircraft on Jacks)
12-12-32-991-002 Fig. 301
12-12-32-991-010 Fig. 302
12-12-32-991-001 Fig. 303
12-12-32-991-016 Fig. 304
12-12-32-991-007 Fig. 305

EFF :

ALL 12-12-32

Page 302
Jul 01/06

MSR
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 12-12-32-941-050
(1) Put the warning notice in the cockpit, to tell persons not to operate
the landing gear controls.
Subtask 12-12-32-860-050
(1) Make sure that the Green hydraulic system is depressurized (Ref. TASK
29-00-00-864-804).
(2) Make sure that the safety devices are installed on the L/G (Ref. TASK
32-00-00-481-801).
Subtask 12-12-32-582-050
C. Lift the Aircraft
(1) Lift the aircraft on jacks (Ref. TASK 07-11-00-581-801).
(2) Make sure that the wheels of the applicable MLG are clear of the
ground
(3) Make sure that the applicable MLG shock absorber has fully extended.
Subtask 12-12-32-010-050
D. Get Access
(1) Put the access platform in position at the applicable zone:

- for the LH MLG shock absorber at zone 731
- for the RH MLG shock absorber at zone 741.
(2) Remove and discard the lockwire from the bolts (6)
(Ref. Fig. 301/TASK 12-12-32-991-002)
(3) Remove the bolts (6), the washers (5), the bracket (4) and the panel
(3).

EFF :

ALL 12-12-32

Page 303
Jul 01/06
R
MSR
upper inflating
valve to add
nitrogen
secondary
bleed valve
lower inflating
valve to add oil
N2
OIL
R MLG Shock Absorber - Inflation/Bleed Valves
Figure 301/TASK 12-12-32-991-002

EFF :

ALL 12-12-32

Page 304
Jul 01/06

MSR
Subtask 12-12-32-480-057
E. Installation of the Compression Tool on the Applicable Gear (COMPRESSION

TOOL (98F32104021001))
(Ref. Fig. 302/TASK 12-12-32-991-010)
(1) Install the oleo control unit:
(a) Install the housing (25) in the right side of the upper torque
link bore.
(b) Install the spindle (43) in the left side of the upper torque
link until it engages the housing (25).
(c) Fully install and tighten the bolt (23).
NOTE : The housing (25) and spindle (43) must be free to turn in
____
the bore.
(d) Install the housing (30) in the right side of the lower torque
link bore.
(e) Install the spindle (38) in the left side of the lower torque
link until it engages the housing (30).
(f) Fully install and tighten the bolt (28).
NOTE : The housing (30) and spindle (38) must be free to turn in
____
the bore.
(2) Installation of the bogie control unit:
(a) Make sure that the bogie control cylinder (36) is installed on
the yoke (35).
(b) Install the adaptor (57) on the bogie beam with the washer (62),
the bolt (54), the nut (59) and the locking pin (58).
(c) Put the yoke (35) (together with the assembled parts) in position
on the spindle (38) and the housing (30).
(d) Install the clamps (31) with the bolts (32).
(e) Install the cylinder clevis (61) on the rod (63).
(f) Connect the hydraulic coupling (64) to the bogie control cylinder
(36).

R

EFF :

ALL 12-12-32

Page 305
Jul 01/06

MSR
Compression Tool - Installation and Operation
Figure 302/TASK 12-12-32-991-010- 14 (SHEET 1)

EFF :

ALL 12-12-32

Page 306
Jan 01/04

MSR

EFF :

ALL 12-12-32

Page 307
Jan 01/04

MSR

EFF :

ALL 12-12-32

Page 308
Jan 01/04

MSR

EFF :

ALL 12-12-32

Page 309
Jan 01/04

MSR
(g) On the compression-tool hydraulic control-panel, open the bogie
beam vent valve.
(h) Manually extend the rod (63) until the cylinder clevis (61)
aligns with the adaptor (57).
(i) Install the pin (60), the washer (55) and the locking pin (56).
(3) Install the oleo control cylinders:
(a) Attach the cylinder (21) to the housing (25) with the retainer
nut (26).
(b) Attach the other cylinder (21) to the spindle (43) with the
retainer nut (42).
NOTE : Make sure that the hydraulic ports (22) point aft.
____
(c) Install the clevis (27) and the clevis (41) on the applicable
cylinder rod (24).
(d) On the compression tool hydraulic control panel,

- set the oleo descent valve to OPEN.
- set the oleo directional control valve to DOWN.
(e) Operate the hand pump to extend the cylinder rods (24) until:
- the clevis (27) aligns with the clevis on the housing (30)
- the clevis (41) aligns with the clevis on the spindle (38).
(f) Install the pins (29) and (37), the washers (33) and (39) and the
lock pins (34) and (40).
Subtask 12-12-32-614-050
R F. Preparation
(Ref. Fig. 303/TASK 12-12-32-991-001)
(1) Install the ADAPTER, CHARGING - MLG on the bleed/inflation valve (1).
(2) Connect the hose between the ADAPTER, CHARGING - MLG and the 3-way
valve.
(3) Connect a transparent bleed tube between the 3-way valve and the
container. Make sure that the free end of the bleed tube is a minimum
of 400 mm (16 in.) below the bleed/inflation valve (1).
(4) Connect the approved nitrogen supply to the 3-way valve.

EFF :

ALL 12-12-32

Page 310
Jul 01/06

MSR
MLG Shock Absorber Charge - Charge and Inflation Details
Figure 303/TASK 12-12-32-991-001

EFF :

ALL 12-12-32

Page 311
Jul 01/06
R
MSR
(5) Make sure that the pressure control valve is closed.
(6) On the 3-way valve, open the bleed control valve.
(7) Slowly open the bleed/inflation valve (1), to release the nitrogen
from the gas chamber. Leave the bleed/inflation valve (1) open for a
minimum of 2 hours. This will let the gas separate from the oil.
(8) Remove the blanking cap (8).
R (9) Connect the hydraulic supply to the filling valve (9). Use HYDRAULIC
R FLUIDS (Material No. 02-001) or HYDRAULIC FLUIDS (Material No. 02-
R 004) or HYDRAULIC FLUIDS (Material No. 02-006).
R NOTE : Hydraulic fluids 02-001, 02-004 and 02-006 can be mixed in all
____
R applicable maintenance tasks and in all quantities.
Subtask 12-12-32-864-050
G. Depressurization of the Pitch Trimmer
(1) Depressurize the pitch trimmer (Ref. TASK 32-11-15-000-802).
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 12-12-32-611-050
A. To Fill the Shock Absorber with Hydraulic Fluid

(Ref. Fig. 304/TASK 12-12-32-991-016)
WARNING : DO NOT GET THE FLUID ON YOUR SKIN OR IN YOUR EYES. IF YOU DO:
_______
- FLUSH IT AWAY WITH CLEAN WATER
- GET MEDICAL AID.
CAUTION : MAKE SURE THAT THE FLUID DOES NOT STAY ON THE AIRCRAFT
_______
STRUCTURE. IF THE FLUID GETS ON THE AIRCRAFT STRUCTURE, WASH IT
OFF IMMEDIATELY WITH SOAP AND WATER.
(1) Operate the COMPRESSION TOOL until the shock absorber is fully
compressed.
(a) On the hydraulic control panel:

R - set the oleo descent control valve to CLOSE
- set the bogie beam vent valve to CLOSE
- set the oleo directional control valve to UP.

EFF :

ALL 12-12-32

Page 312
Jul 01/06

MSR
R MLG Shock Absorber - Dimension Details
Figure 304/TASK 12-12-32-991-016

EFF :

ALL 12-12-32

Page 313
Jan 01/07

MSR
(b) Operate the hand pump until the shock absorber is fully
compressed.
(2) Measure the dimension H. This should be between 43.5 mm (1.7125 in.)
and 52.5 mm (2.0669 in.).
NOTE : The dimension H is measured between the inner faces of the

____
torque link lugs.
(3) Remove and discard the lockwire from the secondary bleed valve (2).
R NOTE : Make sure you do not move the seal changeover valve when you
____
R remove the lockwire from the secondary bleed valve (2) at step
R (3). If the seal changeover valve is moved it must be set back
R counterclockwise to the open position (Ref. TASK 32-11-13-960-
R 801).
(4) Connect a transparent bleed tube between the secondary bleed valve
(2) and the container.
(5) Make sure that the bleed screw (7) is closed and correctly torqued.
(6) Carefully open the secondary bleed valve (2).
(7) Open the hydraulic shut off valve.
(8) Open the filling valve (9).
(9) Monitor the flow of fluid from the bleed hoses and slowly increase
the hydraulic supply to a maximum pressure of 1.7 bar (24.0 psi).
(10) When the flow of fluid from the secondary bleed valve (2) is free
from air, do these steps:
(a) Continue to monitor the fluid until a minimum of 5 l (1.30 USgal)

has come out of the shock absorber which is free from air.
(b) Close the secondary bleed valve (2).
(11) When the flow of fluid from the bleed/inflation valve (1) is free
from air, close the filling valve (9).
(12) Close the hydraulic shut off valve.

EFF :

ALL 12-12-32

Page 314
Jul 01/06

MSR
(13) Continue to monitor the flow of fluid from the bleed/inflation valve
(1) for 10 minutes.
NOTE : Make sure that the free end of the bleed tube is a minimum of
____
400 mm (16 in.) below the bleed/inflation valve (1).
(14) When the flow of fluid stops, close the bleed/inflation valve (1).
(15) On the 3-way valve, close the bleed control valve.
(16) Remove the clear bleed tubes and the container.
(17) TORQUE the secondary bleed valve (2) to between 0.29 and 0.34 m.daN
(25 and 30 lbf.in.).
(18) Safety the secondary bleed valve (2) with MISCELLANEOUS (Material No.
19-010).
(19) Remove the hydraulic supply line from the filling valve (9).
Subtask 12-12-32-614-051
B. Inflation of the Shock Absorber

(Ref. Fig. 305/TASK 12-12-32-991-007)
WARNING : DO NOT PUT COMPRESSED GAS IN CONTACT WITH YOUR SKIN. THE GAS
_______
CAN GO THROUGH THE SKIN AND MAKE BUBBLES IN THE BLOOD. THIS
CONDITION CAN KILL YOU.
CAUTION : DO NOT INFLATE THE MLG SHOCK ABSORBER AT THE LOWER VALVE. IF
_______
YOU USE THE LOWER VALVE HYDRAULIC FLUID WILL COME OUT.
CAUTION : DO NOT INSTALL A DUST CAP ON THE BLEED/INFLATION VALVE OF THE

_______
MLG SHOCK ABSORBER. IF YOU DO, THERE IS A RISK THAT IT WILL
FALL INTO THE SHOCK ABSORBER.
NOTE : This procedure is only applicable when the hydraulic fluid level
____
was changed. For the applicable procedure to inflate the shock
absorber with nitrogen only, Ref. TASK 12-14-32-614-802.
(1) Use the ADAPTER, CHARGING - MLG to open the bleed/inflation valve
(1).
(2) On the 3-way valve, open the bleed control valve.

EFF :

ALL 12-12-32

Page 315
Jul 01/06
R
MSR
MLG Shock Absorber - Pressure Extension Chart

EFF :

ALL 12-12-32

Page 316
Jul 01/06
R
MSR
MLG Shock Absorber - Pressure Extension Chart

EFF :

ALL 12-12-32

Page 317
Jul 01/06
R
MSR
(3) Operate the COMPRESSION TOOL to let the shock absorber extend fully:
(a) On the hydraulic control panel:

- set the oleo directional control valve to DOWN
- set the oleo descent control valve to OPEN.
NOTE : If the oleo does not extend, operate the hand pump until
____
movement of the oleo occurs.
(b) When the shock absorber is fully extended, set the bogie beam
control-cylinder vent-valve to OPEN.
(c) Set the oleo directional control valve to UP (this will vent the
full bore side of the oleo control cylinders (21).
(4) Make sure that the shock absorber extends fully to give a dimension
H of between 773.5 mm (30.45 in.) and 782.5 mm (30.81 in.).
(6) Do these steps:
R (a) Use a thermometer to measure the surface temperature of the

R aluminum piston adjacent to the bleed/inflation valve (1).
(b) Look at the fully extended inflation chart and find the correct
inflation pressure for the temperature you measured at step (a).
If your measured value is different from the chart values, use
the best approximate value from the chart.
(7) At the nitrogen source, set the regulator to the pressure you found
at step (6)(b).
(8) Open the nitrogen shut off valve.
(9) On the 3-way valve, open the pressure control valve.
(10) Inflate the shock absorber to the pressure you found at step (6)(b).
(Use a pressure gage 0 - 60 bar).
(11) Close the nitrogen shut-off valve.
(12) After a minimum period of 10 minutes (to let the shock absorber
become stable), measure the temperature and pressure again.
(13) If the pressure is not in compliance with the fully extended

inflation chart, do the steps (7) thru (9) again.

EFF :

ALL 12-12-32

Page 318
Jul 01/06

MSR
(14) Close the bleed/inflation valve (1) and release the nitrogen supply
pressure.
(15) On the 3-way valve, close the pressure control valve.
(16) Close the nitrogen shut-off valve.
(17) Remove the nitrogen supply from the 3-way valve.
(18) Remove the 3-way valve together with the hose.
(19) Remove the ADAPTER, CHARGING - MLG from the bleed inflation valve
(1).
Subtask 12-12-32-942-050
(Ref. Fig. 302/TASK 12-12-32-991-010)
(1) Removal of the COMPRESSION TOOL:
(a) Disconnect the hydraulic lines (22) from the cylinders (21).
(b) Disconnect the hydraulic line (64) from the cylinder (36).
(c) Remove:
- the lock pins (34) and (40), the washers (33) and (39) and the
pins (29) and (37)
- the retainer nut (26), the cylinder (21) and the clevis (27).
- the retainer nut (42), the cylinder (21) and the clevis (41).
- the lock pin (56), the washer (55) and the pin (60).
(d) Hold the yoke assembly (35) (together with the bogie beam
cylinder (36)) and remove the bolts (32) and the clamps (31).
(e) Remove the yoke assembly (35).
(f) Remove:
- the lock pin (58), the nut (59), the bolt (54) and the adaptor
(57)
- the bolts (23) and (28), the spindles (38) and (43) and the
housings (25) and (30).
items.

EFF :

ALL 12-12-32

Page 319
Jul 01/06
R
MSR
Subtask 12-12-32-870-050
D. Bleeding of the Pitch Trimmer
(1) Do the bleed procedure for the pitch trimmer (Ref. TASK 32-11-15-400-
802).
Subtask 12-12-32-586-050
(1) Lower the aircraft off the jacks (Ref. TASK 07-11-00-586-801).
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 12-12-32-780-050
A. Pressure/Extension Check
(Ref. Fig. 305/TASK 12-12-32-991-007)
(1) Measure:
- the nitrogen pressure
R - the surface temperature of the aluminum piston adjacent to the
R bleed/inflation valve (1)
- the dimension H.
(2) Make sure these measurements agree with the specified data given in
the Pressure Extension Chart (Aircraft Weight on Wheels).
(3) TORQUE the bleed/inflation valve (1) to between 0.6 and 0.8 m.daN (50
and 70 lbf.in.).
(4) Use the SPECIAL MATERIALS (Material No. 05-004B) to do a nitrogen

leak test of the bleed/inflation valve (1). Leaks are not permitted.
(5) TORQUE the filling valve (9) to between 0.6 and 0.8 m.daN (50 and 70
lbf.in.)
(6) Install the blanking cap (8).
(7) Examine the filling valve (9) for hydraulic leaks. Leaks are not
permitted.

EFF :

ALL 12-12-32

Page 320
Jul 01/06

MSR
Subtask 12-12-32-410-051
B. Close Access
(1) Install the access panel (3) with the bracket (4), the washers (5)
and the bolts (6).
(2) Safety the bolts (6) with lockwire, corrosion-resistant steel 0.8 mm
(0.032 in) dia.
Subtask 12-12-32-942-053
(2) Remove the warning notice(s).

EFF :

ALL 12-12-32

Page 321
Jul 01/06
R
MSR
TASK 12-12-32-611-804
Hydraulic Replenishment of the MLG Shock Absorber (Weight on Wheels)
_______
LANDING GEAR.
_______
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No specific hose
R
No specific safety barriers
No specific standard charging equipment
No specific warning notices
No specific 3-way valve
No specific adjustable access platform 3.5 m (11 ft. 6 in.)
No specific Torque Wrench : range 0.00 to 1.20 m.daN
(0.00 to 9.00 lbf.ft)
R

EFF :

ALL 12-12-32

Page 322
Jul 01/06

MSR
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Material No. 02-004
(Ref. 20-31-00)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Gears
R 32-11-13-960-801 Replacement of the MLG Shock Absorber Seals
12-12-32-991-002 Fig. 301
12-12-32-991-001 Fig. 303
12-12-32-991-016 Fig. 304
12-12-32-991-007 Fig. 305

EFF :

ALL 12-12-32

Page 323
Jul 01/06

MSR
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 12-12-32-941-054
(1) Put the safety barriers in position.
(2) Put the warning notices:

- in the cockpit to tell persons not to operate the landing gear
controls.
- at the applicable ground door opening handle to tell persons not to
open the MLG door.
Subtask 12-12-32-860-053
29-00-00-864-804).
32-00-00-481-801).
(3) MLG door configuration:
CAUTION : YOU MUST CLOSE THE MLG DOORS BEFORE YOU DEFLATE THE MAIN
_______
LANDING-GEAR SHOCK-ABSORBER. IF THE DOORS STAY OPEN, THEY
WILL HIT THE GROUND AND DAMAGE WILL OCCUR.
(a) Make sure that the applicable MLG door is closed (Ref. TASK 32-
12-00-410-801).
Subtask 12-12-32-010-057
C. Get Access
(Ref. Fig. 301/TASK 12-12-32-991-002)
(1) Put the adjustable access platform at the applicable zone:

- for the LH MLG shock absorber at zone 731
- for the RH MLG shock absorber at zone 741.
(2) Remove and discard the lockwire from the bolts (6).
(3).

EFF :

ALL 12-12-32

Page 324
Jul 01/06
R
MSR
Subtask 12-12-32-614-056
R D. Preparation
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE AREA AROUND THE AIRCRAFT IS CLEAR BEFORE YOU
_______
PRESSURIZE/DEPRESSURIZE THE SHOCK ABSORBER, WITH THE AIRCRAFT
WEIGHT ON THE GROUND.
THE MOVEMENT OF THE AIRCRAFT COULD BE DANGEROUS.
(Ref. Fig. 303/TASK 12-12-32-991-001, 305/TASK 12-12-32-991-007)
(1) Install the ADAPTER, CHARGING - MLG on the bleed/inflation valve (1).
(2) Connect the hose between the ADAPTER, CHARGING - MLG and the 3-way
valve.
(3) Connect a transparent bleed tube between the 3-way valve and the
container. Make sure that the free end of the bleed tube is a minimum
of 400 mm (16 in.) below the bleed inflation valve.
(4) On the 3-way valve, make sure that the pressure control valve is
closed, then open the bleed control valve.
(5) Open the bleed/inflation valve (1) to release the nitrogen pressure
from the gas chamber. Let the weight of the aircraft compress the
shock absorber.
(6) Measure the dimension H. This should be between 43.5 mm (1.7125 in.)
and 52.5 mm (2.0669 in.).
(7) Let the bleed/inflation valve (1) stay open for a minimum of 2 hours
(to let the gas separate from the oil).
(8) Remove the blanking cap (8).
R (9) Connect the hydraulic supply to the filling valve (9). Use HYDRAULIC
R FLUIDS (Material No. 02-001) or HYDRAULIC FLUIDS (Material No. 02-
R 004) or HYDRAULIC FLUIDS (Material No. 02-006).
R NOTE : Hydraulic fluids 02-001, 02-004 and 02-006 can be mixed in all
____
R applicable maintenance tasks and in all quantities.

EFF :

ALL 12-12-32

Page 325
Jul 01/06

MSR
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 12-12-32-611-054
A. Filling the Shock Absorber with Hydraulic Fluid
_______
- GET MEDICAL AID.
WARNING : WEAR GOGGLES WHEN YOU REMOVE OR INSTALL LOCKWIRE.

_______
CUT, REMOVE AND DISCARD THE LOCKWIRE AS YOU DO THE TASK. LOOSE
LOCKWIRE CAN CUT OR BLIND YOU.
_______
(1) Remove and discard the lockwire from the secondary bleed valve (2).
R NOTE : Make sure you do not move the seal changeover valve when you
____
R remove the lockwire from the secondary bleed valve (2) at step
R (1). If the seal changeover valve is moved it must be set back
R counterclockwise to the open position (Ref. TASK 32-11-13-960-
R 801).
(2) Connect a bleed hose between the secondary bleed valve (2) and the
container.
(3) Carefully open the secondary bleed valve (2).
(4) Open the hydraulic shut off valve.
(5) Open the filling valve (9).
(6) Monitor the flow of fluid from the bleed hoses and slowly increase
the hydraulic pressure to a maximum of 1.7 bar (25 psi).
(7) When the flow of fluid from the secondary bleed valve (2) is free
from air, do this procedure:
(a) Continue to monitor the fluid until a minimum of 5l (1.3 US gal)

has come out of the shock absorber which is free from air.
(b) Close the secondary bleed valve (2).

EFF :

ALL 12-12-32

Page 326
Jul 01/06

MSR
(8) When the flow of fluid from the bleed/inflation valve (1) is free
from air, close the filling valve (9).
(9) Close the hydraulic shut off valve.
(10) Continue to monitor the flow of fluid from the bleed/inflation valve
(1) for 10 minutes.
(11) When the oil has drained, close the bleed/inflation valve (1).
(13) Remove the transparent bleed tubes and the container.
(14) TORQUE the secondary bleed valve to between 0.29 and 0.34 m.daN (25
and 30 lbf.in.).
(15) Safety the secondary bleed valve (2) with MISCELLANEOUS (Material No.
19-010).
(16) Remove the hydraulic supply line from the filling valve (9).
Subtask 12-12-32-614-057
R B. Inflation of the Shock Absorber
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE AREA AROUND THE AIRCRAFT IS CLEAR BEFORE YOU
_______
PRESSURIZE/DEPRESSURIZE THE SHOCK ABSORBER, WITH THE AIRCRAFT
WEIGHT ON THE GROUND.
THE MOVEMENT OF THE AIRCRAFT COULD BE DANGEROUS.
_______
_______
CAUTION : DO NOT INSTALL A DUST CAP ON THE BLEED/INFLATION VALVE OF THE

_______
MLG SHOCK ABSORBER. IF YOU DO, THERE IS A RISK THAT IT WILL
FALL INTO THE SHOCK ABSORBER.
NOTE : This procedure is only applicable when the hydraulic fluid level
____
was changed. For the applicable procedure to inflate the shock
absorber with nitrogen only, Ref. TASK 12-14-32-614-802.

EFF :

ALL 12-12-32

Page 327
Jul 01/06

MSR
NOTE : You must use a pressure gage 0 - 200 bar when you do this
____
inflation procedure.
R (1) Install the standard charging equipment on the ADAPTER, CHARGING -

R MLG and open the nitrogen shut off valve.
(2) On the 3-way valve, open the pressure control valve.
(3) Use the ADAPTER, CHARGING - MLG to open the bleed/inflation valve
(1).
(4) Slowly increase the nitrogen supply pressure until the dimension H
starts to increase.
(5) Do these steps:
(a) Use a thermometer to measure the surface temperature of the

aluminium piston adjacent to the bleed/inflation valve (1). Write
down the temperature.
(b) Measure and write down the MLG pressure at the bleed/inflation
valve (1).
(c) Use the recorded pressure and temperature values to read the
dimension H from the inflation chart.
(Ref. Fig. 304/TASK 12-12-32-991-016, 305/TASK 12-12-32-991-007)
If your measured values are different from the values given in
the chart, use the best approximate chart values.
(d) Open the bleed/inflation valve (1) to control the shock absorber
pressure. Adjust the pressure to give approximately the dimension
H you identified at step (5)(c).
(e) Measure and write down the MLG pressure at the bleed/inflation
valve (1)
(f) Measure and write down the dimension H.
(g) Use the inflation chart to find the correct pressure for the
dimension H.
(6) If the pressure at step (5)(e) is less than the pressure at step
(5)(g), do this procedure:
(a) Adjust the nitrogen source to give the necessary pressure.
(b) Slowly open the bleed/inflation valve (1).

EFF :

ALL 12-12-32

Page 328
Jul 01/06

MSR
(c) Inflate the shock absorber to the correct pressure shown on the
inflation chart.
(d) When the pressure is correct, close the bleed/inflation valve

(1). If the dimension H changes before you have the correct
pressure, measure dimension H again. Use the new dimension H
to do the procedure again from step (5)(e).
(e) Close the charge valve on the nitrogen source. Let the shock
absorber pressure and its dimension H become stable for a
minimum of 10 minutes.
(f) Measure the pressure and dimension H again.
(g) If the pressure has changed, do the steps (6)(b) thru (6)(d)
again. If the dimension H has changed, do the procedure again
from step (5)(e). Use the new dimension H.
(h) Close the bleed/inflation valve (1).
(7) If the pressure at step (5)(e) is more than the pressure at step
(5)(g), do this procedure:
(a) Slowly open the bleed/inflation valve (1).
(b) Deflate the shock absorber to the correct pressure you identified
at step (5)(g) from the inflation chart. If the dimension H
changes before you have the correct pressure, measure dimension
H again. Use the new dimension H to do the procedure again
from step (5)(e).
(c) Close the charge valve on the nitrogen source. Let the shock
absorber pressure and its dimension H become stable for a
minimum of 10 minutes.
(d) Measure the pressure and dimension H again.
(e) If the pressure has changed, do the steps (7)(a) thru (7)(d)
again. If the dimension H has changed do the procedure again
from step (5)(e). Use the new dimension H.
(f) Close the bleed/inflation valve (1).
R (8) Remove the nitrogen source from the standard charging equipment.
R (9) Remove the standard charging equipment from the ADAPTER, CHARGING -
MLG.

EFF :

ALL 12-12-32

Page 329
Jul 01/06

MSR
(10) TORQUE the bleed/inflation valve (1) to between 0.60 and 0.80 m.daN
(53.09 and 70.79 lbf.in).
(11) Remove the ADAPTER, CHARGING - MLG.
(12) Use the SPECIAL MATERIALS (Material No. 05-004B) to do a leak test of
the bleed/inflation valve (1) and the bleed screw (7). No leakage is
permitted.
(13) TORQUE the filling valve (9) 0.60 and 0.80 m.daN (53 and 70 lbf.in.).
(14) Install the blanking cap (8).
(15) Examine the filling valve (9) for leakage. No leakage is permitted.
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 12-12-32-410-053
A. Close Access
items.
and the bolts (6).
(3) Safety the bolts (6) with MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-010).
Subtask 12-12-32-942-056

EFF :

ALL 12-12-32

Page 330
Jul 01/06
R
MSR
TASK 12-12-32-611-805
Hydraulic Replenishment of the NLG Shock Absorber (Aircraft on Jacks)
_______
LANDING GEAR.
_______
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No specific axle jack with a lift height of 465 mm (18.31 in)

R
R No specific AR CONTAINER 5 L(1 1/2 USGAL)
No specific 1 WARNING NOTICE
(0.00 to 9.00 lbf.ft)
R U21891000 2 ASSEMBLY - FILLING
R 98F32001006000 2 GEAR FILLING KIT-SHOCK ABSORBER

EFF :

ALL 12-12-32

Page 331
Oct 01/07

MSR
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Material No. 02-004
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

07-11-00-581-802 Lifting of the Aircraft at the Forward Jacking Point,
MLG Wheels on the Ground
07-11-00-586-802 Lowering of the Aircraft at the Forward Jacking
Point, MLG Wheels on the Ground
12-14-32-614-804 Gas Replenishment of the NLG Shock Absorber
32-00-00-081-802 Removal of the Safety Devices from the Landing Gear
Doors
Gears
32-21-00-220-803 Check Nose Gear Shock Absorber Nitrogen Charge
Pressure
32-22-00-010-801 Open the NLG Doors for Maintenance
32-22-00-410-801 Close the NLG Doors after Maintenance
12-12-32-991-005 Fig. 306
12-12-32-991-006 Fig. 307

EFF :

ALL 12-12-32

Page 332
Jul 01/06

MSR
3. __________
Job Set-up
R Subtask 12-12-32-941-064
R A. General Information
R
R The design of your NLG shock absorber does not permit AIRBUS to give a
R procedure to service the shock absorber with weight on wheels.
Subtask 12-12-32-941-057
(1) Put the WARNING NOTICE in the cockpit to tell persons not to operate
the landing gear and the nosewheel steering controls.
Subtask 12-12-32-860-054
R C. Aircraft Maintenance Configuration
29-00-00-864-804).
32-00-00-481-801).
Subtask 12-12-32-582-054
R D. Lift the Aircraft
(1) Make sure that the aircraft is on jacks and that the wheels of the
NLG are clear of the ground (Ref. TASK 07-11-00-581-801) or
(Ref. TASK 07-11-00-581-802).
(2) Make sure that the shock absorber is fully extended.
Subtask 12-12-32-582-053
R E. Put the axle jack with a lift height of 465 mm (18.31 in) below the NLG
jacking dome.

EFF :

ALL 12-12-32

Page 333
Jul 01/06

MSR
Subtask 12-12-32-010-059
F. Get Access
(1) Open the NLG forward doors (Ref. TASK 32-22-00-010-801).
(2) Put the ACCESS PLATFORM 3M (10 FT)- ADJUSTABLE in position at zone
711.
Subtask 12-12-32-614-059
R G. Preparation
(Ref. Fig. 306/TASK 12-12-32-991-005, 307/TASK 12-12-32-991-006)
(1) Remove the blanking caps (1) and (3).
R (2) Install a ASSEMBLY - FILLING (U21891000) on each of the charging

valves (2) and (4).
R (3) Connect the hydraulic filling hose (2) to the GEAR FILLING KIT-SHOCK
R ABSORBER (98F32001006000) at the charging valve (2) and the three-way
R valve (3).
R (4) Connect the transparent bleed tube (5) between the three-way valve
R (3) and the CONTAINER 5 L(1 1/2 USGAL).
R (5) Connect the hydraulic supply to the three-way valve (3) and the GEAR
R FILLING KIT-SHOCK ABSORBER. Use HYDRAULIC FLUIDS (Material No. 02-
R 001) or HYDRAULIC FLUIDS (Material No. 02-004) or HYDRAULIC FLUIDS
R (Material No. 02-006).
NOTE : Hydraulic fluids 02-001, 02-004 and 02-006 can be mixed in all
____
applicable maintenance tasks and in all quantities.
R (6) Make sure that the pressure control valve (11) on the three-way valve
R (3) is closed, then open the bleed control valve (4).
R (7) Operate the GEAR FILLING KIT-SHOCK ABSORBER at the charging valve (4)
R to decrease the nitrogen pressure in the second stage (HP) pressure
chamber to zero. Leave the charging valve (4) open.
NOTE : This makes sure that the floating piston is on its lower stop.
____
R (8) Operate the GEAR FILLING KIT-SHOCK ABSORBER at the charging valve (2)
R to decrease the nitrogen pressure in the first stage (LP) pressure
chamber to zero. Leave the charging valve (2) open.

EFF :

ALL 12-12-32

Page 334
Oct 01/07

MSR
NLG Shock Absorber - Filling System
Figure 306/TASK 12-12-32-991-005

EFF :

ALL 12-12-32

Page 335
Jan 01/06
R
MSR
NLG SHOCK ABSORBER SERVICE
upper inflating v/v

[for oil & N2]
lower inflating v/v

[for N2 only]
N2
&
oil
N2
NLG Shock Absorber - Inflation/Filling Valves

Figure 307/TASK 12-12-32-991-006

EFF :

ALL 12-12-32

Page 336
Jan 01/06
R
MSR
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 12-12-32-611-055
A. Fill the Shock Absorber with Hydraulic Fluid
_______
- GET MEDICAL AID.
_______
(1) During this step, monitor the flow of hydraulic fluid through the
R transparent bleed tube (5).
R (a) Close the bleed control valve (4) and open the GEAR FILLING KIT-
R SHOCK ABSORBER at the charging valve (2).
R
(b) Slowly fill the first stage pressure chamber with HYDRAULIC
FLUIDS (Material No. 02-001) or HYDRAULIC FLUIDS (Material No.
02-004) or HYDRAULIC FLUIDS (Material No. 02-006) pressurized to
15 bar (217 psi) maximum.
NOTE : Hydraulic fluids 02-001, 02-004 and 02-006 can be mixed in

____
all applicable maintenance tasks in all quantities.
(c) Decrease the pressure to zero and leave the charging valve (2)
open.
R (2) Install a GEAR FILLING KIT-SHOCK ABSORBER on the charging valve (4).
R
R (3) Connect the nitrogen filling hose (1) to the GEAR FILLING KIT-SHOCK
R ABSORBER.
R (4) Connect the nitrogen supply hose (10) to the nitrogen filling hose
R (1).
R (5) Slowly pressurize the second stage pressure chamber (HP) with
nitrogen.
NOTE : The floating piston goes against the upper stop and hydraulic
____
fluid is pushed out of the first stage pressure chamber (LP).

EFF :

ALL 12-12-32

Page 337
Oct 01/07

MSR
R (6) Increase the nitrogen pressure at the charging valve (4) to the
correct pressure (Ref. TASK 12-14-32-614-804).
R (7) Close the charging valve (4) and TORQUE it to between 0.57 and 0.79
m.daN (50.44 and 69.91 lbf.in).
R (8) Use the SPECIAL MATERIALS (Material No. 05-004B) to do a leak check
of the charging valve (4). Leakage must not occur.
R (9) Remove the GEAR FILLING KIT-SHOCK ABSORBER from the charging valve
R (4) and disconnect the nitrogen filling hose (1).
R (10) Make sure that the first stage pressure chamber is full of hydraulic
fluid. If necessary do step (1) again.
R (11) During this step monitor the flow of hydraulic fluid through the
R transparent bleed tube (5):
NOTE : During these steps you will use the hydraulic supply to extend
____
the sliding tube.
(a) Slowly operate the axle jack to push the sliding tube fully in to
the main fitting.
(b) Do the procedure in step (1) again and let the sliding tube fully
extend.
(c) Do the steps (a) and (b) again until the flow of hydraulic fluid
R from the transparent bleed tube (5) is free from air bubbles.
R (12) Do the procedure in step (1) again and let the sliding tube fully
extend.
R (13) Operate the axle jack to push the sliding tube in to the main fitting
until the dimension H is between 189 and 194 mm (7.44 to 7.64 in).
R (14) Connect the nitrogen filling hose (1) to the charging valve (2) and
R connect the nitrogen supply hose (10) to the nitrogen filling hose
R (1).
R (15) Slowly pressurize the first stage pressure chamber (LP) with nitrogen
and open the valve on the axle jack, in a controlled manner, to let
the shock absorber fully extend.
R (16) Increase the nitrogen pressure to the correct pressure (Ref. TASK 12-
14-32-614-804).

EFF :

ALL 12-12-32

Page 338
Oct 01/07

MSR
R (17) Make sure that the shock absorber dimension H is between 408 and 416
mm (16.07 and 16.37 in).
R (18) Close the pressure control valve.
R (19) Use the GEAR FILLING KIT-SHOCK ABSORBER to close the charge valve
R (2).
R (20) Decrease the nitrogen supply pressure to zero.
R (21) Disconnect the nitrogen supply.
R (22) Use a SPECIAL MATERIALS (Material No. 05-004B) to do a leak check of

the charging valve (2) and (4). Leakage must not occur.
R (23) Install the blanking caps on the charging valves (2) and (4).
R (24) Remove the axle jack.
R (25) Disconnect the hydraulic supply and remove the transparent bleed tube
R (5) and the container.
Subtask 12-12-32-942-057
B. Removal of the Support Equipment
(1) Remove the access platform.
items.
Subtask 12-12-32-586-053
C. Lower the Aircraft
(1) Lower the aircraft off jacks (Ref. TASK 07-11-00-586-801) or

(Ref. TASK 07-11-00-586-802).
Subtask 12-12-32-780-054
D. Pressure/Extension Check
(1) Do a pressure/extension check of the NLG shock absorber (Ref. TASK

32-21-00-220-803).

EFF :

ALL 12-12-32

Page 339
Oct 01/07

MSR
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 12-12-32-410-054
A. Close Access
(1) Remove the safety devices from the NLG doors (Ref. TASK 32-00-00-081-
802).
(2) Close the NLG forward doors (Ref. TASK 32-22-00-410-801).
Subtask 12-12-32-942-058
B. Removal of the Ground Equipment

EFF :

ALL 12-12-32

Page 340
Oct 01/07
R
MSR
OIL - DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION
_______________________________
1. General
_______
This section gives the instructions to fill the engine, the accessories
(IDG, pneumatic starter) the APU, the flight control components.
12-13-24/P. Block 301 ELECTRICAL POWER

12-13-27/P. Block 301 FLIGHT CONTROLS
12-13-49/P. Block 301 APU
12-13-79/P. Block 301 ENGINE OIL
12-13-80/P. Block 301 ENGINE STARTING

EFF :

ALL 12-13-00

Page 1
Jan 01/04

MSR
ELECTRICAL POWER - SERVICING
____________________________
TASK 12-13-24-680-805
Draining of the Oil from the IDG
WARNING : BE CAREFUL WHEN YOU WORK ON THE ENGINE COMPONENTS IMMEDIATELY AFTER
_______
THE ENGINE IS SHUTDOWN. THE ENGINE COMPONENTS CAN STAY HOT FOR UP TO
ONE HOUR.
WARNING : WEAR GOGGLES, INSULATED GLOVES AND OTHER PROTECTIVE CLOTHES.

_______
HOT OIL CAN BURN YOUR EYES AND SKIN.
IF OIL TOUCHES YOUR EYES OR SKIN, GET MEDICAL AID.
CAUTION : DO NOT DO THE SERVICING OF A DISCONNECTED IDG. CONTINUED OPERATION OF

_______
A DEFECTIVE IDG CAN CAUSE DAMAGE.
CAUTION : DO NOT OPERATE THE IDG:

_______
- IF IT CONTAINS TOO MUCH OIL
- IF IT DOES NOT CONTAIN ENOUGH OIL
IF YOU DO, YOU CAN CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE IDG.
NOTE : Airbus recommends that you do not do the servicing of more than one IDG
____
at the same time.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific container 5.7 l (1.5 USgal)
R No specific TANK - ENGINE OIL FILLING UP
No specific Torque Wrench : range 36.00 to 220.00 lbf.in
(0.40 to 2.60 m.daN)
R

EFF :

ALL 12-13-24

Page 301
Jul 01/08

MSR
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Material No. OMat 1011 *

engine oil (Ref. 70-30-00)
Material No. OMAT 238 *
lockwire 0.028 to 0.031 in. (0.71 to 0.79 mm) dia.
(Ref. 70-30-00)
C. Expendable Parts
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FIG.ITEM |DESIGNATION |IPC-CSN
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
6 O-ring 24-21-51 22 -060
D. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
12-13-24-612-808 IDG Servicing - Filling of the IDG with Oil or

Addition of Oil after Level Check
12-32-24-281-804 Sampling of the IDG Oil for Analysis
24-21-00-612-814 Servicing of the IDG after Oil Chemical Contamination
24-42-00-861-801 Energize the Ground Service Network
24-42-00-862-801 De-energize the Ground Service Network
71-13-00-010-805 Open the Fan Cowl Doors
71-13-00-410-805 Close the Fan Cowl Doors
78-31-00-040-805 Deactivation of the Thrust Reverser for Maintenance
78-31-00-440-805 Activation of the Thrust Reverser after Maintenance
12-13-24-991-012 Fig. 301
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 12-13-24-861-059
A. Energize the ground service network

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-801).

EFF :

ALL 12-13-24

Page 302
Jul 01/08
R
MSR
Subtask 12-13-24-941-062
B. Safety Precautions
(1) Make sure that the engine 1, (2) shutdown occurred not less than 5
minutes before you do this procedure.
Subtask 12-13-24-010-071
C. Get Access to the Avionics Compartment
(3) Open the protective door of the AC/DC emergency power-center 740VU.
Subtask 12-13-24-865-068
D. Open, safety and tag this(these) circuit breaker(s):
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FOR 4030EM1
721VU GCU 1 4XU1 Q10
722VU FADEC B ENG 1 13KS1 D44
742VU IDG 1 DISC 1XT1 A76
742VU FADEC A ENG 1 12KS1 Q73
FOR 4030EM2
721VU GCU 2 4XU2 N06
722VU FADEC B ENG 2 13KS2 K49
742VU IDG 2 DISC 1XT2 D69
Subtask 12-13-24-010-072
E. Get Access
(1) Open the fan cowl doors (Ref. TASK 71-13-00-010-805):

- FOR 4030EM1
415AL, 416AR,
- FOR 4030EM2
425AL, 426AR.

EFF :

ALL 12-13-24

Page 303
Jul 01/08
R
MSR
Subtask 12-13-24-040-063
F. Deactivation of the Thrust Reverser
WARNING : YOU MUST DEACTIVATE THE THRUST REVERSER BEFORE YOU DO WORK ON
_______
OR AROUND IT.
IF YOU DO NOT, THE THRUST REVERSER CAN OPERATE ACCIDENTALLY AND
CAUSE INJURY AND/OR DAMAGE.
(1) Make the thrust reverser unserviceable for maintenance (Ref. TASK 78-
31-00-040-805).
4. Procedure
_________
(Ref. Fig. 301/TASK 12-13-24-991-012)
Subtask 12-13-24-864-062
A. Depressurization of the IDG Case
WARNING : POINT THE OVERFLOW DRAIN HOSE INTO A CONTAINER WHEN YOU CONNECT
_______
THE HOSE TO THE OVERFLOW DRAIN VALVE. THIS WILL PREVENT BURNS
FROM THE HOT OIL SPRAY. HOT OIL CAN CAUSE BURNS TO EYES AND
SKIN.
CAUTION : DO NOT USE DEVICES OTHER THAN THE APPROVED OVERFLOW DRAIN-HOSE
_______
FITTING. HARD METAL OBJECTS SUCH AS SCREWDRIVERS CAN CAUSE
DAMAGE TO THE OVERFLOW DRAIN-VALVE SEAT.
(1) Put a container 5.7 l (1.5 USgal) below the IDG (1).
(2) Remove the dust cap (3) from the overflow drain valve (2).
R (3) Put the end of the overflow drain hose (4) of the TANK - ENGINE OIL
R FILLING UP in the container (5).
(4) Do this step to depressurize the IDG case:
R (a) Connect the overflow drain hose (4) of the TANK - ENGINE OIL
R FILLING UP to the overflow drain valve (2).
NOTE : Some oil can come out of the overflow drain hose (4) of
____
R the TANK - ENGINE OIL FILLING UP when you connect it.

EFF :

ALL 12-13-24

Page 304
Jul 01/08

MSR
IDG Servicing - Overflow Drain Valve and Case Drain of the IDG
Figure 301/TASK 12-13-24-991-012

EFF :

ALL 12-13-24

Page 305
Jan 01/04

MSR
Subtask 12-13-24-680-061
B. Draining of the Oil

_______
(1) Cut and remove the lockwire from the case drain plug (7).
NOTE : Approximately 3.8 l (1 USgal) of oil will flow into the

____
container.
(2) Remove the case drain plug (7).
(3) Remove the O-ring (6) and discard it.
(4) Drain the oil.
NOTE : If the drained oil has a fuel odor, do the servicing of the
____
IDG after oil chemical contamination (Ref. TASK 24-21-00-612-
814).
If you think that the condition of the drained oil is not
correct, do a sampling of the IDG oil for analysis (Ref. TASK
12-32-24-281-804).
Subtask 12-13-24-640-058
C. Lubricate the new O-ring (6) with engine oil (Material No. OMat 1011).
Subtask 12-13-24-420-074
D. Installation of the Case Drain Plug
(1) Install the new O-ring (6) on the case drain plug (7).
(2) Install the case drain plug (7).
(3) TORQUE the case drain plug (7) to between 55 and 75 lbf.in (0.62 and
0.84 m.daN).
(4) Safety the case drain plug (7) with lockwire 0.028 to 0.031 in. (0.71
to 0.79 mm) dia. (Material No. OMAT 238).
Subtask 12-13-24-420-075
E. Installation of the Dust Cap
R (1) Disconnect the overflow drain hose (4) of the TANK - ENGINE OIL
R FILLING UP from the overflow drain valve (2).
(2) Install the dust cap (3) on the overflow drain valve (2).

EFF :

ALL 12-13-24

Page 306
Jul 01/08

MSR
Subtask 12-13-24-612-067
F. Fill the IDG with oil or add oil to the IDG after a level check
(Ref. TASK 12-13-24-612-808), if you must not remove the IDG.
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 12-13-24-440-063
A. Make the thrust reverser serviceable after maintenance (Ref. TASK 78-31-
00-440-805).
Subtask 12-13-24-865-069
B. Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit
breaker(s):
- FOR 4030EM1
12KS1, 13KS1, 1XT1, 4XU1
- FOR 4030EM2
12KS2, 13KS2, 1XT2, 4XU2
Subtask 12-13-24-410-062
C. Close Access
items.
(2) Close the protective door of the AC/DC emergency power center 740VU.
(3) Close the access door 811.
(5) Close the fan cowl doors (Ref. TASK 71-13-00-410-805):

- FOR 4030EM1
415AL, 416AR,
- FOR 4030EM2
425AL, 426AR.
Subtask 12-13-24-862-059
D. De-energize the ground service network

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-862-801)

EFF :

ALL 12-13-24

Page 307
Jan 01/06
R
MSR
TASK 12-13-24-612-808
IDG Servicing - Filling of the IDG with Oil or Addition of Oil after Level
Check
_______
ONE HOUR.

_______

_______
CAUTION : USE ONLY NEW CANS OF OIL WHEN YOU FILL THE IDG WITH OIL OR ADD OIL TO
_______
THE IDG.
THE CONTAMINATION IN OIL THAT STAYS IN OPEN CANS CAN CAUSE FAST
DETERIORATION OF THE OIL AND WILL DECREASE THE LIFE OF THE IDG.
CAUTION : DO NOT USE SOLVENTS THAT CONTAIN CHLORINE TO CLEAN THE EQUIPMENT
_______
(PUMP, HOSES, TANK AND FUNNEL) USED TO FILL THE IDG WITH OIL.
CHLORINE CONTAMINATION OF THE OIL CAN CAUSE FAST DETERIORATION OF THE
OIL AND WILL DECREASE THE LIFE OF THE IDG.

_______
R NOTE : Airbus recommends that you do not do the servicing of more than one IDG
____
R at the same time.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
You must do this procedure if you:

- fill an IDG installed on the aircraft after you drained it,
- fill a replacement IDG installed on the aircraft,
- add oil when the oil level at the sight-glass is not correct,
- add oil after replacement of the scavenge filter element,
- add oil after replacement of a component of the IDG oil cooling-system.

R

EFF :

ALL 12-13-24

Page 308
Oct 01/07

MSR
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

R
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Material No. 03-002 GB DEF-STAN 91-101

LUBRICATING OIL TURBINE ENGINE SYNT BASE
(Ref. 20-31-00)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

71-00-00-720-828 Dry Motoring Engine
71-00-00-860-810 Engine Automatic Start
12-13-24-991-013 Fig. 302
12-13-24-991-020 Fig. 303
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 12-13-24-861-060

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-801).

EFF :

ALL 12-13-24

Page 309
Jul 01/08

MSR
Subtask 12-13-24-941-063
Subtask 12-13-24-010-073
Subtask 12-13-24-865-070
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FOR 4030EM1
FOR 4030EM2
Subtask 12-13-24-010-074
E. Get Access

- FOR 4030EM1
415AL, 416AR,
- FOR 4030EM2
425AL, 426AR.

R

EFF :

ALL 12-13-24

Page 310
Jul 01/08

MSR
Subtask 12-13-24-040-060
_______
OR AROUND IT.
31-00-040-805).
4. Procedure
_________
(Ref. Fig. 302/TASK 12-13-24-991-013, 303/TASK 12-13-24-991-020)
Subtask 12-13-24-864-063
_______
SKIN.
_______
____

EFF :

ALL 12-13-24

Page 311
Jul 01/08

MSR
IDG Servicing - IDG Drain and Fill Ports
Figure 302/TASK 12-13-24-991-013

EFF :

ALL 12-13-24

Page 312
Jul 01/08
R
MSR
Correct Filling of the IDG
Figure 303/TASK 12-13-24-991-020

EFF :

ALL 12-13-24

Page 313
Jul 01/08
R
MSR
Subtask 12-13-24-612-068
B. Filling of the IDG with Oil
CAUTION : USE ONLY APPROVED TYPES/BRANDS OF LUBRICANTS.

_______
DO NOT MIX TYPES/BRANDS OF LUBRICANTS.
NOTE : In rain, fog or wet conditions, be careful to prevent water

____
contamination of the IDG oil during the filling procedure.
(1) Remove the dust cap (4) from the pressure fill valve (8).
R (2) Connect the pressure fill hose (7) of the TANK - ENGINE OIL FILLING
R UP to the pressure fill valve (8).
(3) Fill the IDG with filtered OILS (Material No. 03-002) at a maximum
pressure of 35 psi (2.41 bar).
NOTE : The AMM 20-34-00 gives a list of oil brand names approved for
____
the IDG.
(4) Stop the filling procedure when the quantity of oil collected from
R the overflow drain hose (5) of the TANK - ENGINE OIL FILLING UP is
0.95 l (0.25 USgal) minimum.
Subtask 12-13-24-020-062
C. Removal of the Hoses
R (1) Disconnect the pressure fill hose (7) of the TANK - ENGINE OIL
R FILLING UP from the pressure fill valve (8).
(2) Install the dust cap (4) on the pressure fill valve (8).
R (3) When only drops of oil come out of the overflow drain hose (5) of the
R TANK - ENGINE OIL FILLING UP , remove the hose (5).
Subtask 12-13-24-720-057
D. If you replaced a part of the oil system (filter, external system

component, drain plug), do dry motoring for leak check before inspection
(Ref. TASK 71-00-00-720-828).

EFF :

ALL 12-13-24

Page 314
Jul 01/08

MSR
Subtask 12-13-24-210-053
E. Inspection of the Oil Level
NOTE : After an IDG oil servicing, you must do a reset of the oil level
____
sensor.
To do this, release then push the related GEN pushbutton switch.
NOTE : Before you do a check of the oil level, we recommend that you do
____
dry motoring for two minutes (Ref. TASK 71-00-00-720-828).
Alternatively, you can do the check after an engine run at minimum
idle (Ref. TASK 71-00-00-860-810). This is to make sure that you
get maximum filling of the external oil system.
(1) Inspection of the oil level with or without dry motoring.
CAUTION : IF YOU DRY-MOTOR THE ENGINE, MAKE SURE THAT THE OIL LEVEL
_______
IS STABLE BEFORE YOU DO THE INSPECTION. IN AMBIENT AIR
TEMPERATURES OF LESS THAN 20⁰C, THE OIL LEVEL WILL BECOME
STABLE ONLY AFTER 30 MINUTES. THUS THE LEVEL INDICATIONS ON
THE SIGHTGLASS WILL NOT BE CORRECT BEFORE THE END OF THIS
PERIOD. IF YOU ADD OIL WHEN IT IS NOT NECESSARY, THERE IS A
RISK THAT YOU WILL CAUSE FAILURE OF THE IDG.
(a) Let the oil in the IDG become stable.
(b) Look at the oil level sight-glass of the IDG:

- if the oil level is at or near the top of the green band, oil
servicing is not necessary,
- if the oil level is below the green band or above the green
band , do the steps 4.A. thru 4.D. again.
(2) Inspection of the oil level after an engine run (alternative

procedure).
(a) Let the oil in the IDG become stable for 5 minutes.

- if the oil level is in the green or yellow band, oil servicing
is not necessary,
- if the oil level is below the green band or above the yellow
band, do the steps 4.A. thru 4.D. again.
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 12-13-24-440-060
00-440-805).

EFF :

ALL 12-13-24

Page 315
Jul 01/08
R
MSR
INTENTIONALLY BLANK

R

12-13-24

Page 316
Jul 01/08

MSR
Subtask 12-13-24-865-071
breaker(s):
- FOR 4030EM1
12KS1, 13KS1, 1XT1, 4XU1
- FOR 4030EM2
12KS2, 13KS2, 1XT2, 4XU2
R Subtask 12-13-24-860-053
R C. Do a reset of the oil level sensor

R To do this, release then push the related GEN pushbutton switch.
Subtask 12-13-24-410-063
R D. Close Access
items.

- FOR 4030EM1
415AL, 416AR,
- FOR 4030EM2
425AL, 426AR.
Subtask 12-13-24-862-060
R E. De-energize the ground service network

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-862-801).

EFF :

ALL 12-13-24

Page 317
Oct 01/05

MSR
TASK 12-13-24-612-809
Drain IDG Oil System, Discard Filter Element and Replenish
_______
ONE HOUR.

_______
CAUTION : USE ONLY NEW CANS OF OIL WHEN YOU FILL THE IDG WITH OIL OR ADD OIL TO
_______
THE IDG.
THE CONTAMINATION IN OIL THAT STAYS IN OPEN CANS CAN CAUSE FAST
DETERIORATION OF THE OIL AND WILL DECREASE THE LIFE OF THE IDG.
CAUTION : DO NOT USE SOLVENTS THAT CONTAIN CHLORINE TO CLEAN THE EQUIPMENT
_______
(PUMP, HOSES, TANK AND FUNNEL) USED TO FILL THE IDG WITH OIL.
CHLORINE CONTAMINATION OF THE OIL CAN CAUSE FAST DETERIORATION OF THE
OIL AND WILL DECREASE THE LIFE OF THE IDG.

_______

_______
R NOTE : Airbus recommends that you do not do the servicing of more than one IDG
____
R at the same time.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Refer to the MPD TASK: 242100-18

To drain the IDG, replace the IDG oil filter element and fill the IDG with
oil.

EFF :

ALL 12-13-24

Page 318
Oct 01/07

MSR
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No specific blanking plug

No specific Torque Wrench : range 2.00 to 26.00 lbf.ft
(0.20 to 3.60 m.daN)
(0.40 to 2.60 m.daN)
R
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

engine lubricating oil (Ref. 70-30-00)
lockwire 0.028 to 0.031 in.(0.71 to 0.79 mm) dia.
(Ref. 70-30-00)
(Ref. 20-31-00)
C. Expendable Parts
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 seal-ring 24-21-51 22 -060

2 O-ring 24-21-51 22 -220
3 filter element 24-21-51 22 -230A
4 O-ring 24-21-51 22 -240

EFF :

ALL 12-13-24

Page 319
Jul 01/08

MSR
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

12-32-24-281-804 Sampling of the IDG Oil for Analysis
24-21-00-210-810 Inspection of the Filter Element
24-21-00-612-814 Servicing of the IDG after Oil Chemical Contamination
12-13-24-991-014 Fig. 304
12-13-24-991-023 Fig. 305
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 12-13-24-861-061

R (Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-801).
Subtask 12-13-24-941-064
Subtask 12-13-24-010-075

EFF :

ALL 12-13-24

Page 320
Oct 01/07

MSR
Subtask 12-13-24-865-072
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FOR 4030EM1
FOR 4030EM2
Subtask 12-13-24-010-076
E. Get Access

- FOR 4030EM1
415AL, 416AR,
- FOR 4030EM2
425AL, 426AR.
Subtask 12-13-24-040-054
_______
OR AROUND IT.
31-00-040-805).

EFF :

ALL 12-13-24

Page 321
Jan 01/04

MSR
4. Procedure
_________
(Ref. Fig. 304/TASK 12-13-24-991-014, 305/TASK 12-13-24-991-023)
Subtask 12-13-24-864-064

(Ref. Fig. 304/TASK 12-13-24-991-014)
_______
SKIN.
_______
____
Subtask 12-13-24-680-062
B. Draining of the Oil

(Ref. Fig. 304/TASK 12-13-24-991-014)

_______
NOTE : Approximately 3.8 l (1 USgal) of oil will flow into the

____
container.

EFF :

ALL 12-13-24

Page 322
Jul 01/08

MSR
DRAIN
FILTER PLUG
OVERFLOW /
PRESSURE
DRAIN V/V
FILL VALVE
Draining and Filling of the IDG

Figure 304/TASK 12-13-24-991-014

EFF :

ALL 12-13-24

Page 323
Jan 01/04

MSR
IDG Oil Filter
Figure 305/TASK 12-13-24-991-023

EFF :

ALL 12-13-24

Page 324
Jan 01/04

MSR
(2) Remove the case drain plug (2).
(3) Remove the seal-ring (1) and discard it.
(4) Drain the oil.
NOTE : If the drained oil has a fuel odor, do the servicing of the
____
IDG after oil chemical contamination (Ref. TASK 24-21-00-612-
814).
If you think that the condition of the drained oil is not
correct, do a sampling of the IDG oil for analysis (Ref. TASK
12-32-24-281-804).
Subtask 12-13-24-020-068
C. Removal of the IDG Oil Filter

(Ref. Fig. 305/TASK 12-13-24-991-023)

_______
(1) Cut and remove the lockwire from the filter cover (1).
NOTE : Put a container 5.7 l (1.5 USgal) below the filter cavity.
____
(2) Remove the filter cover (1).
(3) Remove and discard the O-ring (2) from the filter cover (1).
(4) Remove the filter element (3).
(5) Remove and discard the O-ring (4) from the filter element (3).
(6) Install a blanking plug on the filter cavity port.
Subtask 12-13-24-210-065
D. Inspection of the IDG Oil Filter
(1) Do the inspection of the filter element (Ref. TASK 24-21-00-210-810).
NOTE : We recommend you do a visual inspection of the IDG oil filter

____
for possible contamination, debris.

EFF :

ALL 12-13-24

Page 325
Jan 01/04

MSR
Subtask 12-13-24-640-059
E. Lubrication of the Expendable Parts
R (1) Lubricate the new seal-ring (1) with engine lubricating oil (Material
No. OMAT 1011).
R (2) Lubricate the new O-ring (4) with OILS (Material No. 03-002).
R (3) Lubricate the new O-ring (2) with OILS (Material No. 03-002).
Subtask 12-13-24-420-077
F. Installation of the Case Drain Plug

(Ref. Fig. 304/TASK 12-13-24-991-014)

_______
(1) Install the new seal-ring (1) on the case drain plug (2).
(2) Install the case drain plug (2).
0.84 m.daN).
(4) Safety the case drain plug (2) with lockwire 0.028 to 0.031 in.(0.71
Subtask 12-13-24-420-082
G. Installation of the IDG Oil Filter

(Ref. Fig. 305/TASK 12-13-24-991-023)

_______
CAUTION : MAKE SURE THE COMPONENTS ARE SEATED IN THE IDG SCAVENGE FILTER
_______
CAVITY BEFORE YOU INSTALL THE FILTER COVER. DO NOT TIGHTEN THE
FILTER COVER SCREWS TO FORCE THE FILTER COMPONENTS INTO THE
HOUSING.
(1) Install the new O-ring (4) on the filter element (3).
(2) Install the new O-ring (2) on the filter cover (1).

EFF :

ALL 12-13-24

Page 326
Apr 01/07

MSR
(3) Put the filter element (3) in the filter cavity.
(4) Install the filter cover (1).
(5) TORQUE the filter cover (1) to between 13 and 15 lbf.ft (1.76 and
2.03 m.daN).
(6) Safety the filter cover (1) with the lockwire 0.028 to 0.031 in.(0.71
Subtask 12-13-24-612-071
H. Filling of the IDG with Oil

(Ref. Fig. 304/TASK 12-13-24-991-014)
CAUTION : USE ONLY APPROVED TYPES/BRANDS OF LUBRICANTS.

_______
DO NOT MIX TYPES/BRANDS OF LUBRICANTS.
NOTE : In rain, fog or wet conditions, be careful to prevent water

____
contamination of the IDG oil during the filling procedure.
(1) Remove the dust cap (5) from the pressure fill valve (9).
R (2) Connect the pressure fill hose (8) of the TANK - ENGINE OIL FILLING
R UP to the pressure fill valve (9).
(3) Fill the IDG with the filtered OILS (Material No. 03-002) at a
maximum pressure of 35 psi (2.41 bar).
NOTE : The AMM 20-34-00 gives a list of oil brand names approved for
____
the IDG.
(4) Stop this operation when the quantity of oil collected from the
R overflow drain hose (6) of the TANK - ENGINE OIL FILLING UP is 0.95 l
(0.25 USgal) minimum.
Subtask 12-13-24-020-064
J. Removal of the Hoses

(Ref. Fig. 304/TASK 12-13-24-991-014)
R (1) Disconnect the pressure fill hose (8) of the TANK - ENGINE OIL
R FILLING UP from the pressure fill valve (9).
(2) Install the dust cap (5) on the pressure fill valve (9).

EFF :

ALL 12-13-24

Page 327
Jul 01/08

MSR
R (3) When only drops of oil come out of the overflow drain hose (6) of the
R TANK - ENGINE OIL FILLING UP , disconnect the hose (6).
Subtask 12-13-24-720-050
K. If you replaced a part of the oil system (filter, external system

component, drain plug), do a dry motoring for leak check before
inspection (Ref. TASK 71-00-00-720-828).
Subtask 12-13-24-210-055
L. Inspection of the Oil Level

(Ref. Fig. 304/TASK 12-13-24-991-014)
NOTE : Before you do a check of the oil level, we recommend that you do
____
dry motoring for two minutes (Ref. TASK 71-00-00-720-828).
Alternatively, you can do the check after an engine start at
minimum idle (Ref. TASK 71-00-00-860-810). This is to make sure
you get maximum filling of the external oil system.
(1) Inspection of the oil level after dry motoring.
CAUTION : IF YOU DRY-MOTOR THE ENGINE, MAKE SURE THAT THE OIL LEVEL
_______
IS STABLE BEFORE YOU DO THE INSPECTION. IN AMBIENT AIR
TEMPERATURES OF LESS THAN 20⁰C, THE OIL LEVEL WILL BECOME
STABLE ONLY AFTER 30 MINUTES. THUS THE LEVEL INDICATIONS ON
THE SIGHTGLASS WILL NOT BE CORRECT BEFORE THE END OF THIS
PERIOD. IF YOU ADD OIL WHEN IT IS NOT NECESSARY, THERE IS A
RISK THAT YOU WILL CAUSE FAILURE OF THE IDG.
(a) Let the oil in the IDG become stable.

- if the oil level is at or near the top of the green band, oil
servicing is not necessary,
- if the oil level is below the green band or above the green
band, do the filling of the IDG with oil or addition of oil
after level check (Ref. TASK 12-13-24-612-808).
(2) Inspection of the oil level after an engine start (alternative

procedure).
(a) Let the oil in the IDG become stable for 5 minutes.

EFF :

ALL 12-13-24

Page 328
Jul 01/08

MSR
- if the oil level is in the green or yellow band, oil servicing
is not necessary,
- if the oil level is below the green band or above the yellow
band, do the filling of the IDG with oil or addition of oil
after level check (Ref. TASK 12-13-24-612-808).
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 12-13-24-440-054
00-440-805).
Subtask 12-13-24-865-073
breaker(s):
- FOR 4030EM1
12KS1, 13KS1, 1XT1, 4XU1
- FOR 4030EM2
12KS2, 13KS2, 1XT2, 4XU2
Subtask 12-13-24-410-064
C. Close Access
items.

- FOR 4030EM1
415AL, 416AR,
- FOR 4030EM2
425AL, 426AR.
Subtask 12-13-24-862-061

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-862-801).

EFF :

ALL 12-13-24

Page 329
Jan 01/04

MSR
FLIGHT CONTROLS - SERVICING
___________________________
TASK 12-13-27-612-801
R Oil Replenishing of the THS Actuator
_______
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THERE IS A GOOD FLOW OF AIR THROUGH THE WORK AREA WHEN
_______
YOU USE SPECIAL MATERIALS.
IF YOU GET ONE OF THESE MATERIALS ON YOUR SKIN, IN YOUR MOUTH OR IN
YOUR EYES :
- FLUSH IT AWAY WITH A FLOW OF CLEAN WATER FOR BETWEEN 10 TO 15
MINUTES.
- GET IMMEDIATE MEDICAL AID IF IRRITATION OCCURS.
DO NOT BREATHE THE FUMES FROM THE MATERIAL.
DO NOT SMOKE WHEN YOU USE THE MATERIAL.
DO NOT USE THE MATERIAL NEAR A FLAME, SPARKS OR SOURCES OF HEAT.
THESE MATERIALS ARE DANGEROUS : THEY ARE POISONOUS, FLAMMABLE AND
SKIN IRRITANTS.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

R 0U190363 1 TOOL - FILL, THSA
R 0U190364 1 TOOL - DRAIN, THSA

EFF :

ALL 12-13-27

Page 301
Jul 01/08

MSR
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Material No. 03-003 USA MIL-PRF-7808

LUBRICATING OIL TURBINE SYNTHETIC BASE
(Ref. 20-31-00)
LINT-FREE COTTON CLOTH (Ref. 20-31-00)
C. Expendable Parts
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
4 packing 27-44-51 02 -100
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

R 27-40-00-866-801 Operation of the Trimmable Horizontal Stabilizer
R (THS) Actuator
12-13-27-991-001 Fig. 301
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 12-13-27-860-052
(1) Move the THS actuator five times fully up and down and then in the 0⁰
position (Ref. TASK 27-40-00-866-801).
(2) Energize the ground service network

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-801).

EFF :

ALL 12-13-27

Page 302
Jul 01/08

MSR
(3) Make sure that the hydraulic systems are depressurized
(Ref. TASK 29-00-00-864-804).
Subtask 12-13-27-865-050
B. Get access to the avionics compartment. Then open, safety and tag
this(these) circuit breaker(s):
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
721VU FCPC3 STBY COM 7CE6 R20
721VU FCPC3 STBY MON 7CE5 R19
722VU FCPC 3 7CE3 V42
722VU FCPC 2 NORM 7CE2 V41
742VU FCPC 1 NORM 7CE1 C69
742VU FCPC 1 STBY 11CE K69
Subtask 12-13-27-010-050
C. Put the ACCESS PLATFORM 5M (16 FT) in position below the access door
312AR and open the access door 312AR.
4. Procedure
_________
(Ref. Fig. 301/TASK 12-13-27-991-001)
NOTE : Wait one hour after movement of the THS Actuator before you do the
____
check of the oil level.
Subtask 12-13-27-612-050
A. Oil Replenishing of the THS Actuator
WARNING : OBEY THE MANUFACTURERS INSTRUCTIONS WHEN YOU USE THIS/THESE

_______
MATERIAL/S.
USE PROTECTIVE CLOTHING, RUBBER GLOVES AND GOGGLES.
(1) Remove the manual cranking plug (3) between the two hydraulic motors
and remove and discard the packing (4).
R (2) Remove the cap (1) from the oil fill plug (2) and install the TOOL -
R FILL, THSA on the oil fill plug (2).

EFF :

ALL 12-13-27

Page 303
Jul 01/08

MSR
oil fill
plug
manual cranking
plug oil drain
plug
THS Actuator
Figure 301/TASK 12-13-27-991-001
note:

EFF : ALL 12-13-27 Page 304
oil type ==> material no. 03-003
Jan 01/04

correct level ==> in the middle MIN & MAX
MSR
if level is to much drain the required from drain plug
(3) Monitor the oil level indicator (5) and fill the THS actuator with
OILS (Material No. 03-003), until the quantity is correct. The
correct quantity is when the oil level is in the middle position
between the MINI and the MAXI marks.
NOTE : The volume between MINI and MAXI indication on the oil level
____
indicator is 0.2 l (0.0528 USgal).
(4) If the gearbox oil level is too much, drain the oil which is too much
from the gearbox.
R (a) Remove the drain plug (6) from the gearbox and install the TOOL -
R DRAIN, THSA (0U190364) in the gearbox and let the oil drain until
the oil level is correct.
R (b) Remove the TOOL - DRAIN, THSA (0U190364) from the gearbox and
install the drain plug (6).
R (5) Remove the TOOL - FILL, THSA and clean the cap (1) with a clean
lint-free cloth MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-003).
(6) Install the new packing (4) on the manual cranking plug (3) and
install the cap (1) and the manual cranking plug (3).
5. Close-up
________
(1) RemoveSubtask
the manual cranking plug (3) between the two hydraulic motors
12-13-27-865-051
and remove and discard the packing (4).
(2) Remove theA.cap Get(1)access
from theto oil
thefill avionics
plug (2) and install the TOOL
compartment. Then -remove the safety clip(s)
and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit breaker(s):
FILL, THSA on the7CE1,oil fill 7CE2,
plug (2).
7CE3, 7CE4, 7CE5, 7CE6, 11CE.
(3) Monitor the oil level indicator (5) and fill the THS actuator with
OILS (Material No. 03-003),
Subtask until the quantity is correct. The correct quantity is when the oil level is in the
12-13-27-410-050
middle positionB.between the MINI and the MAXI marks.
Close Access
NOTE : The volume between MINI and MAXI indication on the oil level
indicator is 0.2 l (0.0528
(1) Make USgal)
sure that the work area is clean and clear of tools and other
items.
(4) If the gearbox oil level is too much, drain the oil which is too much from the gearbox.
(a) Remove the drain (2) plug
Close (6)the
fromaccess
the gearbox and install
door 312AR the TOOL
and remove the- access platform.
R DRAIN, THSA (0U190364) in the gearbox and let the oil drain until
the oil level is correct. standard tools and all other items.

EFF :

ALL 12-13-27

Page 305
Jul 01/08

MSR
Subtask 12-13-27-860-053
C. De-energize the ground service network

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-862-801).

EFF :

ALL 12-13-27

Page 306
Jul 01/08
R
MSR
TASK 12-13-27-612-802
R Oil Replenishing of the Flap Power Control Unit (PCU) Gearbox
_______
_______
YOUR EYES :
MINUTES.
SKIN IRRITANTS.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific 1 CONTAINER 1 L (1/4 USGAL)
(2.00 to 26.00 lbf.ft)

EFF :

ALL 12-13-27

Page 307
Jul 01/08

MSR
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

(Ref. 20-31-00)
C. Expendable Parts
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
2 preformed packing 27-54-51 01 -110
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

27-50-00-866-801 Extension of the Flaps on the Ground
27-50-00-866-802 Retraction of the Flaps on the Ground
R 27-54-51-000-801 Removal of the Flaps Power Control-Unit (PCU)
R (5000CV)
R 27-54-51-400-801 Installation of the Flaps Power Control-Unit (PCU)
R (5000CV)
R
12-13-27-991-002 Fig. 302
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 12-13-27-860-054

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-801).

EFF :

ALL 12-13-27

Page 308
Jul 01/08

MSR
Subtask 12-13-27-865-052
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
721VU SFCC 1 NORM 10CV X14
722VU SFCC 2 FLAP 2CV T43
742VU SFCC 1 FLAP 1CV L61
Subtask 12-13-27-010-051
C. Get Access
(1) Open the right MLG door (Ref. TASK 32-12-00-010-801).
(2) Put the CONTAINER 1 L (1/4 USGAL) in position below the flap PCU.
(3) Put the WARNING NOTICE in position to tell persons not to operate the
flap/slat system.
4. Procedure
_________
(Ref. Fig. 302/TASK 12-13-27-991-002)
Subtask 12-13-27-612-051
A. Oil Replenishing of the Flap Power Control Unit (PCU) Gearbox

_______
MATERIAL/S.
NOTE : After installation of a new PCU (5000CV), extend and retract the
____
flaps before you do the oil replenishing (Ref. TASK 27-50-00-866-
801) and (Ref. TASK 27-50-00-866-802).
(1) Remove the oil-fill plug (1) and remove and discard the preformed
packing (2).

EFF :

ALL 12-13-27

Page 309
Jul 01/08
R
MSR
Flap PCU
Figure 302/TASK 12-13-27-991-002

EFF :

ALL 12-13-27

Page 310
Jul 01/08
R
MSR
(2) Slowly add the OILS (Material No. 03-003) to the flap PCU gearbox
until it comes out of the oil-fill hole.
NOTE : If the added oil quantity is between 50 cm3 (3.05 in.3) and 70
____
cm3 (4.27 in.3) and there is no leak visible, check the oil
level at the next A-Check and top-up as necessary:
- if you add up to 50 cm3 (3.05 in.3) replace the PCU, but not
R later than the next A-Check (Ref. TASK 27-54-51-000-801) and
R (Ref. TASK 27-54-51-400-801).
- if you add more than 50 cm3 (3.05 in.3) replace the PCU
R before the next 20 flights (Ref. TASK 27-54-51-000-801) and
R (Ref. TASK 27-54-51-400-801).
(3) Clean the oil-fill plug (1) with a clean lint-free cloth,
MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-003).
(4) Apply the OILS (Material No. 03-003) to the new preformed packing
(2).
(5) Install the preformed packing (2) on the oil-fill plug (1) and
install the oil-fill plug (1)
(6) TORQUE the oil-fill plug (1) to between 2.0 and 2.5 m.daN (14.74 and
18.43 lbf.ft).
(7) Remove the unwanted oil from the area of the oil-fill plug (1) with a
lint-free cloth, MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-003).
(8) Make sure that there is no oil leakage at the preformed packing (2).
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 12-13-27-865-053
A. Get access to the avionics compartment. Then remove the safety clip(s)
1CV, 2CV, 10CV.
Subtask 12-13-27-410-051
B. Close Access
items.
(2) Close the right MLG door (Ref. TASK 32-12-00-410-801).

EFF :

ALL 12-13-27

Page 311
Jul 01/08

MSR
Subtask 12-13-27-860-055

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-862-801).

EFF :

ALL 12-13-27

Page 312
Jul 01/08
R
MSR
TASK 12-13-27-612-803
R Oil Replenishing of the Slat Power Control-Unit (PCU) Gearbox
_______
_______
YOUR EYES :
MINUTES.
SKIN IRRITANTS.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

(2.00 to 26.00 lbf.ft)

EFF :

ALL 12-13-27

Page 313
Jul 01/08

MSR
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

(Ref. 20-31-00)
C. Expendable Parts
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

R 27-84-51-000-801 Removal of the Slat Power Control-Unit (PCU) (5000CW)
R 27-84-51-400-801 Installation of the Slat Power Control-Unit (PCU)
R (5000CW)
53-35-13-000-802 Removal of the Belly Fairing Access-Panels
53-35-13-400-802 Installation of the Belly Fairing Access-Panels
R
12-13-27-991-003 Fig. 303
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 12-13-27-860-056

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-801).

EFF :

ALL 12-13-27

Page 314
Jul 01/08

MSR
Subtask 12-13-27-865-054
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
721VU SFCC 1 NORM AVAIL 10CW X13
722VU SFCC 2 SLAT 2CW V40
742VU SFCC 1 SLAT 1CW L62
Subtask 12-13-27-010-052
C. Get Access
flap/slat system.
(2) Put the ACCESS PLATFORM 2M (6 FT) in position below the access panel
195CB and remove the access panel 195CB (Ref. TASK 53-35-13-000-802).
(3) Put the CONTAINER 1 L (1/4 USGAL) in position below the slat PCU.
4. Procedure
_________
(Ref. Fig. 303/TASK 12-13-27-991-003)
Subtask 12-13-27-612-052
A. Oil Replenishing of Slat Power Control Unit (PCU) Gearbox

_______
MATERIAL/S.
packing (2).
(2) Slowly add the OILS (Material No. 03-003) to the slat PCU gearbox
until it comes out of the oil-fill hole.
____

EFF :

ALL 12-13-27

Page 315
Jul 01/08
R
MSR
Slat PCU
Figure 303/TASK 12-13-27-991-003

EFF :

ALL 12-13-27

Page 316
Jul 01/08
R
MSR
- if you add up to 50 cm3 (3.05 in.3) replace the PCU, but not
R (Ref. TASK 27-84-51-400-801),
- if you add more than 50 cm3 (3.05 in.3) replace the PCU
R (Ref. TASK 27-84-51-400-801).
(3) Clean the oil-fill plug (1) with a clean lint-free cloth
MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-003) and apply the OILS (Material No.
03-003) to the new preformed packing (2).
(4) Install the preformed packing (2) on the oil-fill plug (1) and
install the oil-fill plug (1)
(5) TORQUE the oil-fill plug (1) to between 2.0 and 2.5 m.daN (14.74 and
18.43 lbf.ft) and remove the unwanted oil from near the oil-fill plug
(1) with a lint-free cloth MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-003).
(6) Examine the preformed packing (2) for signs of oil leakage.
NOTE : Leaks are not permitted.

____
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 12-13-27-865-055
1CW, 2CW, 10CW.
Subtask 12-13-27-410-052
B. Close Access
items.
(2) Install the access panel 195CB (Ref. TASK 53-35-13-400-802).

EFF :

ALL 12-13-27

Page 317
Jul 01/08

MSR
Subtask 12-13-27-860-057

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-862-801).

EFF :

ALL 12-13-27

Page 318
Jul 01/08
R
MSR
TASK 12-13-27-612-804
Drain and Refill the Rotary Actuators with SEMI-FLUID
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
12-13-27-612-808 Drain and Refill of Rotary Actuators (Manual

Procedure)
12-13-27-612-809 Drain and Refill of Rotary Actuators (Automatic
Procedure)
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 12-13-27-860-050
A. There is no special job set-up for this task.
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 12-13-27-612-053
A. Procedure
(1) Drain and refill the rotary actuator with the TOOL - REPLACE,
SEMIFLUID OF FLAP ACTUATOR (4455A0000-01) (Ref. TASK 12-13-27-612-
809).
(2) If the GSE (P/N 4455A0000-01) is not available, use the manual
procedure (Ref. TASK 12-13-27-612-808).
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 12-13-27-860-051
A. Not applicable.

EFF :

ALL 12-13-27

Page 319
Jul 01/08
R
MSR
TASK 12-13-27-612-808
Drain and Refill of Rotary Actuators (Manual Procedure)
_______
_______
YOUR EYES :
MINUTES.
SKIN IRRITANTS.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific TRANSPARENT TUBE WITH A MALE 3/8 in. FITTING
No specific 1 CONTAINER 3 L(3/4 USGAL)
No specific 1 GUN - GREASE, DIA 3/8 IN FEMALE ADAPTER
No specific 1 HOSE - HIGH PRESSURE, DIA 3/8 MALE FITTINGS
(0.00 to 9.00 lbf.ft)

EFF :

ALL 12-13-27

Page 320
Jul 01/08
R
MSR
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

(2.00 to 26.00 lbf.ft)
R 1X56176802 1 FILLER - LUBRICATION, GRA
FOR FIN 5122CV
98F29208217000 1 PIN - SAFETY, RAT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Material No. 04-025

LUBRICANT, SEMIFLUID (Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 06-001 USA MIL-L-23398
SOLID FILM LUBRICANT (NO LONGER PRODUCED)
(Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 08-007 USA MIL-R-46082 TYPE II
SEALANT, HIGH TEMP. (Ref. 20-31-00)
DRY CLEANING SOLVENT (VARSOL/WHITE SPIRIT)
(Ref. 20-31-00)
C. Expendable Parts
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
2 packing 27-54-59 04 -040A

EFF :

ALL 12-13-27

Page 321
Jul 01/08

MSR
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

R 27-50-00-866-801 Extension of the Flaps on the Ground
R 27-54-59-000-801 Removal of the Rotary Actuator (5009CV, 5087CV)
R 27-54-59-000-802 Removal of the Rotary Actuator (5024CV, 5034CV,
R 5044CV, 5055CV, 5102CV, 5112CV, 5122CV, 5133CV)
R 27-54-59-400-801 Installation of the Rotary Actuator (5009CV, 5087CV)
R 27-54-59-400-802 Installation of the Rotary Actuator (5024CV, 5034CV,
R 5044CV, 5055CV, 5102CV, 5112CV, 5122CV, 5133CV)
57-56-11-400-807 Installation of the Movable Flap Track Fairings Nos.
2 thru 5 after Access
R
12-13-27-991-004 Fig. 304
12-13-27-991-007 Fig. 305
FOR FIN 5009CV, 5087CV
FOR FIN 5122CV
29-24-00-081-801 Removal of the RAT Safety Pin
29-24-00-481-801 Installation of the RAT Safety Pin
57-56-11-000-807 Removal of the Movable Flap Track Fairings Nos. 2
thru 5 for Access
FOR FIN 5024CV, 5034CV, 5044CV, 5055CV, 5102CV, 5112CV, 5122CV, 5133CV
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 12-13-27-860-072
R (1) Operate the flaps between 15 times and 20 times (Ref. TASK 27-50-00-
R 866-801) and (Ref. TASK 27-50-00-866-802) to increase the temperature
if:
- the ambient temperature is below 15 DEG.C (59.00 DEG.F)
- the aircraft is on the ground for less than 10 hours.

EFF :

ALL 12-13-27

Page 322
Jul 01/08

MSR
(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-801).
Subtask 12-13-27-010-070
B. Get Access
(1) FOR 5009CV, 5087CV

open the MLG doors (Ref. TASK 32-12-00-010-801).
(2) Put the ACCESS PLATFORM 3M (10 FT) in position below the related
access panel.
(3) FOR 5122CV

install the PIN - SAFETY, RAT (Ref. TASK 29-24-00-481-801).
(4) Remove the related movable flap track fairing (Ref. TASK 57-56-11-
000-807):
- FOR 5024CV, 5102CV
remove the No. 2 flap track fairing,
- FOR 5034CV, 5112CV
- FOR 5044CV, 5122CV
- FOR 5055CV, 5133CV
remove the No. 5 flap track fairing.
(5) Put a CONTAINER 3 L(3/4 USGAL) in position below the related rotary
actuator.
Subtask 12-13-27-860-073
(1) Put the flaps in position:

- FOR 5024CV, 5034CV, 5044CV, 5055CV, 5102CV, 5112CV, 5122CV, 513
make sure that the flaps are retracted (Ref. TASK 27-50-00-866-
802).
- FOR 5009CV, 5087CV
extend the flaps to the position 2 (Ref. TASK 27-50-00-866-801).
NOTE : The two different flap positions are necessary for the correct
____
access to the related actuator.
(2) Attach the LOCKING TOOL-FLAP SLAT LEVER,INT. POSITION to the

flap/slat control lever on the panel 114VU.

EFF :

ALL 12-13-27

Page 323
Jul 01/08
R
MSR
(3) Put the WARNING NOTICE in position on the panel 114VU to tell persons
not to operate the flap/slat controls.
Subtask 12-13-27-865-071
D. Get access to the avionics compartment. Then open, safety and tag
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 12-13-27-612-059
A. Drain and Refill of the Rotary Actuator (Manual Procedure)

(Ref. Fig. 304/TASK 12-13-27-991-004, 305/TASK 12-13-27-991-007)

_______
MATERIAL/S.
(1) Clean the related rotary actuator (3) and the adjacent area with
CLEANING AGENTS (Material No. 11-002) and a lint-free cloth
(2) Drain the related rotary actuator (3) as follows:
WARNING : KEEP YOUR FACE AWAY FROM THE UPPER PLUG WHEN YOU REMOVE IT.
_______
IF THE COMPONENT IS PRESSURIZED, THE SEMI-FLUID CAN COME
OUT SUDDENLY AND GO INTO YOUR EYES OR MOUTH.
(a) Remove the upper plug (1) with the packing (2) from the rotary
actuator (3).
(b) Remove the lower plug (6) with the packing (2) from the rotary
actuator (3).
NOTE : Some SEMI-FLUID can flow through the bottom hole.

____
(c) When the flow of SEMI-FLUID stops, install the bottom plug (6)
but do not tighten at this time.

EFF :

ALL 12-13-27

Page 324
Jul 01/08
R
MSR
Flap Rotary Actuator
Figure 304/TASK 12-13-27-991-004

EFF :

ALL 12-13-27

Page 325
Jul 01/08
R
MSR
Rotary Actuator Filling Set-up
Figure 305/TASK 12-13-27-991-007

EFF :

ALL 12-13-27

Page 326
Jul 01/08
R
MSR
(d) Examine the packing (2) and replace them if necessary
(3) Refill the related rotary actuator (3) as follows:
(a) Install a TRANSPARENT TUBE WITH A MALE 3/8 in. FITTING on the
upper hole and put a CONTAINER 3 L(3/4 USGAL) in position below
the tube for the used fluid.
(b) Remove the plug (5) with the lubrication plate and install the
R FILLER - LUBRICATION, GRA (1X56176802) (4) in the rotary actuator
(3).
R (c) Tighten the FILLER - LUBRICATION, GRA (4) only with your hand.
NOTE : It is recommended to use a HOSE - HIGH PRESSURE, DIA 3/8

____
R MALE FITTINGS between the grease gun and the FILLER -
R LUBRICATION, GRA.
(d) Make sure that the SEMI-FLUID has a minimum temperature of 15

DEG.C (59 DEG.F) but not more than 40 DEG.C (104 DEG.F).
NOTE : If the temperature is too high, the SEMI-FLUID becomes too

____
thin and does not lubricate the actuator gears correctly.
(e) Attach a GUN - GREASE, DIA 3/8 IN FEMALE ADAPTER with the
R flexible HP tube to the FILLER - LUBRICATION, GRA (4) and fill
the rotary actuator with SEMI-FLUID, COMMON GREASE (Material No.
04-025) until:
- for the flap drive stations 1, 4 and 5, approx. 500ml
- for the flap drive stations 2 and 3, approx. 1000ml
of the SEMIFLUID flows through the top hole and the transparent
tube into the container.
(f) During the filling procedure, examine the rotary actuator for
leaks.
R (g) Disconnect the grease gun and the HP tube from the FILLER -
R LUBRICATION, GRA (4) and remove the FILLER - LUBRICATION, GRA
R (1X56176802) (4) from the actuator (3).
(h) Disconnect the transparent tube from the upper hole.
(i) Apply BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS (Material No. 08-007) to the
threads of the plug (5) and install it with the lubrication plate
on the actuator (3).

EFF :

ALL 12-13-27

Page 327
Jul 01/08

MSR
(j) TORQUE the plug (5) to between 0.68 and 0.92 m.daN (60.17 and
81.41 lbf.in).
(k) Remove the lower plug (6) and monitor the fluid that comes out.
(l) Apply LUBRICANTS (Material No. 06-001) to the thread of the upper
plug (1) and the lower plug (6).
(m) When the flow of fluid decreases and only drops come out, install
the lower plug (6) with the package (2).
NOTE : The remaining SEMI-FLUID is sufficient to lubricate the

____
rotary actuator.
(n) Install the upper plug (1) with the package (2).
(o) TORQUE the upper and lower plugs (1) and (6) to between 1.45 and
1.95 m.daN (10.69 and 14.38 lbf.ft).
(p) Remove the unwanted fluid from the rotary actuator (3) with a
(4) Examine the rotary actuator (3) for leakage.
(5) If a leak is found, do these steps:
(a) Make sure that all three plugs are correctly torqued.
(b) Clean the rotary actuator (3) again.
(c) Examine again the rotary actuator (3) for leakage:
1
_ If there is no important leaks, no other maintenance action is
necessary.
2
_ If the leak is more than 1 drop per hour of thin liquid fluid
or other than thin liquid fluid (i.e. semi-fluid):
- replace the rotary actuator at the subsequent basic
R inspection (18 months) (Ref. TASK 27-54-59-000-801) and
R (Ref. TASK 27-54-59-400-801) or (Ref. TASK 27-54-59-000-802)
R and (Ref. TASK 27-54-59-400-802).

EFF :

ALL 12-13-27

Page 328
Jul 01/08

MSR
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 12-13-27-865-072
1CV, 2CV, 10CV.
Subtask 12-13-27-410-059
B. Close Access
(1) FOR 5009CV, 5087CV

close the MLG doors (Ref. TASK 32-12-00-410-801).
items.
(3) Install the applicable movable flap track fairing (Ref. TASK 57-56-
11-400-807):
- FOR 5024CV, 5102CV
install the No. 2 flap track fairing,
- FOR 5034CV, 5112CV
- FOR 5044CV, 5122CV
- FOR 5055CV, 5133CV
install the No. 5 flap track fairing.
(4) FOR 5122CV

remove the PIN - SAFETY, RAT (Ref. TASK 29-24-00-081-801).
Subtask 12-13-27-860-074
(2) Remove the LOCKING TOOL-FLAP SLAT LEVER,INT. POSITION from the
flap/slat control lever on panel 114VU.

EFF :

ALL 12-13-27

Page 329
Jul 01/08
R
MSR
(3) FOR 5009CV, 5087CV
retract the flaps (Ref. TASK 27-50-00-866-802).
(4) De-energize the ground service network

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-862-801).

EFF :

ALL 12-13-27

Page 330
Jul 01/08
R
MSR
TASK 12-13-27-612-809
Drain and Refill of Rotary Actuators (Automatic Procedure)
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

(0.00 to 9.00 lbf.ft)
(2.00 to 26.00 lbf.ft)
4455A0000-01 1 TOOL - REPLACE, SEMIFLUID OF FLAP ACTUATOR
FOR FIN 5122CV
98F29208217000 1 PIN - SAFETY, RAT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Material No. 06-001 USA MIL-L-23398

SOLID FILM LUBRICANT (NO LONGER PRODUCED)
(Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 08-007 USA MIL-R-46082 TYPE II
SEALANT, HIGH TEMP. (Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 11-02
VISUAL DISPLAY UNIT ANTI-STATIC CLEANER
(Ref. 20-31-00)

EFF :

ALL 12-13-27

Page 331
Jul 01/08
R
MSR
C. Expendable Parts
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
2 packing 27-54-59 04 -040A

4 packing 27-54-59 04 -040A
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

R 27-54-59-000-801 Removal of the Rotary Actuator (5009CV, 5087CV)
R 27-54-59-000-802 Removal of the Rotary Actuator (5024CV, 5034CV,
R 5044CV, 5055CV, 5102CV, 5112CV, 5122CV, 5133CV)
R 27-54-59-400-801 Installation of the Rotary Actuator (5009CV, 5087CV)
R 27-54-59-400-802 Installation of the Rotary Actuator (5024CV, 5034CV,
R 5044CV, 5055CV, 5102CV, 5112CV, 5122CV, 5133CV)
thru 5 for Access
R
12-13-27-991-011 Fig. 306
12-13-27-991-012 Fig. 307
FOR FIN 5122CV

EFF :

ALL 12-13-27

Page 332
Jul 01/08

MSR
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 12-13-27-860-075
R (1) Operate the flaps between 15 times and 20 times (Ref. TASK 27-50-00-
R 866-801) and (Ref. TASK 27-50-00-866-802) to increase the temperature
if:
- the ambient temperature is below 15 DEG.C (59.00 DEG.F)
- the aircraft is on the ground for less than 10 hours.

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-801).
Subtask 12-13-27-010-072
B. Get Access
(1) FOR 5009CV, 5087CV

(2) Put the ACCESS PLATFORM 3M (10 FT) in position below the related
panel.
(3) FOR 5122CV

- install the PIN - SAFETY, RAT (Ref. TASK 29-24-00-481-801).
(4) Remove the related movable flap track fairing (Ref. TASK 57-56-11-
000-807):
- FOR 5024CV, 5102CV
- FOR 5034CV, 5112CV
- FOR 5044CV, 5122CV
- FOR 5055CV, 5133CV
(5) Put a CONTAINER 1 L (1/4 USGAL) in position below the related rotary
actuator.

EFF :

ALL 12-13-27

Page 333
Jul 01/08

MSR
Subtask 12-13-27-860-076

make sure that the flaps are retracted (Ref. TASK 27-50-00-866-802)
- FOR 5009CV, 5087CV
NOTE : The two different flap positions are necessary for the correct
____
access to the related rotary actuator.
(2) Attach the LOCKING TOOL-FLAP SLAT LEVER,INT. POSITION to the

flap/slat control lever on the panel 114VU.
not to operate the flap/slat controls.
Subtask 12-13-27-865-073
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 12-13-27-612-060
A. Drain and Refill of the Rotary Actuator (Automatic Procedure)

(Ref. Fig. 306/TASK 12-13-27-991-011, 307/TASK 12-13-27-991-012)

_______
MATERIAL/S.
(1) Clean the related rotary actuator (3) and the adjacent area with
CLEANING AGENTS (Material No. 11-02) and a lint-free cloth

EFF :

ALL 12-13-27

Page 334
Jul 01/08
R
MSR
Rotary Actuator
Figure 306/TASK 12-13-27-991-011

EFF :

ALL 12-13-27

Page 335
Jul 01/08
R
MSR
R Filling Set-up of the Rotary Actuator
Figure 307/TASK 12-13-27-991-012

EFF :

ALL 12-13-27

Page 336
Jul 01/08

MSR
(2) Prepare the related rotary actuator (3) as follows:
WARNING : KEEP YOUR FACE AWAY FROM THE UPPER PLUG WHEN YOU REMOVE IT.
_______
IF THE COMPONENT IS PRESSURIZED, THE SEMI-FLUID CAN COME
OUT SUDDENLY AND GO INTO YOUR EYES OR MOUTH.
(a) For the installation of the TOOL - REPLACE, SEMIFLUID OF FLAP

ACTUATOR (4455A0000-01), refer to the instruction manual of the
tool.
(b) Attach the valve box part of the TOOL - REPLACE, SEMIFLUID OF
FLAP ACTUATOR (4455A0000-01), with the two belts to the track.
(c) Remove the upper plug (1) with the packing (2) from the rotary
actuator (3).
(d) Install the adapter hose No.1 (7) in the upper hole of the rotary
actuator (3) and tighten it only with your hand.
(e) Remove the lower plug (5) with the packing (4) from the rotary
actuator (3).
NOTE : Some SEMI-FLUID can flow out.

____
(f) Install the adapter hose No.2 (9) in the lower hole of the rotary
actuator (3) and tighten it only with your hand.
(g) Remove the filling plug (6) from the rotary actuator (3).
(h) Install the adapter hose No.3 (8) in the filling hole of the
rotary actuator (3) and tighten it only with your hand.
(3) Do the drain and refill procedure, refer to the instruction manual of
the TOOL - REPLACE, SEMIFLUID OF FLAP ACTUATOR (4455A0000-01)
(4) After approximately 45 minutes, the cycle of the GSE (P/N

4455A0000-01) is completed. Then continue as follows:
(a) Apply BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS (Material No. 08-007) to the
thread of the plug (6).
(b) Apply LUBRICANTS (Material No. 06-001) to the thread of the plugs
(1) and (5).
(c) Remove the adapter hose No.1 (7) from the top hole of the rotary
actuator (3).
(d) Install the top plug (1) with the new packing (2) in the rotary
actuator (3).
(e) Remove the adapter hose No.2 (9) from the bottom hole of the
rotary actuator (3).

EFF :

ALL 12-13-27

Page 337
Jul 01/08
R
MSR
(f) Install the bottom plug (5) with the new packing (4) in the
rotary actuator (3).
(g) TORQUE the top and bottom plugs (1) and (6) to between 1.45 and
1.95 m.daN (10.69 and 14.38 lbf.ft).
(h) Remove the adapter hose No.3 (8) from the top hole of the rotary
actuator (3).
(i) Install the filling plug (6) in the rotary actuator (3).
(j) TORQUE the plug (6) to between 0.68 and 0.92 m.daN (60.17 and
81.41 lbf.in).
(k) Remove the unwanted fluid from the actuator (3) with a cloth
(l) Remove the belts from the track.
(5) Examine the rotary actuator (3) for leakage.
(6) If a leak is found, do these steps:
(a) Make sure that all three plugs are correctly torqued.
(b) Clean the rotary actuator (3) again.
(c) Examine the rotary actuator (3) for leakage again.
1
_ If there is no important leak, no other maintenance action is
necessary.
2
_ If the leak is more than 1 drop per hour of thin liquid fluid
or other than thin liquid fluid (i.e. semi-fluid)
- replace the rotary actuator at the subsequent basic
R inspection (18 months) (Ref. TASK 27-54-59-000-801) and
R (Ref. TASK 27-54-59-400-801) or (Ref. TASK 27-54-59-000-802)
R and (Ref. TASK 27-54-59-400-802).
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 12-13-27-865-074
1CV, 2CV, 10CV.

R

EFF :

ALL 12-13-27

Page 338
Jul 01/08

MSR
R Subtask 12-13-27-410-060
R B. Close Access
R (1) FOR 5009CV, 5087CV

R close the MLG doors (Ref. TASK 32-12-00-410-801).
R items.
R (3) Install the related movable flap track fairing (Ref. TASK 57-56-11-
R 400-807):
R - FOR 5024CV, 5102CV
R install the No. 2 flap track fairing,
R - FOR 5034CV, 5112CV
R - FOR 5044CV, 5122CV
R - FOR 5055CV, 5133CV
R install the No. 5 flap track fairing.
R (4) FOR 5122CV

R remove the PIN - SAFETY, RAT (Ref. TASK 29-24-00-081-801).
R (5) Remove the access platform(s).
R (6) Remove the ground support and maintenance equipment, the special and
R standard tools and all other items.
R Subtask 12-13-27-860-077
R C. Aircraft Maintenance Configuration
R (1) Remove the warning notice(s).
R (2) Remove the LOCKING TOOL-FLAP SLAT LEVER,INT. POSITION from the
R flap/slat control lever on panel 114VU.
R (3) FOR 5009CV, 5087CV

R retract the flaps (Ref. TASK 27-50-00-866-802).
R (4) De-energize the ground service network

R (Ref. TASK 24-42-00-862-801).

EFF :

ALL 12-13-27

Page 339
Oct 01/07

MSR
TASK 12-13-27-612-805
Oil Replenishing of the Flap System Torque Limiter (5003CV, 5081CV)
_______
_______
YOUR EYES :
MINUTES.
SKIN IRRITANTS.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific 1 CAN - OIL
(8.00 to 75.00 lbf.ft)
R 98D27803000000 1 LOCKING TOOL-FLAP SLAT LEVER,INT. POSITION

EFF :

ALL 12-13-27

Page 340
Oct 01/07

MSR
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Material No. 02-001A USA MIL-H-6083D
C. Expendable Parts
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
2 packing 27-54-42 01 -020
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

R 27-54-42-000-801 Removal of the System Torque Limiter (5003CV, 5081CV)
R 27-54-42-400-801 Installation of the System Torque Limiter (5003CV,
R 5081CV)
R
12-13-27-991-005 Fig. 308

EFF :

ALL 12-13-27

Page 341
Jul 01/08

MSR
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 12-13-27-860-058

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-801).
(2) Make sure that the flaps are retracted (Ref. TASK 27-50-00-866-802).
R (3) Install the LOCKING TOOL-FLAP SLAT LEVER,INT. POSITION on the

slat/flap control lever.
Subtask 12-13-27-865-058
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Subtask 12-13-27-010-059
C. Get Access
(1) Open the MLG doors (Ref. TASK 32-12-00-010-801).
(2) Put the CONTAINER 1 L (1/4 USGAL) in position below the system torque
limiter.
4. Procedure
_________
R (Ref. Fig. 308/TASK 12-13-27-991-005)
Subtask 12-13-27-612-054
A. Oil Replenishing of the Flap System Torque-Limiter

_______
MATERIAL/S.

EFF :

ALL 12-13-27

Page 342
Oct 01/07

MSR
Flap System Torque Limiter
R Figure 308/TASK 12-13-27-991-005

EFF :

ALL 12-13-27

Page 343
Oct 01/07

MSR
(1) Remove the oil-fill plug (1) and remove and discard the packing (2).
(2) Use a CAN - OIL and slowly add the HYDRAULIC FLUIDS (Material No. 02-
001A) to the flap system torque limiter until it comes out of the
oil-fill hole.
NOTE : HYDRAULIC FLUIDS (Material No. 02-001A) is preferable, but

____
HYDRAULIC FLUIDS (Material No. 02-001) can also be used.
____
- if you add up to 50 cm3 (3.05 in.3) replace the STL, but not
R (Ref. TASK 27-54-42-400-801),
- if you add more than 50 cm3 (3.05 in.3) replace the STL
R (Ref. TASK 27-54-42-400-801).
(4) Apply the HYDRAULIC FLUIDS (Material No. 02-001A) to the new packing
(2) and install the packing (2) on the oil-fill plug (1).
(5) Install the oil-fill plug (1) in the system torque limiter.
(6) TORQUE the oil-fill plug (1) to between 3.05 and 3.73 m.daN (22.49
and 27.50 lbf.ft).
(7) Remove the unwanted oil from near the oil-fill plug (1) with a clean
cloth MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-003).
(8) Examine the oil fill plug (1) for signs of oil leakage.

____
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 12-13-27-865-059
1CV, 2CV, 10CV.

EFF :

ALL 12-13-27

Page 344
Jul 01/08

MSR
Subtask 12-13-27-410-054
B. Close Access
items.
(2) Close the MLG doors (Ref. TASK 32-12-00-410-801).
Subtask 12-13-27-860-059
C. Put the Aircraft back to its Initial Configuration
flap/slat control lever.

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-862-801).

EFF :

ALL 12-13-27

Page 345
Oct 01/07

MSR
TASK 12-13-27-612-806
Oil Replenishing of the Slat System Torque Limiter (5009CW, 5069CW)
_______
_______
YOUR EYES :
MINUTES.
SKIN IRRITANTS.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

(8.00 to 75.00 lbf.ft)

EFF :

ALL 12-13-27

Page 346
Oct 01/07

MSR
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Material No. 02-001A USA MIL-H-6083D
C. Expendable Parts
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
2 packing 27-84-42 01 -020
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

R 27-80-00-866-802 Retraction of the Slats on the Ground
R 27-84-42-000-801 Removal of the System Torque Limiter (5009CW, 5069CW)
R 27-84-42-400-801 Installation of the System Torque Limiter (5009CW,
R 5069CW)
R
27-84-42-000-801 Removal of the System Torque Limiter (5009CW, 5069CW)
(for corrective action)
R
12-13-27-991-006 Fig. 309

EFF :

ALL 12-13-27

Page 347
Jul 01/08

MSR
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 12-13-27-860-060

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-801).
R (2) Make sure that the slats are retracted (Ref. TASK 27-80-00-866-802).
(3) Install the LOCKING TOOL-FLAP SLAT LEVER,INT. POSITION on the

Subtask 12-13-27-865-060
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Subtask 12-13-27-010-061
C. Get Access
193FB.
(2) Remove the access panel 193FB (Ref. TASK 53-35-13-000-802).
limiter.

EFF :

ALL 12-13-27

Page 348
Jul 01/08

MSR
4. Procedure
_________
(Ref. Fig. 309/TASK 12-13-27-991-006)
Subtask 12-13-27-612-055
A. Oil Replenishing of the Slat System Torque-Limiter

_______
MATERIAL/S.
(1) Remove the oil-fill plug (1) and remove and discard the packing (2).
(2) Use a CAN - OIL Slowly add the HYDRAULIC FLUIDS (Material No. 02-
001A) to the slat system torque limiter until it comes out of the
oil-fill hole.
NOTE : HYDRAULIC FLUIDS (Material No. 02-001A) is preferable, but

____
HYDRAULIC FLUIDS (Material No. 02-001) can also be used.
____
- if you add up to 50 cm3 (3.05 in.3) replace the STL, but not
R (Ref. TASK 27-84-42-400-801),
- if you add more than 50 cm3 (3.05 in.3) replace the STL
before the next 20 flights (Ref. TASK 27-84-42-000-801) and
R (Ref. TASK 27-84-42-400-801).
(4) Apply the HYDRAULIC FLUIDS (Material No. 02-001A) to the new packing
(2) and install the packing (2) on the oil-fill plug (1)
(5) Install the oil-fill plug (1) in the system torque limiter.
(6) TORQUE the oil-fill plug (1) to between 3.05 and 3.73 m.daN (22.49
and 27.50 lbf.ft).
(7) Remove the unwanted oil from near the oil-fill plug (1) with a clean
cloth.

EFF :

ALL 12-13-27

Page 349
Jul 01/08

MSR
Slat System Torque Limiter
R Figure 309/TASK 12-13-27-991-006

EFF :

ALL 12-13-27

Page 350
Oct 01/07

MSR
(8) Examine the oil fill plug (1) for signs of oil leakage.

____
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 12-13-27-865-061
1CW, 2CW, 10CW.
Subtask 12-13-27-410-055
B. Close Access
items.
(2) Install the access panel 193FB (Ref. TASK 53-35-13-400-802) and
remove the access platform.
Subtask 12-13-27-860-061

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-862-801).

EFF :

ALL 12-13-27

Page 351
Oct 01/07

MSR
TASK 12-13-27-612-807
Semi-Fluid Sampling and Replenishing of the Input Gearbox (5007CV, 5022CV,

5032CV, 5042CV, 5053CV, 5085CV, 5100CV, 5110CV, 5120CV, 5131CV)
_______
_______
YOUR EYES :
MINUTES.
SKIN IRRITANTS.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific container commercial 50 ml
No specific GREASE GUN
No specific THREAD ADAPTER (0.500-20UNF)
No specific TRANSPARENT TUBE WITH A MALE 3/8 in. FITTING

EFF :

ALL 12-13-27

Page 352
Oct 01/07
R
MSR
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

(2.00 to 26.00 lbf.ft)
FOR FIN 5120CV
98F29208217000 1 PIN - SAFETY, RAT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Material No. 04-025

LUBRICANT, SEMIFLUID (Ref. 20-31-00)
C. Expendable Parts
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
2 packing 27-54-57 01 -020
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

thru 5 for Access
R
12-13-27-991-008 Fig. 310

EFF :

ALL 12-13-27

Page 353
Jul 01/08

MSR
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FOR FIN 5120CV

3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 12-13-27-860-070
(1) If the ambient temperature is below 15 DEG.C (59.00 DEG.F) or the

aircraft is on the ground for less than 10 hours, cycle the flaps at
least 15 time to increase the temperature. But do not cycle the flaps
R more than 20 times (Ref. TASK 27-50-00-866-801) and (Ref. TASK 27-50-
R 00-866-802).
(2) Fully extend the flaps (Ref. TASK 27-50-00-866-801) and install the
LOCKING TOOL-FLAP SLAT LEVER,INT. POSITION (98D27803000000).

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-801).
(4) Put WARNING NOTICE in position to tell persons not to operate the
slat/flap system.
Subtask 12-13-27-865-069
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

EFF :

ALL 12-13-27

Page 354
Jul 01/08

MSR
Subtask 12-13-27-010-068
C. Get Access
(1) Open the MLG doors (Ref. TASK 32-12-00-010-801):

- FOR 5007CV
open 734,
- FOR 5085CV
open 744.
(2) Put the ACCESS PLATFORM 5M (16 FT)- ADJUSTABLE in position.
(3) FOR 5120CV

R - install the PIN - SAFETY, RAT (Ref. TASK 29-24-00-481-801).
(4) Remove the access panels:

- FOR 5022CV
remove 573BB, 573FB, 531EL,
- FOR 5032CV
remove 574BB, 574CB, 532EL,
- FOR 5042CV
remove 574EB, 574FB, 533EL,
- FOR 5053CV
remove 574KB, 574LB, 534EL,
- FOR 5100CV
remove 673BB, 673FB, 631ER,
- FOR 5110CV
remove 674BB, 674CB, 632ER,
- FOR 5120CV
remove 674EB, 674FB, 633ER,
- FOR 5131CV
remove 674MB, 674LB, 634ER.
(5) Remove the related flap track fairing (Ref. TASK 57-56-11-000-807).
4. Procedure
_________
R (Ref. Fig. 310/TASK 12-13-27-991-008)
Subtask 12-13-27-612-058
A. Semi-Fluid Sampling and Replenishing of the Input Gearbox

_______
MATERIAL/S.

EFF :

ALL 12-13-27

Page 355
Oct 01/07

MSR
Flap Input Gearbox
R Figure 310/TASK 12-13-27-991-008

EFF :

ALL 12-13-27

Page 356
Oct 01/07

MSR
(1) Clean the input gearbox.
(2) Put the CONTAINER 1 L (1/4 USGAL) in position below the input gearbox
(3).
(3) Remove the top plug (1) and the bottom plug (1) and let at least 20
cm3 (1.22 in.3) of the first SEMIFLUID into a container commercial 50
ml.
NOTE : If the SEMIFLUID does not drain, apply a pressure up to 7 psi

____
(0.4826 bar) to the top plug.
(4) Let the remaining SEMIFLUID drain into the container.
(5) When the flow of SEMIFLUID stops, install the THREAD ADAPTER (0.500-
20UNF) (4) in the lower hole of the actuator (3). Only apply hand
force for the installation of the THREAD ADAPTER (4).
(6) Sampling
(a) Put a label with the subsequent information on the sample

container:
- P/N and Serial No. of the affected input gearbox,
- sample date,
- date of installation of the input gearbox,
- wing position (station) of the input gearbox,
- number of cycles/flight hours of the input gearbox.
(b) Send the sample to any Laboratory for analysis for water content.
NOTE : The analysis is in accordance with Karl Fischer-Direct

____
Method; ASTM D1744.If the water content in the SEMIFLUID
is more than 12%, the input gearbox must be replaced
within the next 100 flights latest.
(7) Examine the packings (2) and replace them if necessary packing (2).
(8) Install a TRANSPARENT TUBE WITH A MALE 3/8 in. FITTING on the upper
hole and put a CONTAINER 1 L (1/4 USGAL) in position below the tube
for the used fluid.
(9) Make sure that the SEMIFLUID has a temperature of at least 15 DEG.C
(59 DEG.F) but not more than 40 DEG.C (104 DEG.F). If the temperature
is too high the SEMIFLUID becomes too thin and will not coat the
gearbox gears correctly.

EFF :

ALL 12-13-27

Page 357
Oct 01/07
R
MSR
(10) Attach a GREASE GUN on the THREAD ADAPTER (4) and fill the input
gearbox with SEMIFLUID GREASE COMMON GREASE (Material No. 04-025)
until the SEMIFLUID flows through the top hole and the transparent
tube into the container.
During the filling of the input gearbox, examine the input gearbox
for leaks.
(11) Disconnect the grease gun and the THREAD ADAPTER (4) from the input
gearbox (3) and let approx. 0.175 l (0.0462 USgal) SEMIFLUID drain
into the container.
(12) Install the lower plug (1) with the O-ring (2).
(13) Disconnect the transparent tube from the upper hole and install the
top plug (1) with the O-ring (2).
(14) TORQUE the plugs (1) to 1.69 m.daN (12.46 lbf.ft).
(a) Remove the unwanted fluid from the actuator (3) with a cloth
(15) Examine the actuator (3) for leakage.
NOTE : If leakage is detected, do the subsequent steps:

____
- make sure that all plugs are tight,
- clean the actuator,
- examine the actuator for leakage again.
(16) Remove the container.
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 12-13-27-010-069
A. Close Access
(1) Install the flap track fairing (Ref. TASK 57-56-11-400-807).

- FOR 5007CV
close 734,
- FOR 5085CV
close 744.

EFF :

ALL 12-13-27

Page 358
Oct 01/07
R
MSR
(3) Install the access panels:
- FOR 5022CV
install 573BB, 573FB, 531EL,
- FOR 5032CV
install 574BB, 574CB, 532EL,
- FOR 5042CV
install 574EB, 574FB, 533EL,
- FOR 5053CV
install 574KB, 574LB, 534EL,
- FOR 5100CV
install 673BB, 673FB, 631ER,
- FOR 5110CV
install 674BB, 674CB, 632ER,
- FOR 5120CV
install 674EB, 674FB, 633ER,
- FOR 5131CV
install 674MB, 674LB, 634ER.
(4) FOR 5120CV

R - remove the PIN - SAFETY, RAT (Ref. TASK 29-24-00-081-801).

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-862-801).
Subtask 12-13-27-865-070
B. Get access to the avionics compartment. Then remove the safety clip(s)
1CV, 2CV, 10CV.
Subtask 12-13-27-860-071
(3) FOR 5009CV, 5087CV


(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-862-801).

EFF :

ALL 12-13-27

Page 359
Oct 01/07

MSR
TASK 12-13-27-680-801
Oil Draining of the Flap/Slat PCU (5000CV, 5000CW)
_______
_______
YOUR EYES :
MINUTES.
SKIN IRRITANTS.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

FOR FIN 5000CW
(2.00 to 26.00 lbf.ft)

EFF :

ALL 12-13-27

Page 360
Oct 01/07
R
MSR
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FOR FIN 5000CW

(Ref. 20-31-00)
C. Expendable Parts
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FOR FIN 5000CV

FOR FIN 5000CW
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

12-13-27-991-002 Fig. 302
12-13-27-991-003 Fig. 303
FOR FIN 5000CV
12-13-27-612-802 Oil Replenishing of the Flap Power Control Unit (PCU)
R Gearbox
FOR FIN 5000CW
12-13-27-612-803 Oil Replenishing of the Slat Power Control-Unit (PCU)
R Gearbox

EFF :

ALL 12-13-27

Page 361
Jul 01/08

MSR
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 12-13-27-860-063

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-801).
Subtask 12-13-27-865-063
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FOR 5000CV
FOR 5000CW
Subtask 12-13-27-010-063
C. Get Access
flap/slat system.
(2) FOR 5000CV
(a) Open the right MLG door (Ref. TASK 32-12-00-010-801).
(3) FOR 5000CW
(a) Put the ACCESS PLATFORM 2M (6 FT) in position below the access
panel 195CB.
(b) Remove the access panel 195CB (Ref. TASK 53-35-13-000-802).
(4) Put the CONTAINER 1 L (1/4 USGAL) in position below the related PCU.

EFF :

ALL 12-13-27

Page 362
Oct 01/07
R
MSR
4. Procedure
_________
(Ref. Fig. 302/TASK 12-13-27-991-002, 303/TASK 12-13-27-991-003)
Subtask 12-13-27-680-050
A. Oil Drainage of the Flap/Slat PCU.

_______
MATERIAL/S.
packing (2).
(2) Remove and discard the lockwire from the oil-drain plug (3).
(3) Remove the oil-drain plug (3) and remove and discard the preformed
packing (4) and let the oil drain into an empty container.
(4) FOR 5000CV
(a) When the oil is fully drained, install the new preformed packing
(4) and the oil-drain plug (3) in the flap PCU.
(b) Measure the quantity of the oil.
1
_ Make sure that the drained oil quantity is not less than 100
cm3 (6.10 in.3).
NOTE : If the oil quantity is less than 100 cm3 (6.10 in.3),
____
replace the PCU within the next 20 flights.
(5) FOR 5000CW
(a) When the oil is fully drained, install the new preformed packing
(4) and the oil-drain plug (3) in the slat PCU.
(6) TORQUE the oil-drain plug (3) to between 2 and 2.5 m.daN (14.74 and
18.43 lbf.ft).
(7) Safety the oil-drain plug (3) with the lockwire, MISCELLANEOUS
(Material No. 19-010).

EFF :

ALL 12-13-27

Page 363
Oct 01/07
R
MSR
Subtask 12-13-27-612-056
B. Do the oil replenishing of the PCU:

- FOR 5000CV
(Ref. TASK 12-13-27-612-802),
- FOR 5000CW
(Ref. TASK 12-13-27-612-803).
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 12-13-27-865-064
breaker(s):
FOR 5000CV
1CV, 2CV, 10CV,
FOR 5000CW
1CW, 2CW, 10CW.
Subtask 12-13-27-410-056
B. Close Access
items.
(4) FOR 5000CV
(a) Close the right MLG door (Ref. TASK 32-12-00-410-801).
(5) FOR 5000CW
(a) Install the access panel 195CB (Ref. TASK 53-35-13-400-802).
Subtask 12-13-27-860-064

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-862-801).

EFF :

ALL 12-13-27

Page 364
Oct 01/07
R
MSR
TASK 12-13-27-680-802
Oil Draining of the Flap/Slat System Torque Limiter (5003CV, 5081CV, 5009CW,
5069CW)
_______
_______
YOUR EYES :
MINUTES.
SKIN IRRITANTS.

_______
MATERIAL/S.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory

EFF :

ALL 12-13-27

Page 365
Oct 01/07

MSR
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

FOR FIN 5000CW
(2.00 to 26.00 lbf.ft)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FOR FIN 5000CW

(Ref. 20-31-00)
C. Expendable Parts
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FOR FIN 5000CV

4 plug preformed packing 27-54-42 01 -020
FOR FIN 5000CW
4 plug preformed packing 27-84-42 01 -020

EFF :

ALL 12-13-27

Page 366
Oct 01/07

MSR
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

R 12-13-27-991-005 Fig. 308
R 12-13-27-991-006 Fig. 309
12-13-27-612-805 Oil Replenishing of the Flap System Torque Limiter
(5003CV, 5081CV)
FOR FIN 5009CW, 5069CW
12-13-27-612-806 Oil Replenishing of the Slat System Torque Limiter
(5009CW, 5069CW)
R 53-35-13-000-802 Removal of the Belly Fairing Access-Panels
R 53-35-13-400-802 Installation of the Belly Fairing Access-Panels
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 12-13-27-860-065

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-801).
(2) Make sure that the flaps and slats are retracted (Ref. TASK 27-50-00-
866-802) and (Ref. TASK 27-80-00-866-802).
R (3) Install the LOCKING TOOL-FLAP SLAT LEVER,INT. POSITION on the


EFF :

ALL 12-13-27

Page 367
Oct 01/07

MSR
Subtask 12-13-27-865-065
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FOR 5003CV, 5081CV
FOR 5009CW, 5069CW
Subtask 12-13-27-010-065
C. Get Access
193BB.
(2) FOR 5003CV, 5081CV

(3) FOR 5009CW, 5069CW

remove the access panel 193FB (Ref. TASK 53-35-13-000-802).
limiter.
4. Procedure
_________
R (Ref. Fig. 308/TASK 12-13-27-991-005, 309/TASK 12-13-27-991-006)
Subtask 12-13-27-680-051
A. Oil Drainage of the Flap/Slat System Torque Limiter
packing (2).
(2) Remove and discard the lockwire from the oil-drain plug (3).

EFF :

ALL 12-13-27

Page 368
Oct 01/07

MSR
(3) Remove the oil-drain plug (3) and remove and discard the preformed
packing (4) and let the oil drain into the container.
(4) Measure the quantity of the oil.
(5) FOR 5000CV

after the oil has completely drained, install the new plug preformed
packing (4) and the oil-drain (3) into the flap system torque
limiter.
(6) FOR 5000CW

after the oil has completely drained, install the new plug preformed
packing (4) and the oil-drain (3) into the slat system torque
limiter.
(7) TORQUE the oil drain plug to between 1.23 and 1.5 m.daN (108.84 and
132.74 lbf.in).
(8) Safety the oil-drain plug with MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-010).
Subtask 12-13-27-612-057
B. Do the oil replenishing of the system torque limiter:

- FOR 5003CV, 5081CV
(Ref. TASK 12-13-27-612-805),
- FOR 5009CW, 5069CW
(Ref. TASK 12-13-27-612-806).
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 12-13-27-865-066
FOR 5003CV, 5081CV
1CV, 2CV, 10CV,
FOR 5009CW, 5069CW
1CV, 2CV, 10CV.
Subtask 12-13-27-410-057
B. Close Access
items.

EFF :

ALL 12-13-27

Page 369
Oct 01/07

MSR
(3) FOR 5003CV, 5081CV
(4) FOR 5009CW, 5069CW

install the access panel 193FB (Ref. TASK 53-35-13-400-802).
Subtask 12-13-27-860-066

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-862-801).

EFF :

ALL 12-13-27

Page 370
Oct 01/07

MSR
TASK 12-13-27-281-801
Sampling of the SEMIFLUID from the Flap Rotary Actuator
_______
_______
YOUR EYES :
MINUTES.
SKIN IRRITANTS.

_______
MATERIAL/S.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
To analyze the SEMIFLUID for water content, if the flap actuator is

suspected for water ingress

EFF :

ALL 12-13-27

Page 371
Oct 01/07

MSR
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific container commercial 50 ml
FOR FIN 5122CV
98F29208217000 1 PIN - SAFETY, RAT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
12-13-27-612-804 Drain and Refill the Rotary Actuators with SEMI-FLUID

thru 5 for Access
R
12-13-27-991-004 Fig. 304
FOR FIN 5122CV

EFF :

ALL 12-13-27

Page 372
Jul 01/08

MSR
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 12-13-27-860-067
(1) If the ambient temperature is below 15 DEG.C (59.00 DEG.F) or the

aircraft is on the ground for less than 10 hours, cycle the flaps at
least 15 time to increase the temperature. But do not cycle the flaps
R more than 20 times (Ref. TASK 27-50-00-866-801) and (Ref. TASK 27-50-
R 00-866-802).

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-801).
Subtask 12-13-27-010-066
B. Get Access
(1) FOR 5009CV, 5087CV

(2) Put the ACCESS PLATFORM 3M (10 FT)- ADJUSTABLE in position below the
applicable access panel.
(3) FOR 5122CV

- install the PIN - SAFETY, RAT (Ref. TASK 29-24-00-481-801).
(4) Remove the applicable movable flap track fairing (Ref. TASK 57-56-11-
000-807):
- FOR 5024CV, 5102CV
- FOR 5034CV, 5112CV
- FOR 5044CV, 5122CV
- FOR 5055CV, 5133CV

EFF :

ALL 12-13-27

Page 373
Jul 01/08

MSR
Subtask 12-13-27-860-068

make sure that the flaps are retracted (Ref. TASK 27-50-00-866-
802),
- FOR 5009CV, 5087CV
R (2) Attach the LOCKING TOOL-FLAP SLAT LEVER,INT. POSITION to the

(3) Put the WARNING NOTICE in position on panel 114VU to tell persons not
to operate the flap/slat controls.
Subtask 12-13-27-865-067
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 12-13-27-281-050
A. Sampling of the SEMIFLUID of the Flap Rotary Actuator

(Ref. Fig. 304/TASK 12-13-27-991-004)
(1) Clean all the rotary actuator (3).
(2) Remove the bottom plug (6) and if necessary the top plug (1).
(3) Let at least 20 ml of SEMIFLUID flow into a container commercial 50

ml.
(4) Examine the O-rings (2) and replace them if necessary.
(5) Install the bottom plug (6) but do not tighten at this time.

EFF :

ALL 12-13-27

Page 374
Oct 01/07

MSR
(6) Put a label with the subsequent information on the sample container:
- P/N and Serial No. of the affected actuator,
- sample date,
- date of installation of the actuator,
- wing position (station) of the actuator,
- number of cycles/flight hours of the actuator.
(7) Send the sample to any Laboratory for analysis for water content.
NOTE : The analysis is in accordance with Karl Fischer-Direct Method;

____
ASTM D1744.
The rotary actuator must be replaced if the water content in
the SEMIFLUID is more than 12%.
(8) Do the drain and refill procedure (Ref. TASK 12-13-27-612-804).
NOTE : After correct draining and filling of the actuator, a faulty

____
actuator will operate at least 500 flight cycles without any
low-temperature performance problems.
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 12-13-27-865-068
1CV, 2CV, 10CV.
Subtask 12-13-27-410-058
B. Close Access
(1) FOR 5009CV, 5087CV

items.
(3) Install the applicable movable flap track fairing (Ref. TASK 57-56-
11-400-807):
- FOR 5024CV, 5102CV
- FOR 5034CV, 5112CV
- FOR 5044CV, 5122CV
- FOR 5055CV, 5133CV

EFF :

ALL 12-13-27

Page 375
Oct 01/07

MSR
install the No. 5 flap track fairing.
(4) FOR 5122CV

R - remove the PIN - SAFETY, RAT (Ref. TASK 29-24-00-081-801).
Subtask 12-13-27-860-069
(3) FOR 5009CV, 5087CV


(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-862-801).

EFF :

ALL 12-13-27

Page 376
Oct 01/07

MSR
___________________________
TASK 12-13-29-612-801
Oil Replenishment of the Ram Air Turbine (RAT) (11JR)
_______
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R No specific circuit breaker(s) safety clip(s)

No specific Torque Wrench : range 2.00 to 26.00 lbf.ft
(0.20 to 3.60 m.daN)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

(Ref. 20-31-00)
(Ref. 20-31-00)

EFF :

ALL 12-13-29

Page 301
Jan 01/05

MSR
C. Expendable Parts
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
2 packing 29-24-54 02B-020

3 packing 29-24-54 03B-020
R 3 packing 29-24-54 03C-020
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
29-24-00-869-801 Extension of the Ram Air Turbine (RAT) on the Ground

29-24-00-869-802 Retraction of the Ram Air Turbine (RAT) on the Ground
12-13-29-991-001 Fig. 301
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 12-13-29-010-050
A. Get Access
RAT.
(3) Extend the RAT (Ref. TASK 29-24-00-869-801).
(4) Put the ACCESS PLATFORM 5M (16 FT)- ADJUSTABLE in position at the
RAT.
(5) Remove the access panel 633HB.
Subtask 12-13-29-865-050
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
742VU RAT STOW CTL 1JR D77

EFF :

ALL 12-13-29

Page 302
Jul 01/06

MSR
4. Procedure
_________
(Ref. Fig. 301/TASK 12-13-29-991-001)
Subtask 12-13-29-612-050
A. Oil Replenishment of the Upper and/or Lower RAT Gearbox
(1) Remove and discard the lockwire from the oil fill plug (1).
(2) Remove the oil fill plug (1) and the packing (2) and/or (3).
(3) Discard the packing (2) and/or (3).
(4) Fill the RAT gearbox
WARNING : OBEY THE MANUFACTURERS INSTRUCTIONS WHEN YOU USE

_______
THIS/THESE MATERIAL/S.
- Fill the RAT gearbox with OILS (Material No. 03-003) with a CAN -
OIL, until it spills from the fill port.
(5) Clean the oil fill plug (1) with a clean lint-free cloth
(6) Install for:

- the upper RAT gearbox, the new packing (2) and the oil fill plug
(1),
- for the lower RAT gearbox, the new packing (3) and the oil fill
plug (1).
(7) TORQUE the fill plug
CAUTION : YOU MUST NOT TIGHTEN MORE THAN THE MAXIMUM TORQUE VALUE.
_______
IF YOU DO YOU CAN CAUSE DAMAGE.
- TORQUE the fill plug (1) to between 9.2 and 12.5 lbf.ft (1.24 and
1.69 m.daN).
(8) Safety the oil fill plug (1) with lockwire MISCELLANEOUS (Material
No. 19-010)

EFF :

ALL 12-13-29

Page 303
Jan 01/04

MSR
TASK 12-13-29-612-801Oil Replenishment of the
Ram Air Turbine (RAT)
UPPER G.B
LOWER G.B
RAT Oil Fill Ports - Location

Figure 301/TASK 12-13-29-991-001
Oil Replenishment of the Upper and/or Lower RAT Gearbox

(1)Remove and

discard
EFF : the
ALLlock wire from the oil fill plug (1).
(2)Remove the oil fill plug (1)and the packing (2)and/or (3).

12-13-29 Page 304
Jan 01/04
(3)Discard thepacking (2)and/or (3).
(4)Fill the RATMSR gearbox with OILS (Material No.03-003)with a CAN -OIL,

until it spills from the fill port.
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 12-13-29-865-051
1JR.
Subtask 12-13-29-410-050
B. Close Access
items.
(2) Install the access panel 633HB.
(3) Retract the RAT (Ref. TASK 29-24-00-869-802).

EFF :

ALL 12-13-29

Page 305
Jan 01/04

MSR
APU - SERVICING
_______________
TASK 12-13-49-612-801
Gravity Servicing of the APU Oil Reservoir
WARNING : DO NOT TOUCH THE APU UNTIL IT IS SUFFICIENTLY COOL TO PREVENT BURNS
_______
WHEN YOU DO THE MAINTENANCE TASK(S).
WARNING : USE THE CORRECT PERSONAL PROTECTION. OIL CAN HAVE AN ADDITIVE CALLED
_______
TRICRESYL PHOSPHATE IN IT. THIS CHEMICAL IS AN ASPHYXIANT, IT IS
POISONOUS AND CAN BE ABSORBED THROUGH THE SKIN.
USE CARE WHEN ENGINE OIL IS DRAINED. HOT OIL CAN POSSIBLY CAUSE BAD
BURNS.
CAUTION : OIL CONSUMPTION IS THE TERM USED FOR THE INTERNAL LOSS OF OIL FROM
_______
BEARING SEALS AND AIR/OIL SEPARATOR DURING APU OPERATION.
EXTERNAL LEAKS ARE NOT PERMITTED. YOU MUST CORRECT EXTERNAL LEAKS AND
CLEAN THE APU, APU COMPARTMENT AND APU AIR INTAKE IMMEDIATELY IF
CONTAMINATED.
IF THE OIL CONSUMPTION IS HIGHER THAN THE GRAPH A LIMIT, OR THERE
IS A SUDDEN INCREASE IN OIL CONSUMPTION, YOU MUST DO THE OIL
CONSUMPTION MONITORING VERY CAREFULLY TO PREVENT BAD APU DAMAGE.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Add oil to the APU oil reservoir, which is integral with the accessory drive
gearbox (referred to as the gear box),
- if the oil level check shows that you must add oil,
- if the APU oil reservoir was drained,
- if you prepare a replacement APU for installation.
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific container 3 l (0.7925 USgal)

EFF :

ALL 12-13-49

Page 301
Jan 01/05

MSR
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No specific lint-free cloth
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

49-91-00-600-801 Oil Change
12-13-49-991-001 Fig. 301
12-13-49-991-002 Fig. 302
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 12-13-49-860-050

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-801).

(Ref. TASK 29-00-00-864-804).
(3) Put the warning notice in position on the panel 215VU to tell persons
not to start the APU.
NOTE : To get an accurate oil level indication, do not wait longer

____
than 5 to 15 minutes after APU shutdown before you do the APU
oil level check.

EFF :

ALL 12-13-49

Page 302
Jan 01/04

MSR
Subtask 12-13-49-865-050
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
721VU APU FIRE SQUIB B 2WF P09
721VU APU FIRE VLV CTL 4WF P07
742VU APU START CTL 1KA C72
742VU APU FIRE SQUIB A 1WF J72
742VU APU FIRE VLV CTL 3WF J71
Subtask 12-13-49-010-050
C. Get Access
(1) Put the access platform in position below the APU compartment.
(2) Open the APU access doors 315AL and 316AR and safety them in the open
position.
(3) Set the LIGHT switch 3LJ to the on position.
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 12-13-49-612-050
A. Add Oil to the APU Oil Reservoir

(Ref. Fig. 301/TASK 12-13-49-991-001, 302/TASK 12-13-49-991-002)
WARNING : USE THE CORRECT PERSONAL PROTECTION. OIL CAN HAVE AN ADDITIVE
_______
CALLED TRICRESYL PHOSPHATE IN IT. THIS CHEMICAL IS AN
ASPHYXIANT, IT IS POISONOUS AND CAN BE ABSORBED THROUGH THE
SKIN.
USE CARE WHEN ENGINE OIL IS DRAINED. HOT OIL CAN POSSIBLY CAUSE
BAD BURNS.
WARNING : DO NOT REMOVE OIL FILLER CAP WHEN OIL IS HOT AND OIL LEVEL IS
_______
ABOVE ADD RANGE ON SIGHT GLASS. HOT OIL CAN CAUSE SEVERE BURNS.
(1) Do an oil level check on the oil sight glass.

____
oil level check.

EFF :

ALL 12-13-49

Page 303
Jan 01/04

MSR
APU Oil-Servicing Ports
Figure 301/TASK 12-13-49-991-001

EFF :

ALL 12-13-49

Page 304
Jan 01/04

MSR
Guideline for Oil Consumption of GTCP 331-350 APUs In Service
Figure 302/TASK 12-13-49-991-002

EFF :

ALL 12-13-49

Page 305
Jan 01/04

MSR
If the oil level is at the FULL mark on the oil sight glass,
do not add oil to the APU oil reservoir.
(2) Put the container in position below the gearbox to collect oil
leakage.
(3) Make sure that the oil scupper and the oil filler cap are clean. Make
them clean with a lint-free cloth, if they are dirty.
(4) Open the oil filler cap.
WARNING : DO NOT REMOVE OIL FILLER CAP WHEN OIL IS HOT AND OIL LEVEL
_______
IS ABOVE ADD RANGE ON SIGHT GLASS. HOT OIL CAN CAUSE SEVERE
BURNS.
(a) Open the lock and slowly loosen the oil filler cap to release
remaining pressure from the oil reservoir.
(b) Remove the oil filler cap and make it dry with a lint-free cloth.

EFF :

ALL 12-13-49

Page 306
Jan 01/04

MSR
(5) Add the oil.
WARNING : PUT THE OIL INTO THE GRAVITY-FILL PORT SLOWLY. THIS WILL
_______
PREVENT A BLOW-BACK OF HOT OIL WHICH CAN BURN YOU.
CAUTION : WHEN YOU DO THE SERVICING OF THE APU OIL RESERVOIR, MAKE
_______
SURE YOU USE AN APPROVED ENGINE OIL OF THE SAME TYPE AND
BRAND. IF YOU MIX DIFFERENT OILS YOU CAN DAMAGE THE APU.
CAUTION : MAKE SURE OIL SERVICING STOPS WHEN GRAVITY-FILL CAP OPENING
_______
STARTS TO OVERFLOW OR WHEN OIL FLOWS FROM PRESSURE SYSTEM
OVERFILL FITTINGS. OVER-SERVICING CAN CAUSE FOAMING OF OIL
WHICH CAN CAUSE LOP SHUTDOWN OF ENGINE.
(a) Make sure that the oil-can(s) is(are) clean and the oil does not
contain unwanted materials.
(b) Use the following oil brands and types
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
BRAND NAME OIL TYPE
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
AeroShell Turbine Oil 390 1
Castrol 325 1
Castrol 399 1
BP Exxon Turbo Oil 2389 1
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
AeroShell Turbinen Oil 500 2
AeroShell 555 2
Castrol Aero 5000 2
Castrol Aero 5050 2
Exxon/Esso Turbo Oil 25 2
Exxon/Esso Turbo Oil 2380 2
BP/Exxon Turbine Oil 2197 2
Hatco 3211 2
Hatco 3611 2
Mobil Jet Oil II 2
Mobil 254 2
Royco Turbine Oil 500 2
Royco 555 2
Royco 899 2
(c) Carefully add the oil until the oil level in the oil reservoir is
at the FULL mark on the oil sight glass.
NOTE : If the oil which is available for the oil servicing is of

____
a different type or brand than the oil which is in the APU
oil reservoir, you can change the oil in the reservoir
(Ref. TASK 49-91-00-600-801), or you apply the

EFF :

ALL 12-13-49

Page 307
Apr 01/07
R
MSR
replenishment method approved by the OEM. Add the new
approved oil to the reservoir as necessary, at each
routine oil servicing interval, to complete the oil
change.
(6) Install and lock the oil filler cap.
NOTE : Make sure that the oil filler cap is tight and locked
____
correctly.
(7) Remove the oil from the oil scupper and make it dry with a lint-free
cloth.
(9) If oil fell on the APU, the air intake duct and/or the adjacent area,
remove it and make the area dry with a lint-free cloth.
(10) Make an entry in the applicable logbook(s).

(Ref. Fig. 302/TASK 12-13-49-991-002)
CAUTION : OIL CONSUMPTION IS THE TERM USED FOR THE INTERNAL LOSS OF
_______
OIL FROM BEARING SEALS AND AIR/OIL SEPARATOR DURING APU
OPERATION.
EXTERNAL LEAKS ARE NOT PERMITTED. YOU MUST CORRECT EXTERNAL
LEAKS AND CLEAN THE APU, APU COMPARTMENT AND APU AIR INTAKE
IMMEDIATELY IF CONTAMINATED.
IF THE OIL CONSUMPTION IS HIGHER THAN THE GRAPH A LIMIT,
OR THERE IS A SUDDEN INCREASE IN OIL CONSUMPTION, YOU MUST
DO THE OIL CONSUMPTION MONITORING VERY CAREFULLY TO PREVENT
BAD APU DAMAGE.
R NOTE : To clear the LOW OIL-LEVEL FAULT if the APU is in operation,

____
R push the APU Master SW to the OFF position. Then the APU will
R do a normal shutdown. Approximately three minutes after APU
R shutdown, amber XXs are shown on the ECAM APU page.
R
R Push the APU Master SW to the ON position. Then, the LOW
R OIL-LEVEL FAULT will clear.
(a) Make an entry in the applicable logbook(s) to tell people the

quantity of the oil which you have added to the APU oil
reservoir.

EFF :

ALL 12-13-49

Page 308
Apr 01/07

MSR
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 12-13-49-410-050
A. Close Access
items.
(2) Set the LIGHT switch 3LJ to the off position.
(3) Close the APU access doors 315AL and 316AR.
Subtask 12-13-49-865-051
breaker(s):
1KA, 1WF, 2WF, 3WF, 4WF
Subtask 12-13-49-860-053

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-862-801)

EFF :

ALL 12-13-49

Page 309
Jan 01/04

MSR
TASK 12-13-49-612-801- 01
Pressure Servicing of the APU Oil Reservoir
_______
WARNING : USE THE CORRECT PERSONAL PROTECTION. OIL CAN HAVE AN ADDITIVE CALLED
_______
TRICRESYL PHOSPHATE IN IT. THIS CHEMICAL IS AN ASPHYXIANT, IT IS
POISONOUS AND CAN BE ABSORBED THROUGH THE SKIN.
USE CARE WHEN ENGINE OIL IS DRAINED. HOT OIL CAN POSSIBLY CAUSE BAD
BURNS.
CAUTION : OIL CONSUMPTION IS THE TERM USED FOR THE INTERNAL LOSS OF OIL FROM
_______
BEARING SEALS AND AIR/OIL SEPARATOR DURING APU OPERATION.
EXTERNAL LEAKS ARE NOT PERMITTED. YOU MUST CORRECT EXTERNAL LEAKS AND
CLEAN THE APU, APU COMPARTMENT AND APU AIR INTAKE IMMEDIATELY IF
CONTAMINATED.
IF THE OIL CONSUMPTION IS HIGHER THAN THE GRAPH A LIMIT, OR THERE
IS A SUDDEN INCREASE IN OIL CONSUMPTION, YOU MUST DO THE OIL
CONSUMPTION MONITORING VERY CAREFULLY TO PREVENT BAD APU DAMAGE.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Add oil to the APU oil reservoir, which is integral with the accessory drive
gearbox (referred to as the gear box),
- if the oil level check shows that you must add oil,
- if the oil reservoir was drained,
- if you prepare a replacement APU for installation.
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

DH13PM 1 TANK - ENGINE OIL FILLING UP

EFF :

ALL 12-13-49

Page 310
Jan 01/05

MSR
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

49-91-00-600-801 Oil Change
12-13-49-991-001 Fig. 301
12-13-49-991-002 Fig. 302
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 12-13-49-860-054

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-801).

(Ref. TASK 29-00-00-864-804).

EFF :

ALL 12-13-49

Page 311
Jan 01/04

MSR
Subtask 12-13-49-865-054
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Subtask 12-13-49-010-055
C. Get Access
(2) Open the APU access doors 315AL and 316AR and safety them in the open
position.
(3) Set the LIGHT switch 3LJ to the on position.
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 12-13-49-612-052
A. Add Oil to the APU Oil Reservoir

(Ref. Fig. 301/TASK 12-13-49-991-001, 302/TASK 12-13-49-991-002)
WARNING : USE THE CORRECT PERSONAL PROTECTION. OIL CAN HAVE AN ADDITIVE
_______
CALLED TRICRESYL PHOSPHATE IN IT. THIS CHEMICAL IS AN
ASPHYXIANT, IT IS POISONOUS AND CAN BE ABSORBED THROUGH THE
SKIN.
USE CARE WHEN ENGINE OIL IS DRAINED. HOT OIL CAN POSSIBLY CAUSE
BAD BURNS.
WARNING : DO NOT REMOVE OIL FILLER CAP WHEN OIL IS HOT AND OIL LEVEL IS
_______
ABOVE ADD RANGE ON SIGHT GLASS. HOT OIL CAN CAUSE SEVERE BURNS.
(1) Do an oil level check on the oil sight glass.

____
oil level check.

EFF :

ALL 12-13-49

Page 312
Jan 01/04

MSR
If the oil level is at the FULL mark on the oil sight glass,
do not add oil to the APU oil reservoir.
(2) Put the container in position below the gearbox to collect oil
leakage.
(3) Put the TANK - ENGINE OIL FILLING UP in position below the APU
gearbox.
CAUTION : WHEN YOU DO THE SERVICING OF THE APU OIL RESERVOIR, MAKE
_______
SURE YOU USE AN APPROVED ENGINE OIL OF THE SAME TYPE AND
BRAND. IF YOU MIX DIFFERENT OILS YOU CAN DAMAGE THE APU.
(a) Make sure that the TANK - ENGINE OIL FILLING UP is filled with
clean and approved oil which is of the same type and brand than
the oil which is in the APU oil reservoir.
NOTE : If the oil which is in the TANK - ENGINE OIL FILLING UP is

____
of a different type or brand than the oil which is in the
APU oil reservoir, you can change the oil in the TANK -
R ENGINE OIL FILLING UP or in the APU oil reservoir
R (Ref. TASK 49-91-00-600-801) or you can apply the
R replenishment method approved by the OEM. Add the new
approved oil to the reservoir as necessary at each routine
oil servicing interval to complete the oil change.
Use the following oil brands and types
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
BRAND NAME OIL TYPE
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
AeroShell 390 1
Brayco 880 1
Castrol 325 1
Castrol 399 1

EFF :

ALL 12-13-49

Page 313
Apr 01/07

MSR
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
BRAND NAME OIL TYPE
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
Castrol Aero 5000 2
Castrol Aero 5050 2
Hatco 3211 2
Hatco 3611 2
Mobil Jet Oil II 2
Mobil Jet Oil 254 2
Royco 555 2
Royco 899 2
(4) Connect the overflow hose and the pressure fill hose.
CAUTION : POINT THE OVERFLOW DRAIN HOSE IN A CORRECT CONTAINER WHEN

_______
YOU CONNECT IT.
(a) Clean the caps on the overflow port and the pressure fill port
with a lint-free cloth and then remove them from the ports.
(5) Clean the connectors of the overflow hose and the pressure fill hose
with a lint-free cloth and make sure that they are serviceable.
(a) Put the outlet of the overflow hose into the container.
(b) Connect the overflow hose to the overflow port.
(c) Connect the pressure fill hose to the pressure fill port.
(6) Add oil.
CAUTION : MAKE SURE OIL SERVICING STOPS WHEN GRAVITY-FILL CAP OPENING
_______
STARTS TO OVERFLOW OR WHEN OIL FLOWS FROM PRESSURE SYSTEM
OVERFILL FITTINGS. OVER-SERVICING CAN CAUSE FOAMING OF OIL
WHICH CAN CAUSE LOP SHUTDOWN OF ENGINE.
CAUTION : DO NOT OVERFILL APU RESERVOIR. TO REMOVE OVERFILL HOSE

_______
BEFORE OIL HAS BECOME STABLE, OR PRESSURE-FILL WITHOUT
OVERFILL HOSE VENTING, CAN CAUSE ENGINE DAMAGE.

EFF :

ALL 12-13-49

Page 314
Jan 01/04

MSR
(a) Operate the TANK - ENGINE OIL FILLING UP (DH13PM) and slowly add
oil until it flows from the overfill hose into the container.
NOTE : Make sure that the outlet end of the overflow hose is
____
above the fluid level in the container and not blocked.
Keep the overflow hose connected for approximately 2
minutes, after you have stopped to add the oil. This makes
sure that the oil level in the APU oil reservoir becomes
stable and the oil which was added too much is drained.
(7) Disconnect the overflow hose and the pressure fill hose.
(a) Remove the pressure fill hose from the pressure fill port.
(b) Remove the overflow hose from the overflow port.
(c) Clean the ports with a lint-free cloth.
(d) Make sure that the caps are clean and in the correct condition
and install them onto the ports.
NOTE : Make sure that the caps on the pressure fill port and the
____
overflow port are installed correctly and tight.
(8) Remove the TANK - ENGINE OIL FILLING UP.
(10) If oil fell on the APU, the air intake duct and/or the adjacent area
during the oil servicing, remove it and make the area dry with a
lint-free cloth.
(11) Make an entry in the applicable logbook(s).

(Ref. Fig. 302/TASK 12-13-49-991-002)
CAUTION : OIL CONSUMPTION IS THE TERM USED FOR THE INTERNAL LOSS OF
_______
OIL FROM BEARING SEALS AND AIR/OIL SEPARATOR DURING APU
OPERATION.
EXTERNAL LEAKS ARE NOT PERMITTED. YOU MUST CORRECT EXTERNAL
LEAKS AND CLEAN THE APU, APU COMPARTMENT AND APU AIR INTAKE
IMMEDIATELY IF CONTAMINATED.
IF THE OIL CONSUMPTION IS HIGHER THAN THE GRAPH A LIMIT,
OR THERE IS A SUDDEN INCREASE IN OIL CONSUMPTION, YOU MUST
DO THE OIL CONSUMPTION MONITORING VERY CAREFULLY TO PREVENT
BAD APU DAMAGE.

EFF :

ALL 12-13-49

Page 315
Jan 01/04

MSR
R NOTE : To clear the LOW OIL-LEVEL FAULT if the APU is in operation,
____
R push the APU Master SW to the OFF position. Then the APU will
R do a normal shutdown. Approximately three minutes after APU
R shutdown, amber XXs are shown on the ECAM APU page.
R
R Push the APU Master SW to the ON position. Then, the LOW
R OIL-LEVEL FAULT will clear.
(a) Make an entry in the applicable logbook(s) to tell people the

quantity of the oil which you have added to the APU oil
reservoir.
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 12-13-49-410-054
A. Close Access
items.
(2) Set the LIGHT switch 3LJ to the off position.
(3) Close the APU access doors 315AL and 316AR.
Subtask 12-13-49-865-055
breaker(s):
Subtask 12-13-49-410-055
C. Close Access
items.

EFF :

ALL 12-13-49

Page 316
Apr 01/07

MSR
Subtask 12-13-49-860-055
D. Put the Aircraft back to its Initial Configuration

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-862-801)

EFF :

ALL 12-13-49

Page 317
Apr 01/07

MSR
ENGINE OIL - SERVICING
______________________
TASK 12-13-79-610-809
To Service the Engine Oil System
WARNING : YOU MUST BE CAREFUL WHEN YOU DO WORK ON THE ENGINE PARTS AFTER THE
_______
ENGINE IS SHUTDOWN. THE ENGINE PARTS CAN STAY HOT FOR ALMOST 1 HOUR.
WARNING : YOU MUST NOT LET ENGINE OIL STAY ON YOUR SKIN. FLUSH THE OIL FROM
_______
YOUR SKIN WITH WATER. THE OIL IS POISONOUS AND CAN BE ABSORBED INTO
THE BODY.
CAUTION : YOU MUST NOT LET ENGINE FUEL OR OIL FALL ON THE ENGINE. UNWANTED FUEL
_______
OR OIL MUST BE REMOVED IMMEDIATELY WITH A CLEAN LINT-FREE CLOTH. THE
FUEL OR OIL CAN CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE SURFACE PROTECTION AND TO SOME
PARTS.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
The procedure that follows tells you how to fill the engine oil system with
approved oil. This can be done by the gravity fill procedure or the pressure
fill procedure.
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R
No specific drain hose
No specific pressure fill service unit
No specific clean container 0.5 USgal (1.8927 l)
No specific adjustable access platform 1.22 m (4 ft.)
R
UT954 1 ADAPTER-OIL TANK
U999092 1 HOSE-OIL TANK
3409536 1 GUN - OIL TANK

EFF :

ALL 12-13-79

Page 301
Oct 01/07

MSR
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

engine lubricating, oil (synthetic) (Ref. 70-30-00)
lockwire 0.028 to 0.031 in. (0.71 to 0.79 m) dia
(Ref. 70-30-00)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

71-00-00-860-814 Engine Shutdown
72-61-00-000-801 Removal of the External Gearbox Module
79-00-00-280-805 Do a Check for Fuel Contamination of the Engine Oil
12-13-79-991-011 Fig. 301
12-13-79-991-019 Fig. 302
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 12-13-79-861-058

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-801).
R
Subtask 12-13-79-010-069
R B. Get Access
(1) Put the adjustable access platform in the correct position at the
right side of the engine position.
(2) Open the access panel on the right fan cowl door:
- FOR 4030EM1
416CR
- FOR 4030EM2
426CR

EFF :

ALL 12-13-79

Page 302
Oct 01/07

MSR
Subtask 12-13-79-612-055
C. Do a Check of the Engine Oil Level in the Oil Tank Sight Glass
NOTE : You must wait a minimum of 10 minutes after the engine has stopped
____
before you do a check of the oil level. This will let the oil
level become stable.
R (1) If the engine has been stopped for less than 6 hours and the oil
R level is below the FULL mark of the oil tank sight glass, fill the
R engine oil tank.
R (2) If the engine has been stopped for more than 6 hours and the oil
R level is below the FULL mark of the oil tank sight glass, but above
R the 5 US QUARTS (4.73 l) REQUIRED level:
(a) Do not fill the engine oil system.
(b) Start the engine (Ref. TASK 71-00-00-860-810).
(c) Run the engine at idle for 2 minutes.
(d) Shut down the engine (Ref. TASK 71-00-00-860-814).
R (e) Do a check of the engine oil level again. If the oil level is
R below the FULL mark of the oil tank sight glass, fill the engine
R oil tank.
NOTE : You must wait a minimum of 10 minutes after the engine has
____
stopped before you do a check of the oil level. This will
let the oil level become stable.
(3) If the engine has been stopped for more than 6 hours and the oil
level is below the 5 US QUARTS (4.73 l) REQUIRED level:
(a) Drain the external gearbox (Ref. TASK 72-61-00-000-801).
(b) Fill the engine oil tank.
(c) Start the engine (Ref. TASK 71-00-00-860-810).
(d) Run the engine at idle for 2 minutes.
(e) Shut down the engine (Ref. TASK 71-00-00-860-814).
R (f) Do a check of the engine oil level again. If the oil level is
R below the FULL mark of the oil tank sight glass, fill the engine
R oil tank.
NOTE : You must wait a minimum of 10 minutes after the engine has
____
stopped before you do a check of the oil level. This will
let the oil level become stable.

EFF :

ALL 12-13-79

Page 303
Jul 01/08

MSR
R (4) If the oil level is below the FULL mark of the oil tank sight glass
R after you do a dry or wet motor procedure, do the steps that follow:
CAUTION : YOU MUST NOT ADD OIL TO THE ENGINE AFTER YOU DO A DRY OR
_______
WET MOTOR PROCEDURE. THE OIL WILL NOT GO BACK TO THE OIL
TANK FULLY AND WILL SHOW AN INCORRECT OIL LEVEL. TOO MUCH
OIL IN THE ENGINE CAN CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE ENGINE.
(a) Do not fill the oil system.
(b) Start the engine (Ref. TASK 71-00-00-860-810).
(c) Run the engine at idle for 2 minutes.
(d) Shut down the engine (Ref. TASK 71-00-00-860-814).
(e) Do a check of the engine oil level after a minimum of 10 minutes.

R If the oil level is below the FULL mark of the oil tank sight
R glass, fill the engine oil tank.
4. Procedure
_________
(Ref. Fig. 301/TASK 12-13-79-991-011, 302/TASK 12-13-79-991-019)
Subtask 12-13-79-612-056
A. Fill the Engine Oil Tank (Gravity Fill Procedure)
CAUTION : IF YOU CHANGE TO A DIFFERENT APPROVED OIL TYPE, YOU MUST ADD
_______
THE REPLACEMENT OIL TO THE TANK DURING THE REGULAR SERVICING OF
THE ENGINE. IT IS VERY IMPORTANT THAT YOU DO NOT DRAIN THE OIL
SYSTEM AND FILL IT WITH THE REPLACEMENT OIL IN ONE OPERATION.
IF YOU DO NOT OBEY THIS INSTRUCTION, YOU CAN CAUSE DAMAGE TO
THE ENGINE.
NOTE : It is recommended that you use the same oil type, when you fill
____
the engine oil system. If there is no oil of the same type
available, use one of the other oils from the approved list.
(1) Remove the oil filler cap (1) from the oil tank.

EFF :

ALL 12-13-79

Page 304
Jul 01/08

MSR
Engine Oil Tank-Oil Fill Location
Figure 301/TASK 12-13-79-991-011

EFF :

ALL 12-13-79

Page 305
Oct 01/07
R
MSR
Engine Oil Tank-Oil Fill Location (SB79-C455)
Figure 302/TASK 12-13-79-991-019

EFF :

ALL 12-13-79

Page 306
Oct 01/07
R
MSR
(2) If you can smell fuel in the oil tank when you remove the oil filler
cap, do a check for fuel contamination of the engine oil (Ref. TASK
79-00-00-280-805).
(3) Add engine lubricating, oil (synthetic) (Material No. OMAT 1011) to
the engine oil tank.
(a) Add clean, approved engine lubricating, oil (synthetic) (Material

No. OMAT 1011) to the engine oil tank. Make sure the correct
level can be seen in the oil tank sight indicator.
(b) Install the oil filler cap (1) to the engine oil tank.
NOTE : Make sure the seal ring (2) is fully engaged in the groove
____
of the oil filler cap (1). If it is loose, replace the
seal ring. This will make sure of the correct installation
of the filler cap and prevent oil tank leaks.
Subtask 12-13-79-612-057
B. Fill the Engine Oil Tank (Pressure Fill Procedure)
CAUTION : IF YOU CHANGE TO A DIFFERENT APPROVED OIL TYPE, YOU MUST ADD
_______
THE REPLACEMENT OIL TO THE TANK DURING THE REGULAR SERVICING OF
THE ENGINE. IT IS VERY IMPORTANT THAT YOU DO NOT DRAIN THE OIL
SYSTEM AND FILL IT WITH THE REPLACEMENT OIL IN ONE OPERATION.
IF YOU DO NOT OBEY THIS INSTRUCTION, YOU CAN CAUSE DAMAGE TO
THE ENGINE.
NOTE : It is recommended that you use the same oil type, when you fill
____
the engine oil system. If there is no oil of the same type
available, use one of the other oils from the approved list.
PRE SB79-C455
(1) Remove the lockwire from the pressure fill (3) and overflow (2)
couplings.
(2) Remove the dust caps from the pressure fill (3) and overflow (2)
couplings.
(3) Install the drain hose to the overflow coupling (2).
(4) If you can smell fuel when you install the drain hose, do para 4.C.

EFF :

ALL 12-13-79

Page 307
Oct 01/07
R
MSR
(5) Add engine lubricating, oil (synthetic) (Material No. OMAT 1011) to
the engine oil tank.
(a) Get the pressure fill service unit or the GUN - OIL TANK
(3409536), HOSE-OIL TANK (U999092), and the ADAPTER-OIL TANK
(UT954).
(b) Put the open end of the overflow drain hose in to the clean
container.
(c) If a pressure fill service unit is to be used, do the steps that

follow:
1
_ Connect the pressure fill service unit to the pressure fill
coupling (3) on the oil tank.
2
_ Add approved, clean engine lubricating, oil (synthetic)
(Material No. OMAT 1011) to the tank until the correct level
is seen in the oil tank sight indicator.
NOTE : A small quantity of oil will drain from the overflow

____
drain hose when the oil is at the correct level.
3
_ Disconnect the pressure fill service unit from the pressure
fill coupling (3).
4
_ Disconnect the overflow drain hose from the overflow coupling
(2).
5
_ Install the dust caps on the pressure fill (3) and overflow
(2) couplings.
6
_ Safety the dust caps together with lockwire 0.028 to 0.031 in.
(0.71 to 0.79 m) dia (Material No. OMAT 238).
(d) If the GUN - OIL TANK (3409536) is to be used, do the steps that
follow:
1
_ Install the ADAPTER-OIL TANK (UT954) to the pressure fill
coupling (3).
2
_ Connect the HOSE-OIL TANK (U999092) to the ADAPTER-OIL TANK
(UT954), on the pressure fill coupling (3).
3
_ Connect the GUN - OIL TANK (3409536), to the HOSE-OIL TANK
(U999092).

EFF :

ALL 12-13-79

Page 308
Oct 01/07
R
MSR
4
_ Use the GUN - OIL TANK (3409536) to add clean engine
lubricating, oil (synthetic) (Material No. OMAT 1011) to the
tank until the correct level is seen in the oil tank sight
indicator.
NOTE : A small quantity of oil will drain from the overflow

____
drain hose when the oil is at the correct level.
5
_ Disconnect the GUN - OIL TANK (3409536) from the HOSE-OIL TANK
(U999092) and disconnect the HOSE-OIL TANK (U999092) from the
ADAPTER-OIL TANK (UT954).
6
_ Disconnect the ADAPTER-OIL TANK (UT954) from the pressure fill
coupling (3).
7
_ Disconnect the overflow drain hose from the overflow coupling
(2).
8
_ Install the dust caps on the pressure fill (3) and overflow
(2) couplings.
9
_ Safety the dust caps together, with lockwire 0.028 to 0.031
in. (0.71 to 0.79 m) dia (Material No. OMAT 238).
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 12-13-79-410-062
A. Close Access
items.
(2) Close the access panel on the right fan cowl door:
- FOR 4030EM1
416CR
- FOR 4030EM2
426CR
Subtask 12-13-79-862-057
B. De-energize the ground service network

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-862-801).

EFF :

ALL 12-13-79

Page 309
Jul 01/08
R
MSR
INTENTIONALLY BLANK

R

12-13-79

Page 310
Oct 01/07

MSR
TASK 12-13-79-680-801
Drain the Engine Oil System
_______
WARNING : YOU MUST NOT TOUCH HOT PARTS WITHOUT APPLICABLE GLOVES. HOT PARTS CAN
_______
CAUSE AN INJURY. IF YOU GET AN INJURY PUT IT IN COLD WATER FOR 10
MINUTES AND GET MEDICAL AID.
_______
YOUR SKIN WITH WATER. THE OIL IS POISONOUS AND CAN BE ABSORBED INTO
THE BODY.
CAUTION : YOU MUST NOT MOTOR THE ENGINE AFTER THE OIL TANK IS DRAINED. IF YOU
_______
MOTOR THE ENGINE THE OIL TANK IS DRAINED, DAMAGE TO THE ENGINE CAN
OCCUR.
CAUTION : YOU MUST NOT PUT OIL THAT HAS BEEN DRAINED FROM THE ENGINE BACK INTO
_______
THE OIL SYSTEM. CONTAMINATION IN THE OIL CAN CAUSE DAMAGE TO SOME
PARTS OR FAILURE OF THE OIL.
CAUTION : YOU MUST NOT LET ENGINE FUEL OR OIL FALL ON THE ENGINE. UNWANTED FUEL
_______
OR OIL MUST BE REMOVED IMMEDIATELY WITH A CLEAN LINT-FREE CLOTH. THE
FUEL OR OIL CAN CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE SURFACE PROTECTION AND TO SOME
PARTS.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific container 10 USgal (40 liter)
(0.40 to 2.60 m.daN)

EFF :

ALL 12-13-79

Page 311
Jan 01/04

MSR
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Material No. OMat 2-142 *

Safety Cable (Ref. 70-30-00)
lockwire 0.028 to 0.031 in. (0.71 to 0.79 mm)
(Ref. 70-30-00)
Material No. OMat2-142 *
Safety Cable (Ref. 70-30-00)
C. Expendable Parts
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 seal ring 79-21-41 60 -150

1 seal ring 79-22-46 61 -030
1 seal ring 79-22-46 61A-030
1 seal ring 79-22-46 61B-030
1 seal ring 79-22-46 61C-030
2 seal ring 72-61-00 61 -020
R 2 seal ring 72-61-00 61 -020A
2 washer 79-22-51 61 -020
2 washer 79-22-51 61 -020A
2 washer 79-22-51 61 -020B
2 washer 79-22-51 61 -070
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

70-02-01-910-801 Identification, Lubrication and Fitting of Flexible
Seal Rings
70-12-04-910-804 Locking Techniques - Wire locking
70-12-04-910-806 Locking Techniques - Safety Cable
R 79-22-43-100-801 Remove Clean and Reinstall Pressure Oil Filter
R Element (5004EN)
79-22-45-920-801 Remove, Discard and Replace Oil Scavenge Filter
12-13-79-991-013 Fig. 303

EFF :

ALL 12-13-79

Page 312
Jul 01/07

MSR
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
12-13-79-991-014 Fig. 304

12-13-79-991-015 Fig. 305
12-13-79-991-016 Fig. 306
12-13-79-991-017 Fig. 307
12-13-79-991-018 Fig. 308
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 12-13-79-861-065

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-801).
Subtask 12-13-79-941-065
Subtask 12-13-79-010-090
Subtask 12-13-79-865-087
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FOR 4030EM1
FOR 4030EM2

EFF :

ALL 12-13-79

Page 313
Jan 01/04

MSR
Subtask 12-13-79-010-091
E. Get Access

- FOR 4030EM1
415AL, 416AR
- FOR 4030EM2
425AL, 426AR
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 12-13-79-680-054
A. Drain the Engine Oil System
(1) Drain the oil tank

(Ref. Fig. 303/TASK 12-13-79-991-013)
(a) Put the clean container 10 USgal (40 liter) in position to catch
the oil.
(b) Remove the drain plug (1) from the oil tank and let all the oil
drain into the container.
(c) Remove and discard the washer (2).
(d) Install a new washer (2) on the drain plug (1) (Ref. TASK 70-02-
01-910-801).
(e) Install the drain plug (1) in the oil tank.
(f) TORQUE the drain plug (1) to 205 lbf.in (2.31 m.daN).
(2) Drain the Air/Oil Heat Exchanger (AOHE).

(Ref. Fig. 304/TASK 12-13-79-991-014)
(a) Put the container 10 USgal (40 liter) in position to catch the
oil.
(b) Remove and discard the safety cable/lockwire from the drain plug
(1) on the AOHE.
(c) Remove the drain plug (1) from the AOHE and let all the oil drain
into the container.
(d) Remove and discard the washer (2).

EFF :

ALL 12-13-79

Page 314
Jan 01/04

MSR
Drain Plug on the Oil Tank
Figure 303/TASK 12-13-79-991-013

EFF :

ALL 12-13-79

Page 315
Jan 01/04

MSR
Drain Plug on the Air/Oil Heat Exchanger
Figure 304/TASK 12-13-79-991-014

EFF :

ALL 12-13-79

Page 316
Jan 01/04

MSR
(e) Install a new washer (2) on the drain plug (1) (Ref. TASK 70-02-
01-910-801).
(f) Install the drain plug (1) in the AOHE.
(g) TORQUE the drain plug (1) to between 40 and 50 lbf.in (0.45 and
0.56 m.daN).
(h) Safety the drain plug (1) with safety cable 0.032 in.(0.81 mm)
Safety Cable (Material No. OMat 2-142), (Ref. TASK 70-12-04-910-
806), or with the lockwire 0.028 to 0.031 in. (0.71 to 0.79 mm)
(Material No. OMat 238), (Ref. TASK 70-12-04-910-804).
(3) Drain the external gearbox module

(Ref. Fig. 305/TASK 12-13-79-991-015)
oil.
(1) on the gearbox module.
(c) Remove the drain plug (1) from the gearbox module and let all the
oil drain into the container.
(d) Remove and discard the seal ring (2).
R (e) Install a new seal ring (2) on the drain plug (1) (Ref. TASK 70-
02-01-910-801).
(f) Install the drain plug (1) in the gearbox module.
2.48 m.daN).
Safety Cable (Material No. OMat2-142), (Ref. TASK 70-12-04-910-
(4) Drain the bevel gears housing

(Ref. Fig. 306/TASK 12-13-79-991-016)
oil.

EFF :

ALL 12-13-79

Page 317
Jul 01/04

MSR
Drain Plug on the External Gearbox Module
Figure 305/TASK 12-13-79-991-015

EFF :

ALL 12-13-79

Page 318
Jan 01/04

MSR
Drain Plug on the Bevel Gears Housing
Figure 306/TASK 12-13-79-991-016

EFF :

ALL 12-13-79

Page 319
Jan 01/04

MSR
(1) on the housing.
(c) Remove the drain plug (1) from the housing and let all the oil
drain into the container.
(e) Install a new seal ring (2) on the drain plug (1) (Ref. TASK 70-
02-01-910-801).
(f) Install the drain plug (1) in the housing.
2.48 m.daN).
(5) Clean the pressure filter element (Ref. TASK 79-22-43-100-801).
(6) Replace the scavenge filter element (Ref. TASK 79-22-45-920-801).
(7) Drain the oil from the Fuel Oil Heat Exchanger (FOHE)
(Ref. Fig. 307/TASK 12-13-79-991-017)
oil.
(2).
(c) Remove the drain plug (2) from the FOHE and let all the oil drain
into the container.
(e) Install a new seal ring (1) and the drain plug (2) (Ref. TASK 70-
02-01-910-801).
(f) Install the drain plug (2) in the FOHE.
1.35 m.daN).

EFF :

ALL 12-13-79

Page 320
Jan 01/04

MSR
Drain Plug on Fuel/Oil Heat Exchanger
Figure 307/TASK 12-13-79-991-017

EFF :

ALL 12-13-79

Page 321
Jan 01/04

MSR
(8) Drain the oil from the oil pump assembly

(Ref. Fig. 308/TASK 12-13-79-991-018)
oil.
(b) Remove the bolts (4) and the washers (3) from each of the
Magnetic Chip Detector (MCD) housing blanks (2).
(c) Remove the MCD housing blanks (2) and let all the oil drain into
the container.
(d) Remove and discard the seal rings (1) from the housing blanks
(2).
(e) Install a new seal ring (1) on each housing blank (2) (Ref. TASK
70-02-01-910-801).
(f) Put the housing blanks (2) in position and install the bolts (4)
and the washers (3).
(g) TORQUE the bolts (4) to 100 lbf.in (1.13 m.daN).
Subtask 12-13-79-865-088
breaker(s):
- FOR 4030EM1
12KS1, 13KS1
- FOR 4030EM2
12KS2, 13KS2
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 12-13-79-410-078
A. Close Access
items.

EFF :

ALL 12-13-79

Page 322
Jan 01/04

MSR
Magnetic Chip Detector - Housing Blank
Figure 308/TASK 12-13-79-991-018

EFF :

ALL 12-13-79

Page 323
Jan 01/04

MSR

- FOR 4030EM1
415AL, 416AR
- FOR 4030EM2
425AL, 426AR
Subtask 12-13-79-862-066

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-862-801).

EFF :

ALL 12-13-79

Page 324
Jan 01/04

MSR
ENGINE STARTING - SERVICING
___________________________
TASK 12-13-80-610-804
To Service the Pneumatic Starter Oil System
_______
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
This procedure is applicable to engines with an Allied Signal or Hamilton

Standard pneumatic starter.
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

R No specific Torque Wrench : range 5.00 to 35.00 lbf.in
R (0.05 to 0.40 m.daN)
(0.40 to 2.60 m.daN)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

engine oil (Ref. 70-30-00)
lockwire 0.028 to 0.031 in. (0.71 to 0.79 mm) dia
(Ref. 70-30-00)

EFF :

ALL 12-13-80

Page 301
Apr 01/05

MSR
C. Expendable Parts
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
2 seal ring 80-11-41 60 -070

3 seal ring 80-11-41 60 -070
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Seal Rings
70-51-00-910-802 Torque Tightening Techniques
80-11-41-000-803 Removal of the Pneumatic Starter (5000ES)
80-11-41-400-803 Installation of the Pneumatic Starter (5000ES)
12-13-80-991-005 Fig. 301
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 12-13-80-861-056

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-801).
Subtask 12-13-80-941-057

EFF :

ALL 12-13-80

Page 302
Jan 01/04

MSR
Subtask 12-13-80-010-068
Subtask 12-13-80-865-062
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FOR 4030EM1
FOR 4030EM2
Subtask 12-13-80-010-069
E. Get Access
(1) Open the fan cowl doors: (Ref. TASK 71-13-00-010-805)

- FOR 4030EM1
415AL, 416AR
- FOR 4030EM2
425AL, 426AR
(2) Put the adjustable access platform in position.
Subtask 12-13-80-020-050
F. Get Access to the Pneumatic Starter
(1) Remove the oil fill plug (1) and the oil level overflow plug (4) from
the pneumatic starter.
(Ref. Fig. 301/TASK 12-13-80-991-005)
(2) Remove the lockwire from the oil fill plug (1) and the oil level
overflow plug (4).

EFF :

ALL 12-13-80

Page 303
Jan 01/04

MSR
Pneumatic Starter (Allied Signal) - Oil Fill Location
Figure 301/TASK 12-13-80-991-005

EFF :

ALL 12-13-80

Page 304
Jan 01/04

MSR
(3) Remove the oil fill plug (1) and the oil level overflow plug (4).
(4) Discard the seal rings (2) and (3).
4. Procedure
_________
(Ref. Fig. 301/TASK 12-13-80-991-005)
Subtask 12-13-80-612-056
A. Fill the Allied Signal Pneumatic Starter with clean engine oil:
(Ref. Fig. 301/TASK 12-13-80-991-005)
WARNING : YOU MUST NOT LET ENGINE OIL STAY ON YOUR SKIN. FLUSH THE OIL
_______
FROM YOUR SKIN WITH WATER. THE OIL IS POISONOUS AND CAN BE
ABSORBED INTO THE BODY.
CAUTION : YOU MUST NOT LET ENGINE FUEL OR OIL FALL ON THE ENGINE.
_______
UNWANTED FUEL OR OIL MUST BE REMOVED IMMEDIATELY WITH A CLEAN
LINT-FREE CLOTH. THE FUEL OR OIL CAN CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE
SURFACE PROTECTION AND TO SOME PARTS.
CAUTION : YOU MUST USE THE SAME TYPE OF APPROVED OIL EACH TIME YOU FILL
_______
THE PNEUNATIC STARTER WITH OIL. YOU MUST ONLY MIX APPROVED OILS
IF IT BECOMES OPERATIONALLY NECESSARY.
(1) Add clean engine oil (Material No. OMat 1011) to the pneumatic
starter.
(a) Continue to put oil in the pneumatic starter until oil starts to
drip from the oil level overflow.
(b) Wait until oil does not drip form the oil level overflow.
(c) Use a clean cloth to remove oil from the external surface of the
starter.
(2) Install a new seal ring (3) on the oil level overflow plug (4)
(Ref. TASK 70-02-01-910-801).
(a) Lubricate the seal ring (3) with clean engine oil (Material No.
OMat 1011).
(3) Install the oil level overflow plug (4) to the pneumatic starter.
(a) TORQUE the oil level overflow plug (4) to between 120 and 130
lbf.in (1.35 and 1.46 m.daN) (Ref. TASK 70-51-00-910-802)

EFF :

ALL 12-13-80

Page 305
Jan 01/04

MSR
(4) Safety the oil level overflow plug (4) with lockwire 0.028 to 0.031
in. (0.71 to 0.79 mm) dia (Material No. OMat 238) (Ref. TASK 70-12-
04-910-804).
(5) Install a new seal ring (2) to the oil fill plug (1) (Ref. TASK 70-
02-01-910-801).
(a) Lubricate the seal ring (2) with clean engine oil (Material No.
OMat 1011).
(6) Install the oil fill plug (1) to the pneumatic starter.
Subtask 12-13-80-612-059
B. Torque the oil fill plug.
(1) TORQUE the oil fill plug (1) to between 20 and 35 lbf.in (0.22 and
0.39 m.daN) (Ref. TASK 70-51-00-910-802)
Subtask 12-13-80-612-060
C. Safety the oil fill plug.
(1) Safety the oil fill plug (1) with lockwire 0.028 to 0.031 in. (0.71
to 0.79 mm) dia (Material No. OMat 238). (Ref. TASK 70-12-04-910-804)
(2) Look at the oil level sight glass; the oil level must be above the
ADD mark.
(3) If the oil level is not above the ADD mark on the oil level sight
glass, replace the pneumatic starter (Ref. TASK 80-11-41-000-803) and
(Ref. TASK 80-11-41-400-803).
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 12-13-80-865-063
breaker(s):
- FOR 4030EM1
12KS1, 13KS1
- FOR 4030EM2
12KS2, 13KS2

EFF :

ALL 12-13-80

Page 306
Jan 01/04

MSR
Subtask 12-13-80-410-067
B. Close Access
items.
(4) Close the fan cowl doors: (Ref. TASK 71-13-00-410-805)

- FOR 4030EM1
415AL, 416AR
- FOR 4030EM2
425AL, 426AR
Subtask 12-13-80-862-053

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-862-801)

EFF :

ALL 12-13-80

Page 307
Jan 01/04

MSR
TASK 12-13-80-610-805
To Change the Oil in the Pneumatic Starter
_______
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
This procedure is applicable to engines with Allied Signal Pneumatic Starter
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

(0.40 to 2.60 m.daN)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

engine lubricating oil (synthetic) (Ref. 70-30-00)
lockwire 0.028 to 0.031 in. (0.71 to 0.79 mm) dia.
(Ref. 70-30-00)
C. Expendable Parts
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R 2 seal ring 80-11-41 60 -070

R 3 seal ring 80-11-41 60 -070
R 6 seal ring 80-11-41 60 -100

EFF :

ALL 12-13-80

Page 308
Jul 01/04

MSR
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Seal Rings
70-51-00-910-802 Torque Tightening Techniques
80-11-41-000-803 Removal of the Pneumatic Starter (5000ES)
80-11-41-400-803 Installation of the Pneumatic Starter (5000ES)
12-13-80-991-005 Fig. 301
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 12-13-80-861-060

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-801).
Subtask 12-13-80-941-061
Subtask 12-13-80-010-079
(3) Open the protective door of the AC/DC emergency power center 740VU.

EFF :

ALL 12-13-80

Page 309
Jan 01/04

MSR
Subtask 12-13-80-865-070
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FOR 4030EM1
FOR 4030EM2
Subtask 12-13-80-010-080
E. Get Access to the Pneumatic Starter

- FOR 4030EM1
415AL, 416AR
- FOR 4030EM2
425AL, 426AR
4. Procedure
_________
(Ref. Fig. 301/TASK 12-13-80-991-005)
Subtask 12-13-80-610-061
A. Change the Oil in the Allied Signal Pneumatic Starter
WARNING : YOU MUST NOT LET ENGINE OIL STAY ON YOUR SKIN. FLUSH THE OIL
_______
FROM YOUR SKIN WITH WATER. THE OIL IS POISONOUS AND CAN BE
ABSORBED INTO THE BODY.
CAUTION : YOU MUST NOT LET ENGINE FUEL OR OIL FALL ON THE ENGINE.
_______
UNWANTED FUEL OR OIL MUST BE REMOVED IMMEDIATELY WITH A CLEAN
LINT-FREE CLOTH. THE FUEL OR OIL CAN CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE
SURFACE PROTECTION AND TO SOME PARTS.
(1) Put a container in position to catch the oil that will come out of
the starter.
(2) Remove the lockwire that safeties the oil drain plug (5).

EFF :

ALL 12-13-80

Page 310
Jan 01/04

MSR
(3) Remove the oil drain plug (5) and let unwanted oil drain into the
container.
(4) Remove and discard the seal ring (6).
R (5) Install a new seal ring (6) on the oil drain plug (5) (Ref. TASK 70-
02-01-910-801).
(6) Install the oil drain plug (5) on the starter. TORQUE the plug to
between 110 and 120 lbf.in (1.24 and 1.35 m.daN).
(7) Safety the oil drain plug (5) with lockwire 0.028 to 0.031 in. (0.71
to 0.79 mm) dia. (Material No. OMat 238) (Ref. TASK 70-12-04-910-
804).
(8) Remove the lockwire from the oil fill plug (1) and the oil level
overflow plug (4).
(9) Remove the oil fill plug (1) and the oil level overflow plug (4) from
the starter.
(10) Remove and discard the seal rings (2) and (3).
(11) Put engine lubricating oil (synthetic) (Material No. OMat 1011) into
the oil fill port of the starter:
(a) Continue to put oil into the starter until the oil comes out from
the overflow port.
(b) Wait until the overflow stops.
(c) Remove unwanted oil from the outside of the starter with a clean
lint-free cloth.
R (12) Install a new seal ring (3) on the oil level overflow plug (4)
(Ref. TASK 70-02-01-910-801).
(13) Install the oil level overflow plug (4) on the starter. TORQUE the
plug to between 120 and 130 lbf.in (1.35 and 1.46 m.daN) (Ref. TASK
70-51-00-910-802).
(14) Safety the oil level overflow plug (4) with lockwire 0.028 to 0.031
in. (0.71 to 0.79 mm) dia. (Material No. OMat 238) (Ref. TASK 70-12-
04-910-804).
R (15) Install a new seal ring (2) on the oil fill plug (1) (Ref. TASK 70-
02-01-910-801).

EFF :

ALL 12-13-80

Page 311
Jul 01/04

MSR
(16) Install the oil fill plug (1) on the starter. TORQUE the plug to
between 120 and 130 lbf.in (1.35 and 1.46 m.daN) (Ref. TASK 70-51-00-
910-802).
(17) Safety the oil fill plug (1) with lockwire 0.028 to 0.031 in. (0.71
to 0.79 mm) dia. (Material No. OMat 238) (Ref. TASK 70-12-04-910-
804).
Subtask 12-13-80-210-055
B. Do a Check of the Sight Glass
(1) Look at the oil level sight glass on the starter. The oil level must
be above the ADD mark on the right side of the sight glass.
(2) If the oil level is not above the ADD mark, replace the pneumatic
starter (Ref. TASK 80-11-41-000-803) and (Ref. TASK 80-11-41-400-
803).
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 12-13-80-865-071
breaker(s):
- FOR 4030EM1
12KS1, 13KS1
- FOR 4030EM2
12KS2, 13KS2
Subtask 12-13-80-410-075
B. Close Access
items.

- FOR 4030EM1
415AL, 416AR
- FOR 4030EM2
425AL, 426AR

EFF :

ALL 12-13-80

Page 312
Jan 01/04

MSR
Subtask 12-13-80-862-060

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-862-801).

EFF :

ALL 12-13-80

Page 313
Jan 01/04

MSR
GAS - DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION
_______________________________
1. _______
General
This section gives the instructions to charge the hydraulic power and
components related to the landing gear.
12-14-29, P. Block 301 HYDRAULIC POWER
12-14-32, P. Block 301 LANDING GEAR

EFF :

ALL 12-14-00

Page 1
Jan 01/04

MSR
___________________________
TASK 12-14-29-614-801
Fill the Green Power Accumulator (5151JM1) with Nitrogen
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

R No specific Torque Wrench : range 0.00 to 1.20 m.daN
R (0.00 to 9.00 lbf.ft)
R 98F29103500000 1 FILL UNIT-NITROGEN
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

29-10-00-200-801 Leak Check of Pressure on Hydraulic Power
Accumulators (5151JM1,5151JM2,5151JM3)
12-14-29-991-001 Fig. 301
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 12-14-29-864-050
A. Depressurize the Green hydraulic system

(Ref. TASK 29-00-00-864-801).

EFF :

ALL 12-14-29

Page 301
Jul 01/08

MSR
Subtask 12-14-29-010-050
B. Get Access
(2) Open the Green ground service panel access door 197CB.
4. Procedure
_________
(Ref. Fig. 301/TASK 12-14-29-991-001)
Subtask 12-14-29-220-050
A. If the decrease in nitrogen pressure is more than 30 bar (435.1131 psi)

(with respect to nominal pressure of accumulators) you must make sure
that there are no leaks (Ref. TASK 29-10-00-200-801).
Subtask 12-14-29-614-050
B. Fill the applicable accumulator with nitrogen.
(1) Remove the blanking cap (2) from the charging valve (1).
R (2) Connect to the charging valve (1) the FILL UNIT-NITROGEN

R (98F29103500000) or a nitrogen bench capable of maxi pressure 150 bar
(2175.5655 psi).
(3) Loosen the charging valve nut (3).
(4) Open the charging valve nut (3) slowly (turn to the OPEN direction)
and fill the hydraulic power accumulator to the correct pressure for
the ambient temperature.
NOTE : If you do this check immediately after aircraft landing, let

____
the pressure become stable for one hour to get a more accurate
measurement (temperature compensation of the accumulator).
NITROGEN PRESSURE

EFF :

ALL 12-14-29

Page 302
Jul 01/08

MSR
Filling of the Green Power Accumulator
Figure 301/TASK 12-14-29-991-001

EFF :

ALL 12-14-29

Page 303
Jan 01/04

MSR
R -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
| Temperature | Charging Pressure |
|---------------------------|-------------------------------------------------|
| deg.C | deg.F | bar | PSI |
R |-----------|---------------|-----------------------|-------------------------|
| -30 | -22 | 108 | 1566 |
R |-----------|---------------|-----------------------|-------------------------|
| -20 | - 4 | 112 | 1624 |
R |-----------|---------------|-----------------------|-------------------------|
| -10 | 14 | 116.5 | 1689 |
R |-----------|---------------|-----------------------|-------------------------|
| 0 | 32 | 121 | 1754 |
R |-----------|---------------|-----------------------|-------------------------|
| 10 | 50 | 125.5 | 1820 |
R |-----------|---------------|-----------------------|-------------------------|
| 20 | 68 | 130 | 1885 |
R |-----------|---------------|-----------------------|-------------------------|
| 30 | 86 | 134.5 | 1950 |
R |-----------|---------------|-----------------------|-------------------------|
| 40 | 104 | 139 | 2015 |
R |-----------|---------------|-----------------------|-------------------------|
| 50 | 112 | 143.5 | 2081 |
R |-----------|---------------|-----------------------|-------------------------|
| 60 | 140 | 148 | 2146 |
R -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
(5) When the pressure is stable and correct, tighten the charging valve
nut (3) (CLOSE position).
(6) Make sure that the pressure shown on the pressure gage is correct.
(7) Stop the supply and remove the nitrogen filling system from the
charging valve (1).
R (8) TORQUE the charging valve nut (3) to between 1.07 and 1.18 m.daN
R (94.69 and 104.42 lbf.in).
(9) Install the blanking cap (2) on the charging valve.

EFF :

ALL 12-14-29

Page 304
Jul 01/08

MSR
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 12-14-29-410-050
A. Close Access
items.

EFF :

ALL 12-14-29

Page 305
Jul 01/08
R
MSR
TASK 12-14-29-614-802
Fill the Blue Power Accumulator (5151JM2) with Nitrogen
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

R (0.00 to 9.00 lbf.ft)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
29-00-00-864-802 Depressurize the Blue Hydraulic System (Pressurized

12-14-29-991-002 Fig. 302
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 12-14-29-864-051
A. Depressurize the Blue hydraulic system

(Ref. TASK 29-00-00-864-802).
Subtask 12-14-29-010-051
B. Get Access
(2) Open the Blue ground service panel access door 195BB.

EFF :

ALL 12-14-29

Page 306
Jul 01/08

MSR
4. Procedure
_________
(Ref. Fig. 302/TASK 12-14-29-991-002)
Subtask 12-14-29-220-051

Subtask 12-14-29-614-051

(2175.5655 psi).

____
NITROGEN PRESSURE
R -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|---------------------------|-------------------------------------------------|
R |-----------|---------------|-----------------------|-------------------------|
| -30 | -22 | 108 | 1566 |
R |-----------|---------------|-----------------------|-------------------------|
| -20 | - 4 | 112 | 1624 |
R |-----------|---------------|-----------------------|-------------------------|
| -10 | 14 | 116.5 | 1689 |
R |-----------|---------------|-----------------------|-------------------------|
| 0 | 32 | 121 | 1754 |
R |-----------|---------------|-----------------------|-------------------------|
| 10 | 50 | 125.5 | 1820 |
R |-----------|---------------|-----------------------|-------------------------|

EFF :

ALL 12-14-29

Page 307
Jul 01/08

MSR
Filling of the Blue Power Accumulator
Figure 302/TASK 12-14-29-991-002

EFF :

ALL 12-14-29

Page 308
Jul 01/08
R
MSR
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|---------------------------|-------------------------------------------------|
|-----------|---------------|-----------------------|-------------------------|
| 20 | 68 | 130 | 1885 |
R |-----------|---------------|-----------------------|-------------------------|
| 30 | 86 | 134.5 | 1950 |
R |-----------|---------------|-----------------------|-------------------------|
| 40 | 104 | 139 | 2015 |
R |-----------|---------------|-----------------------|-------------------------|
| 50 | 112 | 143.5 | 2081 |
R |-----------|---------------|-----------------------|-------------------------|
| 60 | 140 | 148 | 2146 |
R -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
charging valve (1).
R (94.69 and 104.42 lbf.in).
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 12-14-29-410-051
A. Close Access
items.

EFF :

ALL 12-14-29

Page 309
Jul 01/08

MSR
TASK 12-14-29-614-803
Fill the Yellow Power Accumulator (5151JM3) with Nitrogen
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

R (0.00 to 9.00 lbf.ft)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

12-14-29-991-003 Fig. 303
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 12-14-29-864-052
A. Depressurize the Yellow hydraulic system

(Ref. TASK 29-00-00-864-803).
Subtask 12-14-29-010-052
B. Get Access
(2) Open the Yellow ground service panel access door 196BB.

EFF :

ALL 12-14-29

Page 310
Jul 01/08

MSR
4. Procedure
_________
(Ref. Fig. 303/TASK 12-14-29-991-003)
Subtask 12-14-29-220-052

Subtask 12-14-29-614-052

(2175.5655 psi).

____
NITROGEN PRESSURE
R -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|---------------------------|-------------------------------------------------|
R |-----------|---------------|-----------------------|-------------------------|
| -30 | -22 | 108 | 1566 |
R |-----------|---------------|-----------------------|-------------------------|
| -20 | - 4 | 112 | 1624 |
R |-----------|---------------|-----------------------|-------------------------|
| -10 | 14 | 116.5 | 1689 |
R |-----------|---------------|-----------------------|-------------------------|
| 0 | 32 | 121 | 1754 |
R |-----------|---------------|-----------------------|-------------------------|
| 10 | 50 | 125.5 | 1820 |
R |-----------|---------------|-----------------------|-------------------------|

EFF :

ALL 12-14-29

Page 311
Jul 01/08

MSR
Filling of the Yellow Power Accumulator
Figure 303/TASK 12-14-29-991-003

EFF :

ALL 12-14-29

Page 312
Jul 01/08
R
MSR
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|---------------------------|-------------------------------------------------|
|-----------|---------------|-----------------------|-------------------------|
| 20 | 68 | 130 | 1885 |
R |-----------|---------------|-----------------------|-------------------------|
| 30 | 86 | 134.5 | 1950 |
R |-----------|---------------|-----------------------|-------------------------|
| 40 | 104 | 139 | 2015 |
R |-----------|---------------|-----------------------|-------------------------|
| 50 | 112 | 143.5 | 2081 |
R |-----------|---------------|-----------------------|-------------------------|
| 60 | 140 | 148 | 2146 |
R -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
charging valve (1).
R (94.69 and 104.42 lbf.in).
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 12-14-29-410-052
A. Close Access
items.
(2) Close the Yellow ground service panel 196BB.

EFF :

ALL 12-14-29

Page 313
Jul 01/08

MSR
________________________
TASK 12-14-32-614-801
Replenishment of the Tires

R
WARNING : LET THE BRAKES AND THE WHEELS BECOME COOL BEFORE YOU GO NEAR THE
_______
LANDING GEAR. DO NOT APPLY A LIQUID OR GAS FIRE EXTINGUISHER DIRECTLY
ON A HOT WHEEL OR BRAKE UNIT. THIS COULD CAUSE AN EXPLOSION.
WARNING : USE ONLY DRY NITROGEN OR OTHER GASES TO INFLATE THE TIRES ON THE MAIN
_______
GEAR WHEELS.
THE OXYGEN IN THE GAS USED TO INFLATE THESE TIRES MUST NOT BE MORE
THAN 5% (VOLUME).
IF THE AIRCRAFT IS FAR FROM ITS BASE AND NO DRY NITROGEN IS
AVAILABLE, YOU CAN USE AIR FOR THE SERVICING OF THE TIRES IF:
- THE OXYGEN IN THE TIRES IS NOT MORE THAN 5% (VOLUME)
OR
- MAINTENANCE PERSONNEL REMOVE THE AIR FROM THE TIRES AND INFLATE
THEM WITH DRY NITROGEN BEFORE 15 HOURS TIME SERVICE. A CHEMICAL
REACTION BETWEEN THE OXYGEN IN THE TIRES AND GASES FROM THE INNER
LINER CAN CAUSE A TIRE EXPLOSION.
R WARNING : BE CAREFUL WHEN YOU INFLATE THE TIRES.

_______
R USE A PRESSURE REGULATOR (OR PRESSURE RELIEF VALVE) BETWEEN THE
R PRESSURE SOURCE AND THE TIRE.
R MAKE SURE THAT THE PRESSURE REGULATOR IS ADJUSTED TO THE CORRECT
R PRESSURE FOR THE TIRE.
R IF THE PRESSURE SOURCE DOES NOT HAVE A PRESSURE REGULATOR, THERE IS A
R RISK OF INJURY TO PERSONS AND/OR DAMAGE TO EQUIPMENT.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No specific 1 ADAPTER - TIRE INFLATION/DEFLATION

No specific 1 CART - INFLATION, TIRE, NITROGEN
No specific 1 GAGE - PRESSURE, TIRE

EFF :

ALL 12-14-32

Page 301
Jul 01/08

MSR
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 12-14-32-941-055
A. Preparation for Replenishment
R (1) Put the CART - INFLATION, TIRE, NITROGEN near the tire to be
inflated.
(2) Remove the tire-inflation valve cap.
R (3) Use a GAGE - PRESSURE, TIRE and a ADAPTER - TIRE INFLATION/DEFLATION

R to connect the inflation cart to the tire inflation valve.
4. Procedure
_________
WARNING : DO NOT PUT COMPRESSED GAS IN CONTACT WITH YOUR SKIN. THE GAS CAN
_______
GO THROUGH THE SKIN AND MAKE BUBBLES IN THE BLOOD. THIS CONDITION
CAN KILL YOU.
NOTE : AIRBUS recommends that when you inflate the tires, you use the
____
maximum normal pressure (given in the table). This is necessary to
keep tire inflation to a minimum.
NOTE : In the tables that follow the term loaded means with the aircraft
____
weight on the wheels. The term unloaded is when the applicable
wheel is off the ground (jacked).
Subtask 12-14-32-614-058
A. Replenishment of the NLG Tires
(1) Refer to the table to find the correct tire pressure. Inflate the
tire with nitrogen.
(2) If there is a large temperature decrease between the departure and

the destination airports, the tire pressures given must be adjusted.
If the temperature difference is more than 24 deg C lower, do this
procedure:
(a) Increase the given tire pressures 3.7% for each 10 deg C of
temperature difference.

EFF :

ALL 12-14-32

Page 302
Jan 01/07

MSR
EXAMPLE Temperature at departure airport = 20 deg C
Temperature at arrival airport = -10 deg C
Temperature difference = 30 deg C
Increase the tire pressure: 30/10 x 3.7% = 11.1%
If the loaded tire pressure is 13.0 bar, increase the
tire pressure: 13.0 bar +(13.0 bar x 11.1%) = 14.4 bar
--------------------------------------------------------
| TIRE DIMENSION | INFLATION PRESSURE |
| AND TYPE |---------------------------------------|
| | UNLOADED | LOADED |
| | BAR (PSI) | BAR (PSI) |
|----------------|-------------------|-------------------|
| 1050 X 395R16 | 12.2 (177) normal | 12.7 (184) normal |
R |----------------|-------------------|-------------------|
| RADIAL | 12.8 (186) max | 13.3 (193) max |
--------------------------------------------------------
Subtask 12-14-32-614-059
B. Replenishment of the MLG Tires
(1) Refer to the table to find the correct tire pressure. Inflate the
tire with nitrogen.
(2) If there is a large temperature decrease between the departure and

the destination airports, the tire pressures given must be adjusted.
If the temperature difference is more than 24 deg C lower, do this
procedure:
(a) Increase the given tire pressures 3.7% for each 10 deg C of
temperature difference.
EXAMPLE Temperature at departure airport = 20 deg C

Temperature at arrival airport = -10 deg C
Temperature difference = 30 deg C
Increase the tire pressure: 30/10 x 3.7% = 11.1%
If the loaded tire pressure is 13.0 bar, increase the
tire pressure: 13.0 bar +(13.0 bar x 11.1%) = 14.4 bar

EFF :

ALL 12-14-32

Page 303
Jul 01/08

MSR
--------------------------------------------------------
| TIRE DIMENSION | INFLATION PRESSURE |
| AND TYPE |---------------------------------------|
| | UNLOADED | LOADED |
| | BAR (PSI) | BAR (PSI) |
|----------------|-------------------|-------------------|
| 1400 X 530R23 | 13.6 (198) normal | 14.2 (206) normal |
| RADIAL | | |
R |----------------|-------------------|-------------------|
| 54 X 21-23 | 14.3 (208) max | 14.9 (216) max |
| BIAS | | |
--------------------------------------------------------
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 12-14-32-942-055
A. Removal of the Ground Support Equipment
(1) Remove the inflation cart, pressure gage and adapter from the
applicable tire.
(2) Remove the CART - INFLATION, TIRE, NITROGEN, GAGE - PRESSURE, TIRE
and ADAPTER - TIRE INFLATION/DEFLATION from the applicable tire.
(3) Install the tire-inflation valve cap.

EFF :

ALL 12-14-32

Page 304
Jul 01/08

MSR
TASK 12-14-32-614-802
Gas Replenishment of the MLG Shock Absorber
_______
_______
LANDING GEAR.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
NOTE : You can complete this procedure with the aircraft on the ground or on
____
jacks.
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No specific nitrogen source

No specific access platform 3 m (9 ft. 10 in.)
(0.00 to 9.00 lbf.ft)
R

EFF :

ALL 12-14-32

Page 305
Jul 01/06

MSR
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

(Ref. 20-31-00)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Gears
12-14-32-991-001 Fig. 301
R 12-14-32-991-031 Fig. 302
R 12-14-32-991-002 Fig. 303
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 12-14-32-941-050
(1) Put the warning notice in the cockpit to tell persons not to operate
the landing gear controls.
Subtask 12-14-32-860-050
29-00-00-864-804).
32-00-00-481-801).

EFF :

ALL 12-14-32

Page 306
Apr 01/04

MSR
Subtask 12-14-32-010-054
C. Get Access
(Ref. Fig. 301/TASK 12-14-32-991-001)
(1) Open the applicable MLG door (Ref. TASK 32-12-00-010-801).
(2) Put an access platform adjacent to the applicable MLG:

- for the LH MLG at zone 731
- for the RH MLG at zone 741.
(2).
4. Procedure
_________
(Ref. Fig. 302/TASK 12-14-32-991-031, 303/TASK 12-14-32-991-002)
Subtask 12-14-32-614-050
A. Gas Replenishment of the MLG Shock Absorber (Aircraft on the Ground)
_______
(1) Measure and write down the shock absorber extension (dimension H).
(2) Connect the nitrogen source to the standard charging equipment.
R (3) Install the ADAPTER, CHARGING - MLG (460007156) to the standard

charging equipment.
R (4) Install the ADAPTER, CHARGING - MLG (460007156) on the

bleed/inflation valve (1).
(5) Open the bleed/inflation valve (1).
(6) Read and write down the pressure shown on the pressure gage 0 - 200
bar.
(7) Close the bleed/inflation valve (1).

EFF :

ALL 12-14-32

Page 307
Jul 01/07

MSR
MLG Bleed/Inflation Valve
Figure 301/TASK 12-14-32-991-001

EFF :

ALL 12-14-32

Page 308
Jan 01/04

MSR
R Shock Absorber Dimension H
R Figure 302/TASK 12-14-32-991-031

R

EFF :

ALL 12-14-32

Page 309
Apr 01/04

MSR
R MLG Shock Absorber Inflation Chart

EFF :

ALL 12-14-32

Page 310
Jul 01/07

MSR
R MLG Shock Absorber Inflation Chart

EFF :

ALL 12-14-32

Page 311
Jul 01/07

MSR
(8) Do these steps:
R (a) Use a thermometer to measure and write down the surface

R temperature of the aluminum piston adjacent to the bleed
inflation valve (1).
(b) Use the inflation chart to find the correct pressure from the
temperature and dimension H measurements you recorded.
(9) If the pressure measured at step (6) is lower than the pressure got
from the inflation chart, do this procedure:
WARNING : DO NOT PUT COMPRESSED GAS IN CONTACT WITH YOUR SKIN. THE
_______
GAS CAN GO THROUGH THE SKIN AND MAKE BUBBLES IN THE BLOOD.
THIS CONDITION CAN KILL YOU.
(a) Adjust the nitrogen source to give the necessary pressure.
(b) Slowly open the bleed/inflation valve (1).
(c) Inflate the shock absorber to the correct pressure shown on the
inflation chart.
(d) When the pressure is correct, close the bleed/inflation valve

(1). If dimension H changes (before the correct pressure has
been reached), measure dimension H again and do the steps from
(8)(b) again with the new dimension H.
(e) Close the charge valve on the nitrogen source and leave for a
minimum of 10 minutes (to let the shock absorber stabilize).
(f) Measure the pressure and dimension H again.
(g) If the pressure has changed, do the steps (c) and (d) again. If
the dimension H has changed, do the steps from (8)(b) again
with the new dimension H.
(h) Close the bleed/inflation valve (1).
(i) Stop the supply from the nitrogen source. Release the pressure
and remove the nitrogen source from the standard charging
equipment.
R (j) Remove the standard charging equipment from the ADAPTER, CHARGING
R - MLG (460007156).

EFF :

ALL 12-14-32

Page 312
Jul 01/07

MSR
(k) TORQUE the bleed/inflation valve (1) to between 0.60 and 0.8
m.daN (50 and 70 lbf.in).
R (l) Remove the ADAPTER, CHARGING - MLG (460007156) from the

CAUTION : DO NOT INSTALL A DUST CAP ON THE BLEED/INFLATION VALVE

_______
OF THE MLG SHOCK ABSORBER. IF YOU DO, THERE IS A RISK
THAT IT WILL FALL INTO THE SHOCK ABSORBER.
1
_ Do not install a dust cap on the bleed/inflation valve.
(m) Use SPECIAL MATERIALS (Material No. 05-004B) to do a leak test of

the bleed/inflation valve (1). Leakage must not occur.
(10) If the pressure measured at step (6) is higher than the pressure got
from the inflation chart, do this procedure:
(a) Slowly open the bleed/inflation valve (1).
(b) Deflate the shock absorber to the correct pressure you got at
step (8)(b) from the inflation chart. If the dimension H
changes (before the correct pressure has been reached), measure
the dimension H again. Do the steps from (8)(b) again with the
new dimension H.
(c) Close the charge valve on the nitrogen source and leave for a
minimum of 10 minutes (to let the shock absorber stabilize).
(d) Measure the pressure and the dimension H again.
(e) If the pressure has changed, do the steps (b) and (c) again. If
the dimension H has changed, do the steps from (8)(b) again.
Use the new dimension H.
(f) Close the bleed/inflation valve (1).
(g) Remove the nitrogen source from the standard charging equipment.
R (h) Remove the standard charging equipment from the ADAPTER, CHARGING
R - MLG (460007156).
(i) TORQUE the bleed/inflation valve (1) to between 0.60 and 0.8
m.daN (50 and 70 lbf.in).

EFF :

ALL 12-14-32

Page 313
Jul 01/07

MSR
(j) Remove the ADAPTER, CHARGING - MLG (460007156).
CAUTION : DO NOT INSTALL A DUST CAP ON THE BLEED/INFLATION VALVE

_______
OF THE MLG SHOCK ABSORBER. IF YOU DO, THERE IS A RISK
THAT IT WILL FALL INTO THE SHOCK ABSORBER.
1
_ Do not install a dust cap on the bleed/inflation valve.
(k) Use the SPECIAL MATERIALS (Material No. 05-004B) to do a leak

test of the bleed/inflation valve (1). Leakage must not occur.
Subtask 12-14-32-614-051
R B. Gas Replenishment of the MLG Shock Absorber (Aircraft on Jacks).
_______
_______
(1) Make sure that the shock absorber is extended fully and the dimension
H is between 773.5 mm (30.4527 in.) and 782.5 mm (30.8071 in.).
(2) Do these steps:
(a) Use a thermometer to measure and then write down the surface
temperature of the aluminum piston adjacent to the
(b) Look at the inflation chart and find the nearest fully extended
inflation pressure (for the temperature you measured at step
(a)).
(3) Install the ADAPTER, CHARGING - MLG (460007156) on the

(4) Install the GEAR FILLING KIT-SHOCK ABSORBER or the standard charging
equipment on the ADAPTER, CHARGING - MLG (460007156).
(5) Set the nitrogen charge pressure to the inflation pressure you found
at step (2)(b). Make sure the pressure control valve or the shut-off
valve is closed.
(6) Open the bleed/inflation valve (1) and read the pressure gage 0 - 60
bar.

EFF :

ALL 12-14-32

Page 314
Jan 01/08

MSR
(7) To get the correct shock absorber pressure you calculated at step
(2)(b):
- open the pressure control valve to inflate the shock absorber OR
- open the bleed control valve to deflate the shock absorber.
(8) Inflate or deflate the shock absorber to get the correct pressure you
calculated at step (2).
(9) Close the nitrogen charge valve.
(10) After a period of 10 minutes (to let the shock absorber become
stable), measure the pressure again.
(11) If the pressure has changed, do the steps (6) thru (8) again.
(12) Close the bleed/inflation valve (1).
(13) Stop the nitrogen supply and remove the nitrogen source from the GEAR
FILLING KIT-SHOCK ABSORBER or the standard charging equipment.
(14) Remove the GEAR FILLING KIT-SHOCK ABSORBER or the standard charging
R equipment from the ADAPTER, CHARGING - MLG (460007156).
(15) TORQUE the bleed/inflation valve (1) to between 0.60 and 0.8 m.daN
(50 and 70 lbf.in).
R (16) Remove the ADAPTER, CHARGING - MLG (460007156).
CAUTION : DO NOT INSTALL A DUST CAP ON THE BLEED/INFLATION VALVE OF

_______
THE MLG SHOCK ABSORBER. IF YOU DO, THERE IS A RISK THAT IT
WILL FALL INTO THE SHOCK ABSORBER.
(a) Do not install a dust cap on the bleed/inflation valve.
the Bleed/inflation valve (1). Leakage must not occur.
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 12-14-32-410-050
A. Close Access
and the bolts (5).
(a) TORQUE tighten the bolts (5) to 0.34 m.daN (30.08 lbf.in).

EFF :

ALL 12-14-32

Page 315
Jul 01/07

MSR
(b) Safety the bolts (5) with MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-010).
(3) Close the applicable MLG door (Ref. TASK 32-12-00-410-801).
Subtask 12-14-32-942-050

EFF :

ALL 12-14-32

Page 316
Jan 01/04

MSR
TASK 12-14-32-614-804
Gas Replenishment of the NLG Shock Absorber
_______
_______
LANDING GEAR.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
This task gives the procedure for gas replenishment when the aircraft is on
the ground and when the aircraft is on jacks.
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No specific nitrogen source

No specific pressure gage 130 bar
(0.00 to 9.00 lbf.ft)
R U21891000 2 ASSEMBLY - FILLING

EFF :

ALL 12-14-32

Page 317
Jan 01/08

MSR
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Gears
32-00-00-860-805 Ground Configuration after Flight Configuration
32-00-00-860-806 Put the Aircraft in a Ground Configuration when it is
Raised on Jacks
32-51-00-040-801 Deactivation of the Nose Wheel Steering
12-14-32-991-006 Fig. 304
12-14-32-991-005 Fig. 305
**ON A/C 101-101,
12-14-32-991-027 Fig. 306
**ON A/C 102-200,
12-14-32-991-027-A Fig. 306A
**ON A/C ALL
12-14-32-991-026 Fig. 307

12-14-32-991-029 Fig. 308

EFF :

ALL 12-14-32

Page 318
Jul 01/06
R
MSR
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 12-14-32-941-054
(1) Put the warning notices in the cockpit to tell persons not to:
- operate the landing gear controls
- operate the nose wheel steering controls.
Subtask 12-14-32-860-054
R B. Aircraft Maintenance Configuration
R NOTE : Do not install chocks to the NLG during this procedure.

____
(1) Put the aircraft in:
R (a) Ground configuration after flight configuration (Ref. TASK 32-00-

00-860-805).
R (b) Aircraft in ground configuration when it is raised on jacks

R (Ref. TASK 32-00-00-860-806).
(2) Put the nose wheels in a central position.
R (3) Make sure that the green hydraulic system is depressurized (Ref. TASK
29-00-00-864-804).
R (4) Deactivate the nose wheel steering NW/S (Ref. TASK 32-51-00-040-801).
R (5) Install the safety devices on the landing gear (Ref. TASK 32-00-00-
481-801).
Subtask 12-14-32-010-050
C. Get Access
(1) Open the NLG doors (Ref. TASK 32-22-00-010-801).
(2) Put the access platform adjacent to the NLG.

EFF :

ALL 12-14-32

Page 319
Apr 01/07

MSR
4. Procedure
_________
(Ref. Fig. 304/TASK 12-14-32-991-006)
Subtask 12-14-32-614-056
A. Gas Replenishment of the NLG Shock Absorber (Aircraft on the Ground)

(Ref. Fig. 305/TASK 12-14-32-991-005)
_______
(1) Remove the blanking caps (1) and (3) from the inflation valves (2)
and (4).
(2) Install the nitrogen source to the standard charging equipment.
R (3) Install the standard charging equipment to supply each ASSEMBLY -

R FILLING. Connect a pressure gage 130 bar to each of the charging
valves (2) and (4).
R (4) Install a ASSEMBLY - FILLING on the inflation valves (2) and (4).
(5) Open the inflation valves (2) and (4).
(6) Measure and write down the ambient temperature (temperature T1).
(7) Read and write down the pressure at the inflation valve (2) (pressure
P1) and at the inflation valve (4) (pressure P2).
(8) If the pressure at P2 is less than the pressure at P1 plus 6.9 bar
(100 psi):
(a) Open the shut off valves X and Z.
(b) Slowly pressurize the inflation valve (4) until the pressure at
P2 is 6.9 bar (100 psi) more than the pressure at P1.
NOTE : This makes sure that the floating piston goes against its
____
stop in the fully up position.
(9) Measure and write down the shock absorber extension (dimension H).

EFF :

ALL 12-14-32

Page 320
Jan 01/08

MSR
NLG - Pressure/Extension Graph 1
Figure 304/TASK 12-14-32-991-006

EFF :

ALL 12-14-32

Page 321
Jul 01/06
R
MSR
NLG Shock Absorber - Inflation Valves
Figure 305/TASK 12-14-32-991-005

EFF :

ALL 12-14-32

Page 322
Jul 01/06
R
MSR
(10) Close the shut off valve Z and open the shut off valve Y.
(a) Slowly add or remove nitrogen at the inflation valve (2) until
the dimension H plus or minus 1 mm (0.04 in) agrees with the
pressure P1 shown on the graph at ambient temperature T1.
**ON A/C 101-101,
(Ref. Fig. 306/TASK 12-14-32-991-027)
**ON A/C 102-200,
(Ref. Fig. 306A/TASK 12-14-32-991-027-A)
**ON A/C ALL
(11) Compare the pressure P1 and the pressure P2. If the pressure P2 is
more than the pressure at P1, do paragraphs (13) thru (23).
NOTE : If the pressure P2 is more than the pressure P1, this shows
____
that the floating piston has stayed against the stop in the
fully up position.
(12) If the pressure P2 is equal to or less than the pressure at P1, do

paragraphs (5) thru (11) again.
(13) Use the pressure P1 and T1 and find the position of P1 in relation to
the Nominal pressure line on the graph.
(Ref. Fig. 307/TASK 12-14-32-991-026)
(14) If the measured pressure P1 is above the Nominal line shown on the
graph, do this step:
(a) Close the shut off valve Y and open the shut off valve Z.
(b) Slowly remove nitrogen at the inflation valve (4) until the
dimension H plus or minus 1 mm (0.04 in) agrees with the graph at
pressure P1 and temperature T1.
(Ref. Fig. 304/TASK 12-14-32-991-006)
NOTE : The floating piston moves away from the stop.

____
(c) Compare the pressure P1 and P2. If the pressure P2 is the same as
pressure P1, do paragraphs (16) to (23).

R

EFF :

ALL 12-14-32

Page 323
Jul 01/06

MSR
R NLG - Pressure/Extension Graph ( C)
Figure 306/TASK 12-14-32-991-027

EFF :

101-101, 12-14-32

Page 324
Jan 01/07

MSR
R NLG - Pressure/Extension Graph ( C/ F)
Figure 306A/TASK 12-14-32-991-027-A

EFF :

102-200, 12-14-32

Page 325
Jan 01/07

MSR
upper charging valve
NLG Shock Absorber - Pressure/Temperature Graph

Figure 307/TASK 12-14-32-991-026

EFF :

ALL 12-14-32

Page 326
Oct 01/04
R
MSR
(15) If the measured pressure P1 is equal to or below the Nominal line
shown on the graph, do this step:
(a) Slowly decrease the pressure at the inflation valve (4) until the
pressure P2 agrees with the graph.
(Ref. Fig. 307/TASK 12-14-32-991-026)
NOTE : The floating piston stays against the stop.

____
(b) Compare the pressures P1 and P2. If the pressure P2 is more than
the pressure P1 do the paragraphs (16) thru (23).
(16) Close the inflation valves (2) and (4).
(17) Stop the supply from the nitrogen source. Release the pressure and
remove the nitrogen source from the standard charging equipment.
R (18) Remove the standard charging equipment from each ASSEMBLY - FILLING.
R (19) Remove each ASSEMBLY - FILLING from the inflation valves (2) and (4).
(20) TORQUE the inflation valves (2) and (4) to between 0.5 and 0.8 m.daN
(44.24 and 70.79 lbf.in).
the inflation valves (2) and (4). Leakage must not occur.
(22) Install the blanking caps (1) and (3) on the inflation valves (2) and
(4).
(23) Close the NLG doors (Ref. TASK 32-22-00-410-801).
Subtask 12-14-32-614-057
B. Gas Replenishment of the NLG Shock Absorber (Aircraft on Jacks)

(Ref. Fig. 305/TASK 12-14-32-991-005, 308/TASK 12-14-32-991-029)
(1) Make sure that the shock absorber is extended fully and the dimension
H is between 408 and 416 mm (16.07 and 16.37 in).
(2) Remove the blanking caps (1) and (3) from the inflation valves (2)
and (4).
R (3) Install a ASSEMBLY - FILLING on each of the inflation valves (2) and
(4).

EFF :

ALL 12-14-32

Page 327
Jan 01/08

MSR
lower charging valve
Pressure/Temperature Graph 2
Figure 308/TASK 12-14-32-991-029

EFF :

ALL 12-14-32

Page 328
Oct 01/04
R
MSR
(4) Install the GEAR FILLING KIT-SHOCK ABSORBER or the standard charging
R equipment to supply each ASSEMBLY - FILLING. Make sure that the
pressure gage 20 bar connects to the charging valve (2) and the
pressure gage 80 bar connects to the charging valve (4)
(5) Measure and write down the ambient temperature.
(6) Make sure that the shut-off valve Z is closed and open the inflation
R valve (4) with the ASSEMBLY - FILLING.
(7) Read and write down the pressure shown on the pressure gage for the
inflation valve (4)(Pressure P2).
(8) Compare the values with the values shown on the graph.
(Ref. Fig. 307/TASK 12-14-32-991-026)
(9) If the nitrogen pressure is not correct for the ambient temperature
on the graph, do this procedure:
_______
(a) Open the shut-off valve X and Z and adjust the nitrogen-source
supply pressure to the correct figure shown on the graph.
(b) Close the shut-off valves X and Z and stop the supply from the
nitrogen source.
(10) Close the inflation valve (4).
(11) Make sure that the shut-off valve Y is closed and open the inflation
R valve (2) with the ASSEMBLY - FILLING.
(12) Read and write down the pressure shown on the pressure gage for the
inflation valve (2)(Pressure P1).
(13) Compare the values with the values shown on the graph.
(Ref. Fig. 308/TASK 12-14-32-991-029)
(14) If the nitrogen pressure is not correct for the ambient temperature
on the graph, do this procedure:
_______

EFF :

ALL 12-14-32

Page 329
Jan 01/08

MSR
(a) Open the shut-off valve X and Y and adjust the nitrogen-source
supply pressure to the correct figure shown on the graph.
(b) Close the shut-off valves X and Y and stop the supply from the
nitrogen source.
(15) Close the inflation valve (2).
(16) Repeat steps (5) thru (15) and make sure that the pressures P1 and P2
are correct.
(17) Remove the GEAR FILLING KIT-SHOCK ABSORBER or the standard charging
R equipment from each ASSEMBLY - FILLING.
R (18) Remove the ASSEMBLY - FILLING from each inflation valve.
(19) TORQUE the inflation valve (2) and (4) to between 0.5 and 0.8 m.daN
(44.24 and 70.79 lbf.in).
(20) Install the blanking caps (1) and (3) to the inflation valves (2) and
(4).
the inflation valves (2) and (4). Leakage must not occur.
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 12-14-32-942-054
A. Removal of the Ground Support Equipment

EFF :

ALL 12-14-32

Page 330
Jan 01/08

MSR
TASK 12-14-32-614-807
Pressurization of the Brake Accumulator (5258GG, 5259GG, 5490GG, 5491GG,

5426GG, 5427GG)
_______
_______
LANDING GEAR.
_______
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
NOTE : The Alternate Brake Return Accumulator is part of the Manifold

____
5490GG(5491GG).
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No specific accumulator filling system

R (0.00 to 9.00 lbf.ft)
R

EFF :

ALL 12-14-32

Page 331
Apr 01/05

MSR
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

32-45-00-864-801 Release the Pressure from the Parking Brake System
after Depressurization
12-14-32-991-007 Fig. 309
12-14-32-991-012 Fig. 310
12-14-32-991-014 Fig. 311
12-14-32-991-020 Fig. 312
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 12-14-32-941-056
WARNING : OBEY THE HYDRAULIC SAFETY PROCEDURES.

_______
WORK ON THE HYDRAULIC SYSTEMS CAN BE DANGEROUS.
(1) Put the warning notice in the cockpit to tell persons not to
pressurize the Blue or Green hydraulic systems.
Subtask 12-14-32-860-055
(1) Put the wheel chocks in position.
(2) On the panel 117VU, set the PARK BRK to the OFF position.
(3) Make sure that the hydraulic systems are depressurized (Ref. TASK 29-
00-00-864-804).
(4) Release the pressure from the Parking Brake system after
depressurization (Ref. TASK 32-45-00-864-801).

EFF :

ALL 12-14-32

Page 332
Oct 01/04
R
MSR
Subtask 12-14-32-010-052
C. Get Access
(1) Put the access platform in the applicable position:
FOR 5426GG, 5427GG

at the zone 195
FOR 5258GG, 5259GG, 5490GG, 5491GG

at the zone 731(741).
Subtask 12-14-32-865-059
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
722VU BSCU SYS 2 2GG U37
742VU BSCU SYS 1 1GG G62
4. Procedure
_________
(Ref. Fig. 309/TASK 12-14-32-991-007)
Subtask 12-14-32-614-061
R A. Pressurize the Brake Return Accumulator (5258GG, 5259GG, 5490GG, 5491GG)
(1) Remove the cap (1).
(2) Install the accumulator filling system on the applicable charge

valve.
(3) Set the nitrogen supply pressure on the gage to 1 bar (14.5037 psi)
more than the correct pressure for the related ambient temperature.
R CAUTION : MAKE SURE THAT YOU USE THE CORRECT PRESSURE CHART. THIS
_______
R PREVENTS DAMAGE TO THE HYDRAULIC SYSTEM COMPONENTS.
(Ref. Fig. 310/TASK 12-14-32-991-012)

EFF :

ALL 12-14-32

Page 333
Apr 01/06

MSR
Brake Accumulators - Location and Detail
Figure 309/TASK 12-14-32-991-007

EFF :

ALL 12-14-32

Page 334
Oct 01/04
R
MSR
R brake Return Accumulators - Pressure Graph
Figure 310/TASK 12-14-32-991-012

EFF :

ALL 12-14-32

Page 335
Apr 01/07

MSR
(4) Slowly open the control nut (2) on the charge valve.
NOTE : When the charge valve is opened initially, the pressure will
____
decrease to approximately 1 bar (14.5 psi) less than the
correct pressure. It will then slowly increase.
(5) Close the control nut (2) when the needle on the accumulator pressure
gage goes through the correct pressure.
(6) TORQUE the control nut (2) to between 0.5 and 0.85 m.daN (44.24 and
75.22 lbf.in).
(7) Stop the nitrogen supply.
(8) Let the accumulator stay for approximately 10 minutes for its
temperature to become stable.
(9) Make sure that the accumulator gage needle is in the green sector.
(10) Remove the accumulator filling system and check for leakage.
(11) Install the cap (1).
(12) TORQUE the cap (1) to between 0.1 and 0.12 m.daN (8.84 and 10.61
lbf.in).
Subtask 12-14-32-614-067
R B. Pressurize the Alternate Brake 6L Accumulators (5426GG, 5427GG)
(2) Install the accumulator filling system on the applicable charge

valve.
(3) Set the supply pressure to the correct pressure for the related
ambient temperature.
R CAUTION : MAKE SURE THAT YOU USE THE CORRECT PRESSURE CHART. THIS
_______
R PREVENTS DAMAGE TO THE HYDRAULIC SYSTEM COMPONENTS.
(Ref. Fig. 311/TASK 12-14-32-991-014)
(4) Open the control nut (2) and slowly pressurize the accumulator to the
correct pressure for the related ambient temperature.

EFF :

ALL 12-14-32

Page 336
Apr 01/06

MSR
R Alternate Brake 6L Accumulators - Pressure Graph
Figure 311/TASK 12-14-32-991-014

EFF :

ALL 12-14-32

Page 337
Apr 01/06

MSR
(5) Let the filling system and accumulator pressure become equal and
close the control nut (2).
(Ref. Fig. 312/TASK 12-14-32-991-020)
NOTE : The other accumulator will show a pressure increase.

____
This is an incorrect indication.
(6) TORQUE the control nut (2) to between 0.5 and 0.85 m.daN (44.24 and
75.22 lbf.in).
(7) Release the pressure from the Parking Brake System (Ref. TASK 32-45-
00-864-801).
(8) Do the steps 1 thru 7 again for the other accumulator.
NOTE : It is possible that you will need to do the steps 1 thru 7

____
more than once for each accumulator, until a correct stable
pressure shows.
(9) Let the accumulator stay for approximately 10 minutes for its
temperature to become stable.
(10) Make sure that the accumulator gage shows the correct pressure.
(11) Remove the accumulator filling system and check for leakage.
(13) TORQUE the cap (1) to between 0.1 and 0.12 m.daN (8.84 and 10.61
lbf.in).
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 12-14-32-865-060
1GG, 2GG, 9JC, 9JV.
Subtask 12-14-32-942-056

EFF :

ALL 12-14-32

Page 338
Apr 01/06
R
MSR
Alternate Park Brake Accumulators - Location and Detail
Figure 312/TASK 12-14-32-991-020

EFF :

ALL 12-14-32

Page 339
Apr 01/06
R
MSR
TASK 12-14-32-614-811
Depressurization of the Brake Accumulator (5258GG, 5259GG, 5490GG, 5491GG,

5426GG and 5427GG)
_______
_______
LANDING GEAR.
_______
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
NOTE : The Alternate Brake Return Accumulator is part of the Manifold

____
5490GG(5491GG).
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------


EFF :

ALL 12-14-32

Page 340
Jan 01/05

MSR
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

32-12-14-400-801 Installation of the MLG Fixed Fairing Assembly
32-42-41-000-801 Removal of the MLG Normal Brake Return Accumulator
5258GG(5259GG)
32-42-41-400-801 Installation of the MLG Normal Brake Return
Accumulator 5258GG(5259GG)
32-43-00-870-801 Bleeding the Alternate Braking System at the Wheel
Brakes
32-43-24-000-801 Removal of the MLG Alternate Brake Return Accumulator
32-43-24-400-801 Installation of the MLG Alternate Brake Return
Accumulator
12-14-32-991-009 Fig. 313
12-14-32-991-010 Fig. 314
12-14-32-991-011 Fig. 315
FOR FIN 5490GG, 5491GG
32-12-14-000-801 Removal of the MLG Fixed Fairing Assembly
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 12-14-32-941-057

_______
(1) Put the warning notice in the cockpit to tell persons not to
pressurize the hydraulic systems.
Subtask 12-14-32-860-056
(1) Put the wheel chocks in position.
(2) On the panel 117VU, set the PARK BRK to the OFF position.

EFF :

ALL 12-14-32

Page 341
Oct 01/04
R
MSR
(3) Make sure that the hydraulic systems are depressurized (Ref. TASK 29-
00-00-864-804)
(4) Make sure that the Park Brake accumulators are depressurized
(Ref. TASK 32-45-00-864-801).
Subtask 12-14-32-010-053
C. Get Access
(1) Put the access platform in the applicable position:
FOR 5426GG, 5427GG

at the zone 195
FOR 5258GG, 5259GG, 5490GG, 5491GG

at the zone 731(741).
(2) FOR 5490GG, 5491GG

remove the fixed fairing assembly (Ref. TASK 32-12-14-000-801).
Subtask 12-14-32-865-061
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 12-14-32-614-062
A. Depressurization of the Brake Accumulator (5258GG and 5259GG)

(Ref. Fig. 313/TASK 12-14-32-991-009)
(1) Remove the applicable return Brake accumulator (Ref. TASK 32-42-41-
000-801), but do not disconnect the hydraulic connectors.
(2) Put the accumulator in the vertical position with the pressure gage
(2) at the top.

EFF :

ALL 12-14-32

Page 342
Oct 01/04
R
MSR
Figure 313/TASK 12-14-32-991-009

EFF :

ALL 12-14-32

Page 343
Oct 01/04
R
MSR
(4) Carefully loosen the control nut (1) and let the pressure decrease to
zero on the pressure gage (2).
(5) Close the control nut (1).
(7) Install the accumulator (Ref. TASK 32-42-41-400-801).
Subtask 12-14-32-614-063
B. Depressurization of the Brake Accumulator (5490GG and 5491GG)

(Ref. Fig. 314/TASK 12-14-32-991-010)
(1) Remove the accumulator (Ref. TASK 32-43-24-000-801).
(2) Hold the accumulator in the vertical position with the pressure gage
(2) at the top.
NOTE : An amount of hydraulic fluid can come out with the nitrogen.
____
This is normal and further maintenance is not necessary.
(7) Install the accumulator (Ref. TASK 32-43-24-400-801).
(8) Bleed the Blue hydraulic system (Ref. TASK 32-43-00-870-801).
(9) Install the fixed fairing assembly (Ref. TASK 32-12-14-400-801).

EFF :

ALL 12-14-32

Page 344
Oct 01/04
R
MSR
Figure 314/TASK 12-14-32-991-010

EFF :

ALL 12-14-32

Page 345
Oct 01/04
R
MSR
Subtask 12-14-32-614-064
C. Depressurization of the Park Brake Accumulator (5426GG, 5427GG)

(Ref. Fig. 315/TASK 12-14-32-991-011)
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 12-14-32-942-057
A. Removal of Equipment

EFF :

ALL 12-14-32

Page 346
Oct 01/04
R
MSR
Figure 315/TASK 12-14-32-991-011

EFF :

ALL 12-14-32

Page 347
Oct 01/04
R
MSR
TASK 12-14-32-614-814
Depressurization of the Nose Wheel Steering Accumulator 5110GC
_______
_______
LANDING GEAR.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No specific bleed hose


EFF :

ALL 12-14-32

Page 348
Jan 01/05

MSR
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
12-14-32-614-812 Pressurization of the Nose Wheel Steering Accumulator

5110GC
with the Electric Pump)
29-14-00-614-801 Depressurization of the Green Hydraulic Reservoir
R with Ground Equipment
12-14-32-991-015 Fig. 316
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 12-14-32-941-069
(2) Put the warning notices in these positions:

- on the ground services panel, to tell persons not to pressurize the
Green hydraulic system
- on the panel 245VU, to tell persons not to pressurize the Green
hydraulic system.
Subtask 12-14-32-860-062
(1) Deactivate the Nose Wheel Steering (Ref. TASK 32-51-00-040-801).

(Ref. TASK 29-00-00-864-801).
(3) Depressurize the reservoir of the Green hydraulic system

(Ref. TASK 29-14-00-614-801).

EFF :

ALL 12-14-32

Page 349
Apr 01/05

MSR
Subtask 12-14-32-865-073
C. Get access to the avionics compartment. Then open, safety and tag
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 12-14-32-614-068
A. Depressurization of the Nose Wheel Steering Accumulator

_______
(Ref. Fig. 316/TASK 12-14-32-991-015)
(1) Put the access platform in position adjacent to the NWS hydraulic
block.
(2) Cut, remove and discard the lockwire from the cover (1).
(3) Remove the cover (1) and the dustcap (2).
(4) Slowly open the charge valve to release the pressure.
(5) Close the charge valve and temporarily install the dustcap (2) and
the cover (1).
(6) To release the hydraulic pressure remaining in the Nose Wheel

Steering System, do these steps:
(a) Put a container below the bleed valve.
(b) Remove the cap (3).
(c) Put a bleed hose on the bleed valve.
(d) Slowly loosen the bleed valve to release the hydraulic pressure.
(e) When the flow of hydraulic fluid stops, tighten the bleed valve
and remove the bleed hose.

EFF :

ALL 12-14-32

Page 350
Oct 01/04
R
MSR
Nose Wheel Steering Accumulator - Location and Detail
Figure 316/TASK 12-14-32-991-015

EFF :

ALL 12-14-32

Page 351
Oct 01/04
R
MSR
(f) Install the cap (3) on the bleed valve.
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 12-14-32-860-061
(1) When the related maintenance operation is complete, pressurize the

Nose Wheel Steering accumulator (Ref. TASK 12-14-32-614-812).

EFF :

ALL 12-14-32

Page 352
Oct 01/04
R
MSR
TASK 12-14-32-614-812
Pressurization of the Nose Wheel Steering Accumulator 5110GC
_______
_______
LANDING GEAR.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No specific pressure gage
No specific Nitrogen Filling System
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No specific lockwire, corrosion resistant steel 0.8 mm (0.032

in.)

EFF :

ALL 12-14-32

Page 353
Oct 01/04
R
MSR
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
12-12-29-611-802 Fill the Green Hydraulic Reservoir with a Hand Pump

12-14-32-991-015 Fig. 316
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 12-14-32-941-058
(2) Put the warning notices in the cockpit and on the ground services
panel to tell persons:
- not to pressurize the Green hydraulic system
- not to pressurize the Green hydraulic system reservoir.
Subtask 12-14-32-860-059
(1) Depressurize the Green hydraulic system (Ref. TASK 29-00-00-864-801).
(2) Depressurize the Green hydraulic system reservoir (Ref. TASK 29-14-
00-614-801).
(3) Put the access platform in position at the NLG leg.
Subtask 12-14-32-865-071
C. Get access to the avionics compartment. Then make sure that this(these)
circuit breaker(s) is (are) open, safetied and tagged:
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

EFF :

ALL 12-14-32

Page 354
Apr 01/05

MSR
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 12-14-32-614-066
A. Pressurization of the NWS Accumulator with Nitrogen

(Ref. Fig. 316/TASK 12-14-32-991-015)
(1) Remove the cap (3) from the hydraulic bleed valve.
(2) Put a container in position below the bleed valve.
(3) Open the bleed valve.
NOTE : The flow of hydraulic fluid from the bleed valve can stop and
____
start again as the accumulator is filled.
(4) Remove and discard the lockwire from the cover (1).
(5) Remove the cover (1) and the dust cap (2) from the charge valve.
(6) Install the Nitrogen Filling System on the charge valve.
(7) Slowly open the charge valve to pressurize the NWS accumulator to
between 25 bar (362.5942 psi) and 40 bar (580.1508 psi). This will
make sure that the piston in the accumulator is at the bottom.
NOTE : The flow of hydraulic fluid from the bleed valve can stop and
____
start again as the accumulator is filled.
(8) Close the charge valve.
(9) Use a thermometer to measure the ambient temperature.
(10) On the filling system, set the nitrogen pressure to the correct value
for the ambient temperature (as shown in Table 1).
Table 1
R ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|---------------------------|-------------------------------------------------|
| deg.C | deg.F | BAR | PSI |
R |-----------|---------------|-----------------------|-------------------------|
| -40 | -40 | 3.60 | 52.2 |
R |-----------|---------------|-----------------------|-------------------------|
| -30 | -22 | 3.75 | 54.4 |
R |-----------|---------------|-----------------------|-------------------------|
| -20 | - 4 | 3.90 | 56.6 |
R |-----------|---------------|-----------------------|-------------------------|
| -10 | 14 | 4.05 | 58.7 |
R |-----------|---------------|-----------------------|-------------------------|
| 0 | 32 | 4.20 | 60.9 |
R |-----------|---------------|-----------------------|-------------------------|

EFF :

ALL 12-14-32

Page 355
Jul 01/08

MSR
----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|---------------------------|-------------------------------------------------|
| deg.C | deg.F | BAR | PSI |
|-----------|---------------|-----------------------|-------------------------|
| 10 | 50 | 4.35 | 63.1 |
R |-----------|---------------|-----------------------|-------------------------|
| 20 | 68 | 4.50 | 65.1 |
R |-----------|---------------|-----------------------|-------------------------|
| 30 | 86 | 4.65 | 67.4 |
R |-----------|---------------|-----------------------|-------------------------|
| 40 | 104 | 4.75 | 68.8 |
R |-----------|---------------|-----------------------|-------------------------|
| 50 | 112 | 5.00 | 72.5 |
R |-----------|---------------|-----------------------|-------------------------|
| 60 | 140 | 5.20 | 75.4 |
R -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
(11) Slowly open the charge valve and let the NWS accumulator pressure
decrease to the correct value.
(12) Close the charge valve.
(13) Let the accumulator temperature become stable (approximately 10

minutes for a full pressurization from zero pressure).
(14) Close the hydraulic bleed valve.
(15) Remove the Nitrogen Filling System.
(16) Use an applicable pressure gage to do a check of the gas pressure. If

necessary pressurize the accumulator again.
(18) Install the dust cap (2) and the cover (1).
(19) TORQUE the cover (1) to between 0.15 m.daN (13.27 lbf.in) and 0.17
m.daN (15.04 lbf.in).
(20) Safety the cover (1) with lockwire, corrosion resistant steel 0.8 mm
(0.032 in.).

EFF :

ALL 12-14-32

Page 356
Jul 01/08

MSR
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 12-14-32-611-050
(1) Make sure that the contents of the Green hydraulic reservoir is
correct (Ref. TASK 12-12-29-611-802).
Subtask 12-14-32-865-072
breaker(s):
1GG, 2GG
Subtask 12-14-32-942-058

EFF :

ALL 12-14-32

Page 357
Oct 01/04

MSR
WATER - DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION
_________________________________
1. _______
General
This topic gives instructions for the servicing of the potable water system.

EFF :

ALL 12-15-00

Page 1
Jan 01/04

MSR
POTABLE WATER - SERVICING
_________________________
TASK 12-15-38-613-801
Fill the Potable Water System (Aircraft Electrical Power Available)
WARNING : DO NOT DO WORK ON THE TOILET WASTE SYSTEM AND THE POTABLE WATER
_______
SYSTEM AT THE SAME TIME. THIS WILL PREVENT CONTAMINATION OF THE
POTABLE WATER SYSTEM. SUCH CONTAMINATION CAN BE DANGEROUS TO HEALTH.
WARNING : BEFORE YOU DO WORK ON THE POTABLE WATER SYSTEM, CLEAN YOUR HANDS WITH
_______
SOAP AND WATER. THIS WILL PREVENT INFECTION. (CONTAMINATION FROM
TOILET WASTE IS DANGEROUS TO HEALTH).
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE EQUIPMENT YOU USE FOR THIS PROCEDURE IS CLEAN AND
_______
APPROVED FOR THE POTABLE WATER SYSTEM. IF NOT IT CAN CAUSE
CONTAMINATION OF THE POTABLE WATER SYSTEM.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R No specific 1 ACCESS PLATFORM 1M(3 FT)

No specific 1 CART - SERVICING, WATER, POTABLE
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
12-31-38-660-801 Cold Weather Maintenance Practices for Water/Waste

12-33-21-618-801 Pre-conditioning through the Low-Pressure Ground
Connection
External Power A
External Power A
12-15-38-991-001 Fig. 301

EFF :

ALL 12-15-38

Page 301
Jul 01/08

MSR
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
12-15-38-991-003-A Fig. 302

12-15-38-991-002 Fig. 303
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 12-15-38-861-051
A. Make sure that the Aircraft Electrical Circuits are energized (Ref. TASK
24-41-00-861-801).
Subtask 12-15-38-865-053
B. Get access to the applicable 5000VE series panel(s). Then make sure that
this(these) circuit breaker(s) is (are) closed.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
5005VE WATER SYSTEM QUANT IND 1MA E06
5005VE WATER SYSTEM DRAIN 1MP E05
Subtask 12-15-38-618-050
C. Preparation to Fill the Potable Water System
(1) Obey the cold weather maintenance procedure (Ref. TASK 12-31-38-660-
801).
(2) If the temperature in the aircraft is below 4 DEG.C (39.20 DEG.F) do

the pre-conditioning procedure (Ref. TASK 12-33-21-618-801).
Subtask 12-15-38-010-054
D. Get Access
R (1) Put the ACCESS PLATFORM 1M(3 FT) in position below the Potable-Water
Service Panel (PWSP) at Zone 164.
R (2) Put the ACCESS PLATFORM 1M(3 FT) in position below the aft
potable-water drain-panel at Zone 154.

EFF :

ALL 12-15-38

Page 302
Jul 01/08

MSR
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 12-15-38-613-055-A
A. Fill the Potable Water System
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE EQUIPMENT YOU USE FOR THIS PROCEDURE IS
_______
CLEAN AND APPROVED FOR THE POTABLE WATER SYSTEM. IF NOT IT CAN
CAUSE CONTAMINATION OF THE POTABLE WATER SYSTEM.
(1) Make sure that the PWSP access door 164AR is closed.
(Ref. Fig. 301/TASK 12-15-38-991-001)
NOTE : You can set the water quantity only at the FAP 120RH when the
____
PWSP access door 164AR is closed.
(2) On the FAP 120RH set the necessary quantity of water.

(Ref. Fig. 302/TASK 12-15-38-991-003-A)
(a) Push the WATER hardkey.
(b) Make sure that the amber NO WATER PRESELECT AVAIL message is not
shown.
(c) Push the necessary + and/or - softkeys to set the necessary

quantity of water.
NOTE : You can set 25%, 50%, 75% and 100%. The keys are only
____
activated, if the PWSP access door 164AR is closed.
(3) Connect the potable-water service-vehicle.

(Ref. Fig. 301/TASK 12-15-38-991-001)
(a) Open the PWSP access door 164AR.
NOTE : You must not do the filling procedure if the ATTENTION

____
STOP FILLING 38MA light is ON.
(b) On the PWSP remove the cap 5252MB from the fill/drain nipple
26DV.
R NOTE : A residual level of chlorine can be added during A/C

____
R potable water filling as per SIL 38-040.
R NOTE : Filtration of the water supplied to A/C can be done by an

____
R In-line Water Filter Cartridge as per SIL 38-041.
(c) Connect the CART - SERVICING, WATER, POTABLE hose to the

fill/drain nipple 26DV.
(d) On the PWSP turn the control handle 5254MB from the NORMAL to the
PULL TO FILL position. Then pull it out to the mechanical stop.

EFF :

ALL 12-15-38

Page 303
Jul 01/08

MSR
Potable-Water Service Panel
R Figure 301/TASK 12-15-38-991-001

EFF :

ALL 12-15-38

Page 304
Jan 01/05

MSR
R FAP Display
R Figure 302/TASK 12-15-38-991-003-A

EFF :

ALL 12-15-38

Page 305
Jan 01/05

MSR
R (e) Make sure that the control light 3MP comes ON and the control
R light 38MA is OFF.
R (4) Fill the Potable Water Tanks
R CAUTION : DO NOT LET THE WATER PRESSURE BE MORE THAN THE SPECIFIED
_______
R VALUE. IF THE WATER PRESSURE IS TOO HIGH IT WILL CAUSE
R DAMAGE TO THE POTABLE WATER SYSTEM.
R NOTE : Stop immediately the fill procedure of the potable water tanks
____
R if the control light ATTENTION STOP FILLING 38MA comes ON at
R the PWSP.
R (a) Operate the CART - SERVICING, WATER, POTABLE at a pressure of

R max. 125 psi (8.6184 bar) and fill the potable water tanks.
R NOTE : When the set value is reached, the control lights 5MA for
____
R the FWD tank system and 15MA for the AFT tank system come
R ON. When the control light 5MA comes ON, the valve 22MA
R closes and the control light 3MP goes OFF. When the
R control light 15MA comes ON at first, the valve 37MA
R closes and the control light 38MA is not activated. In
R this case the valve 37MA opens again after the FWD tanks
R system has reached the set level. After the FWD and AFT
R tank systems have reached the set value, the valve 9MA
R closes and the control handle 5254MB turns automatically
R back to the NORMAL position.
R NOTE : To stop the fill procedure before the set quantity is

____
R reached, you must turn the control handle 5254MB to the
R NORMAL position.
R (b) Stop the water flow at the CART - SERVICING, WATER, POTABLE.
R (5) Make sure that the actual quantity indication on the FAP and at PWSP
R is the same as the set quantity indication.
R (Ref. Fig. 301/TASK 12-15-38-991-001, 302/TASK 12-15-38-991-003-A)
R (6) Disconnect the potable-water service-vehicle.

R (Ref. Fig. 301/TASK 12-15-38-991-001)
R (a) Disconnect the CART - SERVICING, WATER, POTABLE hose from the
R fill/drain nipple 26DV at the PWSP.
R (b) Clean and dry the PWSP and the adjacent area.

EFF :

ALL 12-15-38

Page 306
Jan 01/05

MSR
R (c) Visually examine the connections for leaks.
R NOTE : Leaks are not permitted.

____
R (d) Install the cap 5252MB on the fill/drain nipple 26DV.
R (7) Clean and dry the aft potable-water drain-panel.

R (Ref. Fig. 303/TASK 12-15-38-991-002)
R (a) Open the aft potable-water drain-panel access door 154AR.
R (b) Clean and dry the aft potable-water drain-panel and the adjacent
R area.
R (c) Visually examine the connections for leaks.
R NOTE : Leaks are not permitted.

____
R (d) Close the aft potable-water drain-panel access door 154AR.
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 12-15-38-410-052
A. Close Access
items.
(2) Close the access door 164AR and make sure that the access door 154AR
is closed.
(3) Make sure that the latches are correctly locked and that the doors
make a continuous surface with the skin of the aircraft.
Subtask 12-15-38-862-051

(Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-801).

EFF :

ALL 12-15-38

Page 307
Jan 01/05

MSR
Aft Potable-Water Drain-Panel
Figure 303/TASK 12-15-38-991-002

EFF :

ALL 12-15-38

Page 308
Jan 01/04

MSR
TASK 12-15-38-613-802
Fill the Potable Water System (Aircraft Electrical Power not Available)
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R No specific 1 ACCESS PLATFORM 1M(3 FT)

No specific 1 CART - SERVICING, WATER, POTABLE
No specific 1 CONTAINER 10 L(2 1/2 USGAL)
No specific 1 HOSE - DRAIN
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Connection
12-15-38-991-001 Fig. 301
12-15-38-991-002 Fig. 303
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 12-15-38-865-054
A. Make sure that the electrical-power supply system is de-energized:
Get access to the applicable 5000VE series panel(s). Then open, safety
and tag this(these) circuit breaker(s):
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
5005VE WATER SYSTEM QUANT IND 1MA 17 C
5005VE WATER SYSTEM DRAIN 1MP 16 C

EFF :

ALL 12-15-38

Page 309
Jul 01/08

MSR
Subtask 12-15-38-618-051
B. Preparation to Fill the Potable Water System
801).

Subtask 12-15-38-010-055
C. Get Access
R (1) Put the ACCESS PLATFORM 1M(3 FT) in position below the Potable-Water
Service Panel (PWSP) at Zone 164.
R (2) Put the ACCESS PLATFORM 1M(3 FT) in position below the Aft
Potable-Water Drain Panel (APWDP) at Zone 154.
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 12-15-38-613-056
A. Fill the Potable Water Tanks
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE EQUIPMENT YOU USE FOR THIS PROCEDURE IS
_______
CLEAN AND APPROVED FOR THE POTABLE WATER SYSTEM. IF NOT IT CAN
CAUSE CONTAMINATION OF THE POTABLE WATER SYSTEM.
(1) On the APWDP:

(Ref. Fig. 303/TASK 12-15-38-991-002)
(a) Open the access door 154AR.
R NOTE : A residual level of chlorine can be during A/C potable

____
R water filling as per SIL 38-040.
R NOTE : Filtration of the water supplied to A/C can be done by an

____
R In-line Water Filter Cartridge as per SIL 38-041.
(b) Connect a HOSE - DRAIN to the drain (overflow) nipple 5255MB

connection on the APWDP.
(c) Put a CONTAINER 10 L(2 1/2 USGAL) under the drain hose.
(2) On the PWSP:

(Ref. Fig. 301/TASK 12-15-38-991-001)
(a) Open the access door 164AR.
(b) Remove the cap assy 5252MB from the fill/drain nipple 26DV .

EFF :

ALL 12-15-38

Page 310
Jul 01/08

MSR
(c) Connect the CART - SERVICING, WATER, POTABLE hose to the
fill/drain nipple 26DV.
(d) Connect a hose to the overflow nipple 28DV.
(3) On the APWDP turn the FILL/DRAIN VALVE control handle to the OPEN
position.
(4) On the PWSP turn the control handle 5254MB to the PULL TO FILL
position. Then pull it out to the mechanical stop.
(5) Fill the potable water tanks.
CAUTION : DO NOT LET THE WATER PRESSURE BE MORE THAN THE SPECIFIED
_______
VALUE. IF THE WATER PRESSURE IS TOO HIGH IT WILL CAUSE
DAMAGE TO THE POTABLE WATER SYSTEM.
(a) Operate the potable-water service-vehicle at a pressure of 125

psi (8.6184 bar) and fill the potable water tanks.
NOTE : When the tanks are full, water will flow from the overflow
____
nipple 28DV at the PWSP and drain (overflow) nipple 5255MB
at the APWDP.
(6) When water flows from:

- the APWDP, turn the FILL/DRAIN VALVE control handle to the SHUT
position,
- the PWSP, push in the control handle 5254MB and turn it to the
NORMAL position.
(7) Stop the water flow at the potable-water service-vehicle.
(8) On the PWSP:
(a) Disconnect the hose from the fill/drain nipple 26DV.
(b) Disconnect the overflow nipple 28DV.
(c) Turn the control handle 5254MB to the PULL TO DRAIN position.
Then pull it out to the mechanical stop.
NOTE : Water will flow from the fill/drain nipple 26DV on the
____
PWSP.
(d) After approximately 15 seconds, push in the control handle 5254MB

and then turn to the NORMAL position.

EFF :

ALL 12-15-38

Page 311
Jan 01/05
R
MSR
(e) Install the cap assy 5252MB on the fill/drain nipple 26DV.
(f) Clean and dry the PWSP and the adjacent area.
(g) Visually examine the connections for leaks.

____
(h) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tools and
other items.
(i) Close the PWSP access door 164AR.
(9) On the APWDP
(a) Disconnect the drain hose.
(b) Remove the container.
(c) Clean and dry the APWDP and the adjacent area.
(d) Visually examine the connections for leaks.

____
(e) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tools and
other items.
(f) Close the APWDP access door 154AR.
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 12-15-38-865-055
A. Make sure that the system is energized:
Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit
breaker(s):
1MA, 1MP

EFF :

ALL 12-15-38

Page 312
Jan 01/05
R
MSR
Subtask 12-15-38-410-053
B. Close Access
items.
(2) Close the access doors 164AR and 154AR.
(3) Make sure that the latches are correctly locked and that the access
doors make a continuous surface with the skin of the aircraft.

EFF :

ALL 12-15-38

Page 313
Jan 01/05
R
MSR
LAVATORY - DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION
____________________________________
1. _______
General
This topic gives instructions for the servicing of the waste water system.

EFF :

ALL 12-16-00

Page 1
Jan 01/04

MSR
LAVATORY ARTICLE - SERVICING
____________________________
TASK 12-16-25-613-801
Servicing of the Liquid Soap Dispenser
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
A. Consumable Materials
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No specific weak liquid soap

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

R 12-16-25-991-001-A Fig. 301
R 12-16-25-991-002 Fig. 302
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 12-16-25-861-050

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-801).

EFF :

ALL 12-16-25

Page 301
Apr 01/06

MSR
4. Procedure
_________
R Subtask 12-16-25-613-050-A
R A. Servicing of the Table Mounted (Standard Option) Soap Dispenser
R CAUTION : DO NOT USE INDUSTRIAL HAND CLEANERS, NATURAL SOAPS AND CLEANING
_______
R AGENTS THAT CONTAIN ABRASIVES, SOLVENTS OR A LARGE PROPORTION
R OF DISINFECTANT.
R THESE MATERIALS CAN CAUSE THE PUMP MECHANISM TO WEAR MORE
R QUICKLY.
R NOTE : The dispensers are applicable for normal liquid hand-cleaning

____
R agents, soap creams and dish-washing agents for household use.
R We recommend that you use weak, biodegradable, fully synthetic
R agents.
R (1) Fill the bottle of the table mounted soap dispenser:

R (Ref. Fig. 301/TASK 12-16-25-991-001-A)
R (a) Turn the pump-assembly (1) counter-clockwise with your fingers

R and remove it from from the soap outlet sleeve (2).
R (b) Fill the bottle with weak liquid soap.
R (c) Install the pump assembly (1) in the soap outlet sleeve (2) and
R tighten it clockwise with your fingers.
R (d) Operate the pump assembly (1) several times until soap comes out
R of the soap outlet (2).
R (e) Remove the unwanted soap with a lint-free cotton cloth

R MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-003).
Subtask 12-16-25-613-051
R B. Servicing of the Wall Mounted Liquid Soap Dispenser
CAUTION : DO NOT USE INDUSTRIAL HAND CLEANERS, NATURAL SOAPS AND CLEANING
_______
AGENTS THAT CONTAIN ABRASIVES, SOLVENTS OR A LARGE PROPORTION
OF DISINFECTANT.
THESE MATERIALS CAN CAUSE THE PUMP MECHANISM TO WEAR MORE
QUICKLY.
NOTE : The dispenser is applicable for normal liquid hand-cleaning

____
agents, soap creams and dish-washing agents for household use.

EFF :

ALL 12-16-25

Page 302
Apr 01/06

MSR
R Liquid Soap Dispenser - Table Mounted (Standard Option)
R Figure 301/TASK 12-16-25-991-001-A

EFF :

ALL 12-16-25

Page 303
Apr 01/06

MSR
We recommend that you use weak, biodegradable, fully synthetic
agents.
(1) Fill the bottle of the soap dispenser.

R (Ref. Fig. 302/TASK 12-16-25-991-002)
(a) Push the pin (2) and open the door (1).
(b) Remove the cap (3) and fill the bottle (4) with weak liquid soap.
(c) Operate the pump (5) several times until soap comes out of the
outlet.
(d) Remove the unwanted soap with a lint-free cotton cloth

(e) Add weak liquid soap to the bottle (4) as necessary and install
the cap (3).
(f) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tools and
other items.
(g) Close the door (1).
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 12-16-25-862-050
A. De-energize the ground service network

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-862-801).

EFF :

ALL 12-16-25

Page 304
Apr 01/06

MSR
Liquid Soap Dispenser - Wall Mounted
R Figure 302/TASK 12-16-25-991-002

EFF :

ALL 12-16-25

Page 305
Apr 01/06

MSR
TOILET SANITARY FLUID - SERVICING
_________________________________
TASK 12-16-38-613-801
Servicing of the Toilet System
WARNING : ALWAYS USE RUBBER GLOVES WHEN YOU DO WORK:

_______
- ON THE TOILET WASTE SYSTEM, OR
- ON PARTS THAT HAVE CONTAMINATION FROM THE WASTE SYSTEM.
WHEN YOU COMPLETE THE WORK PROCEDURE, CLEAN YOUR HANDS WITH SOAP AND
WATER.
THIS WILL PREVENT INFECTION (TOILET WASTE IS DANGEROUS FOR HEALTH).
_______
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific 4 CART - SERVICING, TOILET
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R Material No. 14-001A USA AMS 1476

DEODORANT AIRCRAFT TOILET NON FORMALDE- HYDE BASE
(Ref. 20-31-00)

EFF :

ALL 12-16-38

Page 301
Jul 01/08

MSR
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Connection
External Power A
External Power A
38-31-00-680-801 Draining of the Waste Holding Tanks
12-16-38-991-001 Fig. 301
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 12-16-38-861-050

(Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-801).
Subtask 12-16-38-680-050
B. If the outside air temperature is as shown in the table drain the waste
holding tanks (Ref. TASK 38-31-00-680-801).
R CAUTION : MAKE SURE THAT THE WATER TEMPERATURE IS NOT HIGHER THAN 60
_______
R DEG.C (140.00 DEG.F), IF IT IS HIGHER, IT CAN CAUSE DAMAGE TO
R THE COMPONENT.
Table 1 - Waste-Holding Tank Drain Configuration

EFF :

ALL 12-16-38

Page 302
Jan 01/05

MSR
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
I Configuration I I I
I---------------------------------------------------I Exposure I Waste tank I
I Air I Cabin I Outside air I time I drain I
IconditioningItemperatureI temperature I I I
I------------I-----------I--------------------------I------------I------------I
R I I I Between 0 and -15 DEG.C I I Not I
R I ON I Above I 32 and 5 DEG.F I Any I required I
I I 10DEG.C I--------------------------I------------I------------I
I I I Below -15 DEG.C I I I
I I 50DEG.F I 5 DEG.F I 1 h 15 min I I
I------------I-----------I--------------------------I------------I I
I I I Between 0 and -7 DEG.C I I I
I I I 38 and 19.4 DEG.F I 1 h 30 min I Required I
I I I--------------------------I------------I I
I OFF I I Between -7 and -15 DEG.C I I I
I I I 19.4 and 5 DEG.F I 0 h 45 min I I
I I I--------------------------I------------I I
I I I Below -15 DEG.C I I I
I I I 5 DEG.F I any I I
I-----------------------------------------------------------------------------I
I If you have drained the waste holding tanks you must put 18l (4.755 USgal) I
I of warm disinfectant at 30 DEG.C (86 DEG.F) in each waste holding tank I
I 30 minutes before you start the engines. I
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
Subtask 12-16-38-010-050
C. Get Access
(1) Put an ACCESS PLATFORM 2M (6 FT) in position below the waste service
panel.
(2) Put the CART - SERVICING, TOILET in position.
(3) Open the waste service panel door 171AL.
4. Procedure
_________
(Ref. Fig. 301/TASK 12-16-38-991-001)
WARNING : YOU MUST ALWAYS WEAR RUBBER GLOVES WHEN YOU DO THIS PROCEDURE TO
_______
PREVENT INFECTION.

EFF :

ALL 12-16-38

Page 303
Oct 01/06

MSR
Waste Service Panel
Figure 301/TASK 12-16-38-991-001

EFF :

ALL 12-16-38

Page 304
Jan 01/04

MSR
Subtask 12-16-38-680-051
A. Draining of the System
(1) Open the cap of the waste drain-line valve and the tank flush
connections.
(2) Connect the hose adapter and the 4-inch diameter drain hose of the
CART - SERVICING, TOILET to the waste-tank drain connection.
(3) Push the PUSH TO OPEN lever on the waste drain-line valve to the OPEN
position.
(4) Put the drain-valve control-lever to the OPEN position and let the
waste drain.
(5) Touch the drain hose and make sure that the waste has drained
completely.
Subtask 12-16-38-170-050
B. Flushing of the Waste Holding Tanks
CAUTION : MAKE SURE THAT THE WATER TEMPERATURE IS NOT HIGHER THAN 60
_______
DEG.C (140.00 DEG.F), IF IT IS HIGHER, IT CAN CAUSE DAMAGE TO
THE COMPONENT.
(1) Connect the flush/fill hose (1-inch diameter) of the CART -

SERVICING, TOILET to a flush connection.
(2) Operate the CART - SERVICING, TOILET.
(a) Make sure that the water pressure is stable at 2.4 bar (35 psi)
and the water flow rate is stable at 38.0 l (10.0 USgal) per
minute.
(b) Flush the waste holding tank with 100 l (26.5 USgal) of water.
(3) Do this procedure for each waste holding tank.
(4) Put the drain-valve control-lever to the CLOSED position.
(5) Disconnect the drain hose and the hose adapter.

EFF :

ALL 12-16-38

Page 305
Apr 01/05
R
MSR
Subtask 12-16-38-618-050
C. Preparation to fill the Waste Holding Tanks with disinfectant
801).

Subtask 12-16-38-613-051
D. Disinfection of the Tanks
R WARNING : OBEY THE MANUFACTURERS INSTRUCTIONS WHEN YOU USE THE SPECIAL
_______
R MATERIAL.
R THIS MATERIAL IS DANGEROUS.
CAUTION : MAKE SURE THAT THE WATER TEMPERATURE IS NOT HIGHER THAN 60
_______
DEG.C (140.00 DEG.F), IF IT IS HIGHER, IT CAN CAUSE DAMAGE TO
THE COMPONENT.
(1) Use the CART - SERVICING, TOILET to fill each waste holding tank with
18 l (4.8 USgal) of disinfectant solution.
NOTE : The disinfection solution is a 0.25% solution of DISINFECTANTS

____
(Material No. 14-001A)
You must obey the instructions of the manufacturer fully for
the correct solution, when other disinfection materials are
used.
NOTE : Some disinfectant will drain from the flush connections when
____
you disconnect the fill hose.
(2) Make sure that there are no leaks from the toilet drain connections
or the fill/rinse connections.

____
(3) Close the cap of the waste drain-line valve.
(4) Turn off the CART - SERVICING, TOILET and disconnect the flush/fill
hose.
(5) Close the caps of the tank flush connections.
(6) Clean and dry the service panel area with a clean cloth MISCELLANEOUS

EFF :

ALL 12-16-38

Page 306
Apr 01/05

MSR
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 12-16-38-410-051
A. Close the Access door
WARNING : AFTER YOU DO WORK ON THE TOILET WASTE SYSTEM, DO NOT DO

_______
SERVICING OF THE POTABLE WATER SYSTEM. THIS WILL PREVENT
CONTAMINATION OF THE POTABLE WATER SYSTEM. SUCH CONTAMINATION
CAN BE DANGEROUS TO HEALTH.
items.
(2) Close the access door 171AL.
NOTE : Make sure that the latches are correctly locked and that the
____
door makes a continuous surface with the skin of the aircraft.
Subtask 12-16-38-862-050
B. De-energize the aircraft electrical circuits (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-

801).
Subtask 12-16-38-942-050

EFF :

ALL 12-16-38

Page 307
Jan 01/04

MSR
RAIN REPELLENT - DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION
__________________________________________
1. General
_______
This section gives the instructions related to fill the rain repellent can.
It includes the topic below:

12-17-30/ P. Block 301 ICE AND RAIN PROTECTION

EFF :

ALL 12-17-00

Page 1
Jan 01/04

MSR
ICE AND RAIN PROTECTION - SERVICING
___________________________________
TASK 12-17-30-200-801
Do a Check of Rain Repellent Fluid Can Assy For Correct Fluid Level and
Pressure
NOTE : If there is leakage of FORALKYL 2211, you can smell a pine odor.
____
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
R
R Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
30-45-00-600-801 Servicing of the Rain-Repellent Fluid Can (5101DG)

12-17-30-991-001 Fig. 301
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 12-17-30-869-050
A. Not applicable.
4. Procedure
_________
(Ref. Fig. 301/TASK 12-17-30-991-001)
Subtask 12-17-30-210-050
A. Inspection/Check of the Pressure Gage and Fluid Level
(1) Pressure gage
(a) Make sure that the pointer points to the green area (green band).
(b) If the pointer points to the yellow area, replace the can
(Ref. TASK 30-45-00-600-801).

EFF :

ALL 12-17-30

Page 301
Apr 01/06

MSR
Rain Repellent Fluid Gage Assy
Figure 301/TASK 12-17-30-991-001

EFF :

ALL 12-17-30

Page 302
Jan 01/04

MSR
(2) Fluid level indication
(a) Make sure that there is sufficient rain repellent fluid in the
gage assy.
(b) If you see the surface of the fluid, replace the can (Ref. TASK
30-45-00-600-801).
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 12-17-30-869-051
A. Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tools and other items.

EFF :

ALL 12-17-30

Page 303
Jan 01/04

MSR
SCHEDULED SERVICING - DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION
_______________________________________________
1. General
_______
This section gives the instructions related to the servicing operations, for
which a frequency is specified.

12-21-00/P. Block 301 CLEANING
12-22-00/P. Block 301 LUBRICATION
12-24-00/P. Block 301 DRAINAGE
12-28-00/P. Block 301 USE OF MANUAL (MAGNETIC) FUEL QUANTITY INDICATORS

EFF :

ALL 12-20-00

Page 1
Jan 01/04

MSR
CLEANING - DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION
____________________________________
1. General
_______
This section gives the instructions related to the aircraft external and
internal cleaning.

12-21-11/P. Block 301 EXTERNAL CLEANING
12-21-12/P. Block 301 INTERNAL CLEANING

EFF :

ALL 12-21-00

Page 1
Jan 01/04

MSR
EXTERNAL CLEANING - SERVICING
_____________________________
TASK 12-21-11-615-802
External Cleaning
WARNING : BE VERY CAREFUL IF YOU GO ON WET AIRCRAFT SURFACES. IF YOU SLIP,

_______
THERE IS A RISK THAT YOU WILL FALL.
WARNING : WEAR AND ATTACH A SAFETY HARNESS WHEN YOU WORK ON HIGH SECTIONS. A
_______
FALL CAN KILL OR INJURE YOU.
WARNING : THERE IS A POSSIBLE HEALTH RISK TO PERSONNEL WHO DO MAINTENANCE TASKS

_______
AFTER A BIRD STRIKE. THE SAFETY MEASURES THAT FOLLOW ARE RECOMMENDED:
- USE DISPOSABLE GLOVES.
- USE A DISPOSABLE COVERALL IF THERE IS A RISK OF BODY CONTACT WITH
THE BIRD REMAINS.
- DO NOT USE PRESSURIZED AIR OR WATER TO CLEAN THE PARTS WHICH WERE
IN CONTACT WITH THE BIRD.
- REMOVE THE BIRD REMAINS AND PUT THEM IN A PLASTIC BAG.
- DO NOT TOUCH YOUR FACE, EYES, NOSE, ETC. WITH YOUR GLOVES.
- REMOVE THE GLOVES AND THE DISPOSABLE COVERALL AND PUT THEM IN THE
SAME PLASTIC BAG AS THE REMAINS. SEAL THE BAG.
- DISCARD THE BAG AS YOU DO FOR USUAL GARBAGE.
- CAREFULLY WASH YOUR HANDS WITH SOAP AND WATER.
CAUTION : DO NOT USE HIGH-PRESSURE JETS OR VAPOR TO DO THE CLEANING PROCEDURE.

_______
THIS TYPE OF EQUIPMENT CAN PUT WATER AND MOISTURE IN PARTS, AND CAN
CAUSE DAMAGE TO EQUIPMENT, SPECIALLY TO:
- ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT SUCH AS HARNESSES, PROXIMITY SENSORS AND
CONNECTORS (WITH SHORT CIRCUITS OR INCORRECT INDICATIONS AS A RESULT)
- EQUIPMENT SUCH AS GEAR BOX SEALS, STEADY BEARINGS, ROTARY ACTUATORS
AND UNIVERSAL JOINTS.
CAUTION : DURING THE ANTI-ICING/DE-ICING AND WASHING PROCEDURES, MAKE SURE THAT
_______
THE HOT WATER OR HOT WATER/FLUID MIXTURES DO NOT CAUSE THE
TEMPERATURE OF THE AIRCRAFT SKIN TO INCREASE TO MORE THAN +70⁰C.
CAUTION : DO NOT USE A COMPRESSED AIR SUPPLY OF MORE THAN 10 PSI (0.70 BAR)
_______
PRESSURE:
- IF YOU USE A SPRAY GUN OR
- WHEN YOU USE COMPRESSED AIR TO DRY THE CLEANED PARTS.
AN IMPACT PRESSURE OF MORE THAN 10 PSI (0.70 BAR) WILL CAUSE DAMAGE
TO THE PARTS.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
NOTE : This task can contribute to fuel savings.

____
This task gives the procedure for:

- external cleaning of the A/C,
- cleaning of the windows,

EFF :

ALL 12-21-11

Page 301
Apr 01/07
R
MSR
- cleaning of the landing gears and landing gear bays.
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No specific 1 BOOT - RUBBER

No specific 1 BRUSH - BRISTLED, SOFT
No specific 6 CHOCK - WHEEL
No specific 1 CLEANING EQUIPMENT HEIGHT 17M (55FT) - MOBILE
No specific 2 FILM - POLYETHYLENE
No specific 1 GLOVES - RUBBER
No specific 1 GOGGLES - PROTECTIVE
No specific 1 OVERALL WITH HOOD - WATERPROOF
No specific 1 SCRAPER - PLASTIC
No specific 1 SPRAYING EQUIPMENT - LOW PRESSURE
No specific 1 TAPE - ADHESIVE
No specific 1 SPONGE
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Material No. 05-005 USA MIL-C-16173 GRADE II

CORROSION PREVENTIVE (Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 05-027
RUST INHIBITOR(FOR CORROSION USE 15-004)
(Ref. 20-31-00)
DE-ICING FLUID AEA/ISO TYPE I ISO 11075
(Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 11-001 USA MIL-D-16791 TYPE I
R NO LONGER AVAILABLE (Ref. 20-31-00)
(Ref. 20-31-00)

EFF :

ALL 12-21-11

Page 302
Apr 01/07

MSR
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Material No. 11-026 GB DEF-STAN 68-148/1

SOLVENT GENERAL PURPOSE (Ref. 20-31-00)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
09-10-00-584-802 Towing with the Nose Landing Gear from the Front
09-10-00-584-808 Towing with Towbarless Tractor
R 10-11-00-555-814 Installation of Aircraft Protection Equipment
R 10-11-00-555-819 Removal of Aircraft Protection Equipment
12-22-32-600-817 Lubrication of Main Landing Gear and Doors
12-22-32-600-819 Lubrication of Nose Gear and Doors
12-31-12-660-801 De-icing of the Aircraft Parked in an Open Area
(Engines Stopped)
12-34-24-860-802 Aircraft Grounding for the Maintenance Operations
External Power A
APU (APU Started with APU BAT)
External Power A
32-11-00-100-801 Cleaning of the Main Landing Gear
32-21-00-100-801 Cleaning of the Nose Landing Gear
56-10-00-100-801 Cleaning of the Windshield (3DG1,3DG2).
56-10-00-100-802 Cleaning of the Sliding (8DG1,8DG2) and the Fixed
Windows (7DG1,7DG2).
56-21-15-100-801 Cleaning of the Outer Surfaces of the Window Panes

EFF :

ALL 12-21-11

Page 303
Jan 01/08

MSR
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 12-21-11-941-052
A. General
(1) Quality of water for aircraft external cleaning
(a) We recommend that you use potable water that has these qualities:
- pH between 5 to 8.5
- Chloride level less than 100ppm.
NOTE : Water that contains a high level of chloride and/or is

____
acidic-alkaline can cause corrosion.
Treated water from city drainage can cause a risk of
bacteriological contamination.
Refer to the local regulations.
(2) The persons that do the cleaning must put on BOOT - RUBBER, GLOVES -
RUBBER, GOGGLES - PROTECTIVE and OVERALL WITH HOOD - WATERPROOF.
Subtask 12-21-11-860-052
(1) Tow the aircraft to the cleaning area (Ref. TASK 09-10-00-584-802) or
(Ref. TASK 09-10-00-584-808).
(2) Electrically ground the aircraft (Ref. TASK 12-34-24-860-802).
(3) Put the CHOCK - WHEEL in position:
(a) For the nose landing gear:

- in front of and behind the wheels.
(b) For the main landing gear:

- in front of the FWD wheels and behind the AFT wheels.
(4) Make sure that the slats, flaps, spoilers, ailerons and thrust
reversers are retracted.

(Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-801).

EFF :

ALL 12-21-11

Page 304
Oct 01/06
R
MSR
(6) On the panel 225VU, push the DITCHING pushbutton switch to close:
- the outflow valves 313HL and 315HL,
- the underfloor extract valve 12HQ,
- the overboard extract valve 13HQ.

(Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-801).
(8) Electrically ground the aircraft (Ref. TASK 12-34-24-860-802).
(9) Make sure that all landing gear doors, passenger/crew doors, cargo
compartment doors, emergency exits, service panels and sliding
windows are closed and that the engines are cold.
(10) Install aircraft protection equipment (Ref. TASK 10-11-00-555-814).
R WARNING : DO NOT APPLY ADHESIVE TAPE ON THE PROBES, DUCTS, SENSORS

_______
R (STATIC, PITOT, TAT, AOA). USE ONLY THE SPECIFIED TOOLS FOR
R THE PROTECTION OF THE AIRCRAFT. THE SPECIFIED TOOLS:
R - GIVE THE CORRECT PROTECTION TO THE AIRCRAFT EQUIPMENT,
R - ARE EASY TO SEE FROM THE GROUND,
R - ARE EASY TO REMOVE.
R IF YOU USE TAPE, THERE IS A RISK THAT SOME TAPE, OR
R ADHESIVE FROM THE TAPE, WILL STAY ON THE PROBES, DUCTS OR
R SENSORS. THIS CAN CAUSE INCORRECT INDICATIONS ON THE
R RELATED COCKPIT INSTRUMENTS.
(11) Install a FILM - POLYETHYLENE or equivalent, on each landing gear

wheel/brake.
(12) Put TAPE - ADHESIVE on all remaining joints and openings where the
cleaning products could fall and cause damage. Record the locations
where you put the TAPE - ADHESIVE.
Subtask 12-21-11-941-053
C. Job Set-up
WARNING : CLEANING AGENT IS A HAZARDOUS MATERIAL WHICH CAN CAUSE INJURY

_______
OR ILLNESS IF IT IS NOT CORRECTLY USED. REFER TO MANUFACTURERS
SPECIFIC SAFETY AND HEALTH RECOMMENDATIONS BEFORE YOU USE THIS
PRODUCT. CAREFULLY READ THE APPLICABLE MATERIAL SAFETY DATA
SHEET AND OBEY ALL SAFETY AND HEALTH PRECAUTIONS.
(1) Put CLEANING EQUIPMENT HEIGHT 17M (55FT) - MOBILE in position.

EFF :

ALL 12-21-11

Page 305
Jan 01/08

MSR
(2) Prepare the cleaning equipment and the cleaning solution with
CLEANING AGENTS (Material No. 11-001). Obey the manufacturer
instructions. In very dirty areas, increase the concentration but
obey the manufacturer instructions for use. If the temperature is
less than or equal to 0 deg.C (32.00 deg.F) , use hot water between
38 deg.C (100.40 deg.F) and 43 deg.C (109.40 deg.F) with ANTI-ICING
AND DE-ICING MATERIALS (Material No. 10-001). Obey the manufacturer
instructions.
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 12-21-11-615-053
A. Aircraft External Cleaning
CAUTION : DO NOT USE A COMPRESSED AIR SUPPLY OF MORE THAN 10 PSI (0.70
_______
BAR) PRESSURE:
- IF YOU USE A SPRAY GUN OR
- WHEN YOU USE COMPRESSED AIR TO DRY THE CLEANED PARTS.
AN IMPACT PRESSURE OF MORE THAN 10 PSI (0.70 BAR) WILL CAUSE
DAMAGE TO THE PARTS.
CAUTION : DO NOT USE STEAM AT MORE THAN THE SPECIFIED PRESSURE. BE

_______
CAREFUL TO HOLD THE SPRAY GUN AT THE SPECIFIED DISTANCE AND
ANGLE FROM THE SURFACE.
IF YOU DO NOT OBEY THESE PRECAUTIONS, YOU CAN CAUSE DAMAGE TO
THE SURFACE.
(1) If the temperature is less than or equal to 0 deg.C (32.00 deg.F) do

the de-icing of the aircraft (Ref. TASK 12-31-12-660-801).
(2) Adjust the SPRAYING EQUIPMENT - LOW PRESSURE:

- Adjust water, steam, cleaning solution and the temperature controls
to the required settings.
- Set the steam pressure to less than 10 psi (0.6894 bar), the steam
pressure must not cause damage to materials.
- Set the temperature so that the cleaning solution is not more than
50 deg.C (122.00 deg.F).
(3) Hold the spray gun approximately 1 m (3.28 ft.) from the surface and
inclined at approximately 45 degrees to the surface, never at 90
degrees. Move the spray head over the surface and be careful not to
stay at one spot for more than 5 seconds.
NOTE : If the weather temperature is hot, clean small areas so that

____
the cleaning solution does not become dry on the external
skin.

EFF :

ALL 12-21-11

Page 306
Oct 01/06
R
MSR
(4) Apply the cleaning solution from the bottom to the top of the
aircraft (this prevents scratches and runs) in the sequence below:
- lower forward fuselage from the leading edge of the wing to the
nose of the aircraft.
- lower aft fuselage from the wings to the leading edge of the
horizontal stabilizer.
- upper wing surface between the fuselage and the outboard engine
pylon.
- upper fuselage from the nose to the horizontal stabilizer.
- lower center fuselage, engine nacelles and wing bottom skin.
- tail cone, rudder, bottom and top skins of the horizontal
stabilizer.
NOTE : In the THS apron

____ area, it is important to point the spray from
the front to the rear.
If you point the spray in the other direction (rear to front),
anti-icing fluid can go into the rear fuselage non-pressurized
compartment.
- wing top skin between the outboard engine pylon and the wing tips.
(a) If there are signs of asphalt, remove them with a SPONGE lightly
soaked with CLEANING AGENTS (Material No. 11-026) or CLEANING
AGENTS (Material No. 11-002).
(b) To remove mud or other unwanted material (insects,...), make it

soft with water, and scrape it off with a SCRAPER - PLASTIC and a
SPONGE soaked in water. Be very careful not to scratch the
surface. If there are stains on the painted area, do not try to
remove them.
(5) Flushing of the aircraft
CAUTION : MAKE SURE YOU FLUSH THE SURFACE SUFFICIENTLY TO REMOVE ALL
_______
THE CLEANING SOLUTION. CLEANING SOLUTION THAT STAYS ON THE
AIRCRAFT SURFACE CAN CAUSE CORROSION.
(a) Let the cleaning solution have an effect, and after approximately
10 minutes, flush before it becomes dry.
(b) Flush with hot water at 65 deg.C (149.00 deg.F) maximum to remove
signs of cleaning solution. Do not use steam.
(c) When you flush the wing and the horizontal stabilizer, always
complete this step with the bottom skin.

EFF :

ALL 12-21-11

Page 307
Oct 01/06
R
MSR
(d) If there is ice after the flushing operation, do the de-icing of
the aircraft (Ref. TASK 12-31-12-660-801).
(e) In the zones where access is not easy, use clean, dry compressed
air that does not contain oil, to remove the remaining moisture.
Subtask 12-21-11-615-054
B. Cleaning of the Windows
(1) Clean the windshield (Ref. TASK 56-10-00-100-801).
(2) Clean the sliding and the fixed windows (Ref. TASK 56-10-00-100-802).
(3) Clean the outer surfaces of the window panes (Ref. TASK 56-21-15-100-
801).
R Subtask 12-21-11-615-055-B
R C. Cleaning of the Landing Gear Bays and Landing Gears
R CAUTION : MAKE SURE YOU FLUSH THE SURFACE SUFFICIENTLY TO REMOVE ALL THE
_______
R CLEANING SOLUTION. CLEANING SOLUTION THAT STAYS ON THE AIRCRAFT
R SURFACE CAN CAUSE CORROSION.
R (1) Opening of the landing-gear doors:

R - open the nose landing-gear doors (Ref. TASK 32-22-00-010-801),
R - open the main landing-gear doors (Ref. TASK 32-12-00-010-801).
R (2) Make sure that the opening in the landing-gear bays are correctly
R closed.
R (3) Cleaning of the landing-gear bays
R NOTE : As there are many components in the landing-gear bays that can
____
R be easily damaged. We recommend that you clean the
R landing-gear bays only when you do maintenance procedures.
R (a) Make sure that each landing-gear wheel/brake has protection.
R (b) Apply CLEANING AGENTS (Material No. 11-001) with a SPONGE only on
R the applicable parts of the landing-gear bays, and in the
R internal surfaces of the landing-gear doors.
R (c) In the zones where access is not easy, apply CLEANING AGENTS
R (Material No. 11-001) with a BRUSH - BRISTLED, SOFT, to remove
R all signs of grease and oil.

EFF :

ALL 12-21-11

Page 308
Oct 01/06

MSR
(d) Flush the applicable parts of the landing-gear bays to remove all
signs of cleaning solution.
(e) In the zones where access is not easy, use clean, dry compressed
air that does not contain oil, to remove the remaining moisture.
(4) Cleaning of the landing-gears
(a) Cleaning of the Nose Landing-Gear (Ref. TASK 32-21-00-100-801).
(b) Cleaning of the Main Landing-Gear (Ref. TASK 32-11-00-100-801).
Subtask 12-21-11-916-050
D. Corrosion Prevention
(1) Remove SPECIAL MATERIALS (Material No. 05-005):

R - to all threads of studs on the clamp blocks, the washers and the
R nuts of the landing-gears.
(2) Apply SPECIAL MATERIALS (Material No. 05-027):
(a) On the painted surfaces of the landing-gears and the landing-gear

bays.
NOTE : The painted surfaces must be in the correct condition (no

____
damage, marks, scratches and/or signs of corrosion) before
you apply the material.
(3) Apply SPECIAL MATERIALS (Material No. 05-005):

R - to all threads of studs on the clamp blocks, the washers and the
R nuts of the landing-gears.
Subtask 12-21-11-640-051
E. Lubrication
(1) Lubricate the main landing gear and doors (Ref. TASK 12-22-32-600-
817).
(2) Lubricate the nose gear and doors (Ref. TASK 12-22-32-600-819).

EFF :

ALL 12-21-11

Page 309
Apr 01/07

MSR
Subtask 12-21-11-210-053
F. Visual Inspection
(1) Make sure that the paint on the components is in the correct
condition and that there are no signs of corrosion.
(2) Make sure that the bond is correct and that none of the rubber
sealant is missing.
(3) Make sure that there is no unwanted material in the holes and
threads.
(4) Make sure that there is no hydraulic fluid on the hydraulic pipes.
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 12-21-11-860-053
R (1) Remove the aircraft protective equipment (Ref. TASK 10-11-00-555-

R 819).
(2) Remove all FILM - POLYETHYLENE.
R (3) Remove all signs of TAPE - ADHESIVE with a MISCELLANEOUS (Material

R No. 19-003) made moist with CLEANING AGENTS (Material No. 11-002).

(Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-801).
(5) On the panel 225 VU, release the DITCHING pushbutton switch to open:
- the outflow valves 313HL and 315HL,
- the underfloor extract valve 12HQ,
- the overboard extract valve 13HQ.
(a) Visually make sure that:

- the outflow valves 313HL and 315HL are in the open position
before you apply air on the aircraft and you start the air
conditioning packs,
- the avionics compartment ventilation operates correctly.

EFF :

ALL 12-21-11

Page 310
Jan 01/08

MSR
Subtask 12-21-11-410-051
B. Put the aircraft back to its initial configuration
(1) Remove the tag from the Captain side stick or write in the log book
that the protection covers/devices are not installed.
(2) Close the main landing-gear doors (Ref. TASK 32-12-00-410-801).
(3) Close the nose landing-gear doors (Ref. TASK 32-22-00-410-801).
(4) Remove the ground support and the maintenance equipment, the special
and standard tools and all other items.
(5) De-energize the aircraft electrical circuit (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-

801).

EFF :

ALL 12-21-11

Page 311
Oct 01/06

MSR
INTERNAL CLEANING - SERVICING
_____________________________
TASK 12-21-12-100-801
Cleaning of the Cockpit Display-Units
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
22-82-12-100-801 Cleaning of the Screen of the Multipurpose Control

Display Unit (MCDU) (2CA1,2CA2,2CA3)
31-63-22-100-801 Cleaning of the Display Unit (DU)
(1WK1,1WK2,2WK1,2WK2,3WK1,3WK2)
R 34-22-25-100-801 Cleaning of the Integrated Standby instrument System
R (ISIS) Indicator
12-21-12-991-008 Fig. 301
12-21-12-991-010 Fig. 302
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 12-21-12-861-050

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-801)
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 12-21-12-160-050-A
A. Cleaning of the Cockpit Display-Units

(Ref. Fig. 301/TASK 12-21-12-991-008, 302/TASK 12-21-12-991-010)
(1) Clean the instrument panel display-units (DU) (Ref. TASK 31-63-22-
100-801).
(2) Clean the multipurpose control display-unit(s) (MCDU) (Ref. TASK 22-
82-12-100-801).

EFF :

ALL 12-21-12

Page 301
Jul 01/08

MSR
R Cockpit Display Units
R Figure 301/TASK 12-21-12-991-008

EFF :

ALL 12-21-12

Page 302
Apr 01/05

MSR
R ISIS Indicator
R Figure 302/TASK 12-21-12-991-010

EFF :

ALL 12-21-12

Page 303
Oct 01/06

MSR
R (3) Clean the indicator of the integrated standby instrument system
R (ISIS) (Ref. TASK 34-22-25-100-801).
R items.
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 12-21-12-862-050

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-862-801)

EFF :

ALL 12-21-12

Page 304
Oct 01/06

MSR
TASK 12-21-12-100-802
Cleaning of the Cockpit Equipment/Furnishings
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R
No specific 1 BRUSH - BRISTLED, FIBER, SOFT
No specific 1 BRUSH - BRISTLED, STIFF
No specific 1 CAP - PROTECTION
R No specific 1 VACUUM CLEANER
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No specific warm clean water

INTERIOR GENERAL PLASTIC CLEANER (Ref. 20-31-00)

EFF :

ALL 12-21-12

Page 305
Oct 01/07

MSR
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

25-13-00-100-801 Cleaning of Foam Plastic (Polyurethane) Parts
56-10-00-100-801 Cleaning of the Windshield (3DG1,3DG2).
56-10-00-100-802 Cleaning of the Sliding (8DG1,8DG2) and the Fixed
Windows (7DG1,7DG2).
CMM 25-11-XX
12-21-12-991-005 Fig. 303
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 12-21-12-861-057

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-801)
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 12-21-12-160-054
A. Cleaning of the Cockpit Equipment/Furnishings

(Ref. Fig. 303/TASK 12-21-12-991-005)
WARNING : USE SOLVENTS/CLEANING AGENTS, SEALANTS AND OTHER SPECIAL

_______
MATERIALS ONLY WITH A GOOD FLOW OF AIR THROUGH THE WORK AREA.
THESE MATERIALS ARE POISONOUS AND FLAMMABLE AND SKIN IRRITANTS.
OBEY THE MANUFACTURERS INSTRUCTIONS.
PUT ON PROTECTIVE CLOTHING.
DO NOT GET THEM IN YOUR MOUTH.
DO NOT SMOKE.
DO NOT BREATHE THE GAS.
GET MEDICAL HELP IF YOUR SKIN OR EYES BECOME IRRITATED.
(1) Clean the inner surface of the cockpit windows:

(Ref. TASK 56-10-00-100-801)
and
(Ref. TASK 56-10-00-100-802).
(2) Clean the foam plastic (polyurethane) parts (Ref. TASK 25-13-00-100-
801).

EFF :

ALL 12-21-12

Page 306
Oct 01/07
R
MSR
Linings and furnishing - Cockpit
R Figure 303/TASK 12-21-12-991-005

EFF :

ALL 12-21-12

Page 307
Oct 01/06

MSR
(3) Clean the overhead panel, the glare shield, the main instrument
panel, the lateral consoles and the center pedestal.
(a) Put a CAP - PROTECTION on each electrical outlet.
R (b) Remove the loose dirt from the surfaces with a BRUSH - BRISTLED,
R FIBER, SOFT and a VACUUM CLEANER.
CAUTION : USE ONLY THE SPECIFIED MATERIALS AND OBEY THE

_______
INSTRUCTIONS FROM THE MANUFACTURERS. OTHER MATERIALS
CAN CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE SURFACE PROTECTION OF THE
COMPONENTS AND THE RELATED AREA.
(c) Moisten a clean, lint-free cotton cloth MISCELLANEOUS (Material

No. 19-003) with CLEANING AGENTS (Material No. 11-017) and apply
it to the surface you will clean.
NOTE : To prevent contamination of the cleaning agent, do not put

____
the cloth into the cleaning agent.
(d) Moisten a clean, lint-free cotton cloth MISCELLANEOUS (Material

No. 19-003) with warm clean water and lightly rub the surface you
will clean.
NOTE : Always make the cloth moist, not the part you will clean.
____
(e) Dry the surface with a clean, lint-free cotton cloth

(4) Clean the Seats
(a) Clean the seats as given in the (Ref. CMM 25-11-XX) of the seat
manufacturer.
(5) Clean the floor
R (a) Remove the loose dirt with a VACUUM CLEANER.
NOTE : The following work steps are only applicable if

____
non-textile floor covering (NTF) is installed.
(b) Apply CLEANING AGENTS (Material No. 11-017) to the surface with a
BRUSH - BRISTLED, STIFF.
NOTE : To prevent contamination of the cleaning agent, do not put

____
the brush into the cleaning agent.

EFF :

ALL 12-21-12

Page 308
Oct 01/07

MSR
(c) Clean the surface with a lint-free cotton cloth MISCELLANEOUS
(Material No. 19-003) and warm clean water.
(d) Dry the surface with a lint-free cotton cloth MISCELLANEOUS

(6) Remove the protection caps from the electrical outlets.
items.
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 12-21-12-862-057

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-862-801)

EFF :

ALL 12-21-12

Page 309
Oct 01/07
R
MSR
TASK 12-21-12-100-803
Cleaning of the Carpets and Non-Textile Floor (NTF) Covering
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R No specific 1 BRUSH - BRISTLED, FIBER, STIFF

R No specific 1 BRUSH - BRISTLED, MEDIUM
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific warm water
CARPET AND FABRIC CLEANER (Ref. 20-31-00)
R Material No. 19-003 USA AMS 3819
R LINT-FREE COTTON CLOTH (Ref. 20-31-00)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------


EFF :

ALL 12-21-12

Page 310
Oct 01/07

MSR
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 12-21-12-861-058

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-801)
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 12-21-12-160-055
A. Cleaning of the Carpets and NTF Floor Covering

_______
DO NOT SMOKE.
CAUTION : USE ONLY THE SPECIFIED MATERIALS AND OBEY THE INSTRUCTIONS FROM
_______
THE MANUFACTURERS. OTHER MATERIALS CAN CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE
SURFACE PROTECTION OF THE COMPONENTS AND THE RELATED AREA.
R (1) Dirt removal:
R (a) Clean the area with a VACUUM CLEANER.
R (b) Use a BRUSH - BRISTLED, MEDIUM to lift the carpet pile.

R
R (2) Stain removal:

R
R (a) Soak the area of the stain with warm clean water.
R
R (b) Dry the area of the stain with a lint-free cotton cloth
R MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-003)
R
R (c) Carefully apply CLEANING AGENTS (Material No. 11-018) to the area
R of the stain with a BRUSH - BRISTLED, MEDIUM.
R

EFF :

ALL 12-21-12

Page 311
Oct 01/07

MSR
R (d) Dry the area with a lint-free cotton cloth MISCELLANEOUS
R
R (e) Use a BRUSH - BRISTLED, MEDIUM to lift the carpet pile.

R
R (3) Clean the NTF floor covering:
R (a) Remove the loose dirt from surface with a VACUUM CLEANER.
R BRUSH - BRISTLED, FIBER, STIFF.
R (c) Clean the surface with a lint-free cotton cloth MISCELLANEOUS

R (Material No. 19-003) and a warm water.
R (d) Dry the surface with a lint-free cotton cloth MISCELLANEOUS

5. Close-up
________
Subtask 12-21-12-862-058

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-862-801)

EFF :

ALL 12-21-12

Page 312
Oct 01/07

MSR
TASK 12-21-12-100-804
Cleaning of the Plastic Surfaces and Mirrors
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific 1 CHAMOIS LEATHER
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No specific sponge
Material No. 05-010
PLASTIC CLEANER (Ref. 20-31-00)
CABIN WINDOW CLEANER (Ref. 20-31-00)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

12-21-12-991-003 Fig. 304

EFF :

ALL 12-21-12

Page 313
Oct 01/07
R
MSR
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 12-21-12-861-059

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-801)
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 12-21-12-160-056
R A. Cleaning of the Plastic Surfaces and the Mirrors

(Ref. Fig. 304/TASK 12-21-12-991-003)

_______
DO NOT SMOKE.
_______
NOTE : The water and equipment that you use for these procedures must be
____
clean and contain no particles that could damage the surfaces.
(1) Cleaning of the plastic surfaces.
(a) Put CAP - PROTECTION on the electrical outlets so that they do

not get wet.
(b) Remove the loose dirt from the surface with a BRUSH - BRISTLED,
FIBER, SOFT.
(c) Apply CLEANING AGENTS (Material No. 11-017) to the dirty surface
with a lint-free cotton cloth MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-
003).
(d) Clean the surface with a sponge and warm clean water.
(e) Dry the surface with a lint-free cotton cloth MISCELLANEOUS


EFF :

ALL 12-21-12

Page 314
Oct 01/07

MSR
INTENTIONALLY BLANK

R

12-21-12

Page 315
Jan 01/08

MSR
Component Location/Surface Finish Identification

EFF :

ALL 12-21-12

Page 316
Oct 01/07
R
MSR
Component Location/Surface Finish Identification

EFF :

ALL 12-21-12

Page 317
Oct 01/07
R
MSR
(f) Remove the protection caps from the electrical outlets.
(2) Clean the transparent plastic surfaces:
(a) Put CAP - PROTECTION on the electrical outlets so that they do

not get wet.
(b) Clean the surface with a clean lint-free cotton cloth

MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-003) and warm clean water.
(c) Apply CLEANING AGENTS (Material No. 11-017) to the surface with a
lint-free cotton cloth MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-003) .
(d) Clean the surface with warm clean water and dry it with a CHAMOIS
LEATHER .
(e) If there is a stain:

- Apply SPECIAL MATERIALS (Material No. 05-010) to the surface
with a lint-free cotton cloth MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-
003).
- Clean the surface with warm water and dry it with a CHAMOIS
LEATHER.
(f) Remove the protection caps from the electrical outlets.
(3) Clean the mirrors.
(a) Clean the surface with a sponge and warm clean water.
lint-free cotton cloth MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-003).
(c) Clean the surface with warm clean water and dry it with a CHAMOIS
LEATHER.
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 12-21-12-862-059

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-862-801)

EFF :

ALL 12-21-12

Page 318
Jan 01/08
R
MSR
TASK 12-21-12-100-805
Cleaning of the Curtains
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No specific paper towels
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

(Ref. 20-31-00)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 12-21-12-861-060

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-801)

EFF :

ALL 12-21-12

Page 319
Jan 01/08
R
MSR
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 12-21-12-110-050
A. Cleaning of the Curtains

_______
DO NOT SMOKE.
_______
(1) Stain removal.
(a) Soak the area of the stain with CLEANING AGENTS (Material No. 11-
018).
1
_ Dry the wet area with paper towels.
(b) Dry clean.
1
_ Dry clean the area of the stain with a solution of CLEANING
AGENTS (Material No. 11-018) and CLEANING AGENTS (Material No.
11-002).
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 12-21-12-862-060

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-862-801)

EFF :

ALL 12-21-12

Page 320
Jan 01/08
R
MSR
TASK 12-21-12-100-806
Cleaning of Light Alloy and Steel Components
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Material No. 11-016 USA BOEING BAC 5000 BAC 5504 BAC 5750
CLEANING SOLVENT (Ref. 20-31-00)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 12-21-12-861-061

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-801)

EFF :

ALL 12-21-12

Page 321
Jan 01/08
R
MSR
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 12-21-12-160-057
A. Cleaning of Light Alloy and Stainless Steel Components
(1) Put a CAP - PROTECTION on the electrical outlets so that they do not
get wet.
(a) Apply CLEANING AGENTS (Material No. 11-016) to the surface with a
(b) Clean the surface with a lint-free cotton cloth MISCELLANEOUS

(Material No. 19-003) and warm clean water.
(c) Dry the surface with a lint-free cotton cloth MISCELLANEOUS

(d) Remove the protection cap(s) from the electrical outlets.
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 12-21-12-862-061

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-862-801)

EFF :

ALL 12-21-12

Page 322
Jan 01/08
R
MSR
TASK 12-21-12-100-807
R Cleaning of the Cargo-Compartment Floor Areas
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R
No specific 2 BRUSH - NON METALLIC
R No specific 1 CAP - PROTECTION
No specific 2 CONTAINER 100 L(25 USGAL)
No specific 2 HOT AIR BLOWER OPERATING 40 DEG C (100 DEG F)
No specific 2 SCRAPER - NON METALLIC
No specific 2 VACUUM CLEANER
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R No specific CLEAN WATER

R No specific 60.0 deg.C (140.0 deg.F) HOT CLEAN WATER
R Material No. 04-012 USA VV-P-236
R PURE MINERALVASELINE OR PETRO- LATUM (Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 09-005 USA MIL-S-81733 CLASS C
CORROSION INHIBITIVE INTERFAY SEALANT (Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 11-001 USA MIL-D-16791 TYPE I
NO LONGER AVAILABLE (Ref. 20-31-00)
R Material No. 11-001A USA MIL-C-87936 TYPE I
R EXT.AIRCRAFT CLEANER GENERAL PURPOSE CLEANING
R (Ref. 20-31-00)

EFF :

ALL 12-21-12

Page 323
Jul 01/08

MSR
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

25-51-26-000-801 Removal of the Power Drive Units
25-51-26-400-801 Installation of the Power Drive Units
25-51-58-000-801 Removal of the Drain System in the FWD Cargo
Compartment
25-51-58-000-802 Removal of the Drain System in the AFT Cargo
Compartment
25-51-58-400-801 Installation of the Drain System in the FWD Cargo
Compartment
25-51-58-400-802 Installation of the Drain System in the AFT Cargo
Compartment
25-52-00-210-802 Visual Check of Drain Outlets for Evidence of
Drainage System Obstruction and Clean as Necessary.
25-53-00-210-804 Visual Check of Drain Outlets for Evidence of
Drainage System Obstruction and Clean as Necessary.
51-78-00-615-803 Aircraft Cleaning after a Fish Shipment
52-30-00-010-801 Opening of the FWD and AFT Cargo-Compartment Doors
52-30-00-080-801 Removal of the Safety Support Equipment
52-30-00-410-801 Closing of the FWD and AFT Cargo-Compartment Doors
52-30-00-480-801 Installation of the Safety Support Equipment
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 12-21-12-861-063

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-801).
Subtask 12-21-12-010-054
B. Get Access
R (1) If necessary, open the forward and/or aft cargo-compartment door

R (Ref. TASK 52-30-00-010-801).
(2) Safety the cargo compartment door(s) (Ref. TASK 52-30-00-480-801).

EFF :

ALL 12-21-12

Page 324
Jul 01/08

MSR
Subtask 12-21-12-865-057
C. Get access to the applicable 5000VE series panel(s). Then open, safety
and tag this(these) circuit breaker(s):
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FOR 14MY
5002VE FWD CARGO LOADING POWER RH1 5MY A13
5002VE FWD CARGO LOADING POWER LH1 3MY A10
5002VE FWD CARGO LOADING POWER RH2 4MY B13
5002VE FWD CARGO LOADING POWER LH2 2MY B10
5002VE FWD CARGO LOADING CTL 1MY C13
FOR 114MY
5006VE AFT CLS / RH1-PWR 105MY A13
5006VE AFT CLS/LH1-POWER 103MY A10
5006VE AFT CLS / RH2-PWR 104MY B13
5006VE AFT CLS/LH2-POWER 102MY B10
5006VE AFT CARGO LOADING CTL 101MY C13
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 12-21-12-160-059
R A. Dry Cleaning of the Cargo-Compartment Floor Areas

_______
DO NOT SMOKE.
R CAUTION : DO NOT USE A METAL SCRAPER TO REMOVE THE UNWANTED MATERIAL. A

_______
R METAL SCRAPER CAN CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE SURFACE OF THE COMPONENT.
(1) Remove loose materials with a SCRAPER - NON METALLIC or a BRUSH - NON
METALLIC and a VACUUM CLEANER.
(2) Clean the area with CLEANING AGENTS (Material No. 11-001) and a

EFF :

ALL 12-21-12

Page 325
Jul 01/08

MSR
(3) Additional Special Cleaning after Seafood/Wet Cargo Shipment:
R CAUTION : MAKE SURE THAT YOU DO NOT PUT WATER DIRECTLY ON THE BALL
_______
R MATS AND THE FLOOR PANEL AREAS THAT HAVE POWER DRIVE UNITS.
R WATER ON THESE AREAS CAN CAUSE CORROSION AND ELECTRICAL
R MALFUNCTIONS IN THE CLS.
NOTE : This procedure is only applicable if leakage from a shipping

____
container has been reported.
R (a) Make a cleaning solution of 0.5 % CLEANING AGENTS (Material No.

R 11-001A) and CLEAN WATER:
- Mix 5.0 g (0.17 oz) of CLEANING AGENTS (Material No. 11-001)
with every 1 l (0.2641 USgal) of water.
(b) Clean the area with the cleaning solution and a lint-free cotton
cloth MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-003).
(c) Dry the area with a HOT AIR BLOWER OPERATING 40 DEG C (100 DEG F)
.
(4) If necessary clean the bilge area (Ref. TASK 51-78-00-615-803).
Subtask 12-21-12-160-065
R B. Wet Cleaning of the Cargo-Compartment Floor Areas

_______
DO NOT SMOKE.
R CAUTION : DO NOT USE A METAL SCRAPER TO REMOVE THE UNWANTED MATERIAL. A

_______
R METAL SCRAPER CAN CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE SURFACE OF THE COMPONENT.
(1) Remove loose materials with a SCRAPER - NON METALLIC or a BRUSH - NON
METALLIC and a VACUUM CLEANER.
(2) Remove the Power Drive Units (PDUs) (Ref. TASK 25-51-26-000-801).
R
R (3) Put CAP - PROTECTION on the disconnected electrical connectors.

EFF :

ALL 12-21-12

Page 326
Jul 01/08

MSR
R (4) Apply SEALANTS (Material No. 09-005) or COMMON GREASE (Material No.
R 04-012) on all the bonding points of the PDU mounting holes.
(5) Do a check and clean as necessary the drain filters of the cargo
loading system (CLS):
R - forward cargo compartment (Ref. TASK 25-52-00-210-802)
R - aft cargo compartment (Ref. TASK 25-53-00-210-804).
(6) Put a CONTAINER 100 L(25 USGAL) below the drain mast(s).
(7) Clean the cargo compartment(s) as follows:

R
R CAUTION : MAKE SURE THAT THE WATER TEMPERATURE IS NOT HIGHER THAN 60
_______
R DEG.C (140.00 DEG.F), IF IT IS HIGHER, IT CAN CAUSE DAMAGE
R TO THE COMPONENT.
R NOTE : Start at the aft end of each cargo compartment (on the ground
____
R the aircraft is usually at an angle of 1 degree nose down).
R (a) Flush the area you will clean with 60.0 deg.C (140.0 deg.F) HOT
R CLEAN WATER or a solution of 0.5 % CLEANING AGENTS (Material No.
R 11-001A) and CLEAN WATER with a maximum flow rate of 5 l/min:
R
(b) Brush the floor panels to apply water flow to the roller track
outer flanges.
(c) Make sure that water flows freely through the drain masts.
R (8) Replace the filters of the Drain System (Ref. TASK 25-51-58-000-801),
R (Ref. TASK 25-51-58-400-801), (Ref. TASK 25-51-58-000-802) and
R (Ref. TASK 25-51-58-400-802), as necessary.
R (9) Dry the compartment floor and the CLS with a HOT AIR BLOWER OPERATING
40 DEG C (100 DEG F).
(10) Install the PDUs (Ref. TASK 25-51-26-400-801).

EFF :

ALL 12-21-12

Page 327
Jul 01/08

MSR
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 12-21-12-865-058
breaker(s):
FOR 14MY
1MY, 2MY, 3MY, 4MY, 5MY.
FOR 114MY
101MY, 102MY, 103MY, 104MY, 105MY.
Subtask 12-21-12-410-054
B. Close Access
(1) Remove the safety support equipment from the cargo compartment doors
(Ref. TASK 52-30-00-080-801).
(3) Close the cargo compartment door(s) (Ref. TASK 52-30-00-410-801).
Subtask 12-21-12-862-063

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-862-801).

EFF :

ALL 12-21-12

Page 328
Jul 01/08
R
MSR
TASK 12-21-12-100-808
Cleaning of the Cabin Monitors and Display Screens (if installed)
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
23-36-00-100-801 Cleaning of the Monitors and Display Screens in the

Cabin
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 12-21-12-861-062

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-801).
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 12-21-12-160-058
A. Cleaning of the Cabin Monitors and Display Screens (if installed)
(1) Clean the monitors and display screens (Ref. TASK 23-36-00-100-801).
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 12-21-12-862-062

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-862-801).

EFF :

ALL 12-21-12

Page 329
Jan 01/08
R
MSR
TASK 12-21-12-100-809
Cleaning of the Plastic Wash Basin in the Lavatories
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No specific abrasive general household cleaning agent

No specific mild soap solution
No specific sponge
No specific warm, clean water
Material No. 05-008
PLASTIC POLISHING COMPOUND (COARSE GRADE)
(Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 05-009 USA PP-560 TYPE 1
PLASTIC POLISHING COMPOUND (FINE GRADE)
(Ref. 20-31-00)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

25-00-00-340-808 Repair of the Lavatory Plastic Wash-Basin
12-21-12-991-004 Fig. 305

EFF :

ALL 12-21-12

Page 330
Jan 01/08
R
MSR
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 12-21-12-861-064

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-801).
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 12-21-12-160-060
A. General Cleaning
(Ref. Fig. 305/TASK 12-21-12-991-004)
NOTE : The water and equipment that you use for these procedures must be
____
clean and contain no particles that could damage the surfaces.
(1) Remove the loose dirt from the surface with a BRUSH - BRISTLED,
FIBER, SOFT.
(2) Apply a mild soap solution to the dirty surface with a lint-free
cotton cloth MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-003).
NOTE : If necessary, use more soap for a stronger solution.

____
(3) Rinse the surface with a sponge and warm, clean water.
(4) Wipe the surface dry with a soft lint-free cotton cloth MISCELLANEOUS
(Material No. 19-003)
NOTE : Make sure that there is no abrasive material on the surface.

____
Abrasive materials can damage the surface.
(5) If necessary, do Para. B. steps (1) thru (3).
Subtask 12-21-12-160-061
B. Special Cleaning
_______
NOTE : Removal of the Stain(s) made with:

____
- cigarette burns,
- a felt pen,
- a lipstick,

EFF :

ALL 12-21-12

Page 331
Jan 01/08
R
MSR
Linings and furnishing - Lavatory
Figure 305/TASK 12-21-12-991-004

EFF :

ALL 12-21-12

Page 332
Jan 01/08
R
MSR
- hair dye,
- hairspray,
- mascara,
- nail varnish,
- shoe polish.
(1) Apply an abrasive general household cleaning agent to the area of the
stain(s) and wipe it with a moist cloth.
NOTE : Do step (2) again, if necessary.

____
(2) Rinse the surface with a sponge and warm, clean water.
(3) Wipe the surface dry with a soft lint-free cotton cloth MISCELLANEOUS

____
(a) If necessary, do Para. C. steps (1) thru (3).
Subtask 12-21-12-160-062
C. Intensive Cleaning (Polishing)
_______
NOTE : Removal of the Stain(s) made with:

____
- cigarette burns,
- a felt pen,
- a lipstick,
- hair dye,
- hairspray,
- mascara,
- nail varnish,
- shoe polish.
(1) Apply SPECIAL MATERIALS (Material No. 05-008) to the area of the
stain(s) and wipe it with a lint-free cotton cloth MISCELLANEOUS
(2) Apply SPECIAL MATERIALS (Material No. 05-009) to the area of the
stain(s) and wipe it with a lint-free cotton cloth MISCELLANEOUS

EFF :

ALL 12-21-12

Page 333
Jan 01/08
R
MSR
(3) Polish the surface with a soft lint-free cotton cloth MISCELLANEOUS

____
Subtask 12-21-12-160-063
D. Removal of Scratches
(1) Repair the surfaces that have scratches (Ref. TASK 25-00-00-340-808).
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 12-21-12-862-064

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-862-801).

EFF :

ALL 12-21-12

Page 334
Jan 01/08
R
MSR
TASK 12-21-12-100-810
Cleaning of the Seat Covers
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No specific 1 VACUUM CLEANER
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No specific Pelle Leather Care Products

(Ref. 20-31-00)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

External Power A
External Power A
R CMM 252XXX
12-21-12-991-003 Fig. 304

EFF :

ALL 12-21-12

Page 335
Jul 01/08

MSR
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 12-21-12-861-065

(Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-801).
4. Procedure
_________
(Ref. Fig. 304/TASK 12-21-12-991-003)
WARNING : USE SOLVENTS/CLEANING AGENTS, SEALANTS AND OTHER SPECIAL MATERIALS

_______
ONLY WITH A GOOD FLOW OF AIR THROUGH THE WORK AREA.
DO NOT SMOKE.
WARNING : DO NOT GET THE COMPOUND ON YOUR SKIN.

_______
IF YOU DO:
- REMOVE IT IMMEDIATELY WITH A CLEAN CLOTH
- WASH YOUR SKIN WITH SOAP AND RINSE WITH CLEAN WATER.
_______
THE MANUFACTURERS. OTHER MATERIALS CAN CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE SURFACE
PROTECTION OF THE COMPONENTS AND THE RELATED AREA.
Subtask 12-21-12-110-051
A. Cleaning of the Seat Covers
R (1) Refer to the seat manufactures instructions (Ref. CMM 252XXX).
(2) Remove the loose dirt from the seats with a VACUUM CLEANER.
(3) Fabric seat covers stain removal:
(a) Soak the area of the stain with CLEANING AGENTS (Material No. 11-
018).
(b) Dry the wet area with a lint-free cotton cloth MISCELLANEOUS

EFF :

ALL 12-21-12

Page 336
Jul 01/08

MSR
(c) Dry clean the area of the stain with a solution of CLEANING
AGENTS (Material No. 11-018) and CLEANING AGENTS (Material No.
11-002) and a lint-free cotton cloth MISCELLANEOUS (Material No.
19-003).
(4) Tasman aviation-leather seat-covers:
(a) Obey the manufacturers instructions.
(b) Clean and protect the leather surfaces of the seat with Pelle
Leather Care Products.
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 12-21-12-862-065
A. De-energize the aircraft electrical circuits

(Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-801).

EFF :

ALL 12-21-12

Page 337
Jan 01/08
R
MSR
TASK 12-21-12-100-811
Cleaning of the Air Inlet Grids of Galleys and Lavatories
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No specific clean warm water

No specific sponge
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
21-23-00-600-801 Replacement of the Lavatory Air-Extraction Filter

25-30-00-920-802 Discard the Galley Air-Extraction Filter-Element
25-35-19-000-801 Removal of the Oven
25-35-19-400-801 Installation of the Oven
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 12-21-12-861-067

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-801)

EFF :

ALL 12-21-12

Page 338
Jan 01/08
R
MSR
4. Procedure
_________

_______
DO NOT SMOKE.
_______
THE MANUFACTURERS. OTHER MATERIALS CAN CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE SURFACE
PROTECTION OF THE COMPONENTS AND THE RELATED AREA.
Subtask 12-21-12-160-066
A. Cleaning of the Ventilation Grids in the Galleys that have Ovens

Installed.
(1) Remove the oven(s) if necessary (Ref. TASK 25-35-19-000-801).
(2) Apply CLEANING AGENTS (Material No. 11-017) to the grids.
(3) Clean the grids with a sponge and clean warm water and a lint-free
(4) Do a visual inspection of the component interface and/or the adjacent

area.
(5) If necessary replace the air filter pads (Ref. TASK 25-30-00-920-
802).
(6) Install the oven(s) if removed (Ref. TASK 25-35-19-400-801).
Subtask 12-21-12-160-067
B. Cleaning of the Ventilation Grids in the Lavatories
(1) Apply CLEANING AGENTS (Material No. 11-017) to the grids.
(2) Clean the grids with a sponge and clean warm water and a lint-free

area.

EFF :

ALL 12-21-12

Page 339
Jan 01/08
R
MSR
(4) If necessary replace the air filter pads (Ref. TASK 21-23-00-600-
801).
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 12-21-12-862-067

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-862-801)

EFF :

ALL 12-21-12

Page 340
Jan 01/08
R
MSR
R TASK 12-21-12-100-812
R Cleaning of the Galleys
R 1. __________________
Reason for the Job
R Self Explanatory
R 2. ______________________
R A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R No specific 1 BRUSH - BRISTLED, FIBER, SOFT

R No specific 1 CAP - PROTECTION
R B. Consumable Materials
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R No specific MILD SOAP

R No specific WARM CLEAN WATER
R Material No. 11-002 USA MIL-PRF-680
R DRY CLEANING SOLVENT (VARSOL/WHITE SPIRIT)
R (Ref. 20-31-00)
R INTERIOR GENERAL PLASTIC CLEANER (Ref. 20-31-00)
R LINT-FREE COTTON CLOTH (Ref. 20-31-00)
R C. Referenced Information
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R 12-21-12-100-806 Cleaning of Light Alloy and Steel Components

R 24-42-00-861-801 Energize the Ground Service Network
R 24-42-00-862-801 De-energize the Ground Service Network
R AMM 254500

EFF :

ALL 12-21-12

Page 341
Jan 01/08

MSR
R 3. __________
Job Set-up
R Subtask 12-21-12-860-050
R (1) Energize the ground service network

R (Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-801).
R (2) Remove the galley equipment as necessary (Ref. AMM 254500).
R 4. Procedure
_________
R Subtask 12-21-12-100-050
R A. Cleaning of the Galley Compartments, Tables, Doors and Decorative Panels
R WARNING : USE SOLVENTS/CLEANING AGENTS, SEALANTS AND OTHER SPECIAL

_______
R MATERIALS ONLY WITH A GOOD FLOW OF AIR THROUGH THE WORK AREA.
R THESE MATERIALS ARE POISONOUS AND FLAMMABLE AND SKIN IRRITANTS.
R OBEY THE MANUFACTURERS INSTRUCTIONS.
R PUT ON PROTECTIVE CLOTHING.
R DO NOT GET THEM IN YOUR MOUTH.
R DO NOT SMOKE.
R DO NOT BREATHE THE GAS.
R GET MEDICAL HELP IF YOUR SKIN OR EYES BECOME IRRITATED.
R WARNING : OBEY THE MANUFACTURERS INSTRUCTIONS WHEN YOU USE THIS/THESE

_______
R MATERIAL/S.
R USE PROTECTIVE CLOTHING, RUBBER GLOVES AND GOGGLES.
R CAUTION : USE ONLY THE SPECIFIED MATERIALS AND OBEY THE INSTRUCTIONS FROM
_______
R THE MANUFACTURERS. OTHER MATERIALS CAN CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE
R SURFACE PROTECTION OF THE COMPONENTS AND THE RELATED AREA.
R NOTE : The water and equipment that you use for these procedures must be
____
R clean and contain no particles that could damage the surfaces.
R (1) General Cleaning:
R (a) Put a CAP - PROTECTION on each electrical outlet to make sure

R that they do not get wet.
R (b) Remove the loose dirt from the surface with a BRUSH - BRISTLED,
R FIBER, SOFT and a VACUUM CLEANER.
R (c) Mix a solution of MILD SOAP and WARM CLEAN WATER.

EFF :

ALL 12-21-12

Page 342
Jan 01/08

MSR
R (d) Apply the solution to the dirty area or surface with a lint-free
R cotton cloth MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-003).
R NOTE : If necessary, use more MILD SOAP for a stronger solution.

____
R (e) Rinse the surface with a lint-free cotton cloth MISCELLANEOUS

R (Material No. 19-003) and WARM CLEAN WATER.
R (f) Wipe the surface dry with a lint-free cotton cloth MISCELLANEOUS
R (2) Special Cleaning:
R (a) Apply CLEANING AGENTS (Material No. 11-017) or CLEANING AGENTS

R (Material No. 11-002) to the dirty area or surface with a
R lint-free cotton cloth MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-003).
R (3) Remove the protection cap(s) from the electrical outlets.
R Subtask 12-21-12-100-051
R B. Cleaning of the Galley Light-Alloy and Steel Components
R (1) If installed, clean the light-alloy and steel components as necessary

R (Ref. TASK 12-21-12-100-806).
R 5. Close-up
________
R Subtask 12-21-12-860-051
R A. Close Access
R (1) Install the galley equipment you removed before (Ref. AMM 254500).
R (2) De-energize the ground service network

R (Ref. TASK 24-42-00-862-801).

EFF :

ALL 12-21-12

Page 343
Jan 01/08

MSR
TASK 12-21-12-670-801
Disinfection of the Aircraft Equipment and Furnishing
WARNING : ONLY PERSONS NECESSARY FOR THIS PROCEDURE ARE PERMITTED IN THE
_______
AIRCRAFT DURING THE TASK.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No specific 1 GUN - SPRAY

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No specific clean water

Material No. 14-006B USA AMS 1452
DISINFECTANT LIQUID AIRCRAFT GENERAL PURPOSE
(Ref. 20-31-00)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------


EFF :

ALL 12-21-12

Page 344
Jan 01/08
R
MSR
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 12-21-12-861-051

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-801).
Subtask 12-21-12-010-051
B. Get Access
(1) Get access to the cabin.
(2) Open the FWD and AFT cargo-compartment doors (Ref. TASK 52-30-00-010-
801).
(3) In the cockpit:

- Open the floor panel (access hatch) 211FF.
(4) Put the WARNING NOTICE in position to tell your personnel about the
aircraft disinfection.
4. Procedure
_________

_______
DO NOT SMOKE.
WARNING : OBEY THE MANUFACTURERS INSTRUCTIONS WHEN YOU USE THE SPECIAL
_______
MATERIAL.
THIS MATERIAL IS DANGEROUS.
WARNING : DO NOT LET DISINFECTANTS GO ONTO FOODSTUFFS. DISINFECTANTS ARE

_______
POISONOUS. DO NOT APPLY THEM AS A SPRAY DIRECTLY TO CARPETS OR
COCKPIT INSTRUMENT PANELS. DISINFECTANTS CAN CAUSE DAMAGE TO
FURNISHINGS AND EQUIPMENT.

EFF :

ALL 12-21-12

Page 345
Jan 01/08
R
MSR
Subtask 12-21-12-615-050
A. Disinfection of the Aircraft Equipment and Furnishings
(1) Cockpit Equipment and Furnishings:
NOTE : Do NOT spray the disinfectant directly on cockpit panels.

____
(a) Carefully apply DISINFECTANTS (Material No. 14-006B) to all

surfaces of the cockpit equipment and furnishings with a
(b) Clean and dry the cockpit equipment and furnishings with and a
(2) Galleys:
(a) Apply DISINFECTANTS (Material No. 14-006B) to the galleys and

galley equipment with a GUN - SPRAY.
(b) Clean and dry the galleys and the galley equipment with clean
water and a lint-free cotton cloth MISCELLANEOUS (Material No.
19-003).
(3) Lavatories:
(a) Apply DISINFECTANTS (Material No. 14-006B) to all toilet seats

and the lavatory equipment with a GUN - SPRAY.
(b) Clean and dry the toilet seats and the lavatory equipment with
clean water and a lint-free cotton cloth MISCELLANEOUS (Material
No. 19-003).
(4) Passenger Seating and Crew Rest Areas:
(a) Apply DISINFECTANTS (Material No. 14-006B) to the cabin seats and
the cabin equipment with a GUN - SPRAY.
(b) Clean and dry the cabin equipment with clean water and a
(5) Cargo Compartments:
(a) Apply DISINFECTANTS (Material No. 14-006B) to the cargo

compartments with a GUN - SPRAY.

EFF :

ALL 12-21-12

Page 346
Jan 01/08
R
MSR
(b) Clean and dry the cargo compartments with clean water and a
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 12-21-12-410-051
A. Close Access
items.
(2) Close the FWD and AFT cargo-compartment doors (Ref. TASK 52-30-00-
410-801).
(3) Close the access hatch 211FF.
Subtask 12-21-12-862-051

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-862-801).

EFF :

ALL 12-21-12

Page 347
Jan 01/08
R
MSR
TASK 12-21-12-670-802
Fumigation of the Aircraft Equipment and Furnishing
_______
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Material No. 14-004

INSECTICIDE (Ref. 20-31-00)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
12-21-12-100-801 Cleaning of the Cockpit Display-Units

12-21-12-100-802 Cleaning of the Cockpit Equipment/Furnishings
12-21-12-100-804 Cleaning of the Plastic Surfaces and Mirrors
12-21-12-100-806 Cleaning of Light Alloy and Steel Components
12-21-12-100-808 Cleaning of the Cabin Monitors and Display Screens
(if installed)
Connection

EFF :

ALL 12-21-12

Page 348
Jan 01/08
R
MSR
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

52-10-00-010-801 Opening of the Passenger/Crew Door
52-10-00-410-801 Closing of the Passenger/Crew Door
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 12-21-12-861-052

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-801).
Subtask 12-21-12-010-052-A
B. Get Access
(1) Get access to the cabin through one of the passenger/crew doors.
NOTE : All other passenger/crew doors must be closed.

____
(2) Open the forward and aft cargo-compartment doors (Ref. TASK 52-30-00-
010-801).
(3) In the cockpit:
(a) Open the floor panel (access hatch) 211FF.
(4) If necessary remove the cushions and backrests of the cabin seats,
the cockpit seats and the cabin attendants seats.
NOTE : We recommend that you remove all of the cushions and

____
backrests. The insecticide soaks into these materials and
extends the ventilation time after fumigation.
(5) Open all of the stowages, the lavatory doors and the cockpit door.
(6) Remove the contents of the compartments of the galleys.
(7) Remove the galley equipment.

EFF :

ALL 12-21-12

Page 349
Jan 01/08
R
MSR
(8) Put the WARNING NOTICE in position to tell your personnel about the
aircraft fumigation.
NOTE : Fumigation is required for these compartment volumes:

____
R ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
| | Aircraft Model |
R | Compartment |-----------------------------------------------------------|
| | A330/A340-200 | A330/A340-300| A340-500 | A340-600 |
R |---------------|---------------|--------------|--------------|-------------|
| Cockpit | 12 m3 | 12 m3 | 12 m3 | 12 m3 |
| | (424 ft.3) | (424 ft.3) | (424 ft.3) | (424 ft.3) |
R |---------------|---------------|--------------|--------------|-------------|
| Cabin | 317 m3 | 346 m3 | 370 m3 | 420 m3 |
| (SEE NOTE) | (11195 ft.3) | (12219 ft.3) | (13066 ft.3) | (14832 ft.3)|
R |---------------|---------------|--------------|--------------|-------------|
| Forward | 92 m3 | 107 m3 | 110.7 m3 | 144 m3 |
| Cargo | (3249 ft.3) | (3779 ft.3) | (3909 ft.3) | (5085 ft.3) |
R |---------------|---------------|--------------|--------------|-------------|
| Aft and Bulk | 94 m3 | 108,4 m3 | 124 m3 | 129 m3 |
| Cargo (basic, | (3320 ft.3) | (3828 ft.3) | (3850 ft.3 ) | (4414 ft.3) |
| no options) | | | | |
R ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
NOTE : Cabin volumes are calculated with the compartment furnishings

____
installed.
Subtask 12-21-12-865-062
C. Get access to the avionics compartment and to the applicable

5000VE-series panel(s). Then open, safety and tag this (these) circuit
breaker(s) :
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
710VU GALLEY FWD MID 11MC B51
710VU GALLEY FWD MID AFT 223MC P57
715VU GALLEY FWD MID AFT 112MC C55
717VU GALLEY AFT 12MC A54
717VU GALLEY AFT 24MC B60
717VU GALLEY FWD MID 111MC C51
717VU GALLEY FWD MID 23MC P56
721VU GALLEY SYS 1 1MC T10
722VU GALLEY SYS 2 2MC S39
5001VE LAV FWD&MID DOOR 2 LIGHT 1LQ F12
5001VE VACUUM CLEANER SOCKET Z241 3ME F04

EFF :

ALL 12-21-12

Page 350
Jul 01/08

MSR
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
5005VE VACUUM CLEANER SOCKET Z272 6ME D16
5005VE VACUUM CLEANER SOCKET Z271 5ME D15
5005VE LIGHT LAV AFT & MID 11LQ D08
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 12-21-12-615-051
A. Fumigation of the Aircraft
_______
WARNING : USE THE CORRECT BREATHING EQUIPMENT. THE GAS IS POISONOUS.

_______
WARNING : ALWAYS PUT ON RUBBER GLOVES, GOGGLES AND PROTECTIVE CLOTHES TO

_______
PREVENT INFECTION WHEN YOU DO THIS WORK.
_______
MATERIAL.
WARNING : DO NOT LET DISINFECTANTS GO ONTO FOODSTUFFS. DISINFECTANTS ARE

_______
POISONOUS. DO NOT APPLY THEM AS A SPRAY DIRECTLY TO CARPETS OR
COCKPIT INSTRUMENT PANELS. DISINFECTANTS CAN CAUSE DAMAGE TO
FURNISHINGS AND EQUIPMENT.
(1) Fumigate the Cockpit and the Cabin Area
(a) Apply DISINFECTANTS (Material No. 14-004) or equivalent to the:

- Floor area of the cockpit
- Floor of the galleys and the lavatories
- Floor adjacent to the galleys and lavatories
- Cabin area.
(b) Dry all wet surfaces and covers immediately with a lint-free
(c) Close the forward passenger/crew door (Ref. TASK 52-10-00-410-

801).

EFF :

ALL 12-21-12

Page 351
Jan 01/08
R
MSR
(2) Fumigate the Cargo Compartments
(a) Apply DISINFECTANTS (Material No. 14-004) or equivalent to the

cargo compartments.
(b) Close the forward and aft cargo-compartment doors (Ref. TASK 52-
30-00-410-801).
(c) Keep the aircraft doors closed for 45 minutes.
(3) Do the ground air pre-conditioning for 1 hour to remove the

insecticide from the cabin and cockpit (Ref. TASK 12-33-21-618-801).
(4) Open all of the passenger/crew doors (Ref. TASK 52-10-00-010-801)

and
the forward and aft cargo-compartment doors (Ref. TASK 52-30-00-010-
801).
(5) Let all doors stay open for 5 hours before you go into the aircraft.
(6) Clean all the surfaces of the cockpit and the cabin:
- The cockpit display units
(Ref. TASK 12-21-12-100-801)
- The cockpit equipment and furnishings
(Ref. TASK 12-21-12-100-802)
- The plastic surfaces and mirrors
(Ref. TASK 12-21-12-100-804)
- The light alloy and steel components
(Ref. TASK 12-21-12-100-806)
- The monitors and display screens in the cabin
(Ref. TASK 12-21-12-100-808).
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 12-21-12-865-054
breaker(s):
1ME, 2ME, 3ME, 4ME, 5ME, 6ME, 1MC, 11MC, 111MC, 2MC, 12MC, 112MC, 23MC,
223MC, 24MC
Subtask 12-21-12-865-063
breaker(s):
1LQ, 11LQ, 1ME, 2ME, 3ME, 4ME, 5ME, 6ME, 1MC, 11MC, 111MC, 2MC, 12MC,
112MC, 23MC, 223MC, 24MC

EFF :

ALL 12-21-12

Page 352
Jan 01/08
R
MSR
Subtask 12-21-12-410-052
C. Close Access
items.
(2) Close the forward and aft cargo-compartment doors (Ref. TASK 52-30-
00-410-801).
(3) Close the access hatch 211FF.
Subtask 12-21-12-862-052

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-862-801).

EFF :

ALL 12-21-12

Page 353
Jan 01/08
R
MSR
TASK 12-21-12-670-804
Fumigation of the Fuselage Pressurized Areas with Carbon-Dioxide (CO2 Gas)
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Refer to the SIL 12-007
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No specific 1 CHARGING EQUIPMENT - GAS, STANDARD

R No specific 3 DETECTOR-COMBUSTIBLE GAS
No specific 1 HOSE - RUBBER
No specific 2 LOCALLY MANUFACTURED - ADAPTER
No specific 1 SAFETY BARRIER
No specific 1 SUPPLY LINE - GAS, PRESSURIZED
FOR FIN 8DG2
FOR FIN 315HL
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No specific cable ties

Material No. 08-074
MASKING TAPE (Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 14-009
C02 GAS (Ref. 20-31-00)

EFF :

ALL 12-21-12

Page 354
Jul 01/08

MSR
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
08-21-00-200-801 Quick Leveling Procedures

Connection
21-31-00-710-802 Operational Test of the Manual Mode
25-25-11-000-801 Removal of a Filler Panel
25-25-11-400-801 Installation of a Filler Panel
52-30-00-010-803 Opening of the BULK Cargo-Compartment Door
52-30-00-410-803 Closing of the BULK Cargo-Compartment Door
53-00-00-991-013 Piston Drain Valves of the Lower Fuselage and Bilge
Area
AMM 30-71-00
R AMM 56-12-00 P.Block 001 SLIDING WINDOWS
SIL 12-007
12-21-12-991-009 Fig. 306
12-21-12-991-001 Fig. 307
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 12-21-12-941-050
_______
MATERIAL.
(1) Make sure that there is sufficient airflow around the aircraft.
(2) Do this task on the apron.

EFF :

ALL 12-21-12

Page 355
Jul 01/08

MSR
(3) If you do the task in the hangar:
(a) Open the doors of the hangar.
(b) Put SAFETY BARRIER in position to keep all persons out of the
work area.
(c) Put the WARNING NOTICE in position to tell your personnel about
the aircraft fumigation.
(d) If you do the task in a hangar which has under-floor areas, make
sure that they are sealed.
NOTE : This carbon-dioxide gas (CO2 gas) is heavier than air.

____
Subtask 12-21-12-010-055
B. Get Access
(1) Put the access platforms in position.
(a) FOR 8DG2

- Put the ACCESS PLATFORM 5M (16 FT) in position at the sliding
window 8DG2.
(b) FOR 315HL

- Put the ACCESS PLATFORM 2M (6 FT) in position at the outflow
valve 315HL.
(2) In the cockpit:
R (a) Open the sliding window 8DG2 (Ref. AMM 56-12-00 P.Block 001).
(3) In the forward utility area of the cabin:
(a) Remove the filler-panels of the center service-channel as

necessary to get access to the area above the ceiling (Ref. TASK
25-25-11-000-801).

EFF :

ALL 12-21-12

Page 356
Jul 01/08

MSR
Subtask 12-21-12-480-050
C. Installation of the Equipment (Ref. SIL 12-007)
(1) Install the sliding window adapter.

(Ref. Fig. 306/TASK 12-21-12-991-009)
(a) Put the LOCALLY MANUFACTURED - ADAPTER (1) in position in the

cockpit window frame and attach it with the screws and the wing
nuts.
(b) Put the HOSE - RUBBER, min. dia. 150 mm (6.0 in.), (2) through
the opening in the center service channel.
(c) Put the upper end of the hose (2) in the highest position in the
fuselage and attach it with cable ties.
(d) Connect the lower end of the hose (2) to the window adapter.
(2) Install the air-outflow valve-adapter.

(Ref. Fig. 307/TASK 12-21-12-991-001)
(a) Put the LOCALLY MANUFACTURED - ADAPTER (1) in position on the

outflow valve 315HL and attach it with the hooks and the wing
nuts.
(b) Connect the SUPPLY LINE - GAS, PRESSURIZED of the DISINFECTANTS

(Material No. 14-009) CHARGING EQUIPMENT - GAS, STANDARD to the
adapter (1).
Subtask 12-21-12-869-050
(1) Close the air outflow valve 313HL (Ref. TASK 21-31-00-710-802).
(2) Make sure that the attitude of the aircraft is level or nose-up
(Ref. TASK 08-21-00-200-801).
(3) Close the passenger/crew door(s) (Ref. TASK 52-10-00-410-801).
(4) Close the forward and aft cargo-compartment doors (Ref. TASK 52-30-
00-410-801).
R (5) Make sure that the avionics compartment access door Z811 is closed.

EFF :

ALL 12-21-12

Page 357
Jul 01/08

MSR
Adapter Cockpit Sliding-Window
Figure 306/TASK 12-21-12-991-009

EFF :

ALL 12-21-12

Page 358
Jan 01/08
R
MSR
Adapter Aft Air-Outflow Valve
Figure 307/TASK 12-21-12-991-001

EFF :

ALL 12-21-12

Page 359
Jan 01/08
R
MSR
(6) Make sure that the BULK cargo compartment door is closed (Ref. TASK
52-30-00-410-803).
(7) Close the outlet of all:

- Fuselage drain valves (Ref. TASK 53-00-00-991-013)
and
- Waste-water drain masts (Ref. AMM 30-71-00)
with BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS (Material No. 08-074).
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 12-21-12-614-050
A. Fumigation of the Aircraft (Ref. SIL 12-007)
_______
MATERIAL.
WARNING : DO NOT BREATHE THE GAS. CARBON DIOXIDE IS POISONOUS AND CAN
_______
KILL YOU.

_______
WARNING : BEFORE YOU START THE FUMIGATION PROCEDURE, MAKE SURE THAT NO
_______
PERSONS ARE IN THE AIRCRAFT.
THE FUMIGATION GAS CAN CAUSE DEATH.
WARNING : DO NOT OPEN THE DOORS DURING THE PROCEDURE. POISONOUS GAS IS
_______
INSIDE THE AIRCRAFT.
(1) Put a WARNING NOTICE in position at all doors to tell your personnel
not to open them.
(2) Operate the gas charging equipment to fill the pressurized area of
the fuselage with DISINFECTANTS (Material No. 14-009)
(carbon-dioxide).
(a) Refer to the following table for the required quantity of CO2
gas.

EFF :

ALL 12-21-12

Page 360
Jan 01/08
R
MSR
R ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
| | Aircraft Model |
R |------------------|---------------------------------------------------------|
| | A330/A340-200 | A330/A340-300 | A340-500 | A340-600 |
R |------------------|---------------|---------------|------------|------------|
| Quantity of | | | | |
| CO2 gas | 2300kg | 2500kg | 2700kg | 3000kg |
| (carbon-dioxide) | | | | |
| | | | | |
R ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
R (3) Stop the gas charging equipment when the DETECTOR-COMBUSTIBLE GAS
shows that CO2 (carbon-dioxide) flows out of the outlet hose (2).
(Ref. Fig. 306/TASK 12-21-12-991-009)
(4) Keep all doors closed for 12 hours.
Subtask 12-21-12-010-056
B. Opening of all Pressure Sealed Doors
WARNING : STOP THE OPENING PROCEDURE IF THE RED WARNING LIGHT FLASHES.
_______
RESIDUAL PRESSURE COULD CAUSE THE DOOR TO OPEN WITH A SUDDEN
FORCE AND INJURE PERSONS AND/OR DAMAGE THE AIRCRAFT.
_______
KILL YOU.

_______
(1) Make sure that there is sufficient airflow around the aircraft.
(2) Open the forward and aft cargo compartment doors (Ref. TASK 52-30-00-
010-801).
R (3) Open the avionics compartment access door Z811.
(4) Open the BULK cargo-compartment door (Ref. TASK 52-30-00-010-803).
(5) Open all the passenger/crew doors (Ref. TASK 52-10-00-010-801).
(6) Open the air-outflow valve 313HL (Ref. TASK 21-31-00-710-802).

EFF :

ALL 12-21-12

Page 361
Jul 01/08

MSR
Subtask 12-21-12-080-050
C. Removal of the Equipment

(Ref. Fig. 306/TASK 12-21-12-991-009, 307/TASK 12-21-12-991-001)
(1) Disconnect the gas charging equipment from the air-outflow valve
adapter (1).
(2) Remove the outlet tube (2) and the adapters (1).
(3) Remove the masking tape (Mat. No. 08-074) from the outlet of the:
- waste-water drain masts (Ref. AMM 30-71-00)
and
- all fuselage drain valves (Ref. TASK 53-00-00-991-013).
Subtask 12-21-12-861-066
D. Energize the ground service network

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-801)
Subtask 12-21-12-618-050
E. Removal of the Remaining CO2 (Carbon-Dioxide)
_______
KILL YOU.

_______
(1) Do the ground air pre-conditioning for a minimum of 30 min to remove

the remaining CO2 from all areas (Ref. TASK 12-33-21-618-801).
(2) Do a check of the CO2 concentration.
R (a) Use a DETECTOR-COMBUSTIBLE GAS and examine the aircraft for

remaining CO2.
(b) Make sure that there is less than 5% Vol. CO2 concentration 0.2 m
(0.65 ft.) above the cabin floor level.

EFF :

ALL 12-21-12

Page 362
Jul 01/08

MSR
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 12-21-12-410-055
A. Close Access
(3) Install the filler-panels of the center service channel in the

forward cabin utility area (Ref. TASK 25-25-11-400-801).
R (4) Close the cockpit sliding window 8DG2 (Ref. AMM 56-12-00 P.Block
R 001).
(5) Close all pressure sealed doors.
(a) Close the forward and aft cargo compartment doors (Ref. TASK 52-
30-00-410-801).
R (b) Close the avionics compartment access door.
(c) Close the bulk cargo compartment door (Ref. TASK 52-30-00-410-
803).
(d) Close the passenger/crew door(s) (Ref. TASK 52-10-00-410-801).
(6) If you did the task in a hangar with under-floor areas:
_______
KILL YOU.

_______
(a) Carefully open the sealed areas of the hangar and do a check for
R remaining CO2 concentration with a DETECTOR-COMBUSTIBLE GAS.
(b) Make sure that there is less than 5% Vol. CO2 concentration 0.2 m
(0.65 ft.) above the floor of the under floor areas of the
hangar.
Subtask 12-21-12-862-066

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-862-801)

EFF :

ALL 12-21-12

Page 363
Jul 01/08

MSR
TASK 12-21-12-670-805
Special Precautions to Apply Insecticide Agent in Auxiliary Area Compartments

and Cargo Compartments, during Turn-Around
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Material No. 14-010

INSECTICIDE A/C CABIN (IN FLIGHT) (Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 14-010A
INSECTICIDE,A/C CABIN (IN FLIGHT) (Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 14-010B USA AMS 1450
INSECTICIDE,AIRCRAFT (Ref. 20-31-00)
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 12-21-12-941-051
A. Preparation
(1) Put a WARNING NOTICE in position in the cockpit to tell the flight
crew that:
- The procedure to apply insecticides in compartments that have smoke
detectors is in progress.
- Smoke warning(s) caused from the insecticide agent can occur.

EFF :

ALL 12-21-12

Page 364
Jan 01/08

MSR
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 12-21-12-670-050
A. Application of the Insecticide Agent
(1) Apply the insecticide agent:
- DISINFECTANTS (Material No. 14-010)

or
- DISINFECTANTS (Material No. 14-010A)
or
- DISINFECTANTS (Material No. 14-010B)
to the auxiliary area compartments and the cargo compartments as

necessary.
Subtask 12-21-12-210-050
B. Visual Inspection
(1) If a smoke warning occurs during the procedure:
(a) Do a visual inspection of the related compartment to make sure

that there is no smoke.
(b) If the insecticide agent caused the warning:

- The warning will stop automatically after 3 minutes.
Subtask 12-21-12-865-059
(1) If a smoke warning has occurred:
(a) Start the ventilation controller 280HN again to get the normal
ventilation of the affected compartment(s).
- In the cockpit on the overhead RESET panel 262VU:
pull the C/Bs
- VENT CONT LANE 1
and
- VENT CONT LANE 2
at the same time for a minimum of 5 seconds but less than 10
seconds.
NOTE : The CBs must be closed in less than 10 seconds to avoid

____
the automatic shut-down of the IFE system.

EFF :

ALL 12-21-12

Page 365
Jan 01/08

MSR
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 12-21-12-942-055
A. Close Access

EFF :

ALL 12-21-12

Page 366
Jan 01/08

MSR
DUST REMOVAL - CLEANING/PAINTING
________________________________
TASK 12-21-13-100-801
Dust Removal
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
To remove the dust from the avionics compartment and from the center
pedestal 100VU in the cockpit.
R NOTE : This task can contribute to fuel savings.

____
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No specific soft brush

No specific vacuum cleaner
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
21-28-34-000-801 Removal of the Ventilation Controller (280HN)

21-28-34-400-801 Installation of the Ventilation Controller (280HN)
21-31-34-000-801 Removal of the Cabin Pressure Controller
(311HL,312HL)
21-31-34-400-801 Installation of the Cabin Pressure Controller
(311HL,312HL)
21-53-34-000-801 Removal of the Pack Controller (531HH, 532HH)
21-53-34-400-801 Installation of the Pack Controller (531HH, 532HH)
21-63-34-000-801 Removal of the Zone Controller (630HK)
21-63-34-400-801 Installation of the Zone Controller (630HK)
22-82-12-000-801 Removal of the MCDU (2CA1,2CA2,2CA3)
22-82-12-400-801 Installation of the MCDU (2CA1,2CA2,2CA3)

EFF :

ALL 12-21-13

Page 701
Jan 01/07

MSR
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
22-83-34-000-802 Removal of the FMGEC (1CA1,1CA2)

22-83-34-400-802 Installation of the FMGEC (1CA1,1CA2)
23-11-33-000-801 Removal of the HF Transceiver (1RE1)
23-11-33-400-801 Installation of the HF Transceiver (1RE1)
23-12-33-000-801 Removal of the VHF Transceiver (1RC1,1RC2,1RC3)
23-12-33-400-801 Installation of the VHF Transceiver (1RC1,1RC2,1RC3)
23-24-34-000-801 Removal of the ACARS Management Unit (or ACARS
Communications Management Unit (1RB1)
23-24-34-400-801 Installation of the ACARS Management Unit (or ACARS
Communications Management Unit (1RB1)
23-51-12-000-801 Removal of the Audio Control Panel
23-51-12-400-801 Installation of the Audio Control Panel
23-51-34-000-801 Removal of the Audio Management Unit (1RN)
23-51-34-400-801 Installation of the Audio Management Unit (1RN)
23-73-34-000-801 Removal of the CIDS Director (101RH,102RH)
23-73-34-400-801 Installation of the CIDS Director (101RH,102RH)
23-81-13-000-801 Removal of the Radio Management Panel
(1RG1,1RG2,1RG3)
23-81-13-400-801 Installation of the Radio Management Panel
(1RG1,1RG2,1RG3)
24-41-34-000-801 Removal of the Ground Auxiliary Power Control Unit
(GAPCU) (40XG)
24-41-34-400-801 Installation of the Ground Auxiliary Power Control
Unit (GAPCU) (40XG)
26-16-34-000-801 Removal of the Smoke Detection Control-Unit (SDCU)
(20WH)
26-16-34-400-801 Installation of the Smoke Detection Control-Unit
(SDCU) (20WH)
27-51-34-000-801 Removal of the Slat and Flap Control Computer (SFCC)
(21CV,22CV)
27-51-34-400-801 Installation of the Slat and Flap Control Computer
(SFCC) (21CV,22CV)
27-92-14-000-801 Removal of the Speedbrake Control-Lever Assy (20CE)
27-92-14-400-801 Installation of the Speedbrake Control-Lever Assy
(20CE)
27-93-34-000-801 Removal of the Flight Control Primary Computer (FCPC)
(2CE1,2CE2,2CE3)

EFF :

ALL 12-21-13

Page 702
Jan 01/07
R
MSR
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
27-93-34-400-801 Installation of the Flight Control Primary Computer

(FCPC) (2CE1,2CE2,2CE3)
27-94-34-000-801 Removal of the Flight Control Secondary Computer
(FCSC) (3CE1,3CE2)
27-94-34-400-801 Installation of the Flight Control Secondary Computer
(FCSC) (3CE1,3CE2)
27-95-34-000-801 Removal of the Flight Control Data Concentrator
(FCDC) (1CE1,1CE2)
27-95-34-400-801 Installation of the Flight Control Data Concentrator
(FCDC) (1CE1,1CE2)
28-51-34-000-801 Removal of the Fuel Control and Monitoring Computer
(FCMC) (5QM1,5QM2)
28-51-34-400-801 Installation of the Fuel Control and Monitoring
Computer (FCMC) (5QM1,5QM2)
29-11-34-000-801 Removal of the HSMU (1JG)
29-11-34-400-801 Installation of the HSMU (1JG)
31-33-34-000-801 Removal of the FDIU (2TU)
31-33-34-400-803 Installation of the FDIU (2TU)
31-33-52-000-801 Removal of the Quick Access Recorder (QAR)(3TU)
31-33-52-400-801 Installation of the Quick Access Recorder (QAR)(3TU)
31-36-34-000-801 Removal of the Data Management Unit (DMU)(1TV)
31-36-34-400-801 Installation of the Data Management Unit (DMU)(1TV)
31-36-52-000-801 Removal of the Digital ACMS Recorder (DAR)(2TV)
31-36-52-400-801 Installation of the Digital ACMS Recorder (DAR)(2TV)
31-53-34-000-801 Removal of the FWC (1WW1,1WW2)
31-53-34-400-801 Installation of the FWC (1WW1,1WW2)
31-55-34-000-801 Removal of the SDAC (1WV1,1WV2)
31-55-34-400-801 Installation of the SDAC (1WV1,1WV2)
31-62-34-000-801 Removal of the Display Management Computer
(DMC)(1WT1, 1WT2, 1WT3)
31-62-34-400-801 Installation of the Display Management Computer
(DMC)(1WT1, 1WT2, 1WT3)
32-31-71-000-801 Removal of the LGCIU (5GA1,5GA2)
32-31-71-400-801 Installation of the LGCIU (5GA1,5GA2)
32-42-34-000-801 Removal of the BSCU (3GG)
32-42-34-400-801 Installation of the BSCU (3GG)
32-49-34-000-801 Removal of the TPIC (2GV)
32-49-34-400-801 Installation of the TPIC (2GV)
34-12-34-000-801 Removal of the Air Data/Inertial Reference Unit
(ADIRU) (1FP1, 1FP2, 1FP3)
34-12-34-400-801 Installation of the Air Data/Inertial Reference Unit
(ADIRU) (1FP1, 1FP2, 1FP3)
34-36-31-000-801 Removal of the ILS Receiver (1RT1,1RT2)
34-36-31-400-801 Installation of the ILS Receiver (1RT1,1RT2)
34-41-12-000-801 Removal of the Weather Radar Control Unit (3SQ)
34-41-12-400-801 Installation of the Weather Radar Control Unit (3SQ)
34-41-33-000-801 Removal of the Weather Radar Transceiver (1SQ1, 1SQ2)

EFF :

ALL 12-21-13

Page 703
Oct 01/06
R
MSR
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
34-41-33-400-801 Installation of the Weather Radar Transceiver (1SQ1,

1SQ2)
34-43-34-000-801 Removal of the TCAS Computer (1SG)
34-43-34-400-801 Installation of the TCAS Computer (1SG)
34-48-34-000-801 Removal of the Ground Proximity Warning Computer
(GPWC) (1WZ)
34-48-34-400-801 Installation of the Ground Proximity Warning Computer
(GPWC) (1WZ)
34-51-33-000-801 Removal of the DME Interrogator (1SD1, 1SD2)
34-51-33-400-801 Installation of the DME Interrogator (1SD1, 1SD2)
34-52-12-000-801 Removal of the ATC/TCAS Control Unit (2SH)
34-52-12-400-801 Installation of the ATC/TCAS Control Unit (2SH)
34-52-33-000-801 Removal of the ATC/Mode S Transponder (1SH1, 1SH2)
34-52-33-400-801 Installation of the ATC/Mode S Transponder (1SH1,
1SH2)
34-53-31-000-801 Removal of the ADF Receiver (1RP1, 1RP2)
34-53-31-400-801 Installation of the ADF Receiver (1RP1, 1RP2)
34-55-31-000-801 Removal of the VOR/MKR Receiver (1RS1, 1RS2)
34-55-31-400-801 Installation of the VOR/MKR Receiver (1RS1, 1RS2)
36-11-34-000-801 Removal of the Bleed Monitoring Computer (BMC) (1HA1,
1HA2, 1HA3, 1HA4)
36-11-34-400-801 Installation of the Bleed Monitoring Computer (BMC)
(1HA1, 1HA2, 1HA3, 1HA4)
45-13-34-000-801 Removal of the Central Maintenance Computer (CMC)
(1TM1,1TM2)
45-13-34-400-801 Installation of the Central Maintenance Computer
(CMC) (1TM1,1TM2)
45-41-22-000-801 Removal of the Printer (2TP)
45-41-22-400-801 Installation of the Printer (2TP)
52-71-34-000-801 Removal of the Proximity Switch Control Unit (5MJ).
52-71-34-400-801 Installation of the Proximity Switch Control Unit
(5MJ).
73-25-34-000-801 Removal of the EIVMU (Engine Interface Vibration
Monitoring Unit) (1KS1,1KS2,1KS3,1KS4)
R 73-25-34-000-802 Removal of the EIVMU (Engine Interface Vibration
R Monitoring Unit) (1KS1,1KS2)
R 73-25-34-000-803 Removal of the EIVMU (Engine Interface Vibration
R Monitoring Unit) (1KS1,1KS2).
R 73-25-34-000-804 Removal of the EIVMU (Engine Interface and Vibration
R Monitoring Unit) (1KS1, 1KS2)
R 73-25-34-000-805 Removal of the EIVMU (Engine Interface and Vibration
R Monitoring Unit) (1KS1,1KS2,1KS3,1KS4)
73-25-34-400-801 Installation of the EIVMU (Engine Interface Vibration
Monitoring Unit) (1KS1,1KS2,1KS3,1KS4)
12-21-13-991-001 Fig. 701
12-21-13-991-002 Fig. 702

EFF :

ALL 12-21-13

Page 704
Oct 01/06

MSR
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 12-21-13-861-050

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-801).
Subtask 12-21-13-010-050
B. Get Access
(3) Removal of the units from the cockpit.

(Ref. Fig. 701/TASK 12-21-13-991-001)
(a) On the center pedestal 100VU:

- remove the MCDU (2CA1, 2CA2, 2CA3) (Ref. TASK 22-82-12-000-
801),
- remove the radio management panel (1RG1, 1RG2) (Ref. TASK 23-
81-13-000-801),
- remove the audio control panel (2RN1, 2RN2) (Ref. TASK 23-51-
12-000-801),
- remove the weather radar control unit (3SQ) (Ref. TASK 34-41-
12-000-801),
- remove the ATC/TCAS control unit (2SH) (Ref. TASK 34-52-12-000-
801),
- remove the speedbrake control-lever assy (20CE) (Ref. TASK 27-
92-14-000-801),
- remove the printer (2TP) (Ref. TASK 45-41-22-000-801).
(4) Removal of the computers from the avionics compartment.

(Ref. Fig. 702/TASK 12-21-13-991-002)
(a) On the shelf 811VU:

- remove the HF transceiver (1RE1) (Ref. TASK 23-11-33-000-801),
- remove the ATC/Mode S transponder (1SH1) (Ref. TASK 34-52-33-
000-801),
- remove the TCAS computer (1SG) (Ref. TASK 34-43-34-000-801),
- remove the VHF transceiver (1RC1) (Ref. TASK 23-12-33-000-801),
- remove the DME interrogator (1SD1) (Ref. TASK 34-51-33-000-
801),
- remove the VOR/MKR receiver (1RS1) (Ref. TASK 34-55-31-000-
801),
- remove the ADF receiver (1RP1) (Ref. TASK 34-53-31-000-801).

EFF :

ALL 12-21-13

Page 705
Jan 01/04

MSR
Location of Units in the Cockpit (Center Pedestal 100VU)
Figure 701/TASK 12-21-13-991-001

EFF :

ALL 12-21-13

Page 706
Jan 01/04

MSR
Location of Shelves and Computers in the Avionics Compartment
Figure 702/TASK 12-21-13-991-002

EFF :

ALL 12-21-13

Page 707
Jan 01/04

MSR
(b) On the shelf 812VU:
- remove the ADF receiver (1RP2) (Ref. TASK 34-53-31-000-801),
- remove the audio management unit (1RN) (Ref. TASK 23-51-34-000-
801),
- remove the DME interrogator (1SD2) (Ref. TASK 34-51-33-000-
801),
- remove the VOR/MKR receiver (1RS2) (Ref. TASK 34-55-31-000-
801),
- remove the ATC/Mode S transponder (1SH2) (Ref. TASK 34-52-33-
000-801),
- remove the HF transceiver (1RE2) (Ref. TASK 23-11-33-000-801).
(c) On the shelf 821VU:

- remove the ACARS management unit (1RB1) (Ref. TASK 23-24-34-
000-801),
- remove the CIDS director (101RH) (Ref. TASK 23-73-34-000-801).
(d) On the shelf 822VU:

- remove the CIDS director (102RH) (Ref. TASK 23-73-34-000-801).
(e) On the shelf 831VU:

R - remove the EIVMU (Engine Interface Vibration Monitoring Unit
R (1KS1) (Ref. TASK 73-25-34-000-801), (Ref. TASK 73-25-34-000-
R 802), (Ref. TASK 73-25-34-000-803), (Ref. TASK 73-25-34-000-
R 804), (Ref. TASK 73-25-34-000-805),
R
- remove the Fuel Control and Monitoring Computer (FCMC) (5QM1)
(Ref. TASK 28-51-34-000-801),
- remove the Display Management Computer (DMC) (1WT1) (Ref. TASK
31-62-34-000-801),
- remove the FWC (1WW1) (Ref. TASK 31-53-34-000-801),
- remove the SDAC (1WV1) (Ref. TASK 31-55-34-000-801).
(f) On the shelf 832VU:

R - remove the EIVMU (Engine Interface Vibration Monitoring Unit
R (1KS2) (Ref. TASK 73-25-34-000-801), (Ref. TASK 73-25-34-000-
R 802), (Ref. TASK 73-25-34-000-803), (Ref. TASK 73-25-34-000-
R 804), (Ref. TASK 73-25-34-000-805),
R
- remove the Fuel Control and Monitoring Computer (FCMC) (5QM2)
(Ref. TASK 28-51-34-000-801),
31-62-34-000-801),
- remove the FWC (1WW2) (Ref. TASK 31-53-34-000-801),
- remove the SDAC (1WV2) (Ref. TASK 31-55-34-000-801).
(g) On the shelf 841VU:

- remove the FMGEC (1CA1) (Ref. TASK 22-83-34-000-802),
- remove the Slat and Flap Control Computer (SFCC) (21CV)
(Ref. TASK 27-51-34-000-801),

EFF :

ALL 12-21-13

Page 708
Oct 01/06

MSR
31-62-34-000-801),
- remove the HSMU (1JG) (Ref. TASK 29-11-34-000-801),
- remove the Flight Control Data Concentrator (FCDC) (1CE1)
(Ref. TASK 27-95-34-000-801),
- remove the Flight Control Primary Computer (FCPC) (2CE3)
(Ref. TASK 27-93-34-000-801).
(h) On the shelf 842VU:

- remove the FMGEC (1CA2) (Ref. TASK 22-83-34-000-802),
- remove the Slat and Flap Control Computer (SFCC) (22CV)
(Ref. TASK 27-51-34-000-801),
- remove the Flight Control Data Concentrator (FCDC) (1CE2)
(Ref. TASK 27-95-34-000-801),
- remove the Flight Control Secondary Computer (FCSC) (3CE2)
(Ref. TASK 27-94-34-000-801),
(Ref. TASK 27-93-34-000-801).
(i) On the shelf 851VU:

- remove the Ground Proximity Warning Computer (GPWC) (1WZ)
(Ref. TASK 34-48-34-000-801),
- remove the zone controller (630HK) (Ref. TASK 21-63-34-000-
801),
- remove the cabin pressure controller (311HL) (Ref. TASK 21-31-
34-000-801),
- remove the pack controller (531HH) (Ref. TASK 21-53-34-000-
801),
- remove the Bleed Monitoring Computer (BMC) (1HA1) (Ref. TASK
36-11-34-000-801),
- remove the BSCU (3GG) (Ref. TASK 32-42-34-000-801),
- remove the LGCIU (5GA1) (Ref. TASK 32-31-71-000-801).
(j) On the shelf 852VU:

- remove the ventilation controller (280HN) (Ref. TASK 21-28-34-
000-801),
- remove the cabin pressure controller (312HL) (Ref. TASK 21-31-
34-000-801),
- remove the Bleed Monitoring Computer (BMC) (1HA2) (Ref. TASK
36-11-34-000-801),
- remove the pack controller (532HH) (Ref. TASK 21-53-34-000-
801),
- remove the Ground Auxiliary Power Control Unit (GAPCU) (40XG)
(Ref. TASK 24-41-34-000-801),
- remove the TPIC (2GV) (Ref. TASK 32-49-34-000-801),
- remove the Smoke Detection Control-Unit (SDCU) (20WH)
(Ref. TASK 26-16-34-000-801),

EFF :

ALL 12-21-13

Page 709
Jan 01/04

MSR
- remove the LGCIU (5GA2) (Ref. TASK 32-31-71-000-801).
(k) On the shelf 861VU:

- remove the Central Maintenance Computer (CMC) (1TM1) (Ref. TASK
45-13-34-000-801).
(l) On the shelf 862VU:

- remove the proximity switch control unit (5MJ) (Ref. TASK 52-
71-34-000-801),
- remove the FDIU (2TU) (Ref. TASK 31-33-34-000-801),
- Remove the Quick Access Recorder (QAR) (3TU) (Ref. TASK 31-33-
52-000-801),
- remove the Digital ACMS Recorder (DAR) (2TV) (Ref. TASK 31-36-
52-000-801),
- remove the Data Management Unit (DMU) (1TV) (Ref. TASK 31-36-
34-000-801),
- remove the Central Maintenance Computer (CMC) (1TM2) (Ref. TASK
45-13-34-000-801),
(m) On the shelf 872VU:

- remove the Air Data/Inertial Reference Unit (ADIRU) (1FP1,
1FP2) (Ref. TASK 34-12-34-000-801).
(n) Remove the Air Data/Inertial Reference Unit (ADIRU) (1FP3)

(Ref. TASK 34-12-34-000-801).
(o) On the mounting tray 5SQ:

- remove the weather radar transceiver (1SQ1, 1SQ2) (Ref. TASK
34-41-33-000-801).
(p) On the shelf 915VU:

- remove the ILS receiver (1RT1) (Ref. TASK 34-36-31-000-801),
- remove the Flight Control Secondary Computer (FCSC) (3CE1)
(Ref. TASK 27-94-34-000-801),
(Ref. TASK 27-93-34-000-801),
- remove the ILS receiver (1RT2) (Ref. TASK 34-36-31-000-801).
(q) On the shelves 811VU, 812VU, 821VU, 822VU, 831VU, 832VU, 841VU,
842VU, 851VU, 852VU, 861VU, 862VU, 915VU:
(Ref. Fig. 702/TASK 12-21-13-991-002)
- remove the rack assy.

EFF :

ALL 12-21-13

Page 710
Jan 01/04

MSR
4. Procedure
_________
(Ref. Fig. 701/TASK 12-21-13-991-001, 702/TASK 12-21-13-991-002)
Subtask 12-21-13-160-050
A. Cleaning of the Avionics Compartment and of the Cockpit
(1) Use a vacuum cleaner and a soft brush or a MISCELLANEOUS (Material

No. 19-003) and clean:
(a) the area where the units and computers were installed,
(b) the area of the rack assy.
(c) all the faces of the removed units and computers,
(d) the avionics compartment,
(e) the ducts,
(f) the shelves.
NOTE : Keep the vacuum cleaner out of the avionics compartment to

____
prevent new dust contamination in the avionics
compartment.
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 12-21-13-410-050
A. Close Access
(1) Installation of the units in the cockpit.

(Ref. Fig. 701/TASK 12-21-13-991-001)
NOTE : For computers with loadable software, software loading is not

____
necessary if you install the computer removed for access.
(a) On the center pedestal 100VU:

- install the MCDU (2CA1, 2CA2, 2CA3) (Ref. TASK 22-82-12-400-
801),
- install the radio management panel (1RG1, 1RG2) (Ref. TASK 23-
81-13-400-801),
- install the audio control panel (2RN1, 2RN2) (Ref. TASK 23-51-
12-400-801),

EFF :

ALL 12-21-13

Page 711
Jan 01/04

MSR
- install the weather radar control unit (3SQ) (Ref. TASK 34-41-
12-400-801),
- install the ATC/TCAS control unit (2SH) (Ref. TASK 34-52-12-
400-801),
- install the speedbrake control lever assy (20CE) (Ref. TASK 27-
92-14-400-801),
- install the printer (2TP) (Ref. TASK 45-41-22-400-801).
(2) Installation of the computers in the avionics compartment.

(Ref. Fig. 702/TASK 12-21-13-991-002)
NOTE : For computers with loadable software, software loading is not

____
necessary if you install the computer removed for access.
(a) On the shelves 811VU, 812VU, 821VU, 822VU, 831VU, 832VU, 841VU,
842VU, 851VU, 852VU, 861VU, 862VU, 915VU:
(Ref. Fig. 702/TASK 12-21-13-991-002)
- install the rack assy.
(b) On the shelf 811VU:

- install the HF transceiver (1RE1) (Ref. TASK 23-11-33-400-801),
- install the ATC/Mode S transponder (1SH1) (Ref. TASK 34-52-33-
400-801),
- install the TCAS computer (1SG) (Ref. TASK 34-43-34-400-801),
- install the VHF transceiver (1RC1) (Ref. TASK 23-12-33-400-
801),
- install the DME interrogator (1SD1) (Ref. TASK 34-51-33-400-
801),
- install the VOR/MKR receiver (1RS1) (Ref. TASK 34-55-31-400-
801),
- install the ADF receiver (1RP1) (Ref. TASK 34-53-31-400-801).
(c) On the shelf 812VU:

- install the ADF receiver (1RP2) (Ref. TASK 34-53-31-400-801),
- install the audio management unit (1RN) (Ref. TASK 23-51-34-
400-801),
801),
- install the DME interrogator (1SD2) (Ref. TASK 34-51-33-400-
801),
- install the VOR/MKR receiver (1RS2) (Ref. TASK 34-55-31-400-
801),
- install the ATC/Mode S transponder (1SH2) (Ref. TASK 34-52-33-
400-801),
- install the HF transceiver (1RE2) (Ref. TASK 23-11-33-400-801).

EFF :

ALL 12-21-13

Page 712
Jan 01/04

MSR
(d) On the shelf 821VU:
801),
- install the ACARS management unit (1RB1) (Ref. TASK 23-24-34-
400-801),
- install the CIDS director (101RH) (Ref. TASK 23-73-34-400-801).
(e) On the shelf 822VU:

- install the CIDS director (102RH) (Ref. TASK 23-73-34-400-801).
(f) On the shelf 831VU:

- install the EIVMU (Engine Interface Vibration Monitoring Unit)
(1KS1) (Ref. TASK 73-25-34-400-801),
- install the Fuel Control and Monitoring Computer (FCMC) (5QM1)
(Ref. TASK 28-51-34-400-801),
- install the Display Management Computer (DMC) (1WT1) (Ref. TASK
31-62-34-400-801),
- install the FWC (1WW1) (Ref. TASK 31-53-34-400-801),
- install the SDAC (1WV1) (Ref. TASK 31-55-34-400-801).
(g) On the shelf 832VU:

- install the EIVMU (Engine Interface Vibration Monitoring Unit)
(1KS2) (Ref. TASK 73-25-34-400-801),
- install the Fuel Control and Monitoring Computer (FCMC) (5QM2)
(Ref. TASK 28-51-34-400-801),
31-62-34-400-801),
- install the FWC (1WW2) (Ref. TASK 31-53-34-400-801),
- install the SDAC (1WV2) (Ref. TASK 31-55-34-400-801).
(h) On the shelf 841VU:

- install the FMGEC (1CA1) (Ref. TASK 22-83-34-400-802),
- install the Slat and Flap Control Computer (SFCC) (21CV)
(Ref. TASK 27-51-34-400-801),
31-62-34-400-801),
- install the HSMU (1JG) (Ref. TASK 29-11-34-400-801),
- install the Flight Control Data Concentrator (FCDC) (1CE1)
(Ref. TASK 27-95-34-400-801),
- install the Flight Control Primary Computer (FCPC) (2CE3)
(Ref. TASK 27-93-34-400-801).
(i) On the shelf 842VU:

- install the FMGEC (1CA2) (Ref. TASK 22-83-34-400-802),
- install the Slat and Flap Control Computer (SFCC) (22CV)
(Ref. TASK 27-51-34-400-801),

EFF :

ALL 12-21-13

Page 713
Jan 01/04

MSR
- install the Flight Control Data Concentrator (FCDC) (1CE2)
(Ref. TASK 27-95-34-400-801),
- install the Flight Control Secondary Computer (FCSC) (3CE2)
(Ref. TASK 27-94-34-400-801),
(Ref. TASK 27-93-34-400-801).
(j) On the shelf 851VU:

- install the Ground Proximity Warning Computer (GPWC) (1WZ)
(Ref. TASK 34-48-34-400-801),
- install the zone controller (630HK) (Ref. TASK 21-63-34-400-
801),
- install the cabin pressure controller (311HL) (Ref. TASK 21-31-
34-400-801),
- install the pack controller (531HH) (Ref. TASK 21-53-34-400-
801),
- install the Bleed Monitoring Computer (BMC) (1HA1) (Ref. TASK
36-11-34-400-801),
- install the BSCU (3GG) (Ref. TASK 32-42-34-400-801),
- install the LGCIU (5GA1) (Ref. TASK 32-31-71-400-801).
(k) On the shelf 852VU:

- install the ventilation controller (280HN) (Ref. TASK 21-28-34-
400-801),
- install the cabin pressure controller (312HL) (Ref. TASK 21-31-
34-400-801),
- install the Bleed Monitoring Computer (BMC) (1HA2) (Ref. TASK
36-11-34-400-801),
- install the pack controller (532HH) (Ref. TASK 21-53-34-400-
801),
- install the Ground Auxiliary Power Control Unit (GAPCU) (40XG)
(Ref. TASK 24-41-34-400-801),
- install the TPIC (2GV) (Ref. TASK 32-49-34-400-801),
- install the Smoke Detection Control-Unit (SDCU) (20WH)
(Ref. TASK 26-16-34-400-801),
- install the LGCIU (5GA2) (Ref. TASK 32-31-71-400-801).
(l) On the shelf 861VU:

- install the Central Maintenance Computer (CMC) (1TM1)
(Ref. TASK 45-13-34-400-801).
(m) On the shelf 862VU:

- install the proximity switch control unit (5MJ) (Ref. TASK 52-
71-34-400-801),
- install the FDIU (2TU) (Ref. TASK 31-33-34-400-803),
- install the Quick Access Recorder (QAR) (3TU) (Ref. TASK 31-33-
52-400-801),

EFF :

ALL 12-21-13

Page 714
Jan 01/04

MSR
- install the Digital ACMS Recorder (DAR) (2TV) (Ref. TASK 31-36-
52-400-801),
- install the Data Management Unit (DMU) (1TV) (Ref. TASK 31-36-
34-400-801),
- install the Central Maintenance Computer (CMC) (1TM2)
(Ref. TASK 45-13-34-400-801),
(n) On the shelf 872VU:

- install the Air Data/Inertial Reference Unit (ADIRU) (1FP1,
1FP2) (Ref. TASK 34-12-34-400-801).
(o) Install the Air Data/Inertial Reference Unit (ADIRU) (1FP3)

(Ref. TASK 34-12-34-400-801).
(p) On the mounting tray 5SQ:

- install the weather radar transceiver (1SQ1, 1SQ2) (Ref. TASK
34-41-33-400-801).
(q) On the shelf 915VU:

- install the ILS receiver (1RT1) (Ref. TASK 34-36-31-400-801),
- install the Flight Control Secondary Computer (FCSC) (3CE1)
(Ref. TASK 27-94-34-400-801),
(Ref. TASK 27-93-34-400-801),
- install the ILS receiver (1RT2) (Ref. TASK 34-36-31-400-801).
items.
Subtask 12-21-13-862-050

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-862-801).

EFF :

ALL 12-21-13

Page 715
Jan 01/04

MSR
TASK 12-21-13-100-802
Cleaning of Relay Box VU Panel Grids
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

12-21-13-991-003 Fig. 703
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 12-21-13-860-050

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-801).
(2) Put an ACCESS PLATFORM 3M (10 FT)- ADJUSTABLE in position at the

access door 811.

EFF :

ALL 12-21-13

Page 716
Jan 01/04

MSR
4. Procedure
_________
(Ref. Fig. 703/TASK 12-21-13-991-003)
Subtask 12-21-13-140-050
A. Cleaning of the Grids of the Relay Boxes
NOTE : In the avionics compartment, use a vacuum cleaner and a soft brush
____
to clean the equipments.
Keep the vacuum cleaner out of the avionics compartment to prevent
dust contamination.
(1) Clean the grids of the left relay box 751VU
(a) Clean the left and right external grids.
(b) Clean the bottom external grid.
(c) Open the door of the relay box.
(d) Clean the left and right internal grids.
(e) Clean the bottom internal grid.
(f) Close the door of the relay box.
(2) Clean the grids of the right relay box 752VU
(a) Clean the left and right external grids.
(b) Clean the bottom external grid.
(c) Open the door of the relay box.
(d) Clean the left and right internal grids.
(e) Clean the bottom internal grid.
(f) Close the door of the relay box.

EFF :

ALL 12-21-13

Page 717
Jan 01/04

MSR
Location of Relay Boxes in the Avionics Compartment
Figure 703/TASK 12-21-13-991-003

EFF :

ALL 12-21-13

Page 718
Jan 01/04

MSR
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 12-21-13-860-051
A. Put the Aircraft back to its Initial Configuration
items.

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-862-801).

EFF :

ALL 12-21-13

Page 719
Jan 01/04

MSR
LUBRICATION - DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION
_______________________________________
1. _______
General
This section gives the instructions related to the lubrication of the flight
controls, the landing gear, the doors, the fuselage, the rudder and sliding
windows.
12-22-27/P. Block 301 FLIGHT CONTROLS
12-22-32/P. Block 301 LANDING GEAR
12-22-52/P. Block 301 DOORS
12-22-53/P. Block 301 FUSELAGE
12-22-55/P. Block 301 STABILIZERS
12-22-56/P. Block 301 WINDOWS
A. Lubrication Point Symbols:

Each type of lubrication point is identified by a symbol.
(Ref. Fig. 001)

EFF :

ALL 12-22-00

Page 1
Jan 01/04

MSR
Lubrication Point Symbols
Figure 001

EFF :

ALL 12-22-00

Page 2
Jan 01/04

MSR
FLIGHT CONTROLS - SERVICING
___________________________
TASK 12-22-27-640-801
Lubricate the Trimmable Horizontal Stabilizer (THS) Actuator Ball Screw-Nut
_______
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific 1 GUN - GREASE
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Material No. 04-004 USA MIL-PRF-23827 TYPE I

SYNTH.ESTER BASED GREASE HIGH PRESSURE
(Ref. 20-31-00)
GENERAL PURPOSE LITHIUM GREASE (Ref. 20-31-00)

EFF :

ALL 12-22-27

Page 301
Jul 01/08
R
MSR
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

R (THS) Actuator
Electric Pump
29-00-00-863-803 Pressurize the Yellow Hydraulic System with the
Electric Pump
ESPM 20-55-10
ESPM 20-55-20
12-22-27-991-001 Fig. 301
**ON A/C ALL
Post SB 27-3137 For A/C ALL
12-22-27-991-001-A Fig. 301A
**ON A/C ALL
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 12-22-27-860-054
(1) Energize the ground service network (Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-801).

(Ref. TASK 29-00-00-864-804).

EFF :

ALL 12-22-27

Page 302
Jul 01/08

MSR
Subtask 12-22-27-865-050
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Subtask 12-22-27-010-050
C. Get Access
(1) Put a WARNING NOTICE in the cockpit to tell persons not to operate
the THS.
(2) Put the ACCESS PLATFORM 5M (16 FT) below the access door 312AR, open
the access door 312AR and set the LIGHT switch 4LJ to ON.
(3) Make sure that the temperature of the ball screw nut is above 1 DEG.C
(33.80 DEG.F).
4. Procedure
_________
(Ref. Fig. 301/TASK 12-22-27-991-001)
R **ON A/C ALL
R Post SB 27-3137 For A/C ALL
R (Ref. Fig. 301A/TASK 12-22-27-991-001-A)

EFF :

ALL 12-22-27

Page 303
Jan 01/08

MSR
Trimmable Horizontal Stabilizer (THS) Actuator
Figure 301/TASK 12-22-27-991-001

EFF :

ALL 12-22-27

Page 304
Jan 01/04

MSR
INTENTIONALLY BLANK

R

12-22-27

Page 305
Jan 01/08

MSR
R Trimmable Horizontal Stabilizer (THS) Actuator
R Figure 301A/TASK 12-22-27-991-001-A12 (SHEET 1)

EFF :

ALL 12-22-27

Page 306
Jan 01/08

MSR
R Trimmable Horizontal Stabilizer (THS) Actuator
R Figure 301A/TASK 12-22-27-991-001-A22 (SHEET 2)

EFF :

ALL 12-22-27

Page 307
Jan 01/08

MSR
**ON A/C ALL
Subtask 12-22-27-640-063
A. Lubrication of the THS-Actuator Ball Screw-Nut
CAUTION : DO NOT MIX LITHIUM-COMPLEX THICKENED GREASE WITH CLAY-

_______
THICKENED GREASE. IF YOU MIX THESE GREASES, YOU CAN CAUSE
DAMAGE TO THE BALL NUT OF THE THS ACTUATOR.
(1) Use a clean lint-free cloth MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-003) and
clean the items that follow:
- The area around the vent hole
- The grease nipple
- The THS-actuator ball screw-nut
(2) Use a non-metallic device and make sure that the vent hole is clear.
(3) Use a GUN - GREASE (MIL-PRF-23827) and apply the new COMMON GREASE
(Material No. 04-004) through the grease nipple of the THS-actuator
ball screw-nut. Do this until the grease comes out of the nut vent
hole.
NOTE : It is usual for grease to come out of the upper/lower nut

____
seal.
(4) Make sure that no grease comes out of the transfer tubes. If grease
comes out of the transfer tubes, speak to Airbus.
(5) Put a CONTAINER 1 L (1/4 USGAL) in position below the vent hole.
(6) Use a GUN - GREASE (MIL-PRF-23827) and apply the new COMMON GREASE
(Material No. 04-004) through the grease nipple of the THS-actuator
ball screw-nut again. Do this until 150 cm3 (9.15 in.3) of the grease
comes out of the nut vent hole.
(7) Use a clean lint-free cloth MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-003) and
remove the unwanted grease from the items that follow:
- The grease nipple
- The top and bottom of the nut.

EFF :

ALL 12-22-27

Page 308
Jul 01/08
R
MSR
R (8) Pressurize the hydraulic system:
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE TRAVEL RANGES OF THE FLIGHT CONTROLS ARE
_______
CLEAR.
MOVEMENT OF FLIGHT CONTROLS CAN CAUSE INJURY TO PERSONS
AND/OR DAMAGE.
R (a) Pressurize the Blue or the Yellow hydraulic system (Ref. TASK 29-
R 00-00-863-802) or (Ref. TASK 29-00-00-863-803).
(9) Operate the THS as follows:
(a) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tools and
other items.
R (b) Move the THS to the 14 degrees UP stop position and then back to
R the 2 degrees DOWN stop position.
(c) Move the THS to the neutral position (Ref. TASK 27-40-00-866-
801).
(10) Depressurize the Blue or the Yellow hydraulic system (Ref. TASK 29-
00-00-864-802) or (Ref. TASK 29-00-00-864-803) and make sure that the
hydraulic system is depressurized (Ref. TASK 29-00-00-864-804).
(11) Clean the THS-actuator ball screw-nut around the transfer tubes with
a clean lint-free cloth MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-003).
R (12) Use a GUN - GREASE (MIL-PRF-23827) and apply the new COMMON GREASE
R (Material No. 04-004) through the grease nipple of the THS-actuator
R ball screw-nut again . Do this until the grease comes continuously
R out of the nut vent hole.
(13) Make sure that no grease comes out of the transfer tubes. If grease
R comes out of the transfer tubes, speak to Airbus.
(14) Put a CONTAINER 1 L (1/4 USGAL) in position below the vent hole.
R (15) Use a GUN - GREASE and apply the new COMMON GREASE (Material No. 04-
R 004) through the grease nipple of the THS-actuator ball screw-nut
R again. Do this until 150 cm3 (9.15 in.3) of the grease comes out of
R the nut vent hole.

EFF :

ALL 12-22-27

Page 309
Jan 01/08

MSR
R (16) Use a clean lint-free cloth MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-003) and
R clean the items that follow:
R - The area around the vent hole
R
R - The grease nipple
R
R - The THS-actuator ball screw-nut
(17) If you find contamination of the electrical cables, you must clean
them (Ref. ESPM 20-55-10) and (Ref. ESPM 20-55-20).
R (18) Make sure that the ball in the grease nipple closes correctly.
R
(19) Make sure that you remove all the equipment that you use for the
lubrication of the THS Actuator.
R **ON A/C ALL
R Post SB 27-3137 For A/C ALL
R Subtask 12-22-27-640-063-A
R A. Lubrication of the THS-Actuator Ball Screw-Nut
R CAUTION : DO NOT MIX LITHIUM-COMPLEX THICKENED GREASE WITH CLAY-

_______
R THICKENED GREASE. IF YOU MIX THESE GREASES, YOU CAN CAUSE
R DAMAGE TO THE BALL NUT OF THE THS ACTUATOR.
R (2) Use a non-metallic device and make sure that the vent hole is clear.
R 037) (AIMS 09-06-002) through the grease nipple of the THS-actuator
R ball screw-nut. Do this until the grease comes out of the nut vent
R hole.
R NOTE : It is usual for grease to come out of the upper/lower nut

____
R seal.
R (4) Make sure that no grease comes out of the transfer tubes. If grease

EFF :

ALL 12-22-27

Page 310
Jan 01/08

MSR
R (5) Put a CONTAINER 1 L (1/4 USGAL) in position below the vent hole.
R ball screw-nut again. Do this until 150 cm3 (9.15 in.3) of the grease
R comes out of the nut vent hole.
R remove the unwanted grease from the items that follow:
R - The top and bottom of the nut.
R (8) Pressurize the hydraulic system:
R WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE TRAVEL RANGES OF THE FLIGHT CONTROLS ARE
_______
R CLEAR.
R MOVEMENT OF FLIGHT CONTROLS CAN CAUSE INJURY TO PERSONS
R AND/OR DAMAGE.
R (a) Pressurize the Blue or the Yellow hydraulic system (Ref. TASK 29-
R 00-00-863-802) or (Ref. TASK 29-00-00-863-803).
R (9) Operate the THS as follows:
R (a) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tools and
R other items.
R (b) Move the THS to the 14 degrees UP stop position and then back to
R the 2 degrees DOWN stop position.
R (c) Move the THS to the neutral position (Ref. TASK 27-40-00-866-
R 801).
R (10) Depressurize the Blue or the Yellow hydraulic system (Ref. TASK 29-
R 00-00-864-802) or (Ref. TASK 29-00-00-864-803) and make sure that the
R hydraulic system is depressurized (Ref. TASK 29-00-00-864-804).
R (11) Clean the THS-actuator ball screw-nut around the transfer tubes with
R a clean lint-free cloth MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-003).
R ball screw-nut again . Do this until the grease comes continuously
R out of the nut vent hole.
R (13) Make sure that no grease comes out of the transfer tubes. If grease

EFF :

ALL 12-22-27

Page 311
Jan 01/08

MSR
R (14) Put a CONTAINER 1 L (1/4 USGAL) in position below the vent hole.
R ball screw-nut again. Do this until 150 cm3 (9.15 in.3) of the grease
R comes out of the nut vent hole.
R (17) If you find contamination of the electrical cables, you must clean
R them (Ref. ESPM 20-55-10) and (Ref. ESPM 20-55-20).
R (18) Make sure that the ball in the grease nipple closes correctly.
R (19) Make sure that you remove all the equipment that you use for the
R lubrication of the THS Actuator.
R **ON A/C ALL
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 12-22-27-865-051
7CE1, 7CE2, 7CE3, 7CE4, 7CE5, 7CE6, 11CE.
Subtask 12-22-27-410-050
B. Close Access
items.
(2) Set the LIGHT switch 4LJ to OFF and close the access door 312AR.

EFF :

ALL 12-22-27

Page 312
Jan 01/08

MSR
Subtask 12-22-27-860-055
C. De-energize the ground service network (Ref. TASK 24-42-00-862-801).

EFF :

ALL 12-22-27

Page 313
Jan 01/08
R
MSR
TASK 12-22-27-640-802
Lubricate the Trimmable Horizontal Stabilizer (THS) Mechanical Control Chains
WARNING : KEEP ALL HYDROCARBONS (FUELS, LUBRICANTS, ETC.) AWAY FROM ALL SOURCES
_______
OF OXYGEN. OXYGEN BECOMES EXPLOSIVE WHEN IT TOUCHES HYDROCARBONS.
_______
_______
YOUR EYES :
MINUTES.
SKIN IRRITANTS.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific 1 BRUSH - BRISTLED
98F27401000000 1 TOOL-PITCH TRIM CONTROL LOCKING

EFF :

ALL 12-22-27

Page 314
Jan 01/08
R
MSR
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

(Ref. 20-31-00)
PUTTY, ZINC CHROMATE GENERAL PURPOSE (Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 05-005 USA MIL-C-16173 GRADE II
CORROSION PREVENTIVE (Ref. 20-31-00)
(Ref. 20-31-00)
C. Expendable Parts
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 cotter pins 27-41-04 03 -110
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

R (THS) Actuator
12-22-27-991-002 Fig. 302

EFF :

ALL 12-22-27

Page 315
Jul 01/08

MSR
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 12-22-27-860-056
(1) Make sure that the pitch-trim control wheels on the panel 125VU are
in the 0 position (Ref. TASK 27-40-00-866-801).
(2) Install the TOOL-PITCH TRIM CONTROL LOCKING (98F27401000000) on the

pitch-trim control wheels.
not to operate the pitch-trim controls.
(4) Energize the ground service network (Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-801).

(Ref. TASK 29-00-00-864-804).
Subtask 12-22-27-865-052
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Subtask 12-22-27-010-051
C. Get Access
(Ref. Fig. 302/TASK 12-22-27-991-002)
(1) Put the ACCESS PLATFORM 3M (10 FT) below the access door 312AR and
open the access door 312AR and set the LIGHT switch 4LJ to ON.
(2) Remove the screws (8), the washers (7), release the quick-release
fasteners (6) and remove the protective cover (9).

EFF :

ALL 12-22-27

Page 316
Jan 01/08
R
MSR
INTENTIONALLY BLANK

R

12-22-27

Page 317
Jan 01/08

MSR
Control Chain

EFF :

ALL 12-22-27

Page 318
Jan 01/08
R
MSR
Control Chain

EFF :

ALL 12-22-27

Page 319
Jan 01/08
R
MSR
(3) Remove and discard the cotter pins (1), remove the nuts (2), the
washers (3), the bolts (4) and the chain cover (5).
4. Procedure
_________
(Ref. Fig. 302/TASK 12-22-27-991-002)
Subtask 12-22-27-640-051
A. Lubrication of the THS Mechanical Control Chains
WARNING : KEEP ALL HYDROCARBONS (FUELS, LUBRICANTS, ETC.) AWAY FROM ALL
_______
SOURCES OF OXYGEN. OXYGEN BECOMES EXPLOSIVE WHEN IT TOUCHES
HYDROCARBONS.

_______
MATERIAL/S.
(1) Clean the forward and the aft chain with CLEANING AGENTS (Material
No. 11-002) and a BRUSH - BRISTLED.
(2) Use a BRUSH - BRISTLED to apply a thin layer of the COMMON GREASE
(Material No. 04-004) to the chains.
(3) Do not apply too much grease to the chains.
(a) If you apply too much grease to the chains:

- Use a clean lint-free cloth MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-003)
to remove the unwanted grease from the chains.
(4) Make sure that the grease does not fall into the area of the
electronic and/or oxygen equipment.
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 12-22-27-410-058
A. Close Access
(Ref. Fig. 302/TASK 12-22-27-991-002)
(1) Install the chain cover (5).
(a) Apply the SPECIAL MATERIALS (Material No. 05-002) to the

interface of the chain cover (5), to the bolts (4) and the nuts
(2).

EFF :

ALL 12-22-27

Page 320
Jan 01/08
R
MSR
(b) Install the chain cover (5), the bolts (4), the washers (3), the
nuts (2) and safety the nuts (2) with the new cotter pins (1).
(c) Apply the SPECIAL MATERIALS (Material No. 05-005) to the bolts
(4) and the nuts (2).
(2) Install the protective cover (9), tighten the quick-release fasteners
(6) and install the washers (7) and the screws (8).
Subtask 12-22-27-865-053
7CE1, 7CE2, 7CE3, 7CE4, 7CE5, 7CE6, 11CE.
Subtask 12-22-27-410-051
C. Close Access
items.
(2) Set the LIGHT switch 4LJ to OFF and close the access door 312AR.
Subtask 12-22-27-860-057
(1) De-energize the ground service network (Ref. TASK 24-42-00-862-801).
(2) Remove the TOOL-PITCH TRIM CONTROL LOCKING from the pitch-trim
control wheels.

EFF :

ALL 12-22-27

Page 321
Jan 01/08
R
MSR
TASK 12-22-27-640-804
Lubrication of all Slat Track Roller Bearings, Pinion Bearings, Rack and Pinion
Teeth and Slat Track 2 and 3 Lever Bearings
_______
_______
YOUR EYES :
MINUTES.
SKIN IRRITANTS.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------


EFF :

ALL 12-22-27

Page 322
Jan 01/08
R
MSR
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

SYNTHE.HYDROCARBON GREASE HIGH PRESSURE
(Ref. 20-31-00)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

27-80-00-866-801 Extension of the Slats on the Ground
57-41-37-000-801 Removal of the Access Panels and Covers
57-41-37-400-801 Installation of the Access Panels and Covers
12-22-27-991-004 Fig. 303
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 12-22-27-860-052
(1) Fully extend the flaps (Ref. TASK 27-50-00-866-801).
(2) Fully extend the slats (Ref. TASK 27-80-00-866-801).


EFF :

ALL 12-22-27

Page 323
Jan 01/08
R
MSR
(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-801).
Subtask 12-22-27-865-056
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Subtask 12-22-27-010-064
C. Get Access
(2) Remove the access panels (Ref. TASK 57-41-37-000-801) and (Ref. TASK
57-42-37-000-801):
- in the Zone 521: 521BB, 521CB, 521GB, 521JB,
- in the Zone 522: 522CB, 522TB, 522GB, 522HB, 522JB, 522LB, 522NB,
522RB,
- in the Zone 523: 523CB, 523EB, 523GB, 523JB, 523LB, 523NB,
622RB,
- in the Zone 623: 623CB, 623EB, 623GB, 623JB, 623LB, 623NB.
4. Procedure
_________
(Ref. Fig. 303/TASK 12-22-27-991-004)
Subtask 12-22-27-640-053
A. Lubrication of all the Slat Track Roller Bearings, the Pinion Bearings,
the Rack and Pinion Teeth, including the Slat Track 2 and 3 Lever
Bearings

_______
MATERIAL/S.

EFF :

ALL 12-22-27

Page 324
Jan 01/08
R
MSR
Slat Track Rollers and Pinions
Figure 303/TASK 12-22-27-991-004

EFF :

ALL 12-22-27

Page 325
Jan 01/08
R
MSR
(1) Clean the grease nipples with a clean lint-free cloth MISCELLANEOUS
(2) Apply COMMON GREASE (Material No. 04-022) to:

- the slat track roller bearings,
- the pinion bearings,
- the rack and pinion teeth and
- the slat track 2 and track 3 lever bearings
through the grease nipples until the new grease comes out.
(3) Remove the unwanted grease from the greasing points.
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 12-22-27-410-054
A. Close Access
items.
(2) Install the access panels (Ref. TASK 57-41-37-400-801) and (Ref. TASK
57-42-37-400-801):
522RB,
- in the Zone 523: 523CB, 523EB, 523GB, 523JB, 523LB, 523NB,
622RB,
- in the Zone 623: 623CB, 623EB, 623GB, 623JB, 623LB, 623NB.
Subtask 12-22-27-865-057
1CW, 2CW, 10CW
Subtask 12-22-27-860-053
(2) Retract the slats (Ref. TASK 27-80-00-866-802).

EFF :

ALL 12-22-27

Page 326
Jan 01/08
R
MSR
(3) Retract the flaps (Ref. TASK 27-50-00-866-802).

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-862-801).

EFF :

ALL 12-22-27

Page 327
Jan 01/08
R
MSR
TASK 12-22-27-640-805
Lubrication of all Spoiler Linkage Bearings fitted with Grease Nipples
_______
_______
YOUR EYES :
MINUTES.
SKIN IRRITANTS.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

98D27603002001 1 KEY-SPOILER MAINTENANCE

EFF :

ALL 12-22-27

Page 328
Jan 01/08
R
MSR
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

(Ref. 20-31-00)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

27-60-00-866-801 Extension of the Spoilers for Maintenance
27-60-00-866-802 Retraction of the Spoilers after Maintenance
27-64-00-710-801 Operational Test of the Spoilers
12-22-27-991-005 Fig. 304
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 12-22-27-860-058
(1) Extend the flaps (Ref. TASK 27-50-00-866-801).

slat/flap control lever on the panel 114VU.
(3) Make sure that the aircraft hydraulic systems are depressurized
(Ref. TASK 29-00-00-864-804).

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-801).

EFF :

ALL 12-22-27

Page 329
Jan 01/08
R
MSR
(5) Put the WARNING NOTICE in position in the cockpit to tell persons not
to operate the flight controls.
Subtask 12-22-27-865-058
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
722VU FCDC 2 6CE2 T42
722VU FCSC 2 10CE2 T39
742VU FCSC 1 NORM 10CE1 C70
742VU FCDC 1 6CE1 E64
742VU FCSC 1 STBY 9CE G77
Subtask 12-22-27-860-067
(1) Extend the spoilers (Ref. TASK 27-60-00-866-801).
(2) Install the KEY-SPOILER MAINTENANCE (98D27603002001).
4. Procedure
_________
(Ref. Fig. 304/TASK 12-22-27-991-005)
Subtask 12-22-27-640-054
A. Lubrication of all Spoiler Linkage Bearings fitted with Grease Nipples

_______
MATERIAL/S.

EFF :

ALL 12-22-27

Page 330
Jan 01/08
R
MSR
Spoiler Hinge Bearings
Figure 304/TASK 12-22-27-991-005

EFF :

ALL 12-22-27

Page 331
Jan 01/08
R
MSR
(2) Apply the COMMON GREASE (Material No. 04-004) to the spoiler hinge
bearings through the grease nipples until the new grease comes out.
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 12-22-27-860-059
(1) Remove the KEY-SPOILER MAINTENANCE (98D27603002001).
(2) Retract the spoilers (Ref. TASK 27-60-00-866-802).
slat/flap control lever on the panel 114VU.
Subtask 12-22-27-865-059
6CE1, 6CE2, 7CE1, 7CE2, 7CE3, 7CE4, 7CE5, 7CE6, 9CE, 10CE1, 10CE2, 11CE.
Subtask 12-22-27-710-050
C. Do the operational test of the spoilers (Ref. TASK 27-64-00-710-801).
Subtask 12-22-27-860-062

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-862-801).

EFF :

ALL 12-22-27

Page 332
Jan 01/08
R
MSR
TASK 12-22-27-640-806
Lubrication of Flap Steady Bearings
_______
_______
YOUR EYES :
MINUTES.
SKIN IRRITANTS.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------


EFF :

ALL 12-22-27

Page 333
Jan 01/08
R
MSR
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

(Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 04-024 AIB AIMS 09-06-001
SYNTHETIC GREASE FOR FLAP & SLAT MECHANISM
(Ref. 20-31-00)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

12-22-27-991-006 Fig. 305
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 12-22-27-860-060

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-801).
(2) Fully extend the flaps (Ref. TASK 27-50-00-866-801).


EFF :

ALL 12-22-27

Page 334
Jan 01/08
R
MSR
Subtask 12-22-27-865-060
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Subtask 12-22-27-010-060
C. Put the ACCESS PLATFORM 5M (16 FT)- ADJUSTABLE in position.
4. Procedure
_________
(Ref. Fig. 305/TASK 12-22-27-991-006)
Subtask 12-22-27-640-055
A. Lubrication of the Flap Steady Bearings

_______
MATERIAL/S.
(2) Apply COMMON GREASE (Material No. 04-022) or COMMON GREASE (Material
No. 04-024) to the steady bearings through the grease nipples until
the new grease comes out.
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 12-22-27-865-061
1CV, 2CV, 10CV.

EFF :

ALL 12-22-27

Page 335
Jan 01/08
R
MSR
Flap/Slat Steady Bearings
Figure 305/TASK 12-22-27-991-006

EFF :

ALL 12-22-27

Page 336
Jan 01/08
R
MSR
Subtask 12-22-27-860-061
Subtask 12-22-27-410-055
C. Close Access
items.
Subtask 12-22-27-860-063

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-862-801).

EFF :

ALL 12-22-27

Page 337
Jan 01/08
R
MSR
TASK 12-22-27-640-807
Lubrication of the Aileron Hinge Bearings
_______
_______
YOUR EYES :
MINUTES.
SKIN IRRITANTS.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

98F27108438000 4 DISTANCE COLLAR - AILERON

EFF :

ALL 12-22-27

Page 338
Jan 01/08
R
MSR
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

(Ref. 20-31-00)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

12-22-27-991-007 Fig. 306
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 12-22-27-860-064
(Ref. TASK 29-00-00-864-804).

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-801).
(3) Put the WARNING NOTICE in position in the cockpit to tell persons not
to operate the flight controls.

EFF :

ALL 12-22-27

Page 339
Jan 01/08
R
MSR
Subtask 12-22-27-865-062
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Subtask 12-22-27-010-063
C. Get Access
(1) Put the ACCESS PLATFORM 5M (16 FT) in position below the inboard
aileron.
(2) Remove the applicable access panels:

- For the left inboard aileron, access panels 575AB, 575BB, 591AB,
591BB, 591CB, 591DB, 575AT.
- For the right inboard aileron, access panels 675AB, 675BB, 691AB,
691BB, 691CB, 691DB, 675AT.
- For the left outboard aileron, access panels 575CB, 575DB, 592AB,
592BB, 592CB, 592DB, 575BT.
- For the right outboard aileron, access panels 675CB, 675DB, 692AB,
692BB, 692CB, 692DB, 675BT.
(3) Move the trailing edge of the inboard and outboard ailerons up and
install the DISTANCE COLLAR - AILERON (98F27108438000) on the aileron
servo controls.

EFF :

ALL 12-22-27

Page 340
Jan 01/08
R
MSR
4. Procedure
_________
(Ref. Fig. 306/TASK 12-22-27-991-007)
Subtask 12-22-27-640-056
A. Lubrication of all Aileron Hinge Bearings

_______
MATERIAL/S.
(2) Apply COMMON GREASE (Material No. 04-022) to the aileron hinge
bearings through the grease nipples until the new grease comes out.
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 12-22-27-410-059
A. Close Access
(1) Remove the DISTANCE COLLAR - AILERON (98F27108438000) from the

aileron servo controls.
(2) Install the applicable access panels:

- For the left inboard aileron, access panels 575AB, 575BB, 591AB,
591BB, 591CB, 591DB, 575AT.
- For the right inboard aileron, access panels 675AB, 675BB, 691AB,
691BB, 691CB, 691DB, 675AT.
- For the left outboard aileron, access panels 575CB, 575DB, 592AB,
592BB, 592CB, 592DB, 575BT.
- For the right outboard aileron, access panels 675CB, 675DB, 692AB,
692BB, 692CB, 692DB, 675BT.
Subtask 12-22-27-865-063
6CE1, 6CE2, 7CE1, 7CE2, 7CE3, 7CE4, 9CE, 10CE1, 10CE2, 11CE.

EFF :

ALL 12-22-27

Page 341
Jan 01/08
R
MSR
Aileron Hinge Bearings
Figure 306/TASK 12-22-27-991-007

EFF :

ALL 12-22-27

Page 342
Jan 01/08
R
MSR
Subtask 12-22-27-410-056
C. Close Access
Subtask 12-22-27-860-065

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-862-801).

EFF :

ALL 12-22-27

Page 343
Jan 01/08
R
MSR
TASK 12-22-27-640-808
Lubrication of Slat Rotary Actuator Type A (Track 2-3)
_______
_______
YOUR EYES :
MINUTES.
SKIN IRRITANTS.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------


EFF :

ALL 12-22-27

Page 344
Jan 01/08
R
MSR
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

(Ref. 20-31-00)
(Ref. 20-31-00)
(Ref. 20-31-00)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

SIL 12-008 (for corrective action)
12-22-27-991-008-A Fig. 307
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 12-22-27-860-066

EFF :

ALL 12-22-27

Page 345
Jan 01/08
R
MSR

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-801).
Subtask 12-22-27-865-064
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Subtask 12-22-27-010-066-A
C. Get Access
57-42-37-000-801):
- in the Zone 521: 521DB, 521GB,
4. Procedure
_________
(Ref. Fig. 307/TASK 12-22-27-991-008-A)
Subtask 12-22-27-640-057-B
A. Lubrication of the Slat Rotary Actuators Type A
(1) Lubrication of the Slat Rotary Actuators (Type A) on Slat Track 2 and
3 PN: 954A0000-03, 954A0000-04, 954B0000-02, 954C0000-01 and
subsequent versions
WARNING : OBEY THE MANUFACTURERS INSTRUCTIONS WHEN YOU USE

_______
THIS/THESE MATERIAL/S.

EFF :

ALL 12-22-27

Page 346
Jan 01/08
R
MSR
Slat Rotary Actuator Type A
Figure 307/TASK 12-22-27-991-008-A

EFF :

ALL 12-22-27

Page 347
Jan 01/08
R
MSR
CAUTION : WHEN YOU DO A MAINTENANCE TASK THAT USES COMMON GREASE,
_______
OBEY THESE PRECAUTIONS:
- IF POSSIBLE, USE ONLY GREASES OF THE SAME SPECIFICATION
TYPE (IT IS PERMITTED TO USE DIFFERENT BRANDS IF THE
SPECIFICATION TYPE IS THE SAME). WE SPECIALLY RECOMMEND
THAT YOU DO NOT MIX GREASES THAT HAVE CLAY THICKENERS WITH
GREASES THAT HAVE LITHIUM THICKENERS. SUCH A MIXTURE CAN
CHANGE THE LUBRICATION PROPERTIES OF THE GREASE.
- IF YOU CANNOT OBEY THESE PRECAUTIONS AND YOU USE GREASES
OF DIFFERENT TYPES (SPECIALLY THOSE WITH CLAY THICKENERS
AND LITHIUM THICKENERS), DECREASE THE SERVICING INTERVALS
(BY HALF, FOR EXAMPLE) SPECIFIED IN THE MAINTENANCE
PLANNING DOCUMENT. DO THIS FOR APPROXIMATELY THREE OR FOUR
SERVICES (REFER TO YOUR IN-SERVICE DATA TO FIND THE NUMBER
OF SERVICES BEST ADAPTED TO AIRCRAFT).
NOTE : It is not permitted to apply grease again to the slat rotary

____
actuators (Type A) PN: 954A0000-01, 954A0000-02, 954B0000-01.
(a) Clean the grease nipple (1) of the rotary actuator with a clean
(b) Apply the COMMON GREASE (Material No. 04-022), or the COMMON
GREASE (Material No. 04-024), or the COMMON GREASE (Material No.
04-004) to the grease nipple (1). For the correct type of grease
to use, refer to the SIL (Ref. SIL 12-008).
(c) Make sure that the new grease comes out of the actuator vent
valve (2).
(d) Remove the unwanted grease from the grease nipple (1) and the
actuator vent valve (2).
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 12-22-27-410-057-A
A. Close Access
items.
57-42-37-400-801):

EFF :

ALL 12-22-27

Page 348
Jan 01/08
R
MSR
Subtask 12-22-27-865-065
1CW, 2CW, 10CW.
Subtask 12-22-27-860-068

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-862-801).

EFF :

ALL 12-22-27

Page 349
Jan 01/08
R
MSR
TASK 12-22-27-640-815
Lubrication of Slat Rotary Actuator Type B (Track 5-16)
_______
_______
YOUR EYES :
MINUTES.
SKIN IRRITANTS.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

(0.00 to 9.00 lbf.ft)
98F20008247000 1 QUANTITY LIMITER - REGREASING

EFF :

ALL 12-22-27

Page 350
Jan 01/08
R
MSR
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

(Ref. 20-31-00)
(Ref. 20-31-00)
(Ref. 20-31-00)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

12-22-27-991-013 Fig. 308
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 12-22-27-860-080


EFF :

ALL 12-22-27

Page 351
Jan 01/08
R
MSR
(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-801).
Subtask 12-22-27-865-078
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Subtask 12-22-27-010-075
C. Get Access
57-42-37-000-801):
- In the Zone 522: 522CB, 522TB, 522JB, 522LB, 522NB, 522RB
- In the Zone 523: 523CB, 523EB, 523GB, 523JB, 523LB, 523NB
- In the Zone 623: 623CB, 623EB, 623GB, 623JB, 623LB, 623NB.
4. Procedure
_________
(Ref. Fig. 308/TASK 12-22-27-991-013)
Subtask 12-22-27-640-064-A
A. Lubrication of all Slat Rotary Actuators (Type B) Track 5 thru 16

_______
MATERIAL/S.
CAUTION : WHEN YOU DO A MAINTENANCE TASK THAT USES COMMON GREASE, IF

_______
POSSIBLE, USE ONLY GREASES OF THE SAME SPECIFICATION TYPE (IT
IS PERMITTED TO USE DIFFERENT BRANDS IF THE SPECIFICATION TYPE
IS THE SAME.

EFF :

ALL 12-22-27

Page 352
Jan 01/08
R
MSR
Slat Rotary Actuator Type B
Figure 308/TASK 12-22-27-991-013

EFF :

ALL 12-22-27

Page 353
Jan 01/08
R
MSR
R (1) Fill the quantity limiter (3) with the COMMON GREASE (Material No.
R 04-022), or the COMMON GREASE (Material No. 04-024), or the COMMON
GREASE (Material No. 04-004).
R
R NOTE : Take care that only one refill is carried out per slat rotary
____
R actuator Type B, each time this lubrication has to be
R performed.
R NOTE : Do not lubricate the slat rotary actuator outside the related
____
R MPD Task intervall.
R NOTE : For the slat rotary actuator with the partnumber 926...:
____
R The gearbox is not fully filled with grease when it is first
R installed on an aircraft. As there is no drain plug availabile
R on this device, during each refill, a tool called regreasing
R quantity limiter (part number 98F20008247000) has to be used
R to limit to a certain quantity the amount of grease used.
R
R NOTE : The step (1) is only applicable when you fill the quantity
____
R limiter (3) and the hose (4) for the first time.
NOTE : The hose (4), the quantity limiter (3) and the adapter (2) are
____
part of the QUANTITY LIMITER - REGREASING.
(a) Remove the hose (4) from the quantity limiter (3). Connect the
grease gun to the quantity limiter (3) on the same side as the
piston.
(b) Operate the grease gun until the piston of the quantity limiter
(3) is at the opposite end of the chamber.
(c) Make sure that the chamber of the quantity limiter (3) is full
with grease.
(d) Remove the grease gun from the quantity limiter (3).
(e) Install the grease gun on the opposite side and connect the hose
(4) to the quantity limiter (3).
(f) Operate the grease gun until the piston of the quantity limiter
(g) Make sure that the chamber of the quantity limiter (3) is full
with grease.

EFF :

ALL 12-22-27

Page 354
Jul 01/08

MSR
(h) Make sure that the new grease comes out of the adapter (2). If
not, do the steps (a) thru (g) again as necessary.
(i) Interchange the grease gun and the hose (4) at the quantity
limiter (3).
R (2) Lubricate the Slat Rotary Actuator
(a) Remove the plug (1) from the rotary actuator and install the
adapter (2) on the rotary actuator.
(b) Operate the grease gun until the piston of the quantity limiter
(c) Remove the adapter (2) from the rotary actuator.
(d) Install the plug (1) on the rotary actuator.
(e) TORQUE the plug (1) to between 0.4 and 0.6 m.daN (35.39 and 53.09
lbf.in).
(f) Interchange the grease gun and the hose (4) at the quantity
limiter (3).
(g) Make sure that the chamber of the quantity limiter (3) is full
with grease.
(h) Do the steps (a) thru (g) again for each rotary actuator.
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 12-22-27-410-068
A. Close Access
items.
57-42-37-400-801):
- In the Zone 523: 523CB, 523EB, 523GB, 523JB, 523LB, 523NB
- In the Zone 623: 623CB, 623EB, 623GB, 623JB, 623LB, 623NB.

EFF :

ALL 12-22-27

Page 355
Jul 01/08

MSR
Subtask 12-22-27-865-079
1CW, 2CW, 10CW.
Subtask 12-22-27-860-081

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-862-801).

EFF :

ALL 12-22-27

Page 356
Jul 01/08
R
MSR
TASK 12-22-27-640-810
Lubrication of Rudder Servo-Control Roller-Bearings (Rudder Side)
_______
_______
YOUR EYES :
MINUTES.
SKIN IRRITANTS.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific warning notice(s)
No specific 1 ACCESS PLATFORM 10M (33 FT) - ADJUSTABLE
98F27207514000 1 PIN - LOCKING, BELL CRANK ASSEMBLY ACTUATOR

EFF :

ALL 12-22-27

Page 357
Jan 01/08
R
MSR
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

(Ref. 20-31-00)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

External Power A
R
29-00-00-863-801 Pressurize the Green Hydraulic System with the
Electric Pump
Electric Pump
Electric Pump
55-33-13-000-801 Removal of the Vertical-Stabilizer Trailing-Edge
Access-Panels
55-33-13-400-801 Installation of the Vertical-Stabilizer Trailing-Edge
Access-Panels
12-22-27-991-010 Fig. 309

EFF :

ALL 12-22-27

Page 358
Jan 01/08

MSR
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 12-22-27-010-069
R A. Get Access
(1) Put the ACCESS PLATFORM 10M (33 FT) - ADJUSTABLE in position at the
rudder leading-edge.
(2) Remove the trailing-edge access-panels 325NL (Ref. TASK 55-33-13-000-

801).
Subtask 12-22-27-860-071
R B. Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

(Ref. Fig. 309/TASK 12-22-27-991-010)

(Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-801).
(2) On the FLT CTL section of the overhead panel 241VU, make sure that
the PRIM 1 and SEC 1 pushbutton switches are pushed (the OFF and
FAULT legends of these pushbutton switches are off).
the PRIM 2, PRIM 3 and SEC 2 pushbutton switches are pushed (the OFF
and FAULT legends of these pushbutton switches are off).
(4) Pressurize the aircraft hydraulic systems

(Ref. TASK 29-00-00-863-801), (Ref. TASK 29-00-00-863-802) and
(Ref. TASK 29-00-00-863-803).
(5) Put the rudder pedals in the neutral position.
(6) Make sure that the RUD TRIM control switch on the panel 115VU is set
to the neutral position.
(7) Make sure that the RUD TRIM indicator on the panel 115VU shows 0.
(8) Install the PIN - LOCKING, BELL CRANK ASSEMBLY ACTUATOR

(98F27207514000) A in the bellcrank assembly of the servo control
actuator 5002CY3.

EFF :

ALL 12-22-27

Page 359
Jan 01/08

MSR
Rudder Servo Control
Figure 309/TASK 12-22-27-991-010

EFF :

ALL 12-22-27

Page 360
Jan 01/08
R
MSR
(9) Depressurize the aircraft hydraulic systems
(Ref. TASK 29-00-00-864-801), (Ref. TASK 29-00-00-864-802) and
(Ref. TASK 29-00-00-864-803).
(10) Put the warning notice(s) in position in the cockpit to tell persons:
- not to operate the flight controls,
- not to pressurize the aircraft hydraulic systems.
Subtask 12-22-27-865-076
R C. Get access to the avionics compartment. Then open, safety and tag
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
4. Procedure
_________
(Ref. Fig. 309/TASK 12-22-27-991-010)
Subtask 12-22-27-640-059
A. Lubrication of the Rudder Servo-Control Tailstock Roller-Bearings (Rudder

Side)

_______
MATERIAL/S.
(2) Apply COMMON GREASE (Material No. 04-004) to the roller bearings
through the grease nipples until the new grease comes out.

EFF :

ALL 12-22-27

Page 361
Jan 01/08

MSR
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 12-22-27-865-077
breaker(s):
Subtask 12-22-27-860-072
(1) Pressurize the Green hydraulic system

(Ref. TASK 29-00-00-863-801).
the PRIM 1 and SEC 1 pushbutton switches are pushed (the OFF and
FAULT legends of these pushbutton switches are off).
(3) Remove the PIN - LOCKING, BELL CRANK ASSEMBLY ACTUATOR

(98F27207514000) A from the bellcrank assembly of the servo control
actuator 5002CY3.

(Ref. TASK 29-00-00-864-801).
items.
Subtask 12-22-27-410-063
C. Close Access
(1) Install the trailing-edge access-panel 325NL (Ref. TASK 55-33-13-400-

801).

EFF :

ALL 12-22-27

Page 362
Jan 01/08
R
MSR
TASK 12-22-27-640-811
Lubrication of the Aileron Actuator Roller Bearings
_______
_______
YOUR EYES :
MINUTES.
SKIN IRRITANTS.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
NOTE : This Task is applicable only for aileron actuators which have
____
installed grease nipples at the actuator eye-end.
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

98D27903500000 2 PIN-SIDE STICK LOCKING

EFF :

ALL 12-22-27

Page 363
Jan 01/08
R
MSR
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

(Ref. 20-31-00)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

12-22-27-991-011 Fig. 310
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 12-22-27-860-073
(Ref. TASK 29-00-00-864-804).
(2) Put the WARNING NOTICE in position to tell persons:

- not to pressurize the hydraulic systems,
- not to pressurize the hydraulic reservoirs.
(3) Install the PIN-SIDE STICK LOCKING in the capt and F/O side stick.
(4) Put a warning notice in the cockpit to tell persons not to operate
the flight controls.

EFF :

ALL 12-22-27

Page 364
Jan 01/08
R
MSR
Subtask 12-22-27-865-070
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Subtask 12-22-27-010-071
C. Get Access
(1) Put the ACCESS PLATFORM 5M (16 FT) in position below the applicable
aileron.
(2) Remove the applicable access panels:

- FOR 7CS1, 8CS1
remove 575AB,
- FOR 7CS2, 8CS2
remove 675AB,
- FOR 9CS1, 10CS1
remove 575CB,
- FOR 9CS2, 10CS2
remove 675CB.

EFF :

ALL 12-22-27

Page 365
Jan 01/08
R
MSR
4. Procedure
_________
(Ref. Fig. 310/TASK 12-22-27-991-011)
Subtask 12-22-27-640-060
A. Lubrication of the Aileron Servo-Control Roller-Bearings

_______
MATERIAL/S.
(2) Apply COMMON GREASE (Material No. 04-004) with maximum 10 Lbs/min. to
the roller bearings through the grease nipples until the new grease
comes out.
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 12-22-27-410-064
A. Close Access
items.
(2) Install the applicable access panels:

- FOR 7CS1, 8CS1
install 575AB,
- FOR 7CS2, 8CS2
install 675AB,
- FOR 9CS1, 10CS1
install 575CB,
- FOR 9CS2, 10CS2
install 675CB.
Subtask 12-22-27-865-071

R

EFF :

ALL 12-22-27

Page 366
Jan 01/08

MSR
ASC Roller Bearings
Figure 310/TASK 12-22-27-991-011

EFF :

ALL 12-22-27

Page 367
Jan 01/08
R
MSR
Subtask 12-22-27-860-074
C. Remove the PIN-SIDE STICK LOCKING from the capt and F/O side stick.

EFF :

ALL 12-22-27

Page 368
Jan 01/08
R
MSR
TASK 12-22-27-640-813
Lubrication of Slat Steady Bearings
_______
_______
YOUR EYES :
MINUTES.
SKIN IRRITANTS.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------


EFF :

ALL 12-22-27

Page 369
Jan 01/08
R
MSR
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

(Ref. 20-31-00)
(Ref. 20-31-00)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

12-22-27-991-006 Fig. 305
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 12-22-27-860-075


EFF :

ALL 12-22-27

Page 370
Jan 01/08
R
MSR
(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-801).
Subtask 12-22-27-865-072
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Subtask 12-22-27-010-073
C. Get Access
(1) Put the ACCESS PLATFORM 2M (6 FT) in position.
(2) Remove the applicable access panels (Ref. TASK 53-35-13-000-802),

(Ref. TASK 57-41-37-000-801) or (Ref. TASK 57-42-37-000-801):
- FOR 5003CW, 5005CW
remove 193DB,
- FOR 5017CW
remove 521BB,
- FOR 5023CW
remove 522AB,
- FOR 5025CW
remove 522BB,
- FOR 5031CW
remove 522HB,
- FOR 5066CW
remove 523CB,
- FOR 5077CW
remove 621BB,
- FOR 5083CW
remove 622AB,
- FOR 5085CW
remove 622BB,
- FOR 5091CW
remove 622HB,
- FOR 5126CW
remove 623CB.

EFF :

ALL 12-22-27

Page 371
Jan 01/08
R
MSR
4. Procedure
_________
(Ref. Fig. 305/TASK 12-22-27-991-006)
Subtask 12-22-27-640-061
A. Lubrication of the Slat Steady Bearings

_______
MATERIAL/S.
(2) Apply COMMON GREASE (Material No. 04-022) or COMMON GREASE (Material
No. 04-024) to the steady bearings through the grease nipples until
the new grease comes out.
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 12-22-27-865-073
1CW, 2CW, 10CW.
Subtask 12-22-27-860-076


EFF :

ALL 12-22-27

Page 372
Jan 01/08

MSR
Subtask 12-22-27-410-066
C. Close Access
items.
(2) Install the access panel (Ref. TASK 53-35-13-400-802), (Ref. TASK 57-
41-37-400-801) or (Ref. TASK 57-42-37-400-801):
- FOR 5003CW, 5005CW
install 193DB,
- FOR 5017CW
install 521BB,
- FOR 5023CW
install 522AB,
- FOR 5025CW
install 522BB,
- FOR 5031CW
install 522HB,
- FOR 5066CW
install 523CB,
- FOR 5077CW
install 621BB,
- FOR 5083CW
install 622AB,
- FOR 5085CW
install 622BB,
- FOR 5091CW
install 622HB,
- FOR 5126CW
install 623CB.

EFF :

ALL 12-22-27

Page 373
Jan 01/08

MSR
Subtask 12-22-27-860-077

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-862-801).

EFF :

ALL 12-22-27

Page 374
Jan 01/08

MSR
TASK 12-22-27-640-814
Lubrication of the Elevator Actuator Roller Bearings
_______
_______
YOUR EYES :
MINUTES.
SKIN IRRITANTS.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

98D27903500000 2 PIN-SIDE STICK LOCKING

EFF :

ALL 12-22-27

Page 375
Jan 01/08

MSR
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

(Ref. 20-31-00)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

55-13-11-000-801 Removal of the Trailing-Edge Access Panels
55-13-11-400-801 Installation of the Trailing-Edge Access Panels
12-22-27-991-012 Fig. 311
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 12-22-27-860-078
(Ref. TASK 29-00-00-864-804).
(2) Put the WARNING NOTICE in position to tell persons:

- not to pressurize the hydraulic reservoirs.
(3) Install the PIN-SIDE STICK LOCKING in the capt and F/O side stick.
(4) Put a warning notice in the cockpit to tell persons not to operate
the flight controls.

EFF :

ALL 12-22-27

Page 376
Jan 01/08

MSR
Subtask 12-22-27-865-074
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Subtask 12-22-27-010-074
C. Get Access
(1) Put the ACCESS PLATFORM 6M (20 FT) in position and open the
trailing-edge access panels 334CB, 344CB (Ref. TASK 55-13-11-000-
801).
4. Procedure
_________
(Ref. Fig. 311/TASK 12-22-27-991-012)
Subtask 12-22-27-640-062
A. Lubrication of the Elevator Servo-Control Roller-Bearings

_______
MATERIAL/S.
(2) Apply COMMON GREASE (Material No. 04-004) with maximum 10 Lbs/min. to
the roller bearings through the grease nipples until the new grease
comes out.

EFF :

ALL 12-22-27

Page 377
Jan 01/08

MSR
Elevator Actuator Roller-Bearings
Figure 311/TASK 12-22-27-991-012

EFF :

ALL 12-22-27

Page 378
Jan 01/08

MSR
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 12-22-27-410-067
A. Close Access
items.
(2) Close the trailing-edge access panel 334CB, 344CB (Ref. TASK 55-13-
11-400-801).
(3) Remove the PIN-SIDE STICK LOCKING from the capt and F/O side stick.
Subtask 12-22-27-865-075

EFF :

ALL 12-22-27

Page 379
Jan 01/08

MSR
________________________
TASK 12-22-32-600-817
Lubrication of Main Landing Gear and Doors
_______
_______
LANDING GEAR.

_______
DO NOT SMOKE.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific 1 LUBRICATING EQUIPMENT

EFF :

ALL 12-22-32

Page 301
Jul 01/06
R
MSR
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

(Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 05-047 C Z-11.904
ANTI COR. COMPOUND(HIGH TEMP.SILICONE SEALANT)
(Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 11-024
CLEANING AGENT, ALKALINE-WATERBASED. (Ref. 20-31-00)
(Ref. 20-31-00)
C. Expendable Parts
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 O-ring 32-11-11 73 -070A
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

R 32-00-00-860-804 Flight Configuration Precautions
R 32-00-00-860-805 Ground Configuration after Flight Configuration
R 12-22-32-991-037 Fig. 301
R 12-22-32-991-005-B Fig. 302
R 12-22-32-991-038 Fig. 303
R 12-22-32-991-039 Fig. 304
R 12-22-32-991-041 Fig. 305

EFF :

ALL 12-22-32

Page 302
Jul 01/06

MSR
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
12-22-32-991-042 Fig. 306

12-22-32-991-043 Fig. 307
12-22-32-991-013 Fig. 308
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 12-22-32-941-067
(1) In the cockpit, on the panel 312VU:

- make sure that the landing gear lever (6GA) is in the DOWN position
- put a WARNING NOTICE in the cockpit to tell persons not to operate
the landing gear lever.
Subtask 12-22-32-860-078
29-00-00-864-801).
(2) Do the flight configuration precautions (Ref. TASK 32-00-00-860-804).
Subtask 12-22-32-865-068
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
722VU LGCIU 2 2GA U38
742VU LGCIU 1 1GA L63
Subtask 12-22-32-010-071
D. Get Access
R WARNING : WEAR GOGGLES WHEN YOU REMOVE OR INSTALL LOCKWIRE.

_______
R CUT, REMOVE AND DISCARD THE LOCKWIRE AS YOU DO THE TASK. LOOSE
R LOCKWIRE CAN CUT OR BLIND YOU.

EFF :

ALL 12-22-32

Page 303
Jul 01/08

MSR
(Ref. Fig. 301/TASK 12-22-32-991-037)
R (1) Put the ACCESS PLATFORM 3M (10 FT)- ADJUSTABLE in position adjacent
R to the applicable MLG leg.
(4) Remove the bolts (5) and the washers (4).
(5) Remove the bracket (3) and the cover (2).
(6) Remove and discard the O-ring (1).
(7) Cut, remove and discard the lockwire from the bolts (6).
(8) Remove the bolts (6) and the cover (7).
Subtask 12-22-32-110-054
E. Preparation of Equipment
(1) Make sure that the LUBRICATING EQUIPMENT is in the correct condition
before you use it.
(2) Operate the LUBRICATING EQUIPMENT to make sure that the lines and
adaptors are full of new lubricant.
(3) Clean the greasers with the clean cloth MISCELLANEOUS (Material No.
19-003) and CLEANING AGENTS (Material No. 11-026).
4. Procedure
_________
(Ref. Fig. 302/TASK 12-22-32-991-005-B, 303/TASK 12-22-32-991-038, 304/TASK

12-22-32-991-039, 305/TASK 12-22-32-991-041, 306/TASK 12-22-32-991-042,
307/TASK 12-22-32-991-043, 308/TASK 12-22-32-991-013)

EFF :

ALL 12-22-32

Page 304
Jul 01/08

MSR
R MLG-Greasing Point Access
R Figure 301/TASK 12-22-32-991-037

EFF :

ALL 12-22-32

Page 305
Jul 01/06

MSR
R Shortening Mechanism - Lubrication Points
R Figure 302/TASK 12-22-32-991-005-B

EFF :

ALL 12-22-32

Page 306
Jul 01/06

MSR
INTENTIONALLY BLANK

R

12-22-32

Page 307
Jul 01/06

MSR
R MLG - Shortening Mechanism - Lubrication Points

EFF :

ALL 12-22-32

Page 308
Jul 01/06

MSR

EFF :

ALL 12-22-32

Page 309
Jul 01/06

MSR
R Figure 304/TASK 12-22-32-991-039

EFF :

ALL 12-22-32

Page 310
Jul 01/06

MSR
INTENTIONALLY BLANK

R

12-22-32

Page 311
Jul 01/06

MSR
R MLG Lubrication Points Location

EFF :

ALL 12-22-32

Page 312
Jan 01/07

MSR

EFF :

ALL 12-22-32

Page 313
Jan 01/07

MSR

EFF :

ALL 12-22-32

Page 314
Jan 01/07

MSR

EFF :

ALL 12-22-32

Page 315
Jan 01/07

MSR

EFF :

ALL 12-22-32

Page 316
Jan 01/07

MSR

EFF :

ALL 12-22-32

Page 317
Jan 01/07

MSR
R MLG Greaser location
R Figure 306/TASK 12-22-32-991-042

EFF :

ALL 12-22-32

Page 318
Jul 01/06

MSR
R Figure 307/TASK 12-22-32-991-043

EFF :

ALL 12-22-32

Page 319
Jul 01/06

MSR
R MLG Uplock, Door Uplock Units and Pins - Lubrication Points

EFF :

ALL 12-22-32

Page 320
Jan 01/07

MSR
R MLG Uplock, Door Uplock Units and Pins - Lubrication Points

EFF :

ALL 12-22-32

Page 321
Jan 01/07

MSR
Subtask 12-22-32-640-084
A. Lubrication of the MLG Shortening Mechanism
--------------------------------------------------------------------
| SHORTENING MECHANISM |
|--------------------------------------------------------------------|
| No.| Component/Location |Total| Position of Greasers |
|----|--------------------|-----|------------------------------------|
| 1 | Pintle Pin | 3 | 3 on the pin. |
| | Connection | | |
R | | View A | | |
|----|--------------------|-----|------------------------------------|
| 2 | Adjustable Link | 3 | 2 on the body of the link |
R | | View B | | (Lubricate only one). |
| | | | 1 on the adjustable links |
| | | | spherical bearing eye-end and |
| | | | bellcrank interface. |
|----|--------------------|-----|------------------------------------|
R | 3 | Bellcrank | 4 | 2 on the bellcrank body. |
R | | View C | | 1 on the bellcrank link bearing/ |
| | | | bellcrank bearing joint. |
| | | | 1 on the inboard bush in the main |
| | | | fitting for the bellcrank. |
R |----|--------------------|-----|------------------------------------|
R | 4 | Bellcrank | 1 | 1 on the pivot pin. |
R |----|--------------------|-----|------------------------------------|
R | 5 | Link Sub-Assy | 2 | 2 on the link body. |
R | | View D | | |
R |----|--------------------|-----|------------------------------------|
R | 6 | Upper Link Pin | 4 | 2 on each end of the pivot pin |
R | | | | (Lubricate only one greaser on |
| | | | each end of the pin). |
|----|--------------------|-----|------------------------------------|
R | 7 | Upper Link | 4 | 4 on the link body |
R | | View E | | (Access through change over |
R | | | | valve access hole). |
|----|--------------------|-----|------------------------------------|
R | 8 | Lower Link | 4 | 4 on the link body |
R | | View E | | (Access through change over. |
|----|--------------------|-----|------------------------------------|
R | 9 | Shock Absorber | 6 | 2 on each lug on the top surface |
R | | View F | | (Lubricate only one greaser on |
R | | | | each lug) |
R | | | | (Access through change over. |

EFF :

ALL 12-22-32

Page 322
Jul 01/06

MSR
--------------------------------------------------------------------
| SHORTENING MECHANISM |
|--------------------------------------------------------------------|
|----|--------------------|-----|------------------------------------|
R --------------------------------------------------------------------
(1) Lubricate the greasers with COMMON GREASE (Material No. 04-022) until
the new grease comes out. Use the table above, to find the greasers.
NOTE : The grease gun pressure must be less than 3000 psi (200 bar).
____
(2) Remove the unwanted grease.
(3) Clean the greasers with a clean cloth MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-
003) and CLEANING AGENTS (Material No. 11-026).
Subtask 12-22-32-640-085-A
R B. Lubrication of Main Gear
--------------------------------------------------------------------
| No.| Component/Location|Total| Position of Greasers |
|----|-------------------|-----|-------------------------------------|
| 10 | Rear Pintle | 10 | |
|10A | View A | | 3 on the pintle pin greaser insert. |
|10B | View A | | 2 on the eccentric pin. |
|10C | View A | | 3 on the turnbuckle link upper pin. |
|10D | View A | | 2 on the main fitting bearing. |
|----|-------------------|-----|-------------------------------------|
| 11 | Forward Pintle | 8 | |
|11A | View B | | 4 on the fwd bearing (only the 2 |
| | | | inboard greasers need to be |
| | | | lubricated). |
|11B | View B | | 3 on the pin greaser insert. |
|11C | View B | | 1 on the strut/actuator bracket. |
|----|-------------------|-----|-------------------------------------|
| 12 | Intermediate Link | 9 | |
|12A | View C | | 1 on the retraction link. |
|12B | View C | | 3 on the retraction link/retraction |
| | | | bracket attachment pin. |
|12C | View C,M | | 3 on the attachment pin at the rear |
| | | | spar/retraction link. |
|12D | View C | | 2 on the retraction link fitting |
| | | | bearing. |
|----|-------------------|-----|-------------------------------------|
| 13 | Retraction | 7 | |

EFF :

ALL 12-22-32

Page 323
Jul 01/08

MSR
--------------------------------------------------------------------
|----|-------------------|-----|-------------------------------------|
| | Actuator | | |
|13A | View D | | 2 on the actuator ram eye end/ |
| | | | retraction link attachment pin. |
|13B | View D | | 1 on the actuator ram eye end. |
|13C | View D | | 1 on the actuator cylinder eye end. |
|13D | View D | | 3 on the actuator cylinder/main leg |
| | | | attachment pin. |
|----|-------------------|-----|-------------------------------------|
R | 14 | Lock Stay/Actuator| 28 | |
|14A | View E | | 2 on the upper attachment pin. |
|14B | View E | | 3 on the upper lock stay connector |
| | | | link. |
|14C | View E | | 1 on the upper lock stay eye end. |
|14D | View E | | 1 on the upper lock stay eye end. |
|14E | View E,N | | 8 on the lower lock stay. |
|14F | View E | | 4 on the link pivot. |
|14G | View E | | 2 on the connecting link. |
|14H | View E | | 1 on the actuator ram eye end. |
|14I | View E | | 4 on the actuator cylinder eye end. |
R |14J | View W | | 2 on the link pivot bracket. |
|----|-------------------|-----|-------------------------------------|
| 15 | Side Stay Assembly| 27 | |
|15A | View F,V | | 4 on the bearings of the side stay |
| | | | fitting on the rear spar. |
|15B | View F | | 2 on the lower cardan lubrication |
| | | | spool. |
|15C | View F | | 2 on the upper side stay at the |
| | | | lock stay attachment pin. |
|15D | View F,R | | 8 1 at each end of the springs. |
|15E | View F,R | | 1 on the actuator attachment bracket|
|15F | View F,P | | 8 4 on the upper and lower cardan |
| | | | attachment pins. |
|15G | View F,Q | | 2 on the upper and lower lock stay |
| | | | connection pin. |
|----|-------------------|-----|-------------------------------------|
| 16 | Articulation Link | 22 | |
| | Pitch Trimmer | | |
|16A | View G | | 3 on the pitch trimmer/pivot link |
|16B | View G,S | | 1 on the pitch trimmer eye end. |
|16C | View G | | 3 on the pivot pin/lower |
| | | | articulation link attachment pin. |
|16D | View G | | 2 on the lower articulation link. |
|16E | View G | | 3 on the lower articulation link/ |

EFF :

ALL 12-22-32

Page 324
Jan 01/07

MSR
--------------------------------------------------------------------
|----|-------------------|-----|-------------------------------------|
| | | | bogie attachment pin. |
|16F | View G | | 4 2 on each end of the pitch trimmer|
| | | | /main leg attachment pin. |
|16G | View G | | 6 3 on each upper articulation link/|
| | | | main leg attachment pin. |
|----|-------------------|-----|-------------------------------------|
| 17 | Shock Strut/ | 44 | |
| | Bogie Beam | | |
|17B | View H,U | | 2 on the shock strut/bogie beam |
| | | | attachment. |
|17A | View H,U | | 2 on the shock strut/brake rod |
| | | | attachment. |
|17B | View H | |16 4 on each brake unit. |
|17C | View H | | 2 on the bogie beam at the shock |
| | | | strut /bogie beam attachment. |
|17D | View H | | 2 on the lower torque link. |
|17D | View H | | 2 on the lower torque link sleeve. |
|17E | View H | | 2 on the torque link apex pin. |
|17F | View H | | 2 on the upper torque link. |
|17F | View H | | 2 on the upper torque link/main leg |
| | | | attachment lugs. |
|17G | View H,T | |12 3 on each brake rod. |
--------------------------------------------------------------------
the new grease comes out. Use the table above, to find the greasers.
NOTE : The grease pressure must be less than 3000 psi (207 bar).
____
R NOTE : It is not necessary to lubricate all the greasers (No. 14I) on

____
R the mounting lugs of the lockstay actuator. It is permitted to
R only lubricate one greaser on each lug if access to the
R opposite greaser is not possible.

EFF :

ALL 12-22-32

Page 325
Jul 01/08

MSR
Subtask 12-22-32-640-086
R C. Lubrication of the MLG Uplock, the Door Uplock Unit, the Door Hinges and
R Actuator
--------------------------------------------------------------------
R | No.| Component/Location|Total| Position of Greasers |
R |----|-------------------|-----|-------------------------------------|
R | 18 | Main Door | 5 | |
R |18A | Actuator | | 2 1 on the upper and lower eye end. |
R | | | | NOTE: Do not apply grease to the |
R | | | | attachment bolt greasers. |
R |18B | Hinges | | 3 1 on each door hinge bolt. |
R |----|-------------------|-----|-------------------------------------|
R | 19 | MLG Uplock | 4 | |
R |19A | View A | | 2 on each side of the casing. |
R |----|-------------------|-----|-------------------------------------|
R | 20 | MLG Door Uplock | 4 | |
R |20A | View B | | 2 on each side of the casing. |
R |----|-------------------|-----|-------------------------------------|
R | 21 | Door Uplock Roller| 1 | |
R |21A | View D | | 1 on the roller attachment pin. |
--------------------------------------------------------------------
the new grease comes out of the vent holes. Use the table above to
find the greasers (which are identified by a red washer):
____
(4) Apply a layer of COMMON GREASE (Material No. 04-022) by hand to the
surface of the:
- gear uplock roller (22)
- door uplock roller (23).

EFF :

ALL 12-22-32

Page 326
Jan 01/07

MSR
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 12-22-32-410-068
A. Close Access
R WARNING : WEAR GOGGLES WHEN YOU REMOVE OR INSTALL LOCKWIRE.

_______
R CUT, REMOVE AND DISCARD THE LOCKWIRE AS YOU DO THE TASK. LOOSE
R LOCKWIRE CAN CUT OR BLIND YOU.
R (1) Install the new O-ring (1) on the cover (2).
(2) Hold the cover (2) and the bracket (3) in position.
(3) Install the washers (4) and the bolts (5).
(5) Install the cover (7).
(6) Install the bolts (6).
R WARNING : BE CAREFUL WHEN YOU USE THE CONSUMABLE MATERIAL(S). YOU

_______
R MUST OBEY THE OPERATORS AND MANUFACTURERS HEALTH AND
R SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS.
R (8) Use a clean cloth MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-003) made moist with
R CLEANING AGENTS (Material No. 11-024) to clean:
R - the interface of the cover (7)
R - the heads of the bolts (6).
R (9) Apply a continuous bead of SPECIAL MATERIALS (Material No. 05-047) on

R the interface edge of the cover (7).
R (10) Apply a layer of SPECIAL MATERIALS (Material No. 05-047) on the heads
R of the bolts (6).
R
R (11) Remove the ACCESS PLATFORM 3M (10 FT)- ADJUSTABLE.
R (12) Close the MLG doors (Ref. TASK 32-12-00-410-801).

EFF :

ALL 12-22-32

Page 327
Jul 01/08

MSR
Subtask 12-22-32-865-069
1GA, 2GA, 9JV.
Subtask 12-22-32-860-089
(1) Put the aircraft back to the correct (ground) condition (Ref. TASK
32-00-00-860-805).
(2) Put the Aircraft back to its Initial Configuration
Subtask 12-22-32-942-067
D. Removal of Equipment

EFF :

ALL 12-22-32

Page 328
Jul 01/08
R
MSR
TASK 12-22-32-600-819
Lubrication of Nose Gear and Doors
_______
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE GROUND SAFETY LOCKS ARE CORRECTLY INSTALLED ON THE
_______
NOSE GEAR AND DOORS.
THIS PREVENTS UNWANTED MOVEMENT OF THE NLG AND NLG DOORS.

_______
DO NOT SMOKE.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

R D23304000 1 PIN-GROUNDLOCK, NLG

EFF :

ALL 12-22-32

Page 329
Oct 01/07

MSR
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

(Ref. 20-31-00)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Gears
32-51-00-440-801 Reactivation of the Nose Wheel Steering
32-51-00-720-801 Functional Test of the Nose Wheel Steering (NWS) with
the Handwheel(s)
32-51-00-720-801 Functional Test of the Nose Wheel Steering (NWS) with
the Handwheel(s) (CMS Procedure)
12-22-32-991-002 Fig. 309
12-22-32-991-014 Fig. 310
**ON A/C 101-102,
12-22-32-991-010 Fig. 311
**ON A/C ALL
Post SB 32-3192 For A/C 101-102,
12-22-32-991-010-A Fig. 311A

EFF :

ALL 12-22-32

Page 330
Jan 01/07
R
MSR
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
**ON A/C ALL
12-22-32-991-036 Fig. 312
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 12-22-32-941-066
(1) Put the WARNING NOTICE on the steering handwheels and the rudder
pedals to tell persons not to operate the nose wheel steering (NWS).
R (2) Install the PIN-GROUNDLOCK, NLG (D23304000) in the NLG Lock Stay
(Ref. TASK 32-00-00-481-801).
(3) On the panel 312VU:

- put the WARNING NOTICE to tell persons not to operate the landing
gear.
Subtask 12-22-32-860-076
(1) Deactivate the (NWS) (Ref. TASK 32-51-00-040-801).
29-00-00-864-801).
Subtask 12-22-32-865-066
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

EFF :

ALL 12-22-32

Page 331
Oct 01/07

MSR
Subtask 12-22-32-010-069
D. Get Access
(1) Open the NLG doors (Ref. TASK 32-22-00-010-801).
(2) Put the ACCESS PLATFORM 3M (10 FT)- ADJUSTABLE adjacent to the NLG
leg.
Subtask 12-22-32-840-051
E. Preparation of the Lubrication Equipment
(1) Make sure that the lubrication equipment is serviceable before you
fill it.
(2) Operate the lubrication equipment to make sure that the lines and the
(3) Clean the greasers with a cloth MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-003)
and CLEANING AGENTS (Material No. 11-026).
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 12-22-32-640-078
R A. Lubrication of the Nose Gear

(Ref. Fig. 309/TASK 12-22-32-991-002)
--------------------------------------------------------------------
| NOSE LANDING GEAR |
|--------------------------------------------------------------------|
|----|--------------------|-----|------------------------------------|
| 1 | Attachment Points | 7 | 2 on the structure at the trunnion |
| | to A/C Structure | | bearings (1 each side). |
| | | | 5 on the dragstay trunnion pin |
| | | | (3 on one side, 2 on the other). |
|----|--------------------|-----|------------------------------------|
| 2 | Retraction | 7 | 1 on the actuator cylinder eye end.|
| | Actuator | | 1 on the attachment pin to the leg.|
| | | | 3 on the structure pin. |
| | | | 2 on the actuator rod eye-end |
|----|--------------------|-----|------------------------------------|
| 3 | Upper Leg | 6 | 4 on the top of the trunnion pin |
| | | | housing (2 each side). |
| | | | 2 on the end of the trunnion pins |

EFF :

ALL 12-22-32

Page 332
Jul 01/08

MSR
--------------------------------------------------------------------
| NOSE LANDING GEAR |
|--------------------------------------------------------------------|
|----|--------------------|-----|------------------------------------|
| | | | (1 each side). |
|----|--------------------|-----|------------------------------------|
| 4 | Downlock Actuator | 3 | 2 on the actuator lugs on the leg. |
| | Attachment | | 1 on the actuator/locklink |
|----|--------------------|-----|------------------------------------|
| 5 | Torque Links and | 13 | 2 on the lugs at the connection of |
| | Shock Absorber | | the upper torque link to the leg.|
| | | | 3 on the upper torque link. |
| | | | 4 on the lower torque link. |
| | | | 2 on the lugs at the connection |
| | | | of the lower torque link to the |
| | | | shock absorber piston. |
| | | | 2 on the lower bearing of the shock|
| | | | absorber cylinder. |
|----|--------------------|-----|------------------------------------|
| 6 | Steering Actuators | 12 | 1 on each rod end of the steering |
| | and Leg Flanges | | actuator. |
| | | | 2 on the upper flange. |
| | | | 4 on the steering actuator |
| | | | attachment pins (2 each side). |
| | | | 4 on the lower flange. |
|----|--------------------|-----|------------------------------------|
| 7 | Lock Links | 4 | 2 on the fork end. |
| | | | 1 at the central pin. |
| | | | 1 at the leg attachment pin. |
|----|--------------------|-----|------------------------------------|
R | 8 | Drag Stay | 13 | 4 on the fork end of the upper |
| | | | stay. |
| | | | 3 on the leg attachment pin. |
R | | | | 1 on the dragstay/trunnion |
| | | | 3 on the lower stay. |
| | | | 2 on apex pin. |
--------------------------------------------------------------------
the new grease comes out. Use the tables above, to find the greasers:
____

R

EFF :

ALL 12-22-32

Page 333
Jul 01/08

MSR
R NLG - Lubrication Points

EFF :

ALL 12-22-32

Page 334
Jul 01/08

MSR

EFF :

ALL 12-22-32

Page 335
Jul 01/08

MSR

EFF :

ALL 12-22-32

Page 336
Jul 01/08

MSR

EFF :

ALL 12-22-32

Page 337
Jul 01/08

MSR

EFF :

ALL 12-22-32

Page 338
Jul 01/08

MSR

EFF :

ALL 12-22-32

Page 339
Jul 01/08

MSR

EFF :

ALL 12-22-32

Page 340
Jul 01/08

MSR

EFF :

ALL 12-22-32

Page 341
Jul 01/08

MSR
INTENTIONALLY BLANK

R

12-22-32

Page 342
Jul 01/08

MSR
Subtask 12-22-32-640-079
B. Lubrication of NLG Doors

(Ref. Fig. 310/TASK 12-22-32-991-014)
--------------------------------------------------------------------
| NLG DOORS |
|--------------------------------------------------------------------|
|----|--------------------|-----|------------------------------------|
| 9 | Bracket | 2 | 1 on each bracket (in bay) |
| | | | NOTE : Do not apply grease to the |
| | | | attachment bolt greasers. |
|----|--------------------|-----|------------------------------------|
| 10 | Door Actuator | 2 | 1 on each eye-end (in bay). |
|----|--------------------|-----|------------------------------------|
| 11 | Door Actuator | 2 | 1 on each eye-end (on door). |
|----|--------------------|-----|------------------------------------|
| 12 | Forward Door Hinge | 2 | 1 on each bracket (on door). |
| | | | - NOTE: Do not apply grease to |
| | | | attachment bolt greaser. |
|----|--------------------|-----|------------------------------------|
R | 13 | Forward Door Hinge | 2 | 1 on each door bracket (in bay) |
|-------------------------|-----|------------------------------------|
| 14 | Rear Door Strut | 4 | 1 on pivot assembly. |
| | | | 1 on fitting assembly. |
| | | | 2 on strut. |
--------------------------------------------------------------------
(1) lubricate the greasers with COMMON GREASE (Material No. 04-022) until
the new grease comes out. Use the tables above to find the greasers.
____

EFF :

ALL 12-22-32

Page 343
Jan 01/07

MSR
NLG Doors - Lubrication Points

R

EFF :

ALL 12-22-32

Page 344
Jan 01/07

MSR
NLG Doors - Lubrication Points

R

EFF :

ALL 12-22-32

Page 345
Jan 01/07

MSR
**ON A/C 101-102,
Subtask 12-22-32-640-080
C. Lubrication of Nose Landing Gear Rotating Sleeve

(Ref. Fig. 311/TASK 12-22-32-991-010)
--------------------------------------------------------------------
| NWS ROTATING SLEEVE |
|--------------------------------------------------------------------|
|----|--------------------|-----|------------------------------------|
| 15 | NWS Rotating | 2 | 2 on the front face of |
| | Sleeve | | the rotating sleeve. |
--------------------------------------------------------------------
(2) Use the table above to find the location of the greasers:
NOTE : The grease pressure must be less than 3000 psi (206.8427 bar).
____
(3) Lubricate the rotating sleeve through the greasers with COMMON GREASE
(Material No. 04-022) until new grease comes out.
NOTE : A large amount of grease can come out of the lower part of the
____
rotating sleeve before grease comes out of the top witness
holes.
(5) Do a test of the nose wheel steering to distribute the grease in the
rotating sleeve, (Ref. TASK 32-51-00-720-801) or (Ref. TASK 32-51-00-
720-801).

R

EFF :

101-102, 12-22-32

Page 346
Jan 01/07

MSR
NLG - Nose Wheel Steering - Rotating Sleeve - Lubrication Points
Figure 311/TASK 12-22-32-991-010

R

EFF :

101-102, 12-22-32

Page 347
Jan 01/07

MSR
**ON A/C ALL
Post SB 32-3192 For A/C 101-102,
Subtask 12-22-32-640-080-A
C. Lubrication of Nose Landing Gear Rotating Sleeve

(Ref. Fig. 311A/TASK 12-22-32-991-010-A)
--------------------------------------------------------------------
| NWS ROTATING SLEEVE |
|--------------------------------------------------------------------|
|----|--------------------|-----|------------------------------------|
| 15 | NWS Rotating Sleeve| 4 | 4 on the rotating sleeve. |
--------------------------------------------------------------------
(2) Use the table above to find the location of the greasers:
NOTE : The grease pressure must be less than 3000 psi (206.8427 bar).
____
(3) Lubricate the rotating sleeve through the greasers with COMMON GREASE
(Material No. 04-022) until new grease comes out.
NOTE : A large amount of grease can come out of the lower part of the
____
rotating sleeve before grease comes out of the top witness
holes.
(5) Do a test of the nose wheel steering to distribute the grease in the
rotating sleeve, (Ref. TASK 32-51-00-720-801) or (Ref. TASK 32-51-00-
720-801).

EFF :

ALL 12-22-32

Page 348
Jan 01/07
R
MSR
NLG - Nose Wheel Steering - Rotating Sleeve - Lubrication Points
Figure 311A/TASK 12-22-32-991-010-A

EFF :

ALL 12-22-32

Page 349
Jan 01/07
R
MSR
**ON A/C ALL
Subtask 12-22-32-640-081
R D. Lubrication of all Gear Up-Locks, Door Up-Lock Units and Pins

(Ref. Fig. 312/TASK 12-22-32-991-036)
-------------------------------------------------------------------
| NLG UPLOCK, DOOR UPLOCK |
| ------------------------------------------------------------------|
|----|--------------------|-----|-----------------------------------|
| 16 | NLG Uplock | 4 | 2 on each side of the casing. |
|----|--------------------|-----|-----------------------------------|
| 19 | NLG Door Uplock | 2 | 1 on each door. |
| | Fitting | | |
|----|--------------------|-----|-----------------------------------|
| 20 | NLG Door Uplock | 4 | 4 on the casing. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------
(1) Use the table above to find the greasers (identified by a red
washer).
(2) To lubricate the NLG up-lock and door up-lock units (items No.16 and
No.20 in table) with COMMON GREASE (Material No. 04-022) do this
procedure:
(a) Use hand-operated lubrication equipment to lubricate each greaser

R with a maximum of three full strokes.
(3) Lubricate the greasers of all the other items in the table with
COMMON GREASE (Material No. 04-022) until the new grease comes out of
the vent holes.
____
NOTE : Look at work step (6) for the parts on which you apply grease
____
with your hand.
(5) Clean the greasers with a cloth MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-003)
and CLEANING AGENTS (Material No. 11-026).
(6) Apply (by hand) COMMON GREASE (Material No. 04-022) to the external
surface of:
- the apex pin of the drag stay (17)
- the NLG door uplock fitting (18) on each door.

EFF :

ALL 12-22-32

Page 350
Oct 01/07

MSR
NLG Uplock, Door Uplock Units and Pins - Lubrication Points
Figure 312/TASK 12-22-32-991-036

EFF :

ALL 12-22-32

Page 351
Jan 01/07
R
MSR
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 12-22-32-865-067
1GG, 2GG.
Subtask 12-22-32-410-067
B. Close Access
(1) Remove the adjustable access platform.
(2) Close the NLG doors (Ref. TASK 32-22-00-410-801).
Subtask 12-22-32-860-077
C. Reactivate the NWS (Ref. TASK 32-51-00-440-801).
Subtask 12-22-32-942-066

EFF :

ALL 12-22-32

Page 352
Jan 01/07
R
MSR
TASK 12-22-32-640-801
Lubrication of MLG Bogie Pivot Pin
_______
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No specific 1 LUBRICATING EQUIPMENT

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

(Ref. 20-31-00)

EFF :

ALL 12-22-32

Page 353
Jan 01/07
R
MSR
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

12-22-32-991-040 Fig. 313
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 12-22-32-941-072
(1) In the cockpit, on the panel 312VU:

- put a WARNING NOTICE in the cockpit to tell persons not to operate
the landing gear lever.
29-00-00-864-801).
Subtask 12-22-32-110-056
B. Preparation of Equipment
(1) Make sure that the LUBRICATING EQUIPMENT is in the correct condition
before you use it.
(2) Operate the LUBRICATING EQUIPMENT to make sure that the lines and
(3) Application of the cleaning agents:

_______
MATERIALS ONLY WITH A GOOD FLOW OF AIR THROUGH THE WORK
AREA.
THESE MATERIALS ARE POISONOUS AND FLAMMABLE AND SKIN
IRRITANTS.
DO NOT SMOKE.

EFF :

ALL 12-22-32

Page 354
Jan 01/07
R
MSR
(a) Clean the greasers with a clean MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-
4. Procedure
_________
(Ref. Fig. 313/TASK 12-22-32-991-040)
Subtask 12-22-32-640-104
R A. Lubrication of MLG Bogie Pivot Pin
-------------------------------------------------------------------
| MLG BOGIE PIVOT PIN |
|-------------------------------------------------------------------|
|----|--------------------|-----|-----------------------------------|
| 1 | Bogie Beam | 2 | 1 each side at pivot point |
|----|--------------------|-----|-----------------------------------|
| 2 | Pivot Pin | 2 | 1 below each end of pivot pin |
-------------------------------------------------------------------
R (1) Lubricate the greasers with COMMON GREASE (Material No. 04-022) until
R the new grease comes out of the pivot pin area. Use the table above
R to find the greasers.
NOTE : The grease gun pressure must be less than 3000 psi (200 bar).
____
R NOTE : If the aircraft weight is on the bogie:

____
R - the unwanted grease can go into the internal space and
R cannot be seen.
R This is permitted.
(3) Application of cleaning agents:

_______
MATERIALS ONLY WITH A GOOD FLOW OF AIR THROUGH THE WORK
AREA.
THESE MATERIALS ARE POISONOUS AND FLAMMABLE AND SKIN
IRRITANTS.
DO NOT SMOKE.
(a) Clean the greasers with the clean MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-
(4) Remove any unwanted grease that has come out from the joints.

EFF :

ALL 12-22-32

Page 355
Jan 01/08

MSR
MLG Bogie Pivot Pin - Lubrication Points
Figure 313/TASK 12-22-32-991-040

EFF :

ALL 12-22-32

Page 356
Jan 01/07

MSR
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 12-22-32-942-072

EFF :

ALL 12-22-32

Page 357
Jan 01/07

MSR
DOORS - SERVICING
_________________
TASK 12-22-52-600-801
Lubrication of the FWD Cargo-Compartment Door Hinge Arm Bearings, Locking

Mechanism, Latching Mechanism and Interlock Mechanism
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No specific adjustable access platform

No specific brush
No specific grease gun
No specific oil can
98F52308279000 1 BAR - R/I ACTUATOR
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

MINERAL OIL (LOW TEMP) (Ref. 20-31-00)
(Ref. 20-31-00)

EFF :

ALL 12-22-52

Page 301
Jan 01/05

MSR
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

53-27-11-000-801 Removal of the Forward Cargo-Compartment Door-Frame
Access Covers
53-27-11-400-801 Installation of the Forward Cargo-Compartment
Door-Frame Access Covers
12-22-52-991-001 Fig. 301
12-22-52-991-002 Fig. 302
12-22-52-991-003 Fig. 303
12-22-52-991-004 Fig. 304
12-22-52-991-010 Fig. 305
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 12-22-52-010-050
A. Get Access
(1) Put the adjustable access platform in position below the closed FWD
cargo-compartment door (referred to as cargo door).
(2) Remove the access panels 132AR thru 132LR from the fuselage to get
access to the door hinge arms (Ref. TASK 53-27-11-000-801).
(3) Remove the access panels 821AR, 821BR, 821CR, 821DR from the cargo
door to get access to the different door mechanism.
(4) Open the cargo door to the vertical position (Ref. TASK 52-30-00-010-
801) and safety it with the BAR - R/I ACTUATOR (98F52308279000)
(Ref. TASK 52-30-00-480-801).
Subtask 12-22-52-865-050
B. Open, safety and tag this(these) circuit breaker(s):
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R 5002VE CARGO DOOR CTL 1MJ C03

EFF :

ALL 12-22-52

Page 302
Jul 01/08

MSR
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 12-22-52-640-050
A. Lubrication of the FWD Cargo Door
NOTE : Use a grease gun, an oil can or a brush as required for the
____
lubrication procedure.
(1) Lubricate the door hinge arms and the latch fittings as follows:
(Ref. Fig. 301/TASK 12-22-52-991-001)
(a) Lubricate the hinge bolt (1) with COMMON GREASE (Material No. 04-
004).
(b) Lubricate the eccentric bushes (2) and the eccentric bolts (3)
with COMMON GREASE (Material No. 04-004).
(2) Lubricate the latching mechanism as follows:

(Ref. Fig. 302/TASK 12-22-52-991-002)
(a) Lubricate the handle bolt (5), the hook bolt (9) and the
bellcrank bolt (10) with COMMON GREASE (Material No. 04-004).
(b) Apply COMMON GREASE (Material No. 04-004) to the mating surface
of the catch hook (7).
(c) Lubricate the push button (4) and the catch hook linkage (6) of
the latching handle with OILS (Material No. 03-001).
(d) Lubricate the cardan joints (11) of the torque tube assy with
OILS (Material No. 03-001).
(e) Lubricate the bearings of the latching shaft (8) with OILS
(3) Lubricate the locking mechanism as follows:

(Ref. Fig. 303/TASK 12-22-52-991-003)
(a) Lubricate the bearings of the locking handle (15) with OILS
(b) Lubricate the bearings of the double lever shaft (12) with OILS
(c) Lubricate the bearings of the bellcrank shaft (14) with OILS

EFF :

ALL 12-22-52

Page 303
Jan 01/04

MSR
FWD Cargo-Compartment Door - Lubrication of Door Hinges and Lock Fittings
Figure 301/TASK 12-22-52-991-001

EFF :

ALL 12-22-52

Page 304
Jan 01/04

MSR
INTENTIONALLY BLANK

12-22-52

Page 305
Jan 01/04

MSR
FWD Cargo-Compartment Door - Lubrication of Latching Mechanism

EFF :

ALL 12-22-52

Page 306
Jan 01/04

MSR
FWD Cargo-Compartment Door - Lubrication of Latching Mechanism

EFF :

ALL 12-22-52

Page 307
Jan 01/04

MSR
FWD Cargo-Compartment Door - Lubrication of Locking Mechanism

EFF :

ALL 12-22-52

Page 308
Jan 01/04

MSR
FWD Cargo-Compartment Door - Lubrication of Locking Mechanism

EFF :

ALL 12-22-52

Page 309
Jan 01/04

MSR
(d) Lubricate the bearings of the rear locking shaft (17) and the
joint fork assemblies (17) with OILS (Material No. 03-001).
(e) Lubricate the universal joint bearings of the locking shafts (18)
with OILS (Material No. 03-001).
(f) Lubricate the upper and lower pins of the gas spring (13) with
(4) Lubricate the switch mechanism as follows:

(Ref. Fig. 304/TASK 12-22-52-991-004)
(a) Lubricate the bearings of the support lever shaft (21) with OILS
(b) Lubricate the upper and lower pins of the gas spring (22) with
(c) Lubricate the spring of the target lever (23) with OILS (Material
No. 03-001).
(5) Lubricate the interlock mechanism as follows:

(Ref. Fig. 305/TASK 12-22-52-991-010)
(a) Lubricate the mating surface of the integrated stop (27) (part of
the fuselage latch fitting) with COMMON GREASE (Material No. 04-
004).
(b) Lubricate the mating surface of the interlock lever (28) with
(c) Lubricate the bearings of the interlock shaft (29) with OILS
(6) Remove the unwanted lubricant with a lint-free cloth.
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 12-22-52-410-050
A. Close Access
items.
(2) Install the access panels 821AR, 821BR, 821CR, 821DR on the cargo
door.

EFF :

ALL 12-22-52

Page 310
Jan 01/04

MSR
FWD Cargo-Compartment Door - Lubrication of Switch Mechanism
Figure 304/TASK 12-22-52-991-004

EFF :

ALL 12-22-52

Page 311
Jan 01/04

MSR
Lubrication of Interlock Mechanism
Figure 305/TASK 12-22-52-991-010

EFF :

ALL 12-22-52

Page 312
Jan 01/04

MSR
R (3) Remove the BAR - R/I ACTUATOR (Ref. TASK 52-30-00-080-801) and close
R the cargo door (Ref. TASK 52-30-00-410-801).
R (4) Install the access panels 132AR thru 132LR on the fuselage above the
R cargo door (Ref. TASK 53-27-11-400-801).

EFF :

ALL 12-22-52

Page 313
Jul 01/07

MSR
TASK 12-22-52-600-802
R Lubrication of the Telescopic Arm and Exterior Control Handle
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No specific brush
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

(Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 04-017 USA A-A-59173
SILICONE GREASE (Ref. 20-31-00)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

12-22-52-991-005 Fig. 306
12-22-52-991-006 Fig. 307

EFF :

ALL 12-22-52

Page 314
Jul 01/06

MSR
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 12-22-52-010-051
A. Get Access
(1) Open the passenger crew exit doors (Ref. TASK 52-10-00-010-801).
4. Procedure
_________
(Ref. Fig. 306/TASK 12-22-52-991-005, 307/TASK 12-22-52-991-006)
Subtask 12-22-52-640-051
A. Lubricating
(1) Lubricate the door damper connection linkage (12) with COMMON GREASE
(Material No. 04-004). Use a grease gun.
(2) Lubricate the external door operating handle mechanism (13) with
COMMON GREASE (Material No. 04-017). Use a brush.
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 12-22-52-410-051
A. Close Access
(1) Close the passenger crew exit doors (Ref. TASK 52-10-00-410-801).
Subtask 12-22-52-942-051
B. Close Up

EFF :

ALL 12-22-52

Page 315
Jan 01/04

MSR
Doors - Lubrication
Figure 306/TASK 12-22-52-991-005

EFF :

ALL 12-22-52

Page 316
Jan 01/04

MSR
Doors - Lubrication
Figure 307/TASK 12-22-52-991-006

EFF :

ALL 12-22-52

Page 317
Jan 01/04

MSR
TASK 12-22-52-600-807
R Lubrication of the Telescopic Arm and Exterior Control Handle
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No specific brush
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

(Ref. 20-31-00)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
52-20-00-010-801 Opening of the Emergency Exit Door

52-20-00-410-801 Closing of the Emergency Exit Door
12-22-52-991-005 Fig. 306
12-22-52-991-006 Fig. 307

EFF :

ALL 12-22-52

Page 318
Jul 01/06

MSR
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 12-22-52-010-056
A. Get Access
(1) Open the emergency exit doors (Ref. TASK 52-20-00-010-801).
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 12-22-52-640-056
A. Lubricating
(Ref. Fig. 306/TASK 12-22-52-991-005, 307/TASK 12-22-52-991-006)
(1) Lubricate the door damper connection linkage (12) with COMMON GREASE
(Material No. 04-004). Use a grease gun.
(2) Lubricate the external door operating handle mechanism (13) with
COMMON GREASE (Material No. 04-017). Use a brush.
(3) Remove unwanted lubricant with a lint-free cloth.
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 12-22-52-410-056
A. Close Access
(1) Close the emergency exit doors (Ref. TASK 52-20-00-410-801).
Subtask 12-22-52-942-056
B. Close Up

EFF :

ALL 12-22-52

Page 319
Jan 01/04

MSR
TASK 12-22-52-600-803
Lubrication of the BULK Cargo-Compartment Door
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

(Ref. 20-31-00)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

52-33-15-000-801 Removal of the Protection Lining
52-33-15-400-801 Installation of the Protection Lining
12-22-52-991-007 Fig. 308

EFF :

ALL 12-22-52

Page 320
Jan 01/05

MSR
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 12-22-52-010-052
A. Get Access
(1) Open the BULK cargo-compartment door (referred to as BULK door)

(Ref. TASK 52-30-00-010-803) sufficiently to get access to the barrel
lock assembly.
(2) Safety the not fully opened BULK door with an applicable support
device.
(3) Remove the protection lining from the BULK door (Ref. TASK 52-33-15-
000-801).
4. Procedure
_________
(Ref. Fig. 308/TASK 12-22-52-991-007)
Subtask 12-22-52-640-052
A. Lubrication
(1) Lubricate the universal joint (61) with OILS (Material No. 03-001).
(2) Lubricate the barrel lock (62) with OILS (Material No. 03-001).
(3) Lubricate the latch rod (63) with OILS (Material No. 03-001).
(4) Lubricate the catch assembly (64) with OILS (Material No. 03-001).
(5) Lubricate the handle rod (65) with OILS (Material No. 03-001).
(6) Lubricate the handle shaft (66) as follows:
(a) Push the push button of the outer handle, so that the handle
comes free of its recess.
(b) Lubricate the handle shaft (66) with COMMON GREASE (Material No.
04-004).
(c) Move the handle several times in and out to make sure that the
shaft is sufficiently lubricated.
(7) Remove the unwanted grease and oil with a lint-free cloth.

EFF :

ALL 12-22-52

Page 321
Jan 01/04

MSR
BULK Cargo-Compartment Door - Lubrication
Figure 308/TASK 12-22-52-991-007

EFF :

ALL 12-22-52

Page 322
Jan 01/04

MSR
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 12-22-52-410-052
A. Close Access
items.
(2) Install the protection lining on the BULK door (Ref. TASK 52-33-15-
400-801).
(3) Make sure that the support device is removed.
(4) Close the BULK door (Ref. TASK 52-30-00-410-803).
Subtask 12-22-52-942-052
B. Close-up

EFF :

ALL 12-22-52

Page 323
Jan 01/04

MSR
TASK 12-22-52-600-808
Lubrication of the AFT Cargo-Compartment Door Hinge Arm Bearings, Locking,

Latching and Interlock Mechanism
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific brush
No specific oil can
98F52308279000 1 BAR - R/I ACTUATOR
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

(Ref. 20-31-00)

EFF :

ALL 12-22-52

Page 324
Jan 01/05

MSR
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

53-47-11-000-801 Removal of the Aft Cargo-Compartment Door-Frame
Access Panels
53-47-11-400-801 Installation of the Aft Cargo-Compartment Door-Frame
Access Panels
12-22-52-991-011 Fig. 309
12-22-52-991-012 Fig. 310
12-22-52-991-013 Fig. 311
12-22-52-991-014 Fig. 312
12-22-52-991-015 Fig. 313
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 12-22-52-010-057
A. Get Access
(1) Put the adjustable access platform in position below the closed AFT
cargo-compartment door (referred to as cargo door).
(2) Remove the access panels 152AR thru 152LR from the fuselage to get
access to the door hinge arms (Ref. TASK 53-47-11-000-801).
(3) Open the cargo door to the vertical position (Ref. TASK 52-30-00-010-
801) and safety it with the BAR - R/I ACTUATOR (98F52308279000)
(Ref. TASK 52-30-00-480-801).
(4) Remove the access panels 822AR, 822BR, 822CR, 822DR from the cargo
door to get access to the different door mechanism.
Subtask 12-22-52-865-053
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R 5002VE CARGO DOOR CTL 1MJ C03

EFF :

ALL 12-22-52

Page 325
Jul 01/08

MSR
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 12-22-52-640-057
A. Lubrication of the AFT Cargo Door
NOTE : Use a grease gun, an oil can or a brush as required for the
____
lubrication procedure.
(1) Lubricate the door hinge arms and the latch fittings as follows:
(Ref. Fig. 309/TASK 12-22-52-991-011)
(a) Lubricate the hinge bolt (31) with COMMON GREASE (Material No.
04-004).
(b) Lubricate the eccentric bushes (32) and the eccentric bolts (33)
with COMMON GREASE (Material No. 04-004).
(2) Lubricate the latching mechanism as follows:

(Ref. Fig. 310/TASK 12-22-52-991-012)
(a) Lubricate the handle bolt (35), the hook bolt (39) and the
bellcrank bolt (40) with COMMON GREASE (Material No. 04-004).
(b) Apply COMMON GREASE (Material No. 04-004) to the mating surface
of the catch hook (37).
(c) Lubricate the push button (34) and the catch hook linkage (36) of
the latching handle with OILS (Material No. 03-001).
(d) Lubricate the cardan joints (41) of the torque tube assy with
(e) Lubricate the bearings of the latching shaft (38) with OILS
(3) Lubricate the locking mechanism as follows:

(Ref. Fig. 311/TASK 12-22-52-991-013)
(a) Lubricate the bearings of the locking handle (45) with OILS
(b) Lubricate the bearings of the double lever shaft (42) with OILS
(c) Lubricate the bearings of the bellcrank shaft (44) with OILS

EFF :

ALL 12-22-52

Page 326
Jan 01/04

MSR
AFT Cargo-Compartment Door Lubrication of Hinge Arms and Lock Fittings
Figure 309/TASK 12-22-52-991-011

EFF :

ALL 12-22-52

Page 327
Jan 01/04

MSR
AFT Cargo-Compartment Door - Lubrication of Latching Mechanism

EFF :

ALL 12-22-52

Page 328
Jan 01/04

MSR
AFT Cargo-Compartment Door - Lubrication of Latching Mechanism

EFF :

ALL 12-22-52

Page 329
Jan 01/04

MSR
AFT Cargo-Compartment Door - Lubrication of Locking Mechanism

EFF :

ALL 12-22-52

Page 330
Jan 01/04

MSR
AFT Cargo-Compartment Door - Lubrication of Locking Mechanism

EFF :

ALL 12-22-52

Page 331
Jan 01/04

MSR
R (d) Lubricate the bearings of the joint fork assemblies (47) with
R OILS (Material No. 03-001).
(e) Lubricate the universal joints bearings of the locking shafts

(48) with OILS (Material No. 03-001).
(f) Lubricate the upper and lower pins of the gas spring (43) with
(4) Lubricate the switch mechanism as follows:

(Ref. Fig. 312/TASK 12-22-52-991-014)
(a) Lubricate the bearings of the support lever shaft (51) with OILS
(b) Lubricate the upper and lower pins of the gas spring (53) with
(c) Lubricate the spring of the target lever (52) with OILS (Material
No. 03-001).
(5) Lubricate the interlock mechanism as follows:

(Ref. Fig. 313/TASK 12-22-52-991-015)
(a) Lubricate the mating surface of the integrated stop (57) (part of
the fuselage latch fitting ) with COMMON GREASE (Material No. 04-
004).
(b) Lubricate the mating surface of the interlock lever (56) with
(c) Lubricate the bearings of the interlock shaft (58) with OILS
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 12-22-52-410-057
A. Close Access
items.
(2) Install the access panels 822AR, 822BR, 822CR, 822DR on the cargo
door.

EFF :

ALL 12-22-52

Page 332
Jul 01/06

MSR
AFT Cargo-Compartment Door - Lubrication of Switch Mechanism
Figure 312/TASK 12-22-52-991-014

EFF :

ALL 12-22-52

Page 333
Jan 01/04

MSR
AFT Cargo-Compartment Door - Lubrication of Interlock Mechanism
Figure 313/TASK 12-22-52-991-015

EFF :

ALL 12-22-52

Page 334
Jan 01/04

MSR
(3) Remove the BAR - R/I ACTUATOR (Ref. TASK 52-30-00-080-801) and close
the cargo door (Ref. TASK 52-30-00-410-801).
R (4) Install the access panels 152AR thru 152LR on the fuselage above the
R cargo door (Ref. TASK 53-47-11-400-801).

EFF :

ALL 12-22-52

Page 335
Jul 01/07

MSR
TASK 12-22-52-600-809
Lubrication of the Slider Mechanism on all Pax/Crew and Emergency Exit Doors
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

(Ref. 20-31-00)
R Material No. 04-017A
R SILICONE GREASE (Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 15-004 USA MIL-C-16173 GRADE 3
CORROSION PREVENTIVE COMPOUND (Ref. 20-31-00)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

25-62-41-000-801 Removal of the Escape Facilities
25-62-41-400-801 Installation of the Escape Facilities
52-10-00-860-801 Special Precautions before Work on the Passenger/Crew
Door
52-10-00-860-802 Special Precautions after Work on the Passenger/Crew
Door
52-20-00-010-801 Opening of the Emergency Exit Door
52-20-00-860-801 Special Precautions before Work on the Emergency Exit
Door
52-20-00-860-802 Special Precautions after Work on the Emergency Exit
Door
CMM 521216 (for corrective action)
12-22-52-991-024 Fig. 314

EFF :

ALL 12-22-52

Page 336
Jul 01/05

MSR
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 12-22-52-861-050

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-801).
Subtask 12-22-52-010-058
B. Get Access
WARNING : DO NOT OPEN THE PASSENGER/CREW DOORS WHILE THE RED WARNING
_______
LIGHT FLASHES, IF THE RED WARNING LIGHT FLASHES, REMAINING
PRESSURE COULD CAUSE DOOR TO OPEN SUDDENLY AND COULD:
- KILL OR CAUSE SERIOUS INJURY TO PERSONS
- CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE AIRCRAFT.
CAUTION : DO NOT APPLY TEMPORARY PROTECTION ON THE OXYGEN SYSTEMS.

_______
MAKE SURE THAT THE TEMPORARY PROTECTION DOES NOT GET :
- ON COMPOSITE PARTS, CONTROL CABLES, PULLEYS, TEFLON BEARINGS,
- ON LUBRICATED SURFACES,
- IN DRAIN VALVES OR OTHER ORIFICES.
TEMPORARY PROTECTION ON OR IN THESE PARTS CAN CAUSE DAMAGE.
CAUTION : DO NOT OPEN THE DOOR IF THE WIND SPEED IS MORE THAN 40 KNOTS TO
_______
PREVENT DAMAGE TO THE DOOR OR TO THE AIRCRAFT STRUCTURE. IF THE
AIRCRAFT IS PUT INTO THE WIND THE MAXIMUM WIND SPEED CAN BE 50
KNOTS.
R (1) Open the applicable passenger/crew door (Ref. TASK 52-10-00-010-801)

R or the emergency exit door (Ref. TASK 52-20-00-010-801).
R (2) Do the special precautions before you start work on the applicable
R door (Ref. TASK 52-10-00-860-801) or (Ref. TASK 52-20-00-860-801).
R (3) If necessary, remove the escape facilities (Ref. TASK 25-62-41-000-

R 801).

EFF :

ALL 12-22-52

Page 337
Apr 01/05

MSR
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 12-22-52-640-060
A. Lubrication of the Slider Mechanism

(Ref. Fig. 314/TASK 12-22-52-991-024)
WARNING : MAKE SURE THE PERCUSSION LEVER OF THE DOOR DAMPER CYLINDER IS
_______
IN THE DISARMED POSITION WITH THE SAFETY PIN INSTALLED.
TO MAKE SURE THAT THE DOOR DOES NOT OPEN SUDDENLY.
IF THE DOOR OPENS SUDDENLY IT CAN CAUSE INJURY AND OR DAMAGE.
R (1) Close the applicable door and make sure that slide control handle
R stays in the DISARMED position.
(2) Clean the component interface and/or the adjacent area.
R (3) Apply a layer of the COMMON GREASE (Material No. 04-004) to the
R mating surfaces of the sliders and the girt bar.
R NOTE : It is permitted to apply the COMMON GREASE (Material No. 04-

____
R 017A) as an alternative to the COMMON GREASE (Material No. 04-
004).
(4) Make sure that the applicable door is correctly closed and the slide
R control handle is in the ARMED position.
(5) Apply a layer of the STORAGE PRESERVATION (Material No. 15-004) as a

spray to the spring guide and the pawl.
(6) Operate the pawl to make sure that the slider mechanism operates
correctly.
(7) If the slider mechanism does not operate correctly, replace or repair
the slider. (Ref. CMM 521216).
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 12-22-52-410-058
A. Close Access
(1) Do the special precautions after work on the applicable door

(Ref. TASK 52-10-00-860-802) or (Ref. TASK 52-20-00-860-802).
(2) If necessary, install the escape facilities (Ref. TASK 25-62-41-400-

801).

EFF :

ALL 12-22-52

Page 338
Jul 01/05

MSR
R Lubrication of Slider Mechanism
Figure 314/TASK 12-22-52-991-024

EFF :

ALL 12-22-52

Page 339
Apr 01/05

MSR
R (3) Remove all the fixtures, tools, test and support equipment used
R during this procedure.
Subtask 12-22-52-862-050

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-862-801).

EFF :

ALL 12-22-52

Page 340
Apr 01/05

MSR
FUSELAGE - SERVICING
____________________
TASK 12-22-53-600-801
Lubrication of the THS Hinge Line Bearings
_______
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R Material No. 04-004 USA MIL-PRF-23827 TYPE I

R SYNTH.ESTER BASED GREASE HIGH PRESSURE
R (Ref. 20-31-00)

EFF :

ALL 12-22-53

Page 301
Jul 01/04

MSR
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

12-22-53-991-001 Fig. 301
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 12-22-53-864-050
A. Make sure that the Blue, Green and Yellow hydraulic systems are
depressurized (Ref. TASK 29-00-00-864-804).
Subtask 12-22-53-865-050
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Subtask 12-22-53-941-050
C. Get Access
(1) Put warning notices in position in the cockpit to tell persons:

- not to operate the flight controls.
(2) Put the access platform in position at the access door 313AL.
(3) Open and safety the access door 313AL.

EFF :

ALL 12-22-53

Page 302
Jan 01/04

MSR
4. ___________________
Servicing Procedure
(Ref. Fig. 301/TASK 12-22-53-991-001)
Subtask 12-22-53-640-050
A. Lubrication of the THS Hinge Line Bearings
(1) Clean the grease nipples with a lint-free cotton cloth, MISCELLANEOUS
(2) Do a check of the grease nipples for good condition.
R (3) Lubricate the bearings with the COMMON GREASE (Material No. 04-004)
through the grease nipples with a GUN - GREASE.
(4) Make sure that the new grease comes out of the bearings.
(5) Remove the unwanted grease with a lint-free cotton cloth,

5. Close-up
________
Subtask 12-22-53-410-050
A. Close Access
items.
Subtask 12-22-53-865-051
breaker(s):
7CE1.

EFF :

ALL 12-22-53

Page 303
Jul 01/04

MSR
R Lubrication Points of the THS Bearings
Figure 301/TASK 12-22-53-991-001

EFF :

ALL 12-22-53

Page 304
Jul 01/04

MSR
TASK 12-22-53-600-802
Lubrication of the THS Upper and Lower Frame Attachment Bearings
_______
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

R SYNTH.ESTER BASED GREASE HIGH PRESSURE
R (Ref. 20-31-00)

EFF :

ALL 12-22-53

Page 305
Jul 01/04

MSR
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

12-22-53-991-002 Fig. 302
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 12-22-53-864-051
Subtask 12-22-53-865-052
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Subtask 12-22-53-941-051
C. Get Access
(1) Put a WARNING NOTICE in position in the cockpit to tell persons:

- not to operate the flight controls.
(2) Put the ACCESS PLATFORM 6M (20 FT) in position at the access door
313AL.
(3) Open and safety the access door 313AL.

EFF :

ALL 12-22-53

Page 306
Jan 01/04

MSR
4. Procedure
_________
(Ref. Fig. 302/TASK 12-22-53-991-002)
Subtask 12-22-53-640-051
A. Lubrication of the THS Upper and Lower Frame Attachment Bearings
R (1) Clean the grease nipples with a clean cloth MISCELLANEOUS (Material
No. 19-003).
(2) Do a check of the grease nipples for good condition.
R (3) Lubricate the bearings with the COMMON GREASE (Material No. 04-004)
R through the grease nipples with a GUN - GREASE.
R
R (4) Make sure that the new grease comes out of the bearings.
R (5) Remove the unwanted grease with a clean cloth MISCELLANEOUS (Material
No. 19-003).
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 12-22-53-410-051
A. Close Access
items.
Subtask 12-22-53-865-053
breaker(s):
7CE1.

EFF :

ALL 12-22-53

Page 307
Jul 01/04

MSR
R Lubrication Points of the THS Bearings
Figure 302/TASK 12-22-53-991-002

EFF :

ALL 12-22-53

Page 308
Jul 01/04

MSR
STABILIZERS - SERVICING
_______________________
TASK 12-22-55-600-802
Lubrication of the Rudder Bearing No. 6
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

(Ref. 20-31-00)

EFF :

ALL 12-22-55

Page 301
Oct 01/06
R
MSR
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

55-33-13-000-801 Removal of the Vertical-Stabilizer Trailing-Edge
Access-Panels
55-33-13-400-801 Installation of the Vertical-Stabilizer Trailing-Edge
Access-Panels
12-22-55-991-002 Fig. 301
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 12-22-55-864-051
Subtask 12-22-55-865-052
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R Subtask 12-22-55-941-051-A
R C. Get Access
R (1) Put warning notices in position in the cockpit to tell persons:

R - not to pressurize the hydraulic systems,
R - not to operate the flight controls.
R (2) Put the access platform in position at the vertical stabilizer.
R (3) Open and safety the access panel 325TL (Ref. TASK 55-33-13-000-801).

EFF :

ALL 12-22-55

Page 302
Oct 01/06

MSR
4. Procedure
_________
(Ref. Fig. 301/TASK 12-22-55-991-002)
Subtask 12-22-55-640-051
A. Lubrication of the Rudder Hinge Bearing No. 6
(1) Clean the grease nipple with a lint-free cotton cloth, MISCELLANEOUS
(2) Lubricate with the COMMON GREASE (Material No. 04-004) through the
grease nipple with a GUN - GREASE.
(3) Make sure that the new grease comes out of the bearing.
(4) Remove the unwanted grease with a lint-free cotton cloth,

5. Close-up
________
R Subtask 12-22-55-410-051-A
R A. Close Access
R items.
R (2) Close the access panel 325TL (Ref. TASK 55-33-13-400-801).
R (3) Remove the ground support and maintenance equipment, the special and
R standard tools and all other items.
R (4) Remove the access platform(s).
R (5) Remove the warning notice(s).
Subtask 12-22-55-865-053
breaker(s):
7CE1.

EFF :

ALL 12-22-55

Page 303
Oct 01/06

MSR
Rudder Hinge Bearing No. 6
Figure 301/TASK 12-22-55-991-002

EFF :

ALL 12-22-55

Page 304
Oct 01/06
R
MSR
WINDOWS - SERVICING
___________________
TASK 12-22-56-600-801
Servicing of the Sliding Windows
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
This subject gives the procedure to clean and lubricate the mechanism of the
sliding windows.
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No specific brush
No specific clean and dry cloth
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Material No. 05-001 USA SAE-AS8660

INSULATING AND SEALING GREASE SILICONE
(Ref. 20-31-00)
R Material No. 11-003 USA ASTM D 740
METHYL-ETHYL-KETONE (Ref. 20-31-00)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
12-22-56-991-001 Fig. 301

EFF :

ALL 12-22-56

Page 301
Oct 01/04

MSR
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 12-22-56-941-050
A. Get Access
(1) Open the right and left sliding window.
4. Procedure
_________
(Ref. Fig. 301/TASK 12-22-56-991-001)
Subtask 12-22-56-615-050
A. Cleaning of the Rail and of the Locking System
(1) Clean the rail and the locking system with a brush soaked in CLEANING
AGENTS (Material No. 11-003).
(2) Make dry with a clean and dry cloth.
Subtask 12-22-56-640-050
B. Lubrication of the Rail and of the Locking System

(Ref. Fig. 301/TASK 12-22-56-991-001)
(1) Apply SPECIAL MATERIALS (Material No. 05-001) internally to the rails
and to all the locking system.
(2) Remove all the unwanted material from the rails.
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 12-22-56-942-050
A. Get Access
(1) Close the right and the left sliding window.
items.

EFF :

ALL 12-22-56

Page 302
Jan 01/04

MSR
Lubrication of the Sliding Windows
Figure 301/TASK 12-22-56-991-001

EFF :

ALL 12-22-56

Page 303
Jan 01/04

MSR
DRAINAGE - DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION
____________________________________
1. _______
General
This section gives the instructions to drain the air data system.
12-24-34, P. Block 301 AIR DATA

EFF :

ALL 12-24-00

Page 1
Jan 01/04

MSR
___________________________
TASK 12-24-29-600-801
Servicing of the Leakage Recovery Tank (5230JM001, 5230JM002, 5230JM003)
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

External Power A
External Power A
29-14-00-614-802 Depressurization of the Blue Hydraulic Reservoir with
R Ground Equipment
29-14-00-614-803 Depressurization of the Yellow Hydraulic Reservoir
external bench
12-24-29-991-001 Fig. 301

EFF :

ALL 12-24-29

Page 301
Jul 01/06

MSR
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 12-24-29-860-050

R (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-801).
(2) Make sure that the hydraulic systems are depressurized and put them
in the maintenance configuration.
(Ref. TASK 29-00-00-864-804).
(3) Depressurize the related hydraulic reservoir

R - Depressurize the reservoir of the Green hydraulic system
R (Ref. TASK 29-14-00-614-801)
Depressurize the reservoir of the Blue hydraulic system
R - (Ref. TASK 29-14-00-614-802)
Depressurize the reservoir of the Yellow hydraulic system
R - (Ref. TASK 29-14-00-614-803).
Subtask 12-24-29-010-050
B. Get Access
(Ref. TASK 32-12-00-010-801)
FOR 5230JM001
Open the right MLG door.
FOR 5230JM002, 5230JM003
Open the left MLG door.
(1) Put a access platform in position below the applicable tank.

FOR 5230JM001
R In zone 196.
FOR 5230JM002
In zone 147.
FOR 5230JM003
R In zone 195.

EFF :

ALL 12-24-29

Page 302
Apr 01/07

MSR
4. Procedure
_________
(Ref. Fig. 301/TASK 12-24-29-991-001)
Subtask 12-24-29-020-050
A. Removal of the Leakage Recovery Tank
(1) Disconnect the pipe (1).
(2) Remove the tank (3) from its support (4).
Subtask 12-24-29-680-050
B. Drain all the fluid from the tank.

Put the hydraulic fluid into a container.
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 12-24-29-420-050
A. Installation of the Leakage Recovery tank.
(1) Clean the component interface and/or the adjacent area.

area.
(3) Install the tank (3) on its support (4).
(4) Hold the tank (3) and tighten the clamp (2).
(5) Connect the pipe (1) to the tank.
Subtask 12-24-29-860-051
R (1) Pressurize the reservoirs of the Green, Blue and Yellow hydraulic
R system (Ref. TASK 29-14-00-614-804).

(Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-801).

EFF :

ALL 12-24-29

Page 303
Apr 01/07

MSR
Leakage Recovery Tank
Figure 301/TASK 12-24-29-991-001

EFF :

ALL 12-24-29

Page 304
Jan 01/04

MSR
Subtask 12-24-29-410-050
C. Close Access
items.
R (3) Close the applicable MLG door (Ref. TASK 32-12-00-410-801).

FOR 5230JM001
Close the right MLG door.
FOR 5230JM002, 5230JM003
R Close the left MLG door.

EFF :

ALL 12-24-29

Page 305
Jul 01/06

MSR
AIR DATA SYSTEM - SERVICING
___________________________
TASK 12-24-34-600-801
Draining of the Standby Static Pressure-Lines
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Remove water from the standby static pressure-lines.
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
12-24-34-991-001 Fig. 301
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 12-24-34-010-050
A. Find the static drain 133AL.
4. Procedure
_________
(Ref. Fig. 301/TASK 12-24-34-991-001)
Subtask 12-24-34-680-050
A. On the static drain 133AL push the drain valve (1) until the water in the
standby static pressure-lines is eliminated.
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 12-24-34-410-050

EFF :

ALL 12-24-34

Page 301
Jan 01/04

MSR
Draining of the Standby Static Pressure-Lines
Figure 301/TASK 12-24-34-991-001

EFF :

ALL 12-24-34

Page 302
Jan 01/04

MSR
POTABLE WATER SYSTEM - MAINTENANCE PRACTICES
____________________________________________
TASK 12-24-38-680-801
Draining of the Potable Water System (with Electrical Power)
_______
WARNING : BEFORE YOU DO WORK ON THE POTABLE WATER SYSTEM, CLEAN YOUR HANDS WITH
_______
SOAP AND WATER. THIS WILL PREVENT INFECTION. (CONTAMINATION FROM
TOILET WASTE IS DANGEROUS TO HEALTH).
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE EQUIPMENT YOU USE FOR THIS PROCEDURE IS CLEAN AND
_______
APPROVED FOR THE POTABLE WATER SYSTEM. IF NOT IT CAN CAUSE
CONTAMINATION OF THE POTABLE WATER SYSTEM.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------


EFF :

ALL 12-24-38

Page 201
Jan 01/04

MSR
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

12-24-38-991-001 Fig. 201
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 12-24-38-861-050

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-801).
Subtask 12-24-38-865-050
B. Get access to the applicable 5000VE series panel(s). Then make sure that
this(these) circuit breaker(s) is (are) closed.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R 5005VE WATER SYSTEM QUANT IND 1MA E06
5005VE WATER SYSTEM DRAIN 1MP E05
Subtask 12-24-38-941-050
C. Put an ACCESS PLATFORM 1M (3 FT) in position at Zone 133, an ACCESS

PLATFORM 1M (3 FT) in position at Zone 154 and an ACCESS PLATFORM 1M (3
FT) in position at Zone 164.
Subtask 12-24-38-860-050
(1) Make sure that the potable water shutoff-valves in all lavatories are
open.
(2) Make sure that the potable water shutoff-valves in all wet galleys
are open.

EFF :

ALL 12-24-38

Page 202
Apr 01/06

MSR
Subtask 12-24-38-010-051
E. Get Access
(1) Open the access doors 133BL, 154AR, 164AR.
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 12-24-38-680-050
A. Drain the System

R (Ref. Fig. 201/TASK 12-24-38-991-001)
(1) Connect the HOSE - DRAIN to:

- the fill/drain nipple 26DV on the potable water service-panel,
- the nipple assy 140DW on the FWD potable-water drain-panel,
- the nipple assys 5255MB and 1400DW on the AFT potable-water
drain-panel.
(2) Turn the fill/drain control handle 5254MB on the potable-water

service-panel to the DRAIN position. Then pull it out to the
mechanical stop.
NOTE : The drain-valve control lights 3MP and 6MP come on.
____
NOTE : Water drains from:

____
- the fill/drain nipple 26DV on the potable-water
service-panel,
- the nipple assy 140DW on the FWD potable-water drain-panel.
NOTE : Operate all water faucets in the galleys and in the

____
lavatories, the coffee makers and the water heaters to drain
them.
NOTE : When the water level in the FWD potable water-tank is 5%:
____
- the control light 10MP comes on,
- water will drain from the nipple assy 5255MB on the AFT
potable-water drain-panel.
(3) Close the drain valves.
CAUTION : MAKE SURE THAT THE DRAIN VALVES STAY OPEN AFTER YOU DRAIN
_______
THE SYSTEM. THIS PREVENTS DAMAGE TO THE SYSTEM IN FREEZING
CONDITIONS.
(a) If the outside temperature is less than 0 deg.C (32.00 deg.F) do

not close the drain valves.

EFF :

ALL 12-24-38

Page 203
Oct 01/05

MSR
Potable Water Service Panels

EFF :

ALL 12-24-38

Page 204
Oct 01/05
R
MSR

EFF :

ALL 12-24-38

Page 205
Oct 01/05
R
MSR

EFF :

ALL 12-24-38

Page 206
Oct 01/05
R
MSR
(4) When the system is drained, push in the fill/drain control handle
5254MB on the potable water service-panel and turn it to the NORMAL
position.
NOTE : The drain-valve control lights 3MP, 6MP and 10MP go off.
____
(5) Disconnect the drain hoses from the drain ports.
(6) Clean and dry the panels with a clean cloth MISCELLANEOUS (Material
No. 19-003).
(7) Install the cap on the fill/drain nipple 26DV of the potable water
service-panel.
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 12-24-38-410-050
A. Close Access
items.
(2) Close the access doors 133BL, 154AR, 164AR.
____
NOTE : In freezing conditions, when the drain valves are opened

____
manually, you cannot close the access panels.
Subtask 12-24-38-862-050

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-862-801).
Subtask 12-24-38-942-050
C. Remove the ground support and maintenance equipment, the special and

EFF :

ALL 12-24-38

Page 207
Oct 01/05
R
MSR
TASK 12-24-38-680-802
Draining of the Potable Water System (without Electrical Power)
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 12-24-38-941-051
A. Put an ACCESS PLATFORM 1M (3 FT) in position at Zone 133, an ACCESS

PLATFORM 1M (3 FT) in position at Zone 154 and an ACCESS PLATFORM 1M (3
FT) in position at Zone 164.
Subtask 12-24-38-860-051
(1) Make sure that the potable water shut-off valves in all lavatories
are open.
(2) Make sure that the potable water shut-off valves in all wet galleys
are open.

EFF :

ALL 12-24-38

Page 208
Oct 01/05
R
MSR
Subtask 12-24-38-010-052
C. Get Access
(1) Open the access doors 133BL, 154AR, 164AR.
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 12-24-38-680-051
A. Drain the System
(1) Connect the HOSE - DRAIN to:

- the fill/drain port on the potable water service-panel,
- the drain ports on the aft potable-water drain-panel,
- the drain port on the forward potable-water drain-panel.
(2) Turn the fill/drain control handle 5254MB on the potable water
service-panel to the DRAIN position. Then pull it out to the
mechanical stop.
(3) Turn the fill/drain control handle 5258MB on the aft potable-water
drain-panel to the OPEN position.
(4) Turn the filling line drain-handle 5259MB on the aft potable-water
(5) Turn the drain control handle on the forward potable-water

NOTE : Water will drain from:

____
- the fill/drain port on the potable water service-panel,
- the filling-line drain port on the aft potable-water
drain-panel,
- the drain port on the forward potable-water drain-panel.
(6) When the system is drained:
CAUTION : MAKE SURE THAT THE DRAIN VALVES STAY OPEN AFTER YOU DRAIN
_______
THE SYSTEM. THIS PREVENTS DAMAGE TO THE SYSTEM IN FREEZING
CONDITIONS.
- turn the control handles on the aft and forward potable-water

drain-panels to the SHUT position,
- push the control handle 5254MB on the potable water service-panel
in and turn it to the NORMAL position.

EFF :

ALL 12-24-38

Page 209
Oct 01/05
R
MSR
(7) Disconnect the drain hoses from the drain ports.
(8) Clean and dry the panels with a clean cloth MISCELLANEOUS (Material
No. 19-003).
(9) Install the cap on the fill/drain port of the service panel.
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 12-24-38-410-051
A. Close Access
items.
(2) Close the access doors 133BL, 154AR, 164AR.
____
NOTE : In freezing conditions, when the drain valves are opened

____
manually, you cannot close the access panels.

EFF :

ALL 12-24-38

Page 210
Oct 01/05
R
MSR
USE OF MANUAL MAGNETIC FUEL QUANTITY INDICATORS - DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION
___________________________________________________________________________
1. General
_______
The Manual Magnetic Indicators (MMIs) can be used to find the quantity of
fuel in the tanks when the aircraft is on the ground. There are no MMIs in
the trim tank. Thus this procedure cannot be used to calculate the quantity
of fuel in the trim tank. Electrical power is not required to operate the
MMIs.
To find the quantity of fuel in the tanks it is necessary to use conversion

tables and this data:
- the MMI indications
- the specific gravity of the fuel.
For the description and operation of the MMIs refer to 28-43-00. For the use
of the MMIs refer to 12-11-28.

EFF :

ALL 12-28-00

Page 1
Jan 01/04

MSR
UNSCHEDULED SERVICING - DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION
_________________________________________________
1. General
_______
This section gives the instructions related to the servicing operations for
which no frequency is specified.

12-31-00/P. Block 001 AIRCRAFT PROTECTION
12-32-00/P. Block 001 SAMPLING FOR ANALYSIS
12-33-00/P. Block 001 PRE-CONDITIONING
12-36-00/P. Block 001 SYSTEM LINE FLUSHING

EFF :

ALL 12-30-00

Page 1
Jan 01/04

MSR
COLD WEATHER MAINTENANCE - AIRCRAFT PROTECTION - DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION
__________________________________________________________________________
1. General
_______
A. Safe operation of aircraft in cold weather conditions raises specific

problems. Aircraft downtime and delays in flight schedules caused by cold
weather problems can be minimized by a program of preventive cold weather
servicing.
B. Procedures for cold weather servicing during cold weather must be

R developed by the operator. This servicing must meet their specific
R requirements based on:
- their cold weather experience
- the available equipment and materials
- the climatic conditions existing at their bases
R C. This topic contains information to assist the operator in defining,

R developing, and implementing cold weather preventive maintenance
R procedures that will minimize aircraft downtime and improve the safe
R operating level of the aircraft in adverse climatic conditions.
These procedures are:
- 12-31-11,P. Block 201 ANTI-ICING PROTECTION
- 12-31-12,P. Block 201 ICE AND SNOW REMOVAL.
- 12-31-21,P. Block 201 AIR CONDITIONING.
- 12-31-24,P. Block 201 ELECTRICAL POWER.
- 12-31-25,P. Block 201 EQUIPMENT/FURNISHINGS.
- 12-31-27,P. Block 201 FLIGHT CONTROLS.
- 12-31-28,P. Block 201 FUEL.
- 12-31-31,P. Block 201 INDICATING/RECORDING SYSTEMS AND NAVIGATION.
- 12-31-32,P. Block 201 LANDING GEAR.
- 12-31-35,P. Block 201 DEICING/ANTI-ICING OXYGEN SYSTEM.
- 12-31-38,P. Block 201 WATER/WASTE.
- 12-31-49,P. Block 201 AUXILIARY POWER UNIT.
- 12-31-51,P. Block 201 STRUCTURE.
- 12-31-52,P. Block 201 DOORS.
- 12-31-71,P. Block 201 POWER PLANT.
D. Cold Soak Definition

The aircraft is in cold soak configuration when :
- it is parked in cold weather (Outside Air Temperature (OAT) lower than
0 deg.C (32.00 deg.F)) and
- there is no supply of power to the aircraft (no air conditioning).

EFF :

ALL 12-31-00

Page 1
Oct 01/04

MSR
2. __________________________________
De-icing and Anti-icing Guidelines
A. De-Icing and Anti-Icing Glossary
(1) De-icing is a procedure to remove frost, ice, snow and slush from the
aircraft surfaces.
R (2) De-icing fluids are normally applied heated. Typical de-icing fluids
R are:
R - Heated water,
R - Newtonian fluids (ISO or SAE or AEA Type I),
R - Mixtures of water and Type I fluid,
R - Non-Newtonian fluid (ISO or SAE or AEA Type II or Type IV),
- Mixtures of water and Type II or Type IV fluid.
R (3) Follow manufacturers guidelines to increase the temperature of

R de-icing and anti-icing fluids.
R De-icing and anti-icing fluids are not heated in tanks too many times
R or for long periods because:
R - the quantity of water in the fluids will decrease and
R - there will be a possible degradation of the fluid performance.
R For Type I fluids, water loss can cause unwanted aerodynamic effects.
R For Type II and Type IV fluids, thermal exposure and/or water loss
R can decrease fluid viscosity which causes lower holdover times.
R One or more of the conditions that follow can decrease fluid
R performance:
R - not much fluid used
R - trucks that do not operate with heating system on for extended
R periods of time,
R - high temperatures in fluid tanks,
R - high temperatures in water tanks which directly touch the fluid
R tanks (no insulation between tanks).
R (4) Anti-icing is a precautionary procedure which provides protection

R against the formation of frost or ice and snow accumulations on the
R treated surfaces of the aircraft for a limited period of time, the
R holdover time.
R (5) Anti-icing fluids are normally applied cold directly onto clean
R aircraft surfaces. Typical anti-icing fluids are:
R - Newtonian fluids (ISO or SAE or AEA type I),
R - Mixtures of water and Type I fluid,
R - Non-Newtonian fluids (ISO or SAE or AEA Type II or Type IV),
- Mixtures of water and Type II or Type IV fluid.
R (6) Non-Newtonian Fluids (Type II or Type IV) have a viscosity that

reduces with increased air flow over the fluid.

EFF :

ALL 12-31-00

Page 2
Oct 01/04

MSR
(7) Newtonian Fluids (Type I) have a low viscosity that only changes with
temperature.
(8) Holdover time is the estimated time during which anti-icing fluids
will prevent the formation of frost or ice and snow accumulations on
the protected surfaces of the aircraft. The holdover time starts at
the beginning of the anti-icing treatment.
(9) De-/Anti-icing is a combination of the de-icing and the anti-icing

procedures and is performed in one or two steps.
(10) One step De-/Anti-icing is carried out with an anti-icing fluid,

normally heated. The aircraft is de-iced and the fluid that remains
on the aircraft gives limited anti-ice protection.
(11) Two step De-icing/Anti-Icing, as inferred, comprises two completely

separate steps :
The first step is to de-ice the aircraft (remove frost, ice, slush
and snow accumulations), then to immediately follow this with an
anti-icing procedure.
B. An aircraft performance certification is based upon that aircraft having

an uncontaminated or clean structure.
(1) Ice, snow and frost or combinations of them will disturb the airflow,
affecting lift and drag. It also increases the aircraft weight.
(2) The aircraft, and especially its surfaces that provide lift and
stability, must be aerodynamically clean. If they are not, safe
operation is not possible.
(3) If the fuel temperature is below freezing point and the aircraft is
subject to precipitation, clear ice may form on the wings (wing tank
area), even if the outside temperature is as high as 15 deg.C (59.00
deg.F).
(4) An aircraft that is ready for flight must not have ice, snow, slush
or frost adhering to its critical flight surfaces (Wings, vertical
and horizontal stabilizers and rudder).
Thin hoarfrost is permitted on the upper surface of the fuselage.
NOTE : Thin hoarfrost is usually a white crystalline deposit which

____
usually develops equally on external surfaces on cold nights
without clouds; it is sufficiently thin that surface features
(lines or markings) can be seen below it.
NOTE : A frost layer less than 3 mm (1/8 in.) on the underside of the
____
wing, in the area of fuel tanks, is permitted without effect
on take off performance if it is caused by cold fuel (low fuel
temperature, OAT above freezing and high humidity).
R This note is not applicable in THS underside.

EFF :

ALL 12-31-00

Page 3
Oct 01/06

MSR
R (5) A contamination check of the aircraft must include all parts of the
R aircraft. You must do this visual inspection from a position which
R gives a clear view of all surfaces. Because collected clear ice is
R not always easily seen, we recommend that you inspect critical
R surfaces (wings, vertical and horizontal stabilizers and rudder) with
R your hands.
(6) Weather conditions determine when the aircraft de-/anti-icing must be

carried out.
(7) During checks on the ground, electrical or mechanical ice-detectors

must not replace physical checks.
(8) If the aircraft arrives at the gate with the flaps/slats in a

R position other than fully retracted, you must inspect these
R flaps/slats, and if necessary de-ice before retraction.
C. De-icing and/or Anti-icing Equipment and Materials
(1) Type I Fluids

Type I fluids are normally used for aircraft de-icing and have only a
limited effect when used for anti-icing purposes.
Type I fluids are normally used for aircraft de-icing. These fluids
contain at least 80 % by volume of either :
- Monoethylene-glycol
- Diethylene-glycol
- Monopropylene-glycol
- or a mixture of these glycols.
The other 20% comprise inhibitors to restrict corrosion and
increase the flash-point together with water and wetting agents.
These fluids show a low viscosity which only changes with
temperatures. The freezing point of a water/glycol mixture will
vary with the amount of water contained in the fluid. It must be
noted that the lowest freezing point of concentrated TYPE I fluid
will be approximately -10 deg.C (+14.00 deg.F) whereas the lowest
temperature protection will be found with a mixture of 60%/40% TYPE
I fluid to water mixture whose freezing point will be below -50
deg.C (-58.00 deg.F) Also due to the lower viscosity, it flows off
the wing more easily. Therefore a 50/50 mixture of TYPE I fluids to
water is normally used.
R (2) Type II or Type IV fluids contain at least 50% by volume of either :

- Monoethylene-glycol
- Diethylene-glycol
- Monopropylene-glycol
- or a mixture of these glycols.
The other 50% comprise :

EFF :

ALL 12-31-00

Page 4
Oct 01/04

MSR
- inhibitors to restrict corrosion and increase the flash-point
- water and wetting agents to allow the fluid to form a uniform film
over the aircraft surfaces
- thickening agents to enable the fluid to adhere to the aircraft
surfaces for longer periods. Type II or Type IV fluids have a
longer holdover time than type I fluid.
(3) Fluid dilution

Type I, Type II and Type IV fluids can be diluted with water. This
R may be done if due to weather conditions there are no requirements
R for a long conservation time or the higher freezing points are
R sufficient for the climatic conditions present.
(4) Holdover times

Holdover times are the estimated times that the applied anti-icing
fluid will prevent the formation of frost, ice and the accumulation
of snow on the protected surfaces of an aircraft. When applying the
first step de/anti-icing process, the holdover time is from the start
of the de/anti-icing application and when applying the second step
de/anti-icing process, the holdover time is from the start of the
anti-icing application.
The holdover times given are for general information only. The
R indicated time of protection may be shortened:
- in severe weather
- in high winds and jet blasts
- by the age and condition of the fluid
- by the method of application
(5) The anti-icing code

It is important that the flight crew get clear and precise
information from persons who have carried out any de-/anti-icing
procedures. In order to improve the quality of communication between
the de-/anti-icing team and the flight crew, it is recommended that
an anti-icing code be used. This will enable the flight crew to
assess the Holdover Time. This code must contain the following
information :
- Type of Fluid
- Percentage of fluid to water (for type II and Type IV fluids only)
- Time de-/anti-icing application began (preferably local time)
R - Complete name of the anti-icing fluid (so called brand-name) for
R Type II and Type IV fluids only (optional).
NOTE : The time referred to in the anti-icing codes must be the

____
starting time of the anti-icing procedure.
Two examples of anti-icing codes are given below :

EFF :

ALL 12-31-00

Page 5
Oct 01/04

MSR
R AEA Type II/ 75/ 16.43 local XXXXX
R ----------- --- ----------- -----
R | | | |
R | | | |
R | | | |
R | | | |__ Complete name of fluid
| | |
R | | |__________ Local Time of start of the application
| |
R | |____________________ % of fluid/water by vol: 75% fluid/25% water
|
Type of fluid used
ISO Type I/ 06.30 UTC

---------- ---------
| |
| |
| - Universal coordinated Time of start of the application
|
------ Type of fluid used
(6) Equipment
(a) Mobile equipment

Truck mounted de-icing/anti-icing equipment must ideally be
compatible for the application of Type I, Type II and Type IV
fluids. Therefore the pump must be of the cavity or diaphragm
type. Older types of centrifugal pumps cause degradation of
fluids and their viscosity is reduced.
(b) Static facilities

R Purpose-built de-icing/anti-icing facilities, available at some
R airports, consist of spray nozzles mounted on a gantry. The
gantry moves at a predetermined speed over the aircraft or the
aircraft moves under the gantry. The rate of fluid application
can be computer-controlled, giving consistent and fast fluid
application.
(c) Protective clothing

The usual precautions generally taken with chemicals must be
R applied when using de-icing/anti-icing fluids. This includes
R wearing protective clothing, protective glasses and the
application of suitable skin ointment on exposed skin.

EFF :

ALL 12-31-00

Page 6
Oct 01/04

MSR
ANTI-ICING PROTECTION - MAINTENANCE PRACTICES
_____________________________________________
TASK 12-31-11-660-801
Anti-Icing Protection
CAUTION : DO NOT APPLY ANTI-ICING/DE-ICING FLUID IN:

_______
- THE AIR INTAKES AND EXHAUST OF THE ENGINES OR APU
- THE AIR OUTLET OF THE OUTFLOW VALVES
- ALL OTHER AIR INTAKES OR OUTLETS.
CAUTION : BEFORE YOU DO THE ANTI-ICING/DE-ICING PROCEDURE, ALWAYS PUT

_______
PROTECTION (SHEET MATERIAL) ON THE BRAKE UNITS.
ANTI-ICING/DE-ICING FLUID CAN CAUSE CORROSION.
CAUTION : DO NOT POINT HIGH-PRESSURE JETS:

_______
- AT EQUIPMENT SUCH AS GEAR BOX SEALS, STEADY BEARINGS, ROTARY
ACTUATORS AND UNIVERSAL JOINTS,
- AT ELECTRICAL COMPONENTS SUCH AS HARNESSES, PROXIMITY SENSORS AND
CONNECTORS.
THE IMPACT PRESSURE OF THE JETS MUST NOT BE MORE THAN 5 PSI (0.35
BAR). FOR FAIRINGS, THE IMPACT PRESSURE OF THE JETS MUST NOT BE MORE
THAN 1.5 PSI (0.1 BAR).
HIGH PRESSURE JETS CAN PUSH LIQUIDS INTO BEARINGS, JOINTS, BRAKES,
ELECTRICAL CONNECTORS AND OTHER SEALED COMPONENTS. LIQUIDS THAT GET
INTO THESE AREAS CAN CAUSE CORROSION, FREEZE DURING AIRCRAFT FLIGHT,
REMOVE NECESSARY LUBRICANTS OR START INCORRECT ELECTRICAL FUNCTIONS.
CAUTION : DO NOT USE JET EXHAUST TO REMOVE SNOW OR ICE FROM THE AIRFRAME.
_______
THE HIGH PRESSURE AND HIGH TEMPERATURE OF JET EXHAUST CAN CAUSE
DAMAGE TO THE AIRCRAFT.
_______
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
R
The procedures prevent the formation of ice in some areas (wings, vertical
and horizontal stabilizers, rudder) and make the removal of snow from the
aircraft easier.
R NOTE : All the data related to the fluids must be taken from the
____
R manufacturers recommendations for application and holdover times
R (supplied with the fluid). The Ice Protection Procedures and all the
R data related to anti/de-icing fluids are given in the Association of

EFF :

ALL 12-31-11

Page 201
Jan 01/08

MSR
R European Airlines (AEA) recommendations available on the website
R www.aea.be:
R - Recommendations for De-Icing/Anti-Icing of Aircraft on the Ground
R - Training recommendations and Background Information for
R De-Icing/Anti-Icing of Aircraft on the Ground.
R NOTE : The operators must use the procedures applicable to their special
____
R operating procedures and requirements.
R NOTE : The data given in this procedure are guidelines only.

____
R The user can use these guidelines and his experience and knowledge of
R the local weather conditions to help him make the decision.
R It is the responsibility of the user to make the decision about the
R applicable methods of protection.
R The protection time will be shorter in very bad weather conditions.
R High wind speeds and jet blast can cause damage to the protective
R film. If these conditions occur, the protection time will be much
R shorter.
R The protection time can also be much shorter if the wind temperature
R is lower than the OAT.
R Because conditions are not always the same, a pre-take-off inspection
R is necessary when you use the times given in the tables.
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific 1 DE-ICING/ANTI-ICING EQUIPMENT - 17 M (55 FT) SPRAYING
HEIGHT
R
R B. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

External Power A
External Power A

EFF :

ALL 12-31-11

Page 202
Jan 01/08

MSR
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 12-31-11-660-051
R A. Recommendations
(1) An aircraft that is prepared for flight must not have ice, snow,
slush or frost on its critical flight surfaces (wings, vertical and
horizontal stabilizers, rudder).
(2) A contamination check of the aircraft must include all parts of the
aircraft. You must do this visual inspection from a position which
gives a clear view of all surfaces. Because you cannot always easily
see collected transparent ice, we recommend that you do an inspection
of critical surfaces (wings, vertical and horizontal stabilizers,
rudder) with your hands.
(3) Do the aircraft anti-icing/de-icing if weather conditions make it

necessary.
(4) When you do a check on the ground, electrical or mechanical

ice-detectors must not replace manual checks.
(5) If the aircraft comes to the gate with the flaps/slats in a position
other than fully retracted:
- you must do an inspection of these flaps/slats,
- you must de-ice before retraction, if necessary.
(6) Application limits:

Do not apply a new layer of anti-icing fluid directly on a layer
applied before.
If you must apply new anti-icing protection before the subsequent
flight, you must:
- first, do the de-icing of the aircraft with a hot fluid solution,
- then, apply the anti-icing protection on the clean aircraft.
Subtask 12-31-11-555-050
(1) Install the aircraft protection equipment (Ref. TASK 10-11-00-555-

814).
(2) Make sure that the APU bleed and the aircraft engine bleeds are
stopped.

EFF :

ALL 12-31-11

Page 203
Jan 01/08

MSR
(Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-801).
(4) Make sure that the flaps, the slats, the spoilers, the speed brakes
and the thrust reversers are retracted.
(5) On the center pedestal, set the pitch-trim control wheel to two
degrees NOSE DN.
This will drain and prevent accumulation of fluid in the THS.

- Make sure that the EXTRACT pushbutton switch is pushed (FAULT and
OVRD legend off).

- Release the APU BLEED pushbutton switch (the ON legend goes off).
- Release the ENG BLEED 1, ENG BLEED 2, ENG BLEED 3 and ENG BLEED 4
pushbutton switches (the OFF legends come on).
- Lift the guard of the DITCHING pushbutton switch and push the
pushbutton switch.
(8) Put a warning notice to tell persons to remove snow from their shoes
and clothes before they go into the aircraft. This is very important
in the cargo compartments. If there is ice or snow on the latches,
this can cause defective operation of the cargo loading system.
Subtask 12-31-11-210-050
C. Visual Inspection
(1) Make sure that the two sliding windows are closed.
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 12-31-11-941-050
A. Put the DE-ICING/ANTI-ICING EQUIPMENT - 17 M (55 FT) SPRAYING HEIGHT in

position.
NOTE : To use the mobile equipment on the ramp, it has a storage tank for
____
the anti-icing/de-icing fluid. Do not mix other fluids with the
anti-icing/de-icing fluid. Use the fluid at the recommended
concentration for the temperature to get a correct protection.

EFF :

ALL 12-31-11

Page 204
Jan 01/08
R
MSR
Subtask 12-31-11-660-050
B. Aircraft Anti-Icing
R CAUTION : DO NOT APPLY ANTI-ICING/DE-ICING FLUID ON THE COCKPIT OR CABIN

_______
R WINDOWS. IT CAN CAUSE CRACKS ON THE WINDOW. THE FLUID CAN ALSO
R GO INTO THE WINDOW SEAL. YOU MUST CLOSE ALL DOORS AND WINDOWS
R TO PREVENT:
R - CONTAMINATION OF GALLEY FLOOR AREAS WITH FLUID,
R - CONTAMINATION OF UPHOLSTERY.
R (1) Apply the anti-icing fluid to all the external surfaces of the
R aircraft with DE-ICING/ANTI-ICING EQUIPMENT - 17 M (55 FT) SPRAYING
R HEIGHT.
R You must always point the spray from the front to the rear of the
R aircraft.
Do not apply fluid directly on:
- the APU air intake,
- the engine air intake and the exhaust,
- the underfloor extract and the overboard extract valves,
- the air intakes and the outlets,
- the landing gear doors,
- the pitot probes,
- the static probes,
- the AOA sensors.
R (2) Do not put too much anti-icing fluid in the rudder, elevator and
R aileron servo-control areas. Use sufficient fluid to remove the ice
R and the snow.
NOTE : In the THS apron

____ area, it is important to point the spray from
R If you point the spray in the other direction (rear to front),
R anti-icing fluid can go into the rear fuselage non-pressurized
R compartment.
R (3) To prevent the flow of fluid on the cockpit windows, remove the
R remaining anti-icing fluid from the forward areas. You can clean the
R surface with clear water and a soft cloth.
R (4) If you find anti-icing fluid on the cockpit or cabin windows, clean
R the window with clear water and a soft cloth.
NOTE : Do not use the wipers to clean the fluid on the windows.
____
R NOTE : Be careful to remove all fluid from the windshield, specially

____
R in the wiper area.

EFF :

ALL 12-31-11

Page 205
Jan 01/08

MSR
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 12-31-11-554-050
A. Removal of the Protections
(1) Remove the protections and clean them with water to remove the
R remaining anti-icing fluid.
Subtask 12-31-11-942-050

(Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-801).
(2) Remove the mobile equipment.
items.

EFF :

ALL 12-31-11

Page 206
Jan 01/08

MSR
ICE AND SNOW REMOVAL - MAINTENANCE PRACTICES
____________________________________________
TASK 12-31-12-660-801
De-icing of the Aircraft Parked in an Open Area (Engines Stopped)
R CAUTION : DO NOT TRY TO OPERATE ANY OF THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES IF THERE IS
_______
R ICE ON THEM. IF YOU DO, YOU CAN CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE SYSTEM.
R SMALL SURFACE MOVEMENT IS PERMITTED AT HYDRAULIC POWER-UP OF
R AIRCRAFT.

_______
CAUTION : BEFORE YOU DO THE ANTI-ICING/DE-ICING PROCEDURE, ALWAYS PUT

_______
PROTECTION (SHEET MATERIAL) ON THE BRAKE UNITS.
ANTI-ICING/DE-ICING FLUID CAN CAUSE CORROSION.

_______
CONNECTORS.
_______
_______

EFF :

ALL 12-31-12

Page 201
Jul 01/08

MSR
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
This procedure gives guidelines for protection against the formation of

frost or ice and snow accumulation.
NOTE : All the data related to the fluids must be taken from the
____
manufacturers recommendations for application and holdover times
(supplied with the fluid). The Ice Protection Procedures and all the
data related to anti/de-icing fluids are given in the Association of
European Airlines (AEA) recommendations available on the website
www.aea.be:
- Recommendations for De-Icing/Anti-Icing of Aircraft on the Ground
- Training recommendations and Background Information for
De-Icing/Anti-Icing of Aircraft on the Ground.
NOTE : The operators must use the procedures applicable to their special
____
operating procedures and requirements.
NOTE : The data given in this procedure are guidelines only.

____
The user can use these guidelines and his experience and knowledge of
the local weather conditions to help him make the decision.
It is the responsibility of the user to make the decision about the
applicable methods of protection.
The protection time will be shorter in very bad weather conditions.
High wind speeds and jet blast can cause damage to the protective
film. If these conditions occur, the protection time will be much
shorter.
The protection time can also be much shorter if the wind temperature
is lower than the OAT.
Because conditions are not always the same, a pre-take-off inspection
is necessary when you use the times given in the tables.
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No specific broom
No specific soft brush
R No specific 1 DE-ICING/ANTI-ICING EQUIPMENT - 17 M (55 FT) SPRAYING

EFF :

ALL 12-31-12

Page 202
Jul 01/08

MSR
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

External Power A
External Power A
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 12-31-12-941-050
R (1) Put a warning notice in position to tell persons to remove the snow
R from their shoes before they go into the aircraft. This is very
important specially in the cargo compartment, because the snow can
damage the cargo loading system.
Subtask 12-31-12-869-050
CAUTION : BEFORE YOU PUSH THE DITCHING PUSHBUTTON SWITCH, MAKE SURE THAT
_______
THERE IS NO SUPPLY OF AIR TO THE AIRCRAFT THROUGH THE LOW
PRESSURE CONNECTION. IF THERE IS A SUPPLY OF AIR, YOU CAN CAUSE
UNWANTED PRESSURIZATION OF THE AIRCRAFT.

(Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-801).
(2) Make sure that the APU bleed and aircraft engine are stopped.
degrees NOSE DN.

OVRD legend off).

EFF :

ALL 12-31-12

Page 203
Jul 01/08

MSR
- Release the APU BLEED pushbutton switch (the ON legend goes off).
- release the ENG BLEED 1, ENG BLEED 2 pushbutton switches (the OFF
legend comes on).
- Lift the guard of the DITCHING pushbutton switch and push the
pushbutton switch (the ON legend comes on).
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 12-31-12-660-050
A. Remove the snow.
(1) If the layer of snow is too thick, remove most of the snow with a
broom.
Use a broom with soft bristles so that you do not damage the aircraft
skin.
R (2) Put the DE-ICING/ANTI-ICING EQUIPMENT - 17 M (55 FT) SPRAYING in

position.
NOTE : To use the mobile equipment on the ramp, it has a storage tank
____
for the anti-icing fluid.
Do not mix other fluids with the anti-icing fluid.
Use it at the ambient temperature.
(3) Prepare the de-icing compound. For this, obey the instructions of the
supplier. Do not mix the de-icing compound with other fluids and use
it at ambient temperature.
(4) Apply the de-icing fluid to all the external surfaces of the aircraft
R with DE-ICING/ANTI-ICING EQUIPMENT - 17 M (55 FT) SPRAYING.
CAUTION : DO NOT APPLY ANTI-ICING/DE-ICING FLUID ON THE COCKPIT OR

_______
CABIN WINDOWS. IT CAN CAUSE CRACKS ON THE WINDOW. THE FLUID
CAN ALSO GO INTO THE WINDOW SEAL. YOU MUST CLOSE ALL DOORS
AND WINDOWS TO PREVENT:
- CONTAMINATION OF GALLEY FLOOR AREAS WITH FLUID,
- CONTAMINATION OF UPHOLSTERY.
You must always point the spray from the front to the rear of the
aircraft.
- the APU air intake and the exhaust nozzles,
- the air-conditioning pack inlets,
- the engine cowls, air intake and exhaust nozzle,

EFF :

ALL 12-31-12

Page 204
Jul 01/08

MSR
- the forward outflow valve 313HL,
- the aft outflow valve 315HL,
- the avionics-ventilation underfloor extract valve 12HQ,
- the avionics-ventilation overboard extract valve 13HQ,
- the landing gear doors and fairings,
- the brake system and wheels of the landing gear,
- the battery venturi,
- the pitot probes,
- the temperature sensors,
- the ice detection probes,
- the AOA sensors.
(5) Do not put too much de-icing fluid in the rudder, elevator and
aileron servo-control areas. Use sufficient fluid to remove the ice
and the snow.
NOTE : In the THS apron area, it is important to point the spray from
____
de-icing fluid can go into the rear fuselage non-pressurized
compartment.
(6) Remove the snow with a soft brush from:

R - the engine cowls, air intake and exhaust nozzle,
R - the APU air intake and the exhaust nozzles,
R - the landing gear doors and fairings,
- the outlets of the outflow and extract valves,
R - the landing-gear braking system and the wheels of the landing gear,
- the inlets and outlets of the air-conditioning system.
R (7) Make sure that after you complete the de-icing procedure, there is no
R more ice, frost or snow in these areas:
R - the APU air intake and the exhaust nozzles,
R - the air-conditioning pack inlets,
R - the engine cowls, air intake and exhaust nozzle (This includes the
R rear side of the engine fan blades),
R - the forward outflow valve 313HL,
R - the aft outflow valve 315HL,
R - the avionics-ventilation underfloor extract valve 12HQ,
R - the avionics-ventilation overboard extract valve 13HQ,
R - the landing gear doors and fairings,
R - the brake system and wheels of the landing gear,
R - the battery venturi,
R - the pitot probes,
R - the temperature sensors,
R - the ice detection probes,

R

EFF :

ALL 12-31-12

Page 205
Jan 01/08

MSR
R - the static probes,
R - the AOA sensors.
(8) Landing gear
CAUTION : REMOVE ICE AND SNOW TO PREVENT INGRESS OF CONTAMINANTS INTO

_______
BRAKES AND WHEELS. PUT COVERS ON TO PREVENT FURTHER INGRESS
OF CONTAMINANTS.
Remove collected ice or snow on the landing gear with a reg or a soft
brush.
Subtask 12-31-12-640-050
B. Lubrication
(1) If the control handle of the cargo compartment doors stays blocked,
lubricate the handle and the latch with OILS (Material No. 03-001)
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 12-31-12-942-050
(1) On the panel 25 VU, release the DITCHING pushbutton switch (the ON
legend is off).
(2) Visually make sure that the outflow valves 313HL and 315HL are in the
OPEN position before:
- you supply air to the aircraft,
- you start the air conditioning packs.

(Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-801).

EFF :

ALL 12-31-12

Page 206
Jan 01/08

MSR
TASK 12-31-12-660-802
De-icing of the Aircraft Parked in an Open Area (Engines Running)
R CAUTION : DO NOT TRY TO OPERATE ANY OF THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES IF THERE IS
_______
R ICE ON THEM. IF YOU DO, YOU CAN CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE SYSTEM.
R AIRCRAFT.
WARNING : WEAR A SAFETY HARNESS WHEN YOU DE-ICE THE FORWARD FUSELAGE WITH THE
_______
ENGINES AT IDLE. THE SUCTION AND EXHAUST OF THE ENGINES CAN BE
DANGEROUS.

_______

_______
CONNECTORS.
_______
_______

EFF :

ALL 12-31-12

Page 207
Jul 01/08

MSR
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
This procedure gives guidelines for protection against the formation of

frost or ice and snow accumulation.
NOTE : All the data related to the fluids must be taken from the
____
manufacturers recommendations for application and holdover times
(supplied with the fluid). The Ice Protection Procedures and all the
data related to anti/de-icing fluids are given in the Association of
European Airlines (AEA) recommendations available on the website
www.aea.be:
- Recommendations for De-Icing/Anti-Icing of Aircraft on the Ground
- Training recommendations and Background Information for
De-Icing/Anti-Icing of Aircraft on the Ground.
NOTE : The operators must use the procedures applicable to their special
____
operating procedures and requirements.
NOTE : The data given in this procedure are guidelines only.

____
The user can use these guidelines and his experience and knowledge of
the local weather conditions to help him make the decision.
It is the responsibility of the user to make the decision about the
applicable methods of protection.
The protection time will be shorter in very bad weather conditions.
High wind speeds and jet blast can cause damage to the protective
film. If these conditions occur, the protection time will be much
shorter.
The protection time can also be much shorter if the wind temperature
is lower than the OAT.
Because conditions are not always the same, a pre-take-off inspection
is necessary when you use the times given in the tables.
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

R No specific 1 DE-ICING/ANTI-ICING EQUIPMENT - 17 M (55 FT) SPRAYING

EFF :

ALL 12-31-12

Page 208
Jul 01/08

MSR
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 12-31-12-941-051
R (1) Put a warning notice in position to tell persons to remove the snow
R from their shoes before they go into the aircraft. This is very
important specially in the cargo compartment, because the snow can
damage the cargo loading system.
Subtask 12-31-12-860-051
(1) Make sure that the engine throttle control-levers are at IDLE
position.
degrees NOSE DN.
(3) On the panel 117VU.

- Make sure that the PARKING BRAKE selector switch is set to ON.

OVRD legends OFF).

- release the APU BLEED pushbutton switch (the ON legend goes off)
- release the ENG BLEED 1 and ENG BLEED 2 pushbutton switches (the
OFF legends come on)
- release the PACK 1 and PACK 2 pushbutton switches (the OFF legends
come on).
- lift the guard of the DITCHING pushbutton switch and push the
pushbutton switch (the ON legend comes on).
(6) Make sure that the landing gear doors, the passenger/crew doors, the
cargo compartment doors and the sliding windows are closed.
(7) Make sure that the ground support and maintenance equipment are
removed.

EFF :

ALL 12-31-12

Page 209
Jul 01/08

MSR
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 12-31-12-660-051
A. De-icing of the Aircraft
(1) Prepare the de-icing compound. For this, obey the instructions of the
supplier. Do not mix the de-icing compound with the other fluids and
use it at the ambient temperature.
(2) Apply the de-icing fluid to all the external surfaces of the aircraft
R with DE-ICING/ANTI-ICING EQUIPMENT - 17 M (55 FT) SPRAYING.
CAUTION : DO NOT APPLY ANTI-ICING/DE-ICING FLUID ON THE COCKPIT OR

_______
CABIN WINDOWS. IT CAN CAUSE CRACKS ON THE WINDOW. THE FLUID
CAN ALSO GO INTO THE WINDOW SEAL. YOU MUST CLOSE ALL DOORS
AND WINDOWS TO PREVENT:
- CONTAMINATION OF GALLEY FLOOR AREAS WITH FLUID,
- CONTAMINATION OF UPHOLSTERY.
You must always point the spray from the front to the rear of the
aircraft.
- the APU air intake and the exhaust nozzles,
- the air-conditioning pack inlets,
- the engine cowls, air intake and exhaust nozzles,
- the avionics-ventilation underfloor extract valve 12HQ,
- the avionics-ventilation overboard extract valve 13HQ,
- the landing gear doors and fairings,
- the brake system and the wheels of the landing gear,
- the pitot probes,
- the temperature sensors,
- the ice detection probes,
- the AOA sensors.
NOTE : In the THS apron area, it is important to point the spray from
____
de-icing fluid can go into the rear fuselage non-pressurized
compartment.

EFF :

ALL 12-31-12

Page 210
Jul 01/08

MSR
Subtask 12-31-12-210-050
B. Visual Inspection
(1) Make sure that after you complete the de-icing procedure, there is no
more snow or ice in these areas:
R
- the APU air intake and exhaust nozzle,
- the flight control surfaces: slats, flaps, ailerons, spoilers,
elevator, rudder,
- the avionics-ventilation underfloor extract-valve 12HQ,
- the avionics-ventilation overboard extract-valve 13HQ,
- the pitot probes,
- the static ports,
- the temperature sensors.
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 12-31-12-860-052

- release the DITCHING pushbutton switch (the ON legend is off).
NOTE : Visually make sure that the outflow valves 313HL and 315HL are
____
in the OPEN position before you supply air to the aircraft.
- push the PACK 1 and PACK 2 pushbutton switches (the OFF
legends go off).
- push the ENG BLEED 1 and ENG BLEED 2 pushbutton switches
(the OFF legends go off)
Subtask 12-31-12-942-051

EFF :

ALL 12-31-12

Page 211
Jan 01/08

MSR
TASK 12-31-12-660-803
De-icing of the Aircraft after Landing with Snow on the Runways
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
R
R This procedure gives guidelines to remove the snow and ice from some areas
R of the aircraft.
R NOTE : All the data related to the fluids must be taken from the
____
R manufacturers recommendations for application and holdover times
R (supplied with the fluid). The Ice Protection Procedures and all the
R data related to anti/de-icing fluids are given in the Association of
R European Airlines (AEA) recommendations available on the website
R www.aea.be:
R - Recommendations for De-Icing/Anti-Icing of Aircraft on the Ground
R - Training recommendations and Background Information for
R De-Icing/Anti-Icing of Aircraft on the Ground.
R NOTE : The operators must use the procedures applicable to their special
____
R operating procedures and requirements.
R NOTE : The data given in this procedure are guidelines only.

____
R The user can use these guidelines and his experience and knowledge of
R the local weather conditions to help him make the decision.
R The user must make the decision about the applicable protection
R procedure.
R The protection time will be shorter in very bad weather conditions.
R High wind speeds and jet blast can cause damage to the protective
R film. If these conditions occur, the protection time will be much
R shorter.
R The protection time can also be much shorter if the wind temperature
R is lower than the OAT.
R Because conditions are not always the same, a pre-take-off inspection
R is necessary when you use the times given in the tables.

EFF :

ALL 12-31-12

Page 212
Jan 01/08

MSR
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Gears
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 12-31-12-491-050
(1) Install the safety devices on the landing gear (Ref. TASK 32-00-00-
481-801).
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 12-31-12-660-054
A. Removal of the Snow and Ice from the Aircraft
(1) Remove all signs of snow and ice from:

- the wing leading edges,
- the flap and slat mechanisms,
- the flap and slat tracks,
- the landing gear (wheels and brake system),
- the engine air intakes,
- the engine fan blades (this includes the rear side of the engine
fan blades).

EFF :

ALL 12-31-12

Page 213
Jan 01/08

MSR
Subtask 12-31-12-860-053
B. If you think that snow will fall, put the aircraft in this configuration.
R (1) Install the aircraft protection equipment (Ref. TASK 10-11-00-555-

R 814).
(2) Make sure that you close all:

- access doors and panels,
- landing gear doors,
- passenger doors and exits,
- cargo compartment doors,
- sliding windows.
(3) Make sure that:

- the flaps, slats, spoilers, airbrakes and thrust reverser doors are
retracted
- the trimmable horizontal stabilizer is in the neutral position.
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 12-31-12-942-052

EFF :

ALL 12-31-12

Page 214
Jan 01/08

MSR
TASK 12-31-12-660-804
De-icing of the Aircraft by InfraRed Facilities
CAUTION : DO NOT TRY TO OPERATE ANY OF THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES IF THERE IS
_______
ICE ON THEM. IF YOU DO, YOU CAN CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE SYSTEM.
R AIRCRAFT.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
To provide de-icing procedure of the aircraft by infrared facilities.

To prepare the aircraft in icing weather conditions before flight.
2. ______________________
Not Applicable
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 12-31-12-660-057
R A. General Facility Specification

The facilities used are identified and proven InfraTek Radiant infrared
de-icing facilities or in accordance with the same Design and
Certification processes.
R FAA AC No. 150/5300-14 gives specification and guidance for aircraft
R de-icing facility. Always use the latest issue. If the AC is superseded
by inclusion into an FAA document or manual, use the latest issue of the
document.
4. Procedure
_________
CAUTION : DURING THE INFRARED DE-ICING PROCEDURE, MAKE SURE THAT THE
_______
TEMPERATURE OF THE AIRCRAFT SKIN DOES NOT INCREASE TO MORE THAN
+70 DEG.C (158.0 DEG.F).
Subtask 12-31-12-660-058
A. Procedures for the Use of the Facility

R The procedures are given by the InfraRed De-Icing Facility (IRDF). They
R must be in accordance with the latest issue of the FAA regulations and
SAE Standard Practice documents (See SAE ARP4737. Always use the latest
issue).

EFF :

ALL 12-31-12

Page 215
Jul 01/08

MSR
R 5. Close-up
________
R Subtask 12-31-12-942-053
R A. Aircraft De-icing Confirmation

R At the end of the infrared de-icing procedure, the airline inspector and
R the flight crew must make sure that the aircraft de-icing is completed.

EFF :

ALL 12-31-12

Page 216
Jan 01/08

MSR
COLD WEATHER MAINTENANCE - AIR CONDITIONING - MAINTENANCE PRACTICES
___________________________________________________________________
TASK 12-31-21-660-801
Cold Weather Maintenance Practices for the Air Conditioning
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
This procedure gives the cold weather maintenance practices for the air
conditioning.
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
12-31-31-660-801 Cold Weather Maintenance Practices for

Indicating/Recording and Navigation Systems
12-31-49-660-801 Cold Weather Maintenance Practices for the Auxiliary
Power Unit
Connection
12-33-21-618-801 Pre-conditioning through the High-Pressure Ground
Connection
12-33-21-618-801 Pre-conditioning with the APU
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 12-31-21-660-050
A. General
(1) To know if ground conditioning is necessary, refer to tables 1 and 2

in the cold weather practices for the water/waste system (Ref. TASK
12-31-38-660-801).

EFF :

ALL 12-31-21

Page 201
Jan 01/04

MSR
(2) Avionics Bay Temperature
CAUTION : DO NOT ENERGIZE THE AIRCRAFT ELECTRICAL NETWORK IF:

_______
- THE TEMPERATURE IN THE AVIONICS COMPARTMENT IS EQUAL TO
OR LESS THAN -40⁰C (-40.00⁰F), AND
- THE CIRCUIT BREAKERS FOR THE COMPUTERS IN THE AVIONICS
COMPARTMENT ARE CLOSED.
BEFORE YOU ENERGIZE THE ELECTRICAL CIRCUITS IN THESE
TEMPERATURES, YOU MUST OPEN THE CIRCUIT BREAKERS. IF THE
CIRCUIT BREAKERS STAY CLOSED, PERMANENT DAMAGE CAN OCCUR TO
THE COMPUTERS.
NOTE : The temperature factor for operation of those computers

____
located in the aircraft avionics bay is the avionics bay
temperature.
You must measure the temperature in the avionics bay with a
suitable temperature measuring device.
(3) If the temperature in the aircraft avionics bay is between -40 deg.C
(-40.00 deg.F) and -15 deg.C (+5.00 deg.F):
- do not energize the aircraft electrical circuits before the related
computer systems circuit breakers are opened.
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 12-31-21-660-051
A. Pre-conditioning Recommendations
(1) If the avionics bay temperature is equal to or less than -40 deg.C (-
40.00 deg.F) you must do the pre-conditioning through the LP ground
connector (Ref. TASK 12-33-21-618-801).
(2) If the avionics bay temperature is between -15 deg.C (+5.00 deg.F)
and -40 deg.C (-40.00 deg.F) you must do the pre-conditioning
through:
(a) The LP ground connector (Ref. TASK 12-33-21-618-801) or,
(b) The HP ground connector (Ref. TASK 12-33-21-618-801).
NOTE : When you do the pre-conditioning through the HP ground

____
connector:
- it is possible to operate the avionics bay computers in
this temperature range but incorrect operation of the
computers can occur (Ref. TASK 12-31-31-660-801).
- this may cause the pre-conditioning to stop.

EFF :

ALL 12-31-21

Page 202
Jan 01/04

MSR
- this can be because of the temperature conditions and
not necessarily through a technical malfunction.
(3) If the avionics bay temperature is above -15 deg.C (+5.00 deg.F) you
must do the pre-conditioning:
(a) Through the LP ground connector (Ref. TASK 12-33-21-618-801) or,
(b) Through the HP ground connector (Ref. TASK 12-33-21-618-801) or
(c) With the APU (Ref. TASK 12-33-21-618-801) and (Ref. TASK 12-31-
49-660-801).
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 12-31-21-941-050
A. Not applicable.

EFF :

ALL 12-31-21

Page 203
Jan 01/04

MSR
COLD WEATHER MAINTENANCE - ELECTRICAL POWER - MAINTENANCE PRACTICES
___________________________________________________________________
TASK 12-31-24-660-801
Cold Weather Maintenances for Electrical Power
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
R This procedure gives the cold weather maintenances practices for the
R batteries when the aircraft is in cold soak configuration.
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
24-38-51-000-801 Removal of the Battery (2PB1, 2PB2)

24-38-52-000-801 Removal of the Battery 3 (2PB3)
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 12-31-24-941-050
R A. Not applicable.
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 12-31-24-660-050
A. General
In very low temperatures, the chemical reaction of the electrolyte is
slower and the performance of the batteries decreases :
- the quantity of high current the batteries can supply decreases,
- the time necessary to charge the batteries increases.
This procedure gives you instructions that keep the batteries
serviceable.
NOTE : The values specified in this procedure are only applicable if the
____
aircraft doors stay closed during the cold soak.

EFF :

ALL 12-31-24

Page 201
Oct 01/06

MSR
Subtask 12-31-24-660-051
B. Battery Cold Weather Maintenance Practices
(1) The batteries can stay on the aircraft during the cold soak if :
- the OAT stays higher than -15 deg.C (+5.00 deg.F),
- the OAT is approximately -15 deg.C (+5.00 deg.F) for not more than
12 hours,
- the OAT is between -15 deg.C (+5.00 deg.F) and -30 deg.C (-22.00
deg.F) for not more than 6 hours. However, you must remove the
battery if the temperature has been below -15 deg.C (+5.00 deg.F)
for more than 12 hours.
(2) You must remove the batteries (2PB1, 2PB2 and 2PB3) if the OAT is
lower than -30 deg.C (-22.00 deg.F) during the cold soak (Ref. TASK
24-38-51-000-801) (Ref. TASK 24-38-52-000-801).
NOTE : We recommend that you use a ground power unit to start the APU
____
if the OAT was lower than -15 deg.C (+5.00 deg.F) during the
cold soak.

EFF :

ALL 12-31-24

Page 202
Jan 01/04

MSR
COLD WEATHER MAINTENANCE - EQUIPMENT/FURNISHINGS - MAINTENANCE PRACTICES
________________________________________________________________________
TASK 12-31-25-660-801
Cold Weather Maintenance Practices for Equipment/Furnishings
WARNING : DO NOT OPEN OR GO NEAR PRESSURE-SEALED DOORS WHEN THE AIRCRAFT IS

_______
PRESSURIZED. A PRESSURE-SEALED DOOR THAT OPENS WHEN THE AIRCRAFT IS
PRESSURIZED:
- WILL CAUSE EXPLOSIVE DECOMPRESSION.
- CAN KILL OR CAUSE INJURY TO PERSONS AND/OR CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE
AIRCRAFT/EQUIPMENT.
CAUTION : BEFORE YOU SUPPLY AIR FROM AN EXTERNAL SOURCE OF THE APU, MAKE
_______
CERTAIN THAT :
-AT LEAST ONE COCKPIT WINDOW OR CABIN DOOR IS OPEN AND THAT IT
REMAINS OPEN DURING SERVICING.
-IF THE AIRCRAFT IS PARKED OUTSIDE AND IS NOT PROTECTED FROM THE RAIN
ONE MAINTENANCE DOOR OR AVIONICS COMPARTMENT ACCESS DOOR IS OPEN AND
THAT IT REMAINS OPEN DURING SERVICING.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
These procedures give the cold weather maintenance practices for the
equipment/furnishings.
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Material No. 15-005A AIB TN 10138 TYPE I GRADE 2

CORROSION PREVENTIVE TEMPORARY PROTECTIVE COMPOUND
(Ref. 20-31-00)

EFF :

ALL 12-31-25

Page 201
Jan 01/04

MSR
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

53-00-00-000-802 Removal of the Floor Panels in the FWD
Cargo-Compartment
53-00-00-000-803 Removal of the Floor Panels in the AFT
Cargo-Compartment
53-00-00-400-802 Installation of the Floor Panels in the Forward
Cargo-Compartment
53-00-00-400-803 Installation of the Floor Panels in the Aft
Cargo-Compartment
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 12-31-25-941-050
A. Not applicable.
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 12-31-25-660-050
A. Cargo Compartment - Door Sill Latch
(1) Remove floor covering (Ref. TASK 53-00-00-000-802) (Ref. TASK 53-00-
00-000-803).
(2) Make sure that area is clean and clear.
R (3) Apply STORAGE PRESERVATION (Material No. 15-005A) to the mating

R surface of the latching hooks and the related latch fittings that
R have no other surface protection.
(4) Install floor covering (Ref. TASK 53-00-00-400-802) (Ref. TASK 53-00-
00-400-803).

EFF :

ALL 12-31-25

Page 202
Jan 01/08

MSR
Subtask 12-31-25-660-051
B. Cabin Escape Facilities
(1) Girt Bar
(a) If the aircraft is parked and not heated:

- Make sure that all snow and/or slush is removed from the door
exit area, before you close the doors of the aircraft.
(b) Clean dirt from the floor fittings and the sliders. Do a check
every 350 flight hours or more frequently as necessary.
(2) Do not apply grease to the cleaned area.
Subtask 12-31-25-660-052
C. Escape slides
(1) If the aircraft is exposed to temperature changes (from cold to

warm), the pressure gages of the escape slides can give NO GO
indication for a short time because the green temperature compensator
cursor in the gage reacts to temperature changes faster than the gas
expansion in the bottle.
(2) NO GO indications may occur for short periods under the following
circumstances :
- if the cabin door is open in cold condition when the aircraft in
being prepared or while passengers are embarking.
- when the aircraft is heated for flight preparation after.
(3) After closing of the doors and when the aircraft temperature becomes
stable, the NO GO indication is no longer present.
Subtask 12-31-25-660-053
R D. Galley Equipment
R (1) You must drain all the galley equipment which contains water, such as
R coffee makers and water boilers.
R (2) You must operate the taps several times to make sure that the supply
R lines are empty (Ref. TASK 12-31-38-660-801).

EFF :

ALL 12-31-25

Page 203
Apr 01/07

MSR
R (3) If the conditions to drain all the galley equipment cannot be carried
R out, the heating recommendations should be used as follows :
R
R --------------------------------------------------------------------
R |OUTSIDE AIR |EXTERNAL HEAT | APU | SUPERVISOR | DRAINING OF |
R |TEMPERATURE | SOURCE | | | WATER SYSTEM |
R |IN DEG.C | | | | |
R |(DEG.F) | | | | |
R | | | | | |
R --------------------------------------------------------------------
R 0 to -5
R (32 to 23)
R 1 Hour
R Every
R 4 Hours
R NO
R NO
R NO
R -5 to -10
R (23 to 14)
R 2 Hours
R Every
R 4 Hours
R NO
R NO
R NO
R -10 to -15
R (14 to 5)
R Continuous
R NO
R NO

EFF :

ALL 12-31-25

Page 204
Apr 01/07

MSR
--------------------------------------------------------------------
|OUTSIDE AIR |EXTERNAL HEAT | APU | SUPERVISOR | DRAINING OF |
|TEMPERATURE | SOURCE | | | WATER SYSTEM |
|IN DEG.C | | | | |
|(DEG.F) | | | | |
| | | | | |
--------------------------------------------------------------------
R NO
R Below
R -15 (5)
R Continuous
R AS
R Required
R YES
R YES
Subtask 12-31-25-620-050
E. First Aid Kits
(1) Remove the first aid kits from the aircraft if the cabin temperature
is below -10 deg.C (+14.00 deg.F).
(2) To avoid damage to the kit equipment keep the kits in a place with a
temperature between min. 1 deg.C (33.80 deg.F) and 40 deg.C (104.00
deg.F) max.
(3) Put a WARNING NOTICE in position to tell personnel that the first aid
kits are removed.

EFF :

ALL 12-31-25

Page 205
Apr 01/07

MSR
COLD WEATHER MAINTENANCE - FLIGHT CONTROLS - MAINTENANCE PRACTICES
__________________________________________________________________
TASK 12-31-27-660-801
Cold Weather Maintenance Procedures for Flight Controls
_______
CAUTION : BEFORE YOU START THE ENGINE OR YOU PRESSURIZE THE HYDRAULIC SYSTEMS,
_______
MAKE SURE THAT THERE IS NO ICE OR SNOW ON THE FLIGHT CONTROLS AREA
(ELEVATOR, RUDDER AND AILERON).
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
This procedure gives the instructions to lubricate the flight controls in

cold weather conditions.
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

DE-ICING FLUID AEA/ISO TYPE I ISO 11075
(Ref. 20-31-00)
ANTI/DE-ICING FLUID AEA/ISO TYPE II ISO 11078
(Ref. 20-31-00)
ANTI ICE/DE ICINGFLUID TYPE IV (Ref. 20-31-00)
R Material No. 10-005 USA SAE AMS1428
R ANTI-/DE-ICINGFLUID SAE TYPE III (Ref. 20-31-00)

EFF :

ALL 12-31-27

Page 201
Jul 01/07

MSR
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
12-22-27-640-804 Lubrication of all Slat Track Roller Bearings, Pinion

Bearings, Rack and Pinion Teeth and Slat Track 2 and
3 Lever Bearings
12-22-27-640-806 Lubrication of Flap Steady Bearings
12-31-11-660-801 Anti-Icing Protection
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 12-31-27-941-050
A. Not applicable.
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 12-31-27-660-050
A. Check of the Flight Controls
(1) Make sure that ice and/or snow is not forced into the areas between
the flight control surfaces during the deicing procedures.
(2) Remove any ice from :

- the wing leading edge
- the slats
- the flaps
- the spoilers
- the ailerons
(3) You must retract the wing flaps and slats during periods of snowfall
and icing conditions. If it is necessary to operate these controls,
make sure that they are clear of accumulation before retraction.
(4) If an aircraft arrives with the slats and flaps in a position other
than fully retracted during a period of ice or snow conditions, those
slats and flaps which are extended must be inspected for ice and snow
accumulation before retracting.

EFF :

ALL 12-31-27

Page 202
Jul 01/07
R
MSR
(5) All control surfaces must have no ice, snow or frost. After the
deicing operation, do a check of the associated hinges, tracks,
actuators and servo controls for trapped moisture that can freeze.
R Apply anti-icing fluid for protection ANTI-ICING AND DE-ICING
R MATERIALS (Material No. 10-001), ANTI-ICING AND DE-ICING MATERIALS
R (Material No. 10-003) ,ANTI-ICING AND DE-ICING MATERIALS (Material
R No. 10-005) or ANTI-ICING AND DE-ICING MATERIALS (Material No. 10-
R 004) (Ref. TASK 12-31-11-660-801)
(6) Do a check of the leading edge area of the spoilers, the flaps for
ice, snow and frost.
(7) Final checks after aircraft deicing on flap/slat areas : the

applicable areas must have no snow and ice as well as water
accumulation. During snowfall, freezing rain and drifting snow it is
possible that snow and melting ice go into slots, drainage openings,
hinges and operating linkage and will freeze again. You must do the
check of these areas with special attention when an aircraft has been
parked outside for a long period under the above conditions.
Subtask 12-31-27-660-051
B. Lubrication of the Flaps and Slats
(1) Do the applicable flap/slat lubrication tasks (Ref. TASK 12-22-27-

640-804) (Ref. TASK 12-22-27-640-806)
(2) The winter preparation program should include the flap and slat
lubrication.
NOTE : In climates where the atmosphere is both particularly cold and

____
humid (mist/fog) use your experience to reduce the lubrication
task intervals during winter operations.
NOTE : In extreme climates and low ambient temperatures it may be

____
difficult to lubricate the flap and slat systems correctly. If
hangar space is not available then it is recommended to do the
lubrication tasks at a station where the appropriate
facilities are available or where the ambient temperature is
above 0 deg.C (32.00 deg.F).
(3) Increases in grease stiffness may occur if water present within a

lubricant forms discrete lumps of ice, the associated increases in
system friction may then result in torque limiter operation.

EFF :

ALL 12-31-27

Page 203
Jul 01/07

MSR
(4) When you do the lubrication tasks take care to ensure that all the
old grease is removed in order to reduce the risk of an increase in
grease stiffness.

EFF :

ALL 12-31-27

Page 204
Jul 01/07

MSR
COLD WEATHER MAINTENANCE - FUEL - MAINTENANCE PRACTICES
_______________________________________________________
TASK 12-31-28-660-801
Cold Weather Maintenance Practices for the Fuel System
WARNING : OBEY THE FUEL SAFETY PROCEDURES. THIS CAN PREVENT INJURY AND DAMAGE.
_______
_______
- SMOKE
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No specific hot air blower

No specific surface contact thermometer
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

from Trim Tank and Trim Vent Surge Tank

EFF :

ALL 12-31-28

Page 201
Apr 01/05

MSR
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 12-31-28-869-050
A. General Information
This procedure gives the cold weather maintenance practices for the fuel
system when an aircraft is operated or stored in conditions with ground
temperatures of between 0 deg.C (32 deg.F) and -54 deg.C (-67 deg.F).
The fuel storage and handling conditions can have an important effect on
the amount of water in solution with the fuel. In unsatisfactory
conditions, each 3785 liters (1000 USgal) of fuel can contain up to 0.76
l (0.2 USgal) of water. Water can get into the tanks in different ways:
- the fuel supplied to the aircraft contains water
- the air in the tank contains moisture (water)
- during descent large quantities of moist air can enter the tank
- fuel which is open to dampness or wet atmospheric conditions will
contain larger quantities of water than fuel stored in sealed
containers.
In cold conditions, much of this water can come out of solution and fall
to the bottom of the tank. It then collects at the lowest parts of the
tank and can form ice. The formation of ice (and the presence of water)
in the fuel tanks can have an effect on the accuracy and/or performance
of the quantity indication system. It can also cause engine or corrosion
related problems.
Approved anti-ice additive can be added, in the correct proportions, to

the fuel which is supplied to the aircraft. This can prevent water in the
fuel from freezing and let it be drained from a tank with a fuel
temperature below 0 deg.C (32 deg.F). The ice in the fuel tank can be
melted through these procedures:
- ambient air heat in a hangar
- a refuel with warm fuel
- warm air heat from a blower, until the temperature of the whole of the
bottom skin is 1 deg.C (34 deg.F). This procedure is usually done in a
hangar, but can be used outside if a hangar is not available
- a combination of these methods.
NOTE : Ice can form on the inside of the fuel tank close to
____ the water
drain valve. When you drain fuel from the tank for a water
analysis check, fuel flows over the ice and collects water. This
can cause incorrect analysis results.
The procedure that follows should remove most of the water/ice
from the fuel tank.

EFF :

ALL 12-31-28

Page 202
Jan 01/04

MSR
You must do the water drain procedure regularly to make sure that
all the water is drained from the tank low points.
Subtask 12-31-28-941-050
_______
DAMAGE.
(1) You must obey the safety procedures when you do work on the fuel
system (Ref. TASK 28-00-00-610-801).
4. Procedure
_________
R Subtask 12-31-28-660-050-A
R A. Water Draining of the Tanks
R CAUTION : DO NOT USE FORCE TO OPEN THE WATER DRAIN VALVES. THIS PREVENTS
_______
R DAMAGE TO THE VALVES.
R (1) If a water drain does not open with the usual pressure, find the
R cause. The valve could be frozen because of the low temperature.
R (2) Water draining of the tanks (aircraft in a hangar)
R (a) If possible, refuel the aircraft with warm fuel.
R (b) Use a surface contact thermometer to measure the temperature of

R the bottom skin of the tank to be drained.
R (c) If necessary, use an approved hot air blower to warm the bottom
R skin of the tank to be drained. Make sure the temperature of the
R bottom skin does not increase to more than 50 deg.C (122 deg.F).
R NOTE : The temperature of all the bottom skin should be 1 deg.C

____
R (34 deg.F) or more measured one minute after the removal
R of the hot air blower.
R (d) Drain accumulated water (Ref. TASK 12-32-28-281-810) 30 minutes

R after the aircraft has been refuelled (and before the bottom skin
R temperature decreases below 0 deg.C (32 deg.F)).

EFF :

ALL 12-31-28

Page 203
Apr 01/05

MSR
R NOTE : When you do the water drain procedure, it can be necessary
____
R to drain large quantities of fuel to get a satisfactory
R HYDROKIT test result (Ref. TASK 12-32-28-281-810) and
R (Ref. TASK 12-32-28-281-803).
R (3) Water draining of the tanks (aircraft outside)
R CAUTION : MAKE SURE THAT THE TEMPERATURE OF THE AIR FROM THE HOT AIR
_______
R BLOWER IS NOT MORE THAN 50 DEG.C (122 DEG.F).
R IF THE TEMPERATURE IS MORE THAN 50 DEG.C (122 DEG.F) YOU
R CAN CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE AIRCRAFT.
R (a) If possible, refuel the aircraft with warm fuel.
R (b) Use a surface contact thermometer to measure the temperature of

R the bottom skin of the tank to be drained.
R NOTE : To do the procedure the temperature near to the drain

____
R valves should be 1 deg.C (34 deg.F) or more. It is
R possible that not all of the ice will be melted, thus the
R drain procedure will not be fully successful.
R (c) Use an approved hot air blower to warm the bottom skin of the
R tank to be drained. Make sure the temperature of the bottom skin
R does not increase to more than 50 deg.C (122 deg.F).
R NOTE : The temperature of the bottom skin near to the drain valve
____
R should be 1 deg.C (34 deg.F) or more measured one minute
R after the removal of the hot air blower.
R (d) Drain the accumulated water (Ref. TASK 12-32-28-281-810) 30

R minutes after the aircraft has been refuelled (and before the
R bottom skin temperature near to the drain valves decreases below
R 0 deg.C (32 deg.F)).
R NOTE : When you do the water drain procedure, it can be necessary

____
R to drain large quantities of fuel to get a satisfactory
R HYDROKIT test result (Ref. TASK 12-32-28-281-810) and
R (Ref. TASK 12-32-28-281-803).

EFF :

ALL 12-31-28

Page 204
Apr 01/05

MSR
Subtask 12-31-28-660-051
B. Anti-Icing Additives
(1) If you think that the fuel temperature will be less than 0 deg.C (32
deg.F) (and if it is not possible to warm the aircraft in a hangar)
you can put anti-icing additives in the fuel. This makes sure that
the water in the fuel does not freeze. When you add anti-icing
additives to the fuel, the concentration must not be more than 0.15%
by volume. You must also make sure that the additive is fully mixed
with the fuel.
NOTE : Refer to the engine manufacturer data for approved fuel

____
additives.
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 12-31-28-942-050
(1) Remove the safety barriers.

EFF :

ALL 12-31-28

Page 205
Jan 01/04

MSR
______________________________________________________________________
COLD WEATHER MAINTENANCE - INDICATING/RECORDING SYSTEMS AND NAVIGATION
MAINTENANCE PRACTICES
_____________________
TASK 12-31-31-660-801
Cold Weather Maintenance Practices for Indicating/Recording and Navigation

Systems
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
This procedure gives the cold weather maintenance practices for

indicating/recording and navigation systems.
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
12-31-21-660-801 Cold Weather Maintenance Practices for the Air

Conditioning
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 12-31-31-941-050
A. Not applicable.
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 12-31-31-660-050
A. General
(1) When the Outside Air Temperature (OAT) is very low, cold (temperature
lower than -15 deg.C (+5.00 deg.F)) in the avionics compartment can
cause incorrect operation of the computers.
NOTE : This is only due to the cold weather conditions and not to a
____
technical malfunction.

EFF :

ALL 12-31-31

Page 201
Jan 01/04

MSR
Subtask 12-31-31-660-051
B. Recommendations
(1) Make sure that the computers are at a temperature equal to or higher
than -15 deg.C (+5.00 deg.F) for correct operation.
NOTE : If you energize the computers at very low temperatures the

____
following can occur. If the temperature is :
- equal to or lower than -40 deg.C (-40.00 deg.F), you can
cause permanent damage to the computers.
- between -40 deg.C (-40.00 deg.F) and -15 deg.C (+5.00
deg.F), the computers can operate but normal operation can
stop momentarily.
- equal to or higher than -15 deg.C (+5.00 deg.F), the
computers operate normally.
(a) Preconditioning
It is recommended to use the pre-conditioning procedure to
increase the temperature in the avionics compartment (Ref. TASK
12-31-21-660-801).
(b) Energization of the computers

If the temperature is higher than -40 deg.C (-40.00 deg.F), you
can energize the computers to increase the temperature to -15
deg.C (+5.00 deg.F). The time necessary to increase the
temperature will change with the OAT, the humidity and the time
since the avionics compartment ventilation stopped.

EFF :

ALL 12-31-31

Page 202
Jan 01/04

MSR
COLD WEATHER MAINTENANCE - LANDING GEAR - MAINTENANCE PRACTICES
_______________________________________________________________
TASK 12-31-32-660-801
Cold Weather Maintenance Practices for the Landing Gear
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
This procedure gives the cold weather maintenance practices for the tires
and precautions for towing.
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
32-41-00-220-801 Check Tire Pressures
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 12-31-32-941-050
A. Not applicable.
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 12-31-32-660-050
A. General
(1) When there is a decrease in the ambient temperature, the tire

pressures also decrease. A 3 deg.C (5.4 deg.F) change in temperature
causes a 1 percent change in tire pressure.
NOTE : The tires wear faster if the pressure in the tires are low.
____
Low tire pressure can increase the risk of tire failure.

EFF :

ALL 12-31-32

Page 201
Jan 01/04

MSR
Subtask 12-31-32-660-051
B. Recommendations
(1) Tire pressure check
(a) When the aircraft is parked in cold weather conditions (cold

soak) for more than one hour, do a check of the tire pressure
(Ref. TASK 32-41-00-220-801).
(b) You must use dry nitrogen to correct the tire pressure. Moisture
in air can change to ice in the valve, which causes a permanent
leak.
However, if dry nitrogen is not available at outstations, air can
be used with the limitations that follow:
- the total content of oxygen is less than 5% volume
- the tire inflation valve does not leak after inflation
- the air does not stay in the tire for more than 15 hours. You
must service the tire with dry nitrogen at the end of this
time.
(c) If a tire is inflated with air, you must record this in the
maintenance log.
(2) Towing precautions

Be careful during aircraft towing operations in cold weather
conditions. Do not make small-radius turns which can cause too much
load on the sidewalls of the tires.

EFF :

ALL 12-31-32

Page 202
Jan 01/04

MSR
TASK 12-31-32-916-801
Cold Weather Protection for the Landing Gear Axles
R WARNING : USE SOLVENTS/CLEANING AGENTS, SEALANTS AND OTHER SPECIAL MATERIALS

_______
R ONLY WITH A GOOD FLOW OF AIR THROUGH THE WORK AREA.
R DO NOT SMOKE.
_______
_______
LANDING GEAR.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
To give more corrosion protection to the landing gear axles when de-icing
fluids are used during cold weather.
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R
No specific 1 SPATULA - NON METALLIC
No specific AR WARNING NOTICE

EFF :

ALL 12-31-32

Page 203
Jul 01/08

MSR
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R Material No. 05-140

R CORROSION PROTECTION SPRAY (Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 08-074
MASKING TAPE (Ref. 20-31-00)
(Ref. 20-31-00)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Gears
32-41-14-000-801 Removal of the MLG Axle Sleeve
(6560GG,6561GG,6562GG,6563GG,6564GG,6565GG,
6566GG,6567GG)
32-41-14-400-801 Installation of the MLG Axle Sleeve
(6560GG,6561GG,6562GG,6563GG,6564GG,
6565GG,6566GG,6567GG)
12-31-32-991-001 Fig. 201
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 12-31-32-941-051
R WARNING : USE SOLVENTS/CLEANING AGENTS, SEALANTS AND OTHER SPECIAL

_______
R MATERIALS ONLY WITH A GOOD FLOW OF AIR THROUGH THE WORK AREA.
R DO NOT SMOKE.

EFF :

ALL 12-31-32

Page 204
Jul 01/08

MSR
(1) Make sure that the safety devices are installed on the landing gear
(Ref. TASK 32-00-00-481-801).
(2) On the panel 312VU make sure the landing gear is in the down
position.
(3) Put a WARNING NOTICE:

- on the applicable MLG ground-opening handle to tell persons not to
operate the handle
- on the panel 312VU to tell persons not to operate the landing gear.
Subtask 12-31-32-010-050
B. Get Access
(1) Remove the applicable MLG axle sleeve(s) (Ref. TASK 32-41-14-000-
801).
4. Procedure
_________
(Ref. Fig. 201/TASK 12-31-32-991-001)
Subtask 12-31-32-916-050
R A. Application of Corrosion Protection on the Landing Gear Axles
R WARNING : BE CAREFUL WHEN YOU USE THE CONSUMABLE MATERIAL(S). YOU MUST
_______
R OBEY THE OPERATORS AND MANUFACTURERS HEALTH AND SAFETY
R INSTRUCTIONS.
CAUTION : MAKE SURE THAT THE CLEANING AGENTS OR SOLVENTS DO NOT GET IN OR
_______
ON :
- COMPONENT PARTS
- PROTECTIVE COVERS
- ELECTRICAL WIRING AND CONNECTORS.
(1) Use a MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-003) made moist with CLEANING
AGENTS (Material No. 11-002) to clean the landing gear axle to remove
R the used SPECIAL MATERIALS (Material No. 05-140).
(2) Do a visual inspection to make sure that the axle is serviceable and
there is no corrosion.
NOTE : If you find corrosion refer to AIRBUS for the repair

____
procedure.

EFF :

ALL 12-31-32

Page 205
Jul 01/08

MSR
R Cold Weather Protection for the Landing Gear Axles - Location and Details
R Figure 201/TASK 12-31-32-991-001

EFF :

ALL 12-31-32

Page 206
Jan 01/07

MSR
(3) Apply BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS (Material No. 08-074) to the
area of the axle that is not applicable.
R (4) Refer to the manufacturers instructions to apply a thin, smooth layer

R of SPECIAL MATERIALS (Material No. 05-140) on the axle.
R NOTE : During application of the SPECIAL MATERIALS (Material No. 05-

____
R 140) you must:
- keep the aerosol container vertical.
- make sure you have applied the aerosol spray over the full
applicable area.
(5) Wait for a minimum of 1 minute drying time, do steps (4) to (5) until
R you get a satisfactory layer of SPECIAL MATERIALS (Material No. 05-
R 140).
NOTE : Refer to the manufactures instructions for drying times. These

____
can change with local conditions.
(6) Remove the BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS (Material No. 08-074) from
the axle.
R (7) Use a SPATULA - NON METALLIC to make the edges of the SPECIAL
R MATERIALS (Material No. 05-140) smooth.
R (8) Use a MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-003) made moist with CLEANING
R AGENTS (Material No. 11-002) to remove unwanted SPECIAL MATERIALS
Subtask 12-31-32-410-050
B. Close Access
NOTE : Make sure you do not damage the corrosion protection you have
____
applied to the axle.
(1) Install the applicable axle sleeve(s) (Ref. TASK 32-41-14-400-801).
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 12-31-32-942-050

EFF :

ALL 12-31-32

Page 207
Jul 01/08

MSR
COLD WEATHER MAINTENANCE - OXYGEN - MAINTENANCE PRACTICES
_________________________________________________________
TASK 12-31-35-660-801
Cold Weather Maintenance - Oxygen System
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
This procedure gives the cold weather maintenance practices for the oxygen
system.
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Connection
35-11-41-000-801 Removal of the Oxygen Cylinder/Valve Assy
35-11-41-400-801 Installation of the Oxygen Cylinder/Valve Assy
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 12-31-35-941-050
A. Not applicable.

EFF :

ALL 12-31-35

Page 201
Jul 01/06

MSR
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 12-31-35-660-050
A. Installation of Oxygen Cylinder(s). (Ref. TASK 35-11-41-000-801)

(Ref. TASK 35-11-41-400-801)
NOTE : When you replace oxygen cylinder(s), you must mandatorily obey the
____
Removal/Installation procedure for oxygen cylinder(s).
(1) If you replace the oxygen cylinder(s) of the crew oxygen system when
the ambient temperature is -20 deg.C (-4.00 deg.F) or less :
- make sure that the temperature in the oxygen cylinder compartment
is more than -20 deg.C (-4.00 deg.F). If this temperature is -20
deg.C (-4.00 deg.F) or less, the SPECIAL MATERIALS (Material No.
05-004) used to do the leak test will freeze.
(2) It is recommended to replace the cylinder after a flight but before

the compartment temperature is -20 deg.C (-4.00 deg.F). Or you can do
this task while you pre-condition the aircraft on the ground.
(Ref. TASK 12-33-21-618-801)

EFF :

ALL 12-31-35

Page 202
Jan 01/04

MSR
COLD WEATHER MAINTENANCE - WATER/ WASTE - MAINTENANCE PRACTICES
_______________________________________________________________
TASK 12-31-38-660-801
Cold Weather Maintenance Practices for Water/Waste
CAUTION : MAKE SURE THAT THE TEMPERATURE OF THE AIR FROM THE HOT AIR BLOWER IS
_______
NOT MORE THAN 50 DEG.C (122 DEG.F).
IF THE TEMPERATURE IS MORE THAN 50 DEG.C (122 DEG.F) YOU CAN CAUSE
CAUTION : BEFORE YOU SUPPLY AIR FROM AN EXTERNAL SOURCE OF THE APU, MAKE
_______
CERTAIN THAT :
-AT LEAST ONE COCKPIT WINDOW OR CABIN DOOR IS OPEN AND THAT IT
REMAINS OPEN DURING SERVICING.
-IF THE AIRCRAFT IS PARKED OUTSIDE AND IS NOT PROTECTED FROM THE RAIN
ONE MAINTENANCE DOOR OR AVIONICS COMPARTMENT ACCESS DOOR IS OPEN AND
THAT IT REMAINS OPEN DURING SERVICING.
CAUTION : IN FREEZING CONDITIONS, MAKE SURE THAT SERVICE PANELS OR CAPS ARE NOT
_______
FROZEN BEFORE YOU TRY TO OPEN THEM. IF THE SERVICE PANELS OR CAPS ARE
FROZEN, YOU MUST APPLY HOT AIR TO DE-ICE THEM FIRST. IF YOU TRY TO
OPEN THEM WHEN THEY ARE FROZEN, YOU CAN CAUSE DAMAGE TO THEM.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
To prevent damage to the water/waste system by ice when the aircraft is not
supplied with power or other sources of hot air.
NOTE : Although an aircraft is resistant to very low ambient temperatures,

____
the cabin air conditioning (and WIPU system) keep the pipes (and
water systems sufficiently warm to prevent them) from freezing.
However, when the aircraft is not energized or stays on the ground at
sub-zero temperatures, you must do additional procedures to prevent
damage to the systems by ice.
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No specific 1 CART - SERVICING, TOILET

EFF :

ALL 12-31-38

Page 201
Apr 01/07
R
MSR
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R Material No. 14-001A USA AMS 1476

DEODORANT AIRCRAFT TOILET NON FORMALDE- HYDE BASE
(Ref. 20-31-00)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
12-15-38-613-801 Fill the Potable Water System (Aircraft Electrical

Power Available)
12-24-38-680-801 Draining of the Potable Water System (with Electrical
Power)
38-10-00-614-801 Pressurization of the Potable Water System
38-10-00-614-803 Release of the Pressure from the Potable Water System
38-31-00-680-801 Draining of the Waste Holding Tanks
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 12-31-38-941-050
A. There is no special job set-up for this task.
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 12-31-38-660-050
A. Pre-Flight (First Flight of the Day)
(1) After draining of the water/waste system due to low ambient

temperatures you must obey the steps that follow.
(2) Make sure that all drain valves are closed.
(3) Potable Water System
(a) Fill the potable water system (Ref. TASK 12-15-38-613-801) with
warm potable water of 30 deg.C (86.00 deg.F) not earlier than 30
minutes before the engine start.

EFF :

ALL 12-31-38

Page 202
Jul 01/08

MSR
(b) Pressurize the potable water system (Ref. TASK 38-10-00-614-801)
and examine the fill/drain valve for leaks.
(c) Remove excessive water from around the service panel before you
close it.
(4) Waste System
(a) Pre-charge the waste holding tanks not earlier than 30 minutes
before the engine start:
- Use a CART - SERVICING, TOILET to fill each waste holding tank
with 18 l (4.8 USgal) of DISINFECTANTS (Material No. 14-001A).
(b) Remove excessive liquid from around the service panel before you
close it.
Subtask 12-31-38-660-051
R B. Post Flight (Last Flight of the Day but not Transit Stops) (Ref. TASK 38-
R 31-00-680-801) (Ref. TASK 12-24-38-680-801).
R (1) General:
(a) Do the servicing of the potable water system and waste water
tanks as soon as possible after a flight.
R (b) Read tables 1, 2 and 3 (draining of the water and waste system)
R to find if it is necessary to drain the water and waste from the
R system.
(c) After draining of the system and parking of the aircraft at

temperatures below 0 deg.C (32.00 deg.F):
- Let the drain valves and the service panels stay open to let
remaining fluid to flow out.
- Do not install the caps on the drain and the fill/drain
nipples.
NOTE : If you install the caps, the remaining fluid can freeze
____
immediately behind the drain and fill/drain caps and will
cause:
- Damage to the piping system
- The system to become unserviceable
- Delay at the next servicing.
R (d) See table 1 for the potable water system and table 2 for the
R waste water system.

EFF :

ALL 12-31-38

Page 203
Apr 01/07

MSR
(2) Potable water system
CAUTION : DO NOT OPEN THE ELECTRICAL DRAIN VALVES FOR LONGER THAN
_______
NECESSARY IF YOU USE THE APU OR ENGINE(S) TO PRESSURIZE THE
SYSTEM. IF THE VALVES STAY OPEN TOO LONG, THE HOT BLEED AIR
CAN CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE TANK QUANTITY TRANSMITTER.
(a) If you park the aircraft at very low temperature:

R - Drain the water from the potable water system
R - Remove the remaining water from the potable water system.
1
_ Drain the potable water system (Ref. TASK 12-24-38-680-801).
2
_ Close all the lavatory and galley manual shutoff valves.
3
_ Close all the potable-water drain and fill drain valves.
4
_ Pressurize the potable water system (Ref. TASK 38-10-00-614-
801).
5
_ To remove the remaining water from the potable water system do
the procedure as follows:
NOTE : This procedure is the same for all lavatories and

____
galleys which have potable water supplied equipment (as
there are water heater, coffeemaker and water faucet).
a
_ Open one related manual shutoff valve of one lavatory or
galley.
b
_ Operate the faucet (HOT and COLD).
c
_ Make sure that air but no water comes out of the faucet.
d
_ Flush the toilet as often as necessary until you are sure
that air but no water comes out of the toilet rinse valve.
e
_ Close the related manual shutoff valve.
f
_ Do the whole procedure for all lavatories and galleys which
have potable-water supplied equipment.
6
_ Open all drain valves of the potable water system and release
the pressure from the potable water system (Ref. TASK 38-10-
00-614-803).
7
_ Open the manual shutoff valves in all lavatories or galleys.

EFF :

ALL 12-31-38

Page 204
Apr 01/07

MSR
(b) If the potable water has frozen (or started to freeze) before you
can drain it, you must heat the aircraft with an external or
internal source as given in table 3.
Subtask 12-31-38-660-052
C. Potable Water System
(1) Table 1
---------------------------------------------------------------------
|OUTSIDE AIR | AIR | CABIN | EXPOSURE | POTABLE |
|TEMPERATURE | CONDITIONING | TEMPERATURE | TIME TO | WATER |
|IN DEG.C | | IN DEG.C | WEATHER | SYSTEM |
|(DEG.F) | | (DEG.F) | CONDITIONS | DRAINING |
| | | |IN HOURS:MIN| REQUIRED |
---------------------------------------------------------------------
Between
0 and -15
(32 and 5)
ON
Above
10 (50)
R No time
R limit
NO
R Below
R -15 (5)
ON
Above
10 (50)
1:15
YES
Between
0 and -7
(32 and 19.4)

EFF :

ALL 12-31-38

Page 205
Jan 01/08

MSR
---------------------------------------------------------------------
|OUTSIDE AIR | AIR | CABIN | EXPOSURE | POTABLE |
|TEMPERATURE | CONDITIONING | TEMPERATURE | TIME TO | WATER |
|IN DEG.C | | IN DEG.C | WEATHER | SYSTEM |
|(DEG.F) | | (DEG.F) | CONDITIONS | DRAINING |
| | | |IN HOURS:MIN| REQUIRED |
---------------------------------------------------------------------
OFF
R Below
R 0 (32)
1:30
YES
Between
-7 and -15
(19.4 and 5)
OFF
R Below
R 0 (32)
0:30
YES
R Below
R -15 (5)
OFF
R Below
R 0 (32)
R None
YES

EFF :

ALL 12-31-38

Page 206
Jan 01/08

MSR
R Subtask 12-31-38-660-053
R D. Waste Water System
R (1) Table 2
R ----------------------------------------------------------------------
R |OUTSIDE AIR | AIR | CABIN | EXPOSURE | WASTE |
R |TEMPERATURE | CONDITIONING | TEMPERATURE | TIME TO | SYSTEM |
R |IN DEG.C | | IN DEG.C | WEATHER | DRAINING |
R |(DEG.F) | | (DEG.F) | CONDITIONS | REQUIRED |
R | | | | IN HOURS:MIN| |
R ----------------------------------------------------------------------
R Between
R 0 and -15
R (32 and 5)
R ON
R Above
R 10 (50)
R Any
R NO
R Below -15 (5)
R ON
R Above
R 10 (50)
R 1:15
R YES
R Between
R 0 and -7
R (32 and 19.4)
R OFF
R 1:30
R YES

EFF :

ALL 12-31-38

Page 207
Apr 01/07

MSR
----------------------------------------------------------------------
|OUTSIDE AIR | AIR | CABIN | EXPOSURE | WASTE |
|TEMPERATURE | CONDITIONING | TEMPERATURE | TIME TO | SYSTEM |
|IN DEG.C | | IN DEG.C | WEATHER | DRAINING |
|(DEG.F) | | (DEG.F) | CONDITIONS | REQUIRED |
| | | | IN HOURS:MIN| |
----------------------------------------------------------------------
R Between
R -7 and -15
R (19.4 and 5)
R OFF
R 0:30
R YES
R Below -15 (5)
R OFF
R Any
R YES
R Subtask 12-31-38-660-054
R E. Potable Water System
R (1) Table 3
R --------------------------------------------------------------------
R |OUTSIDE AIR |EXTERNAL HEAT | APU | SUPERVISOR | DRAINING OF |
R |TEMPERATURE | SOURCE | | | WATER SYSTEM |
R |IN DEG.C | | | | |
R |(DEG.F) | | | | |
R | | | | | |
R --------------------------------------------------------------------
R 0 to -5
R (32 to 23)
R 1 Hour
R Every
R 4 Hours
R NO

EFF :

ALL 12-31-38

Page 208
Apr 01/07

MSR
--------------------------------------------------------------------
|OUTSIDE AIR |EXTERNAL HEAT | APU | SUPERVISOR | DRAINING OF |
|TEMPERATURE | SOURCE | | | WATER SYSTEM |
|IN DEG.C | | | | |
|(DEG.F) | | | | |
| | | | | |
--------------------------------------------------------------------
NO
NO
-5 to -10
(23 to 14)
2 Hours
Every
4 Hours
NO
NO
NO
-10 to -15
(14 to 5)
Continuous
R As
R Required
R YES
R YES
Below
-15 (5)
Continuous
AS
Required
YES
YES

EFF :

ALL 12-31-38

Page 209
Jan 01/08

MSR
COLD WEATHER MAINTENANCE - AIRBORNE AUXILIARY POWER - MAINTENANCE PRACTICES
___________________________________________________________________________
TASK 12-31-49-660-801
Cold Weather Maintenance Practices for the Auxiliary Power Unit
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
This procedure gives the cold weather maintenance practices for the
Auxiliary Power Unit (APU) when the aircraft is in a cold soak condition.
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

(Ref. 20-31-00)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
12-31-24-660-801 Cold Weather Maintenances for Electrical Power

Connection
12-33-21-618-801 Pre-conditioning through the High-Pressure Ground
Connection
12-33-21-618-801 Pre-conditioning with the APU
External Power A
49-00-00-860-801 Start of the APU with Power Supply from the APU
Battery
49-00-00-860-801 Start of the APU with External Power Supply
49-00-00-860-802 Shutdown of the APU with Power Supply from the APU
Battery
49-61-34-000-801 Removal of the ECB (59KD)
49-61-34-400-801 Installation of the ECB (59KD)
49-91-00-600-801 Oil Change

EFF :

ALL 12-31-49

Page 201
Jan 01/04

MSR
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 12-31-49-941-050
A. Not applicable.
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 12-31-49-660-050
A. Electronic Control Box 59KD (ECB 59KD)
(1) If the Outside Air Temperature (OAT) is/will be lower than -40 deg.C
(-40.00 deg.F) and the aircraft is not pre-conditioned (heated)
alternatively:
- through the LP ground connection (Ref. TASK 12-33-21-618-801),
- the HP ground connection (Ref. TASK 12-33-21-618-801), or
- with the APU (Ref. TASK 12-33-21-618-801).
(a) Remove the ECB 59KD from the aircraft (Ref. TASK 49-61-34-000-
801).
(b) Keep the ECB 59KD in a dry storage at a temperature of between 15

deg.C (59.00 deg.F) and 35 deg.C (95.00 deg.F).
Subtask 12-31-49-660-051
B. Auxiliary Power Unit (APU)
NOTE : DO NOT MIX OILS OF DIFFERENT BRANDS OR TYPES|

____
NOTE : It is recommended to use type 1 oils OILS (Material No. 03-003)

____
for APU operation in cold weather conditions.
(1) Oil type.
(a) If necessary, do an oil change to type 1 OILS (Material No. 03-

003) (Ref. TASK 49-91-00-600-801).
(2) Electrical power (Ref. TASK 12-31-24-660-801).
(a) If external power is available.
1
_ Energize the aircraft electrical circuits from the external
power (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-801).

EFF :

ALL 12-31-49

Page 202
Jan 01/04

MSR
2
_ On the APU section on the overhead panel 215VU, make sure that
the APU MASTER SW pushbutton switch is set to OFF (the ON
legend is off).
NOTE : The APU oil heater increases the temperature of the oil
____
in the APU gearbox oil reservoir during cold soak
condition.
(b) If no external power is available.
1
_ It is recommended to start the APU every three hours and
operate it for one hour (Ref. TASK 49-00-00-860-801)
(Ref. TASK 49-00-00-860-802) if the Outside Air Temperature
(OAT) is lower than -30 deg.C (-22.00 deg.F).
NOTE : These values are only applicable if all the access

____
doors are closed.
Subtask 12-31-49-660-052
C. APU Starting after a Cold Soak Condition
(1) ECB 59KD.
NOTE : Do not operate the ECB 59KD for more than 30 minutes at -40
____
deg.C (-40.00 deg.F) or lower.
(a) If the ECB was on the aircraft during the cold soak, make sure
that the temperature of the ECB is higher than -40 deg.C (-40.00
deg.F).
If the temperature of the ECB is lower than -40 deg.C (-40.00
deg.F), use a pre-conditioning procedure to increase the
temperature of the ECB to a minimum of -40 deg.C (-40.00 deg.F)
(Ref. TASK 12-33-21-618-801) or (Ref. TASK 12-33-21-618-801).
(b) If the ECB was removed from the aircraft and kept at a
temperature of between 15 deg.C (59.00 deg.F) and 35 deg.C (95.00
deg.F), install the ECB (Ref. TASK 49-61-34-400-801).
(2) Electrical Power.
(a) For the cold weather maintenance - electrical power (Ref. TASK
12-31-24-660-801).
(b) Start and operate the APU (Ref. TASK 49-00-00-860-801).

EFF :

ALL 12-31-49

Page 203
Jan 01/04

MSR
Subtask 12-31-49-660-053
D. Turn-Around Time
For turn-around in cold weather conditions, when it is not pratical to
remove equipment, it is recommended to keep the APU in operation. In this
configuration :
- the temperature in the cabin will not decrease,
- no specific cold weather maintenance practices are necessary for the
APU system.

EFF :

ALL 12-31-49

Page 204
Jan 01/04

MSR
COLD WEATHER MAINTENANCE - STRUCTURE - MAINTENANCE PRACTICES
____________________________________________________________
TASK 12-31-51-660-801
Cold Weather Maintenance Practices for the Structure.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
This procedure gives the cold weather maintenance practices for the
structure.
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
53-00-00-000-803 Removal of the Floor Panels in the AFT

Cargo-Compartment
53-00-00-200-803 Visual Check of the Piston Drain Valves in the Lower
Fuselage Shell (from Outside) and in the FWD and AFT
Cargo Compartment Doors
53-00-00-400-803 Installation of the Floor Panels in the AFT
Cargo-Compartment
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 12-31-51-941-050
A. Not applicable.
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 12-31-51-660-050
A. General
(1) At the start of each winter, make sure that the drain valves in the
lower fuselage are clean and operate correctly. (Ref. TASK 53-00-00-
200-803)

EFF :

ALL 12-31-51

Page 201
Jan 01/04

MSR
(2) Ice can collect in the lower fuselage areas especially when the
aircraft flies from warm, humid climates to cold climates. In some
conditions, the ice can collect during more than one flight.
NOTE : Water/ice in the lower fuselage can cause failure of the radio
____
altimeter.
(3) When you do a check for ice in the lower fuselage, look for ice in
the aft area before you look in the forward area. Ice usually
collects more easily in the aft area than in the forward area. Water
evaporation is faster in the forward area because of the warnm air
from the avionics compartment.
Subtask 12-31-51-660-051
B. Check for Ice
(1) Remove a floor panel from the forward end of the aft cargo
compartment. (Ref. TASK 53-00-00-000-803)
(2) Look for ice in the lower fuselage.
(3) If you find ice below the aft cargo compartment, look for ice below
the forward cargo compartment.
(4) Install the floor panel (Ref. TASK 53-00-00-400-803).
(5) Frequency of check

You must adapt the frequency of the check to the climatic conditions
in whichthe aircraft operates. In the worst condition one check per
week should be sufficient initially.
Subtask 12-31-51-660-052
C. Removal of Ice
(1) Warm hangar

The recommended procedure is to put the aircraft in a warm hangar
with cargo bay doors open. This will cause all the ice in the
aircraft to melt and the water will flow out through the drain
valves.

EFF :

ALL 12-31-51

Page 202
Jan 01/04

MSR
(2) Hot air blower
CAUTION : MAKE SURE THAT THE TEMPERATURE OF THE AIR FROM THE HOT AIR
_______
BLOWER IS NOT MORE THAN 50 DEG.C (122 DEG.F).
IF THE TEMPERATURE IS MORE THAN 50 DEG.C (122 DEG.F) YOU
CAN CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE AIRCRAFT.
You can use a hot air blower if the aircraft is parked in an open
area.
(3) Frequency of ice removal

You must adapt the frequency of ice removal to the climatic
conditions in which the aircraft operates. In the worst conditions,
one overnight stop a week is usually sufficient for ice removal.
(4) The procedure used to remove ice from the lower fuselage must be
monitored to make sure that all water drains are working and that all
the ice is removed.

EFF :

ALL 12-31-51

Page 203
Jan 01/04

MSR
COLD WEATHER MAINTENANCE - DOORS - MAINTENANCE PRACTICES
________________________________________________________
TASK 12-31-52-660-801
Cold Weather Maintenance Procedures for the Doors System
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
This procedure gives the cold weather maintenance practices for the doors
system.
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific 1 HOT AIR BLOWER OPERATING 40 DEG C (100 DEG F)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Material No. 04-011 USA MIL-G-4343

SILICONE GREASE PNEUMATIC SYST AND SEALS
(Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 05-001 USA SAE-AS8660
INSULATING AND SEALING GREASE SILICONE
(Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 11-004 USA MIL-T-81533
1.1.1TRICHLOROETHANE (METHYL CHLOROFORM)
(Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 15-005A AIB TN 10138 TYPE I GRADE 2
CORROSION PREVENTIVE TEMPORARY PROTECTIVE COMPOUND
(Ref. 20-31-00)
R Material No. 15-009A F AIMS 09-08-003
R CORROSION PREVENTIVE COMPOUND TYPE III
R (Ref. 20-31-00)

EFF :

ALL 12-31-52

Page 201
Jan 01/08

MSR
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R 12-22-52-600-801 Lubrication of the FWD Cargo-Compartment Door Hinge

R Arm Bearings, Locking Mechanism, Latching Mechanism
R and Interlock Mechanism
R 12-22-52-600-802 Lubrication of the Telescopic Arm and Exterior
R Control Handle
R 12-22-52-600-803 Lubrication of the BULK Cargo-Compartment Door
R 12-22-52-600-808 Lubrication of the AFT Cargo-Compartment Door Hinge
R Arm Bearings, Locking, Latching and Interlock
R Mechanism
12-22-52-600-809 Lubrication of the Slider Mechanism on all Pax/Crew
and Emergency Exit Doors
R 52-10-00-010-801 Opening of the Passenger/Crew Door
52-10-00-860-801 Special Precautions before Work on the Passenger/Crew
Door
52-10-00-860-802 Special Precautions after Work on the Passenger/Crew
Door
R 52-20-00-010-801 Opening of the Emergency Exit Door
52-20-00-860-801 Special Precautions before Work on the Emergency Exit
Door
52-20-00-860-802 Special Precautions after Work on the Emergency Exit
Door
R
52-31-15-400-801 Installation of the Protection Linings
R
52-32-15-400-801 Installation of the Protection Linings
R
52-33-15-400-801 Installation of the Protection Lining

EFF :

ALL 12-31-52

Page 202
Jan 01/08

MSR
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 12-31-52-941-050
A. Get Access
R (1) Put the ACCESS PLATFORM 5M (16 FT)- ADJUSTABLE in position at:
R - The related passenger/crew door
R - The related emergency exit door
R - The related FWD, AFT and Bulk cargo-compartment door
R - The fuselage service panel or the fuselage access door.
R (2) Do the applicable special precautions, then open the related

R passenger/crew door (Ref. TASK 52-10-00-860-801).
R (3) Do the applicable related special precautions, then open the related
R applicable emergency exit door (Ref. TASK 52-20-00-860-801).
R (4) Open the FWD and/or AFT cargo-compartment door (referred to as cargo
R door) (Ref. TASK 52-30-00-010-801).
R (5) Install the related actuator safety lock(s) to safety the opened
R cargo door(s). (Ref. TASK 52-30-00-480-801).
R
(6) Open the BULK cargo-compartment door (Ref. TASK 52-30-00-010-803).

R
R (7) Remove/open the related fuselage service panel(s) and/or access

R door(s).
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 12-31-52-660-055
R A. General Winter Preparation
R (1) Do the winter preparation of the passenger/crew doors and the

R emergency exits (referred to as doors) as follows:
R (a) Make sure that the pressure seal drains and the drain holes of
R the doors are clear and not blocked.

EFF :

ALL 12-31-52

Page 203
Jan 01/08

MSR
R (b) Make sure that these components of the doors are correctly
R lubricated
R - The slider mechanism (Ref. TASK 12-22-52-600-809).
R - The telescopic arm and exterior control handle (Ref. TASK 12-
R 22-52-600-802).
R (c) Use a lint-free cotton cloth, MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-

R 003), and the CLEANING AGENTS (Material No. 11-004) to clean
R these door components:
R - The door guide rollers and the roller fittings
R - The upper and lower door guide fittings
R
R - The pressure seals and their contact areas on the fuselage.
(d) Apply the silicone grease, COMMON GREASE (Material No. 04-017),
to the door guide rollers, the roller fittings and the upper and
lower guide fittings.
R (e) Apply the silicone grease, SPECIAL MATERIALS (Material No. 05-
R 001) or COMMON GREASE (Material No. 04-011), to the pressure
R seals and to their contact areas on the fuselage.
R (f) Apply the temporary protective compound, STORAGE PRESERVATION

R (Material No. 15-005A) as a spray, to these door areas:
R
R - The inner surfaces and the structure of the handle housing
R - The outer control handle.
R (g) Make sure that the control handle mechanism stays without the
R temporary protective compound.
R (2) Do the winter preparation of the FWD and AFT cargo-compartment doors
R (referred to as cargo doors) as follows:
R (a) Remove the access panels 821AR and 821BR or 822AR and 822BR from
R the cargo doors.
R (b) Make sure that the pressure seal drains of the cargo doors are
R clear and not blocked.
R (c) Use a lint-free cotton cloth, MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-

003), and the CLEANING AGENTS (Material No. 11-004) to clean
R these components of the cargo doors:
R - The pressure seals and their contact areas on the fuselage
R - The bearing area of the door hinge arms
R - The guide fittings of the AFT cargo door
R - The components of the locking and the latching mechanisms

EFF :

ALL 12-31-52

Page 204
Jan 01/08

MSR
R
R (d) Lubricate the hinge arm bearings, the locking and latching
R mechanisms of the:
R - The FWD cargo door (Ref. TASK 12-22-52-600-801)
R - The AFT cargo door (Ref. TASK 12-22-52-600-808).
R (e) Apply the silicone grease, SPECIAL MATERIALS (Material No. 05-
R seals and their contact area of the fuselage.
R (f) Apply the silicone grease, COMMON GREASE (Material No. 04-017),
R to the lateral guide fittings of the AFT cargo door and the
R fuselage frame.
R (g) Apply the temporary protective compound, STORAGE PRESERVATION

R (Material No. 15-005A) as a spry, to the components of the
R latching and locking mechanism.
R (h) Apply the temporary protective compound, STORAGE PRESERVATION

R (Material No. 15-005A) as a spray, as a protection for:
R
R - The mating surface of the latching hooks and the related latch
R fittings that have no other surface protection
R
R - The lower internal bays of the doors.
R (i) Make sure that the electrical components, the bearings and other
R movable parts stay without temporary protective compound.
R (3) Do the winter preparation of the Bulk cargo-compartment door

R (referred to as Bulk door) as follows:
R (a) Use a lint-free cotton cloth, MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-

R 003), and the CLEANING AGENTS (Material No. 11-004) to clean
R these components:
R - The barrel locks of the locking shaft and the related latch
R spigots at the fuselage
R - The door frame fittings and the related door stop fittinngs
R - The pressure seals and their contact areas on the fuselage.
R (b) Make sure that the door locking mechanism is correctly lubricated
R (Ref. TASK 12-22-52-600-803).
R (c) Apply the silicone grease, SPECIAL MATERIALS (Material No. 05-
R 001) or COMMON GREASE (Material No. 04-011), to the pressure seal
R and to its contact area on the fuselage.

EFF :

ALL 12-31-52

Page 205
Jan 01/08

MSR
R (d) Apply the temporary protective compound, STORAGE PRESERVATION
R (Material No. 15-005A) as a spray, to these door areas:
R - The handle recess of the outer skin
R - The inner surfaces of the outer handle.
R (e) Make sure that the handle shaft stays without from the temporary
R protective compound.
Subtask 12-31-52-660-050
R B. Winter Preparation before Flight
R (1) On the Passenger/Crew Doors and Emergency Exit Doors

R
R (a) Before you close a passenger/crew door or an emergency exit door,

R remove all the snow and slush from:
R - The door pressure seal
R - The seal contact area on the fuselage
R - The entrance area.
R (2) On the FWD and AFT Cargo-Compartment Doors (referred to as the cargo
R doors)
_______
R (a) Remove as much snow and/or water as possible from the cargo
R pallets or the containers before you put them in the aircraft.
R NOTE : Large quantities of melting snow and water can cause the
____
R cargo doors to freeze in their closed positions.
R (b) Do not open the cargo doors until immediately before you put the
R cargo pallets or the containers in the aircraft.
R (c) Close the cargo doors immediately after the loading procedure is
R completed.
R (d) If the aircraft is parked in a hangar, open the cargo doors to

R their vertical positions.
R NOTE : This procedure will help to remove the moisture from the
____
R inner surfaces of the cargo doors and the cargo
R compartments.

EFF :

ALL 12-31-52

Page 206
Jan 01/08

MSR
R (e) Use a HOT AIR BLOWER OPERATING 40 DEG C (100 DEG F) to remove the
R ice from the cargo doors that are frozen in the closed positions.
R (f) Do not use hard or sharp tools to remove the ice from the cargo
R doors.
R (g) Do this maintenance procedure:
R NOTE : This procedure is necessary, if the aircraft flies:

____
R - From an airport where the ambient temperature is more
R than 0 deg.C (32.00 deg.F)
R - To an airport where the ambient temperature is less than
R 0 deg.C (32.00 deg.F).
R 1
_ Remove the access covers 821AR and 821BR or 822 AR 822BR from
R the cargo door.
R 2
_ Apply the temporary protective compound, STORAGE PRESERVATION
R (Material No. 15-005A) as a spray, to these areas of the cargo
R doors:
R - The components of the latching and locking mechanisms
R - The inner surfaces of the lower areas of the cargo doors.
R NOTE : This procedure will keep the effects of frozen

____
R condensation to a minimum at cold airports.
R (3) On the BULK Cargo-Compartment Door (referred to as Bulk door):
_______
R (a) Remove as much snow and/or water as possible from the bulk cargo
R before you put it in the aircraft.
R NOTE : Large quantities of melting snow and water can cause the
____
R Bulk door to freeze in the closed position.
R (b) Do not open the Bulk door until immediately before you put the
R bulk cargo in the aircraft.
R (c) Close the Bulk door immediately after the loading procedure is
R completed.
R

EFF :

ALL 12-31-52

Page 207
Jan 01/08

MSR
Subtask 12-31-52-660-052
R C. Winter Preparation after Flight
R (1) On the Passenger/Crew Doors and Emergency Exits:

R
R (a) For aircraft not parked in a hangar:

R
R 1
_ Before you close the passenger/crew doors and/or the emergency
R exits, remove the snow and/or slush from:
R - The door pressure seals
R - The door contact areas on the fuselage.
R
R 2
_ Use a lint-free cotton cloth, MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-
R 003) and the CLEANING AGENTS (Material No. 11-004), to clean
R the door pressure seals.
R
R 3
_ Apply the silicone grease, SPECIAL MATERIALS (Material No. 05-
R 001) to the door pressure seals.
R
R 4
_ Make sure that the pressure seal drains and the drain holes of
R the passenger/crew doors and the emergency exits are clear and
not blocked.
R
R (b) For aircraft parked in a hangar:

R
R 1
_ Open the passenger/crew doors (Ref. TASK 52-10-00-010-801) and
R the emergency exits (Ref. TASK 52-20-00-010-801).
NOTE : This procedure will help to remove the moisture from

____
the inner surfaces of the doors.
R (2) On the FWD and/or Aft Cargo-Compartment Doors (referred to as the

R cargo doors):
R 1
_ Before you close the cargo doors, remove the snow and/or slush
R from:
R - The pressure seals

EFF :

ALL 12-31-52

Page 208
Jan 01/08

MSR
R - Their contact area on the fuselage.
R 2
R 003) and CLEANING AGENTS (Material No. 11-004) to clean the
R pressure seals and their contact areas on the fuselage.
R 3
R seals and their contact area on the fuselage.
R 1
_ Open the cargo doors to their vertical positions (Ref. TASK
R 52-30-00-010-801).
R NOTE : This procedure will help to remove the moisture from

____
R the inner surfaces of the doors.
R (c) Do this maintenance procedure:
R NOTE : The frequency of the procedure that follows can be

____
R increased as necessary for the operating environment.
R 1
_ Remove the access panels 821AR and 821BR or 822AR and 822BR
R from the related cargo door.
R 2
_ Make sure that the pressure seal drains of the cargo door are
R clear and not blocked.
R 3
R 003) and CLEANING AGENTS (Material No. 11-004) to clean these
R components of the cargo doors:
R - The pressure seals and their contact areas on the fuselage
R - The bearing area of the door hinge arms
R - The guide fittings of the AFT cargo door
R - The components of the locking and latching mechanisms.
R 4
_ Make sure that the hinge arm bearings, the locking and
R latching mechanisms are correctly lubricated (Ref. TASK 12-22-
R 52-600-801) or (Ref. TASK 12-22-52-600-808).
R 5
R seals and their contact area of the fuselage.

EFF :

ALL 12-31-52

Page 209
Jan 01/08

MSR
R 6
R (Material No. 15-005A) as a spray, to the components of the
R latching and locking mechanisms.
R 7
R (Material No. 15-005A) as a spray, as a protection for:
R - The mating surface of the latching hooks and the related
R latch fittings that have no other surface protection
R - The lower internal bay of the cargo doors.
R 8
_ Make sure that the electrical compoments, the bearings and
R other movable parts stay without temporary protective
R compound.
R (3) On the Bulk Cargo-Compartment Door (referred to as Bulk door):
R 1
_ Before you close the Bulk door, remove the snow and/or slush
R from:
R - The door pressure seals
R - The door contact areas on the fuselage.
R 2
R 003) and CLEANING AGENTS (Material No. 11-004) to clean the
R door pressure seal.
R 3
_ Apply the silicone grease, COMMON GREASE (Material No. 04-011)
R or SPECIAL MATERIALS (Material No. 05-001), to the pressure
R seals.
R 1
_ Open the Bulk door (Ref. TASK 52-30-00-010-803).
R NOTE : This procedure will help to remove the moisture from

____
R the inner surfaces of the Bulk door.

EFF :

ALL 12-31-52

Page 210
Jan 01/08

MSR
Subtask 12-31-52-660-054
R D. Service Panels
R (1) Apply the temporary protective compound, STORAGE PRESERVATION

R (Material No. 15-005A) or STORAGE PRESERVATION (Material No. 15-009A)
R as a spray, to the hinges and latch mechanisms of the fuselage
R service panels and doors.
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 12-31-52-942-050
A. Put the aircraft back to its operational configuration.
items.
(2) Do the related special precautions, then close the applicable

passenger/crew doors (Ref. TASK 52-10-00-860-802).
(3) Do the related special precautions, then close the applicable

emergency exit doors (Ref. TASK 52-20-00-860-802).
(4) Install the protection linings on the FWD and/or AFT

cargo-compartment door (Ref. TASK 52-31-15-400-801) and (Ref. TASK
52-32-15-400-801).
(5) Remove the actuator safety lock(s) and close the FWD and/or AFT
cargo-compartment door (Ref. TASK 52-30-00-410-801).
(6) Install the protection linings on the BULK cargo-compartment door

(Ref. TASK 52-33-15-400-801).
(7) Close the BULK cargo-compartment door (Ref. TASK 52-30-00-410-803).
(8) Close/Install the applicable fuselage service panel(s) and/or access

door(s).

EFF :

ALL 12-31-52

Page 211
Jan 01/08

MSR
COLD WEATHER MAINTENANCE - POWER PLANT - MAINTENANCE PRACTICES
______________________________________________________________
TASK 12-31-71-660-801
Cold Weather Maintenance Practices of Engines
CAUTION : BEFORE YOU START THE ENGINE OR YOU PRESSURIZE THE HYDRAULIC SYSTEMS,
_______
MAKE SURE THAT THERE IS NO ICE OR SNOW ON THE FLIGHT CONTROLS AREA
(ELEVATOR, RUDDER AND AILERON).
R CAUTION : INSTALL ENGINE INLET AND EXHAUST PLUG COVERS WHEN AIRCRAFT IS STORED
_______
R UNDER HEAVY SNOWSTORM CONDITIONS SINCE CONSEQUENTIAL ENGINE INTERNAL
R DAMAGES MAY OCCUR.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
This procedure gives the cold weather maintenance practices for the engines.
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
71-00-00-860-844 Power Plant Operation During Cold Weather
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 12-31-71-941-050
A. Not applicable.
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 12-31-71-660-050
A. General
(1) Do the power plant operation during cold weather (Ref. TASK 71-00-00-
860-844).

EFF :

ALL 12-31-71

Page 201
Jan 01/08

MSR
R Subtask 12-31-71-660-051
R B. Freezing Points
R (1) The oil temperature is a limitation, For the approved oils and the
R oil limitation temperatures, you must refer to the Engine
R Manufacturers data.

EFF :

ALL 12-31-71

Page 202
Jan 01/08

MSR
SAMPLING FOR ANALYSIS - DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION
_________________________________________________
1. General
_______
This section gives the instructions related to the different fluid samplings
which may be done for an analysis.

12-23-24/P. Block 301 INTEGRATED DRIVE GENERATOR OIL
12-32-28/P. Block 301 FUEL
12-32-29/P. Block 301 HYDRAULIC FLUID
12-32-49/P Block 301 APU

EFF :

ALL 12-32-00

Page 1
Jan 01/04

MSR
INTEGRATED DRIVE GENERATOR OIL - SERVICING
__________________________________________
TASK 12-32-24-281-804
Sampling of the IDG Oil for Analysis
_______
ONE HOUR.

_______
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
To find the cause of the oil contamination (skydrol, fuel, water, chlorine,
oil, degradation and other causes).
NOTE : The best location and time to get an oil sample is at the case drain
____
after operation of the engine, when the IDG oil is at the operating
temperature (80 deg.C (176 deg.F)).
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific transparent bottle 1 l (0.26 USgal)
(0.40 to 2.60 m.daN)
R

EFF :

ALL 12-32-24

Page 301
Jul 01/08

MSR
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

lockwire 0.028 to 0.031 in.(0.71 to 0.79 mm) dia.
(Ref. 70-30-00)
(Ref. 20-31-00)
C. Expendable Parts
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
5 O-ring 24-21-51 22 -060
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

12-32-24-991-002 Fig. 301
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 12-32-24-861-053

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-801).

EFF :

ALL 12-32-24

Page 302
Jul 01/08
R
MSR
Subtask 12-32-24-941-053
Subtask 12-32-24-010-056
Subtask 12-32-24-865-056
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FOR 4030EM1
FOR 4030EM2
Subtask 12-32-24-010-057
E. Get Access

- FOR 4030EM1
415AL, 416AR,
- FOR 4030EM2
425AL, 426AR.
Subtask 12-32-24-040-053
_______
OR AROUND IT.
31-00-040-805).

EFF :

ALL 12-32-24

Page 303
Jul 01/08
R
MSR
4. Procedure
_________
(Ref. Fig. 301/TASK 12-32-24-991-002)
Subtask 12-32-24-864-053
_______
SKIN.
_______
(1) Put a container 5.7 l (1.5 USgal) below the IDG.
____
Subtask 12-32-24-281-056
B. Oil Sampling

_______
NOTE : Make sure that the oil is not too hot.

____
(2) Loosen the case drain plug (6).

EFF :

ALL 12-32-24

Page 304
Jul 01/08

MSR
IDG Oil Sampling for Analysis
Figure 301/TASK 12-32-24-991-002

EFF :

ALL 12-32-24

Page 305
Jan 01/04

MSR
(3) Put a transparent bottle 1 l (0.26 USgal) below the case drain port
(1).
NOTE : The transparent bottle (3) must be clean and sterilized.

____
(4) Slowly remove the case drain plug (6) until oil flows out of the case
drain port (1).
(5) Fill the transparent bottle (3) with approximately 20 ml (0.0053

USgal) of oil.
(6) Seal the case drain port (1).
(7) Remove the O-ring (5) from the case drain plug (6) and discard it.
Subtask 12-32-24-640-053
R C. Lubricate the new O-ring (5) with OILS (Material No. 03-002).
Subtask 12-32-24-420-053
D. Installation of the Case Drain Plug
(1) Install the new O-ring (5) on the case drain plug (6).
(2) Install the case drain plug (6) in the case drain port (1).
0.84 m.daN).
(4) Safety the case drain plug (6) with lockwire 0.028 to 0.031 in.(0.71
Subtask 12-32-24-281-057
E. Oil Sample Bottle
(1) Send the oil sample bottle to laboratory immediately with these data:
(a) Oil sampling date.
(b) Type and brand of oil used.
(c) Operating time since last oil sampling.
(d) IDG total operating time.

EFF :

ALL 12-32-24

Page 306
Oct 01/07

MSR
(e) Identification of the IDG (Serial Number).
NOTE : If you do not do the analysis immediately, seal the

____
bottle.
Subtask 12-32-24-020-053
F. Removal of the Overflow Drain Hose
R (1) Disconnect the overflow drain hose (8) of the TANK - ENGINE OIL
R FILLING UP from the overflow drain valve (2).
Subtask 12-32-24-612-053
G. Fill the IDG with oil or add oil to the IDG after a level check
(Ref. TASK 12-13-24-612-808).
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 12-32-24-440-053
00-440-805).
Subtask 12-32-24-865-057
breaker(s):
- FOR 4030EM1
12KS1, 13KS1
- FOR 4030EM2
12KS2, 13KS2
Subtask 12-32-24-410-053
C. Close Access
items.

EFF :

ALL 12-32-24

Page 307
Jul 01/08

MSR
- FOR 4030EM1
415AL, 416AR,
- FOR 4030EM2
425AL, 426AR.
Subtask 12-32-24-862-053

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-862-801).

EFF :

ALL 12-32-24

Page 308
Jan 01/06
R
MSR
FUEL - SERVICING
________________
TASK 12-32-28-281-810
Operate Water Drain Valves to Drain Accumulated Water from Center, Inner, Outer
and Wing Vent Surge Tanks

_______
- IN YOUR MOUTH
- IN YOUR EYES

_______
BODY.
MEDICAL HELP.
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT YOU HAVE THE CORRECT FIRE FIGHTING EQUIPMENT
_______
AVAILABLE.
CAUTION : ALWAYS USE THE CORRECT TOOL TO OPEN THE WATER DRAIN VALVE. THIS CAN
_______
PREVENT DAMAGE TO THE SEALS.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
NOTE : You can do this task together with TASK 12-32-28-281-812 (Sample Fuel
____
for Microbiological Contamination Analysis) and SIL 28-079.
NOTE : You can operate the water drains more frequently if you find a high
____
water content when you do this procedure.
NOTE : The water drains will operate better when the fuel temperature is
____
more than 5 deg.C.
NOTE : If possible, do the water drain procedure before you refuel the
____
aircraft. If you refuel before you do this procedure, the water and
the fuel will mix. Because of this, you must:
- wait one hour after the aircraft has been refuelled for the
separation of the water and the fuel into two layers
- only operate the water drains after this specified period.
NOTE : For the gravity procedure AIRBUS recommends that there must be more
____
than 10% content of fuel in each tank.

EFF :

ALL 12-32-28

Page 301
Jul 01/08
R
MSR
If you have less than 10% content of fuel, then the indirect water
drain valves will have a decreased flow.
It is recommended that you use the suction procedure when you have
less than 10% content of fuel.
NOTE : If you operate the water drain valves more frequently than the MPD
____
interval, you can prevent:
- decreased precison of the fuel quantity indicators
- decreased corrosion from microbiological contamination.
The aircraft can use less fuel.
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No specific hose
No specific hydrokit
No specific suction pump
No specific transparent glass container 1 l (0.2641 USgal)
No specific 1 CONTAINER - CLEAN, APPLICABLE
97A28002117002 1 PURGING TOOL
R 98A28104000000 1 PURGER - WATER DRAIN
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
12-31-28-660-801 Cold Weather Maintenance Practices for the Fuel

System
12-32-28-281-812 Sample Fuel for Microbiological Contamination
Analysis
SIL 28-079
12-32-28-991-001 Fig. 301
12-32-28-991-003 Fig. 302

EFF :

ALL 12-32-28

Page 302
Jul 01/08

MSR
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 12-32-28-941-061
_______
DAMAGE.
R (1) Obey the fuel safety procedures (Ref. TASK 28-00-00-610-801).

R
R (2) If the fuel temperature is less than -5 deg.C (+23.00 deg.F) water in
R the fuel tank (and/or the water drain valves) can be frozen.
R To make sure the water drain valves are not frozen:
R - do the cold weather maintenance practice for the fuel system
R (Ref. TASK 12-31-28-660-801)
R or
R - wait until one hour after the refuel procedure.
R NOTE : Do not use too much force to operate the water drain valves.
____
4. Procedure
_________
(Ref. Fig. 301/TASK 12-32-28-991-001, 302/TASK 12-32-28-991-003)
Subtask 12-32-28-680-062
A. Operate Water Drain Valves to Drain Accumulated Water from Center, Inner,
Outer and Wing Vent Surge Tanks
WARNING : MAKE SURE THE AREA AROUND THE AIRCRAFT IS SAFE BEFORE YOU START
_______
A REFUEL/DEFUEL PROCEDURE. IN THIS SAFE AREA, DO NOT LET
PERSONS:
- SMOKE
NOTE : During this procedure you must continue to operate all the drain
____
valves until no more water comes out.
R NOTE : AIRBUS recommends that you do a test for microbiological

____
R contamination, in not more than 10 days, if:
- the sample you drain from the tank has a strong sulphide smell
R - you can see objects in the sample (Ref. TASK 12-32-28-281-812),
R (Ref. SIL 28-079).

EFF :

ALL 12-32-28

Page 303
Jul 01/07

MSR
R Water Drain Valves - Location
Figure 301/TASK 12-32-28-991-001

EFF :

ALL 12-32-28

Page 304
Jan 01/05

MSR
R Water Drain Valves - Location For Suction Procedure
Figure 302/TASK 12-32-28-991-003

EFF :

ALL 12-32-28

Page 305
Jan 01/05

MSR
(1) Gravity procedure
(a) Push the center of the applicable water drain valve with the
R PURGER - WATER DRAIN. Drain approximately 1.0 l (0.2641 USgal) of
fuel (as a sample) from the drain valve.
R (b) Remove the PURGER - WATER DRAIN from the drain valve.
(c) Examine the drain valve for leaks. Leaks are not permitted.
(d) Do this procedure at all of the water drain valves.
(2) Suction procedure
(a) On the PURGING TOOL, disconnect the funnel from the bottle.
(b) Attach one end of the hose to the funnel and attach the other end
of the hose to the suction pump.
NOTE : The illustration shows a typical suction pump with an air

____
drill power source. The suction pump used must be a type
approved for use on a fuel system and the applicable
safety precautions must be taken.
(c) Put the outlet of the suction pump into the container and start
the suction pump.
(d) Push the center of the applicable water drain valve with the
funnel. Drain approximately 1.0 l (0.2641 USgal) of fuel (as a
sample) from the drain valve.
(e) Remove the funnel from the drain valve.
(f) Examine the drain valve for leaks. Leaks are not permitted.
(g) Do this procedure at all of the water drain valves.
(h) Connect the funnel to the PURGING TOOL (97A28002117002).
Subtask 12-32-28-281-059
B. Fuel/Water Sampling
(1) Put the fuel sample into a transparent glass container, or a

CONTAINER - CLEAN, APPLICABLE (fuel resistant plastic). If you do not
do the analysis immediately, seal the container.

EFF :

ALL 12-32-28

Page 306
Jul 01/08

MSR
Subtask 12-32-28-750-060
C. Water Contamination Test
(1) Let the sample become stable.
(a) If the sample moves into two layers, it contains water. Continue
to drain from the water drain valve until it has no water.
(b) If the sample stays in one layer, it can be all fuel or all
water. To find if the sample is fuel or water, do the test that
follows.
WARNING : DO THE TEST ONLY IN AN APPROVED AREA.

_______
(c) Do this test:
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1. If you have a hydrokit available, - If the powder stays white, the sample
refer to the manufacturers is fuel and the test is complete.
instructions and test the sample.
or
- If the white powder changes color,

refer to the color indicator
comparison card. If the sample is
water, you must do the test until all
of the water is removed from the
tank. (the powder does not change
color).
2. If you do not have a hydrokit - If the sample moves into two layers,
available, add water to the the sample taken is all fuel and the
sample test is complete.
or
- If the sample stays in one layer, the

sample is water. Continue to take
samples and test until all the water
has been removed.

EFF :

ALL 12-32-28

Page 307
Jul 01/07
R
MSR
NOTE : You can use the same procedure to do an analysis on a
____
sample from a fuel tanker. Remove the sample from the
supply connector of the fuel tanker.
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 12-32-28-942-061
items.
R NOTE : To discard the water and fuel samples, refer to the local
____
R regulations.

EFF :

ALL 12-32-28

Page 308
Jul 01/07

MSR
TASK 12-32-28-281-803
Operate Water Drain Valves to Drain Accumulated Water from Trim Tank and Trim
Vent Surge Tank

_______
- IN YOUR MOUTH
- IN YOUR EYES

_______
BODY.
MEDICAL HELP.
_______
AVAILABLE.
WARNING : MONITOR THE MOVEMENT OF FUEL VERY CAREFULLY DURING THE GROUND FUEL
_______
TRANSFER. MOVEMENT OF FUEL TO THE TRIM TANK CAN CAUSE THE AIRCRAFT TO
OVERBALANCE.
CAUTION : ALWAYS USE THE CORRECT TOOL TO OPEN THE WATER DRAIN VALVE. THIS CAN
_______
PREVENT DAMAGE TO THE SEALS.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
NOTE : You can do this task together with TASK 12-32-28-281-812 (Sample Fuel
____
for Microbiological Contamination Analysis) and SIL 28-079.
NOTE : You can operate the water drains more frequently if you find a high
____
water content when you do this procedure.
NOTE : The water drains will operate better when the fuel temperature is
____
more than 5 deg.C.
NOTE : If possible, do the water drain procedure before you refuel the
____
aircraft. If you refuel before you do this procedure, the water and
the fuel will mix. Because of this, you must:
- wait one hour after the aircraft has been refuelled for the
separation of the water and the fuel into two layers
- only operate the water drains after this specified period.

EFF :

ALL 12-32-28

Page 309
Jul 01/08
R
MSR
NOTE : For the gravity procedure AIRBUS recommends that there must be more
____
than 10% content of fuel in each tank.
If you have less than 10% content of fuel, then the indirect water
drain valves will have a decreased flow.
It is recommended that you use the suction procedure when you have
less than 10% content of fuel.
NOTE : If you operate the water drain valves more frequently than the MPD
____
interval, you can help to prevent:
- decreased precison of the fuel quantity indicators
- decreased corrosion from microbiological contamination.
The aircraft can use less fuel.
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No specific suction pump
No specific transparent glass container
No specific 1 ACCESS PLATFORM 8M (26 FT) - ADJUSTABLE
No specific 1 CONTAINER 10 L(2 1/2 USGAL)
No specific 1 CONTAINER - CLEAN, APPLICABLE
No specific 1 HOSE - FUEL RESISTANT
R 98A28104000000 1 PURGER - WATER DRAIN
98A28104031000 1 PURGER - WATER DRAIN
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
12-31-28-660-801 Cold Weather Maintenance Practices for the Fuel

System
12-32-28-281-812 Sample Fuel for Microbiological Contamination
Analysis
R (THS) Actuator
28-25-00-869-802 Ground Fuel Transfer To The Trim Tank
SIL 28-079
12-32-28-991-009 Fig. 303

EFF :

ALL 12-32-28

Page 310
Jul 01/08

MSR
3. __________
Job Set-up
(Ref. Fig. 303/TASK 12-32-28-991-009)
Subtask 12-32-28-941-052
_______
DAMAGE.
(1) Obey the fuel safety procedures (Ref. TASK 28-00-00-610-801).
(2) Put an ACCESS PLATFORM 8M (26 FT) - ADJUSTABLE in position below the
applicable water drain valve.
(3) If the fuel temperature is less than -5 deg.C (+23.00 deg.F) water in
the fuel tank (and/or the water drain valves) can be frozen.
To make sure the water drain valves are not frozen:
- do the cold weather maintenance practice for the fuel system
(Ref. TASK 12-31-28-660-801)
or
- wait until one hour after the refuel procedure.
NOTE : Do not use too much force to operate the water drain valves.
____
Subtask 12-32-28-860-052
R (1) Put the THS to the minus 4 degree position (Ref. TASK 27-40-00-866-
801).
NOTE : The maximum angle for draining water from the THS is 5
____
degrees.
On level ground the aircraft has a 1 degree nose down
attitude.

EFF :

ALL 12-32-28

Page 311
Jul 01/08

MSR
Trim Tank and Trim Vent Surge Tank - Location for Suction and Gravity Procedure
Figure 303/TASK 12-32-28-991-009

EFF :

ALL 12-32-28

Page 312
Jul 01/07
R
MSR
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 12-32-28-680-056
A. Operate Water Drain Valves to Drain Accumulated Water from Trim Tank and
Trim Vent Surge Tank
WARNING : MAKE SURE THE AREA AROUND THE AIRCRAFT IS SAFE BEFORE YOU START
_______
A REFUEL/DEFUEL PROCEDURE. IN THIS SAFE AREA, DO NOT LET
PERSONS:
- SMOKE
NOTE : Before you can do a gravity water drain procedure at the trim
____
tank, it must contain a minimum fuel level of 1000 kg (2205 lb).
This makes sure that the level of fuel is sufficient to force the
fuel or water up to the remote drain valve.
If the fuel level is 1000 kg (2205 lb) or more:
- do the gravity procedure.
If the fuel level is less than 1000 kg (2205 lb):
- do the suction procedure or,
- do a fuel ground transfer (Ref. TASK 28-25-00-869-802) so that
the fuel level is 1000 kg (2205 lb) or more and do the gravity
procedure.
If you do the fuel ground transfer, you must wait a minimum of
one hour before you operate the water drain valves.
NOTE : During this procedure you must continue to operate all the drain
____
valves until only fuel comes out.
NOTE : AIRBUS recommends that you do a test for microbiological

____
contamination, in not more than 10 days, if:
- the sample you drain from the tank has a strong sulphide smell
- you can see objects in the sample (Ref. TASK 12-32-28-281-812),
(Ref. SIL 28-079).
(1) Gravity procedure
(a) Push the center of the applicable water drain valve with the
R PURGER - WATER DRAIN (98A28104000000). Drain approximately 1.0 l
(0.2641 USgal) of fuel (as a sample) from the drain valve.
R (b) Remove the PURGER - WATER DRAIN from the drain valve and examine
the drain valve for leaks. Leaks are not permitted.

EFF :

ALL 12-32-28

Page 313
Jul 01/08

MSR
(c) Do this procedure at all of the water drain valves (5105QS1,
5105QS2 and 5106QS) in the Trim Tank and Trim Vent Surge Tank.
(2) Suction procedure
NOTE : FIN 5105QS1 and 5105QS2 (water drain valves) can give an
____
unsatisfactory seal between the standard tool and the trim
tank surface.
(a) On the PURGER - WATER DRAIN (98A28104031000), disconnect the HOSE

- FUEL RESISTANT from the bottle.
(b) Connect the end of the HOSE - FUEL RESISTANT to the inlet of the
suction pump.
NOTE : The illustration shows a typical suction pump with an air

____
drill power source. You must use a fuel approved type of
suction pump for use on a fuel system and the applicable
safety precautions must be taken.
(c) Put the outlet of the suction pump into the CONTAINER 10 L(2 1/2
USGAL) and start the suction pump.
(d) Push the center of the applicable water drain valve with the
PURGER - WATER DRAIN. Drain approximately 1.0 l (0.2641 USgal) of
fuel (as a sample) from the drain valve.
(e) Remove the PURGER - WATER DRAIN from the drain valve and examine
the drain valve for leaks. Leaks are not permitted.
(f) Do this procedure at all of the water drain valves.
(g) Connect the hose removed at step (a), to the bottle.
Subtask 12-32-28-281-052
B. Fuel/Water Sampling
(1) Put the fuel sample into a transparent glass container or a CONTAINER
- CLEAN, APPLICABLE (fuel resistant plastic). If you do not do the
analysis immediately, seal the container.

EFF :

ALL 12-32-28

Page 314
Jul 01/08
R
MSR
Subtask 12-32-28-750-054
C. Water Contamination Test
to drain from the water drain valve until only fuel comes out.
water. To identify if the sample is fuel or water, do the test
that follows.

_______
(c) Do this test:
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
refer to the manufacturers is fuel and the test is complete.
instructions and test the sample.
or
- If the white powder changes color,

refer to the color indicator
comparison card. If the sample is
water, you must do the test until all
of the water is removed from the tank
(the powder does not change color).
or

sample is water. Continue to collect
samples. Do the test until all the
water is removed.

EFF :

ALL 12-32-28

Page 315
Jul 01/07
R
MSR
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 12-32-28-942-053
items.
R NOTE : To discard the fuel and water samples, refer to the local
____
R regulations.

EFF :

ALL 12-32-28

Page 316
Jul 01/07

MSR
TASK 12-32-28-281-804
Draining of the Fuel/Air Separator

_______
- IN YOUR MOUTH
- IN YOUR EYES

_______
BODY.
MEDICAL HELP.
_______
AVAILABLE.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
To drain the fuel/air separator for maintenance purposes.
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

98A28007570000 1 ADAPTER - VENT AND DRAIN VALVE, APU

EFF :

ALL 12-32-28

Page 317
Jul 01/07
R
MSR
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

External Power A
External Power A
28-25-00-650-802 Suction Defuel Procedure
28-51-00-710-801 FCMS Fuel Valves Test
12-32-28-991-002 Fig. 304
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 12-32-28-941-053
_______
DAMAGE.

- on the panel 215VU to tell persons not to operate the APU
- on the panel 245VU to tell persons not to operate the fuel system
- on the panel 990VU to tell persons not to refuel/defuel the
aircraft.
Subtask 12-32-28-860-050
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT ALL THE CIRCUITS IN MAINTENANCE ARE ISOLATED
_______
BEFORE YOU SUPPLY ELECTRICAL POWER TO THE AIRCRAFT.
UNWANTED ELECTRICAL POWER CAN BE DANGEROUS.
(1) Energize the aircraft electrical circuits (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-

801).
(2) Suction defuel the trim tank (Ref. TASK 28-25-00-650-802).
(3) On the MCDU, get access to the FCMS VALVES TEST page (Ref. TASK 28-
51-00-710-801).

EFF :

ALL 12-32-28

Page 318
Jul 01/07
R
MSR
(4) On the FCMS Valves Test page, put the the trim tank inlet valve
(705QN valve L) to the OPEN position.
NOTE : This makes sure that a vacuum will not prevent the drain
____
procedure.
Subtask 12-32-28-010-050
C. Get Access
(1) Put the access platform in position below the access panel 311AL.
(2) Open the access panel 311AL.
Subtask 12-32-28-491-050
D. Not applicable
4. Procedure
_________
(Ref. Fig. 304/TASK 12-32-28-991-002)
Subtask 12-32-28-680-055
A. Draining of the Fuel/Air Separator Procedure
(1) Put the container in position on the access platform.
(2) Put the end of the hose (3) into the container.
(3) Remove the blanking cap (4) from the drain valve (1).
(4) Connect the ADAPTER - VENT AND DRAIN VALVE, APU (98A28007570000) (2)
to the drain valve (1).
(5) Drain all of the fuel out of the fuel/air separator.
(6) Remove the ADAPTER - VENT AND DRAIN VALVE, APU (98A28007570000) (2)
from the drain valve (1).
(7) Connect the blanking cap (4) to the drain valve (1).
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 12-32-28-091-050
A. Not applicable

EFF :

ALL 12-32-28

Page 319
Jul 01/07
R
MSR
TASK 12-32-28-281-804
Draining of the Fuel/Air Separator
PREPARATION:
(2)Suction defuel the trim tank (Ref.TASK 28-25-00-650-802).
(3)On the MCDU,get access to the FCMS VALVES TEST page
(4)On the FCMS Valves Test page,put the the trim tank inlet valve(705QN valve L)to
the OPEN position.
NOTE _:This makes sure that a vacuum will not prevent the drain procedure.
** Procedure Fuel/Air Separator Water Drain - Location

Draining of the Fuel/Air Separator Procedure Figure 304/TASK 12-32-28-991-002
(1)Put the container in position on the access platform.

(2)Put the end
of the hose (3)into the container.
EFF
(3)Remove the blanking

: ALL (4)from the drain valve (1).
cap 12-32-28

Page 320
Jul 01/07
(4)Connect the ADAPTER -VENT AND DRAIN VALVE,APU (98A28007570000)(2)to the drain valve (1).
R
(5)Drain all ofthe
MSRfuel out of the fuel/air separator.
(6)Remove the ADAPTER -VENT AND DRAIN VALVE,APU (98A28007570000)(2)from the drain valve (1).
(7)Connect the blanking cap (4)to the drain valve (1).
Subtask 12-32-28-410-050
B. Close Access
items.
(2) Close the access panel 311AL.
Subtask 12-32-28-860-051
_______
(1) On the MCDU, get access to the FCMS VALVES TEST page (Ref. TASK 28-
51-00-710-801).
(2) On the FCMS Valves Test page, put the the trim tank inlet valve
(705QN valve L) to the SHUT position.

(Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-801).
Subtask 12-32-28-942-052
NOTE : To discard the fuel, refer to the local regulations.

____

EFF :

ALL 12-32-28

Page 321
Jul 01/07
R
MSR
TASK 12-32-28-281-807
Operate the Drain Valve of the Fuel/Air Separator to Drain any Accumulated
Water

_______
- IN YOUR MOUTH
- IN YOUR EYES

_______
BODY.
MEDICAL HELP.
_______
AVAILABLE.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No specific transparent glass container 1 l (0.2641 USgal)
98A28007570000 1 ADAPTER - VENT AND DRAIN VALVE, APU

EFF :

ALL 12-32-28

Page 322
Jul 01/07
R
MSR
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

12-32-28-680-801 Heating of Fuel/Air Separator - Warm Fuel Procedure
12-32-28-680-802 Heating of Fuel/Air Separator - Hot Air Procedure
External Power A
External Power A
28-22-43-000-802 Removal of the Drain Valve (5216QA)
28-22-43-400-802 Installation of the Drain Valve (5216QA)
28-51-00-740-803 Interrogation of the FCMS Input Parameters Pages
R 51-78-00-615-805 Aircraft Cleaning after a Fuel Leakage
12-32-28-991-002 Fig. 304
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 12-32-28-941-058
_______
DAMAGE.

aircraft.
Subtask 12-32-28-860-057
_______

EFF :

ALL 12-32-28

Page 323
Jul 01/08

MSR
(Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-801).
(2) On the MCDU, get access to page 10 of the FCMS input parameters page
(Ref. TASK 28-51-00-740-803).
(3) On the panel 215VU, push (in) the APU MASTER SW P/BSW. Make sure that
the ON light comes on.
(4) On the MCDU, make sure that the fwd APU fuel pump is in operation.
Subtask 12-32-28-010-054
C. Get Access
(1) Put the access platform in position below the access panel 311AL.
(2) Open the access panel 311AL.
4. Procedure
_________
(Ref. Fig. 304/TASK 12-32-28-991-002)
Subtask 12-32-28-680-059
A. Operate the Drain Valve of the Fuel/Air Separator to Drain any

Accumulated Water
(1) Do a fuel leak check around the area of the drain valve. There must
be no leaks. If there are signs of a leak, replace the seal
(Ref. TASK 28-22-43-000-802) and (Ref. TASK 28-22-43-400-802).
(2) Put the container in position.
(3) Remove the cap (4) from the drain valve (1).
(4) It is possible that water in the fuel/air separator has changed to

ice. If there is ice in the fuel/air separator, do the heating of the
fuel/air separator procedure (Ref. TASK 12-32-28-680-801) or
(Ref. TASK 12-32-28-680-802).
(5) On the ADAPTER - VENT AND DRAIN VALVE, APU (98A28007570000) (2), put
the end of the hose (3) into the container.
(6) Connect the ADAPTER - VENT AND DRAIN VALVE, APU (98A28007570000) (2)
to the drain valve (1).

R

EFF :

ALL 12-32-28

Page 324
Jul 01/07

MSR
(7) Drain between 8 l (2.0 USgal) and 10 l (2.5 USgal) of fuel from the
fuel/air separator.
(8) Remove the ADAPTER - VENT AND DRAIN VALVE, APU (98A28007570000) (2)
from the drain valve (1).
Subtask 12-32-28-790-051
B. Leak Check
(1) Do a fuel leak check around the area of the drain valve. Leakage is
not allowed. If there are signs of a leak, replace the seal
(2) Install the cap (4) on the drain valve (1).
(3) If there was an internal spillage during the procedure, you must do
R the aircraft cleaning after a fuel leakage procedure (Ref. TASK 51-
R 78-00-615-805).
Subtask 12-32-28-281-056
C. Fuel/Water Sampling
(1) Put the fuel sample into a transparent glass container. If you do not
do the analysis immediately, seal the container.
NOTE : The test must be done before the next flight.

____
Subtask 12-32-28-750-057
D. Water Contamination Test
to drain from the water drain valve until it has no water.
water. To find if the sample is fuel or water, do the test that
follows.

_______

EFF :

ALL 12-32-28

Page 325
Jul 01/08

MSR
(c) Do this test:
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
put the contents into the sample is fuel and the test is complete.
or
- If the white powder changes color to

purple, the sample is water. Continue
to take samples and test until all
the water has been removed.
or

sample is water. Continue to take
samples and test until all the water
has been removed.
3. Measure the amount of water taken - If the amount of water is 0.5 l or

from the fuel/air separator. more, do a water drain check of the
trim tank (Ref. TASK 12-32-28-281-
803).
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 12-32-28-410-054
A. Close Access
items.
(2) Close the access panel 311AL.

EFF :

ALL 12-32-28

Page 326
Jul 01/07
R
MSR
Subtask 12-32-28-860-058
(1) On the panel 215VU, release (out) the APU MASTER SW. Make sure that
the ON light goes off.
(2) On the MCDU, push the line key adjacent to the RETURN indication
until the MCDU Menu page comes into view.
(3) On the MCDU, set the BRT knob to OFF.

(Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-801).
Subtask 12-32-28-942-058
NOTE : To discard the fuel, refer to the local regulations.

____

EFF :

ALL 12-32-28

Page 327
Jul 01/07
R
MSR
TASK 12-32-28-680-801
Heating of Fuel/Air Separator - Warm Fuel Procedure
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
To melt ice that has formed in the fuel/air separator and has blocked the
drain point.
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
12-32-28-281-805 Draining of the Fuel/Air Separator to Remove

Accumulated Water
External Power A
External Power A
28-25-00-869-802 Ground Fuel Transfer To The Trim Tank
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 12-32-28-941-056
_______
DAMAGE.

EFF :

ALL 12-32-28

Page 328
Jul 01/07
R
MSR
aircraft.
Subtask 12-32-28-860-055
_______

(Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-801).
(2) Do the EIS start procedure (Ref. TASK 31-60-00-860-801).
(3) On the ECAM control panel, push the FUEL icon switch.
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 12-32-28-880-050
A. Heating of the Fuel/Air Separator - Warm Fuel Procedure
WARNING : MONITOR THE MOVEMENT OF FUEL VERY CAREFULLY DURING THE GROUND
_______
FUEL TRANSFER. MOVEMENT OF FUEL TO THE TRIM TANK CAN CAUSE THE
AIRCRAFT TO OVERBALANCE.
(1) Do a fuel ground transfer of 1000 kg (2200 lb) minimum to the trim
tank (Ref. TASK 28-25-00-869-802).
(2) Wait for 30 minutes.
(3) Try to do the draining of the fuel/air separator procedure (Ref. TASK
12-32-28-281-805). If the drain is successful, the heating procedure
is complete.
(4) If the draining of the fuel/air separator is not successful, continue

the heating procedure.

EFF :

ALL 12-32-28

Page 329
Jul 01/07
R
MSR
(5) Do a forward transfer
(a) On the FUEL panel 245VU, push (in) the T TANK MODE switch.
(b) On the ECAM System Display, monitor the transfer of fuel from the
trim tank.
(c) When the trim-tank fuel quantity is 300 kg (600 lb) less, release
(out) the T TANK MODE switch.
(6) Wait for 30 minutes.
is complete.
(8) If the draining of the fuel/air separator is not successful, do the

heating procedure again. Continue to do the heating procedure until
the ice has melted.
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 12-32-28-860-056

(Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-801).
Subtask 12-32-28-942-056

EFF :

ALL 12-32-28

Page 330
Jul 01/07
R
MSR
TASK 12-32-28-680-802
Heating of Fuel/Air Separator - Hot Air Procedure
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
To melt ice that has formed in the fuel/air separator and has blocked the
drain point.
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No specific hot air blower

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
12-32-28-281-805 Draining of the Fuel/Air Separator to Remove

Accumulated Water
R (THS) Actuator
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 12-32-28-941-057
_______
DAMAGE.

EFF :

ALL 12-32-28

Page 331
Jul 01/08

MSR
- in the cockpit to tell persons not to operate the THS
aircraft.
Subtask 12-32-28-860-059
(1) Put the THS to the 0 degree position (Ref. TASK 27-40-00-866-801).
Subtask 12-32-28-010-053
C. Get Access
(1) Put the access platform in position below the access door 312AR.
(2) Open the access door 312AR.
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 12-32-28-880-051
A. Heating of the Fuel/Air Separator - Hot Air Procedure

CAUTION: MAKE SURE THAT THE TEMPERATURE OF THE HOT AIR DOES NOT EXCEED
70 DEG C. THIS PREVENTS DAMAGE TO THE VALVE AND STRUCTURE.
(1) Use a pipe from a hot air blower to blow hot air onto the water drain
valve area of the fuel/air separator.
(2) Keep the hot air on the area of the valve for 30 minutes.
is complete.
(4) If the draining of the fuel/air separator is not successful, repeat

the heating procedure.
is complete.

EFF :

ALL 12-32-28

Page 332
Jul 01/07
R
MSR
(6) If the draining of the fuel/air separator is not successful, do the
heating procedure again. Continue to do the heating procedure until
the ice has melted.
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 12-32-28-091-053
A. Removal of the Safety Locks
(1) Remove the MECHANICAL INPUT - RIGGING PIN from the mechanical input
of the THS actuator.
Subtask 12-32-28-410-053
B. Close Access
items.
(2) Close the access door 312AR.
Subtask 12-32-28-942-057

EFF :

ALL 12-32-28

Page 333
Jul 01/07
R
MSR
TASK 12-32-28-281-812
Sample Fuel for Microbiological Contamination Analysis

_______
- IN YOUR MOUTH
- IN YOUR EYES

_______
BODY.
MEDICAL HELP.
_______
AVAILABLE.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job

This procedure lets you do a test of the sample locally or you can send it
to a laboratory.
Refer to Service Information Letter (SIL 28-079) for more information about
microbiological contamination in fuel tanks.
NOTE : This task can contribute to fuel savings.

____
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No specific transparent fuel resistant plastic container(s)

No specific 1 MICROBMONITOR 2 TEST KIT ECHA MICROBIOLOGY UK (CAGE
R CO
R No specific 1 FUELSTAT RESINAE TEST KIT CONIDIA BIOSCIENCE UK (CAGE
No specific 1 HY-LITE JET A1 FUEL TEST KIT MERCK KGAA, GERMANY
R (CAGE

EFF :

ALL 12-32-28

Page 334
Jul 01/08

MSR
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

R
12-32-28-281-807 Operate the Drain Valve of the Fuel/Air Separator to
Drain any Accumulated Water
28-11-00-600-814 BIOBOR Biocidal Shock Treatment - With Fuel Mixed
with Biocide
28-11-00-600-815 BIOBOR Biocidal Shock Treatment - When Fuel Mixed
with Biocide is not Available (Metered Injection Rig
Method)
28-11-00-600-818 KATHON Biocidal Shock Treatment - With Fuel Mixed
with Biocide
28-11-00-600-819 KATHON Biocidal Shock Treatment - When Fuel Mixed
with Biocide is not Available (Metered Injection Rig
Method)
28-11-00-600-822 Removal of The Microbiological Particles
12-32-28-991-008 Fig. 305
12-32-28-991-010 Fig. 306
3. __________
Job Set-up
(Ref. Fig. 305/TASK 12-32-28-991-008, 306/TASK 12-32-28-991-010)
Subtask 12-32-28-941-063
_______
DAMAGE.

EFF :

ALL 12-32-28

Page 335
Oct 01/07

MSR
Maintenance Plan Flowchart - Microbiological Contamination
Figure 305/TASK 12-32-28-991-008

EFF :

ALL 12-32-28

Page 336
Jul 01/07
R
MSR
INTENTIONALLY BLANK

R

12-32-28

Page 337
Jul 01/07

MSR
R Microbiological Contamination Test Kits - Comparison Table

EFF :

ALL 12-32-28

Page 338
Oct 01/07

MSR
R Microbiological Contamination Test Kits - Comparison Table

EFF :

ALL 12-32-28

Page 339
Oct 01/07

MSR
4. Procedure
_________
R Subtask 12-32-28-281-061-B
R A. Sample Fuel for Microbiological Contamination Analysis
R NOTE : If moderate or heavy microbiological contamination is found in the

____
R samples:
R - all the fuel tanks may have microbiological contamination
R - a biocidal shock treatment must be applied to all of the fuel
R tanks (Ref. TASK 28-11-00-600-814) or (Ref. TASK 28-11-00-600-
R 815) or (Ref. TASK 28-11-00-600-818) or (Ref. TASK 28-11-00-600-
R 819).
R (1) Drain a fuel and water sample from each fuel tank (Ref. TASK 12-32-
R 28-281-810) and (Ref. TASK 12-32-28-281-803). You must use a
R different sample container for each fuel tank.
R NOTE : Do not put additives in the samples to show the water

____
R contents.
R NOTE : Before you collect the samples, read the manufacturers

____
R instructions in the test kit. Make sure you use a sample
R container that is specified and that it is clean and dry
R before use. An incorrect, dirty sample container can give an
R unwanted effect to the results.
R (2) Put the sample(s) into a transparent fuel resistant plastic

R container(s) with a minimum capacity of 1.0 l (0.2641 USgal) and:
R - seal the container(s)
R - make sure you can see free water and fuel in the sample(s) (for the
R MICROBMONITOR2 kit or the FUELSTAT RESINAE kit).
R (3) Identify each sample with a label that shows:

R - the aircraft number
R - the time and the date of the sample
R - the fuel tank the sample came from
R - all additives you know about.
R (4) Keep the sealed sample containers in a cool protected area.
R NOTE : After the test samples are collected, microbial contamination

____
R in the sample could multiply or die. It is recommended that
R the samples are tested before 6 hours but no later than 24
R hours.
R AIRBUS recommends that the samples are tested in no more than
R 6 hours.
R NOTE : Choose one microbial test kit for the complete procedure. Do
____
R not compare results between the microbial detection kits. They
R use different methods to give results. If you need help, ask
R the kit manufacturer.

EFF :

ALL 12-32-28

Page 340
Oct 01/07

MSR
Subtask 12-32-28-281-065
B. Not applicable
Subtask 12-32-28-281-067
C. Not applicable
Subtask 12-32-28-281-068
D. Fuel/Air Separator
(1) Drain a fuel sample from the fuel/air separator (Ref. TASK 12-32-28-
281-807).
Subtask 12-32-28-281-062
R E. Sample Test - MICROBMONITOR2 Test Kit Procedure
(1) Do one of the steps that follow:
R (a) Use the MICROBMONITOR 2 TEST KIT ECHA MICROBIOLOGY UK (CAGE CO

(and the manufacturers instructions) to do a test on the WATER
and FUEL samples, or
R (b) Send the WATER and FUEL samples to an approved laboratory for an
R IP385 test.
(2) Do a check of the results:
NOTE : If you do only one test, it can give an incorrect indication

____
of the condition of the fuel tanks. If a test shows
contamination, (moderate or heavy) do the test again, (in not
more than 10 days) before you remove the aircraft from
service. Use the same test kit for the second test.
(a) Negligible contamination
1
_ The contamination is negligible if:
- the WATER sample contents has 1000 CFU/milli liter (Colony
Forming Units) or less
- the FUEL sample contents has 4000 CFU/liter or less.
2
_ Continue to monitor the fuel tanks at the scheduled inspection
interval.
This procedure is now complete.

EFF :

ALL 12-32-28

Page 341
Jul 01/08

MSR
(b) Moderate contamination
1
_ The contamination is moderate if:
- the WATER sample contents has between 1000 and 10000
CFU/milli liter
- the FUEL sample contents has between 4000 and 20000
CFU/liter.
2
_ Use the same method and do the sample test again in not more
than 10 days after the first test.
3
_ If the contamination has not changed from moderate:
- do the BIOBOR or KATHON biocidal shock treatment (moderate
contamination procedure) to all of the fuel tanks,
(Ref. TASK 28-11-00-600-814) or (Ref. TASK 28-11-00-600-815)
or (Ref. TASK 28-11-00-600-818) or (Ref. TASK 28-11-00-600-
819).
(c) Heavy contamination
1
_ The contamination is heavy if:
- the WATER sample contents is more than 10000 CFU/milli liter
- the FUEL sample contents is more than 20000 CFU/liter.
2
3
_ If the contamination has not changed from heavy:
- do the BIOBOR or KATHON biocidal shock treatment (heavy
contamination procedure) to all of the fuel tanks (Ref. TASK
28-11-00-600-814) or (Ref. TASK 28-11-00-600-815) or
(Ref. TASK 28-11-00-600-818) or (Ref. TASK 28-11-00-600-
819).
NOTE : When you do the heavy contamination procedure, you will

____
need to enter the applicable fuel tanks to remove the
contamination (Ref. TASK 28-11-00-600-822).
The MICROBMONITOR2 Test Kit Procedure is now complete

go to para. 5.(Close-up).

EFF :

ALL 12-32-28

Page 342
Jul 01/07
R
MSR
Subtask 12-32-28-281-064
R F. Sample Test - FUELSTAT RESINAE Test Kit Procedure
NOTE : The FUELSTAT RESINAE test kit shows the most frequent type of
____
contamination you can find in fuel tanks (Hormoconis Resinae).
Other types of contamination will not be shown.
R (a) Use the FUELSTAT RESINAE TEST KIT CONIDIA BIOSCIENCE UK (CAGE
R IP385 test.

____
service. Use the same test kit to do the second test.
1
_ The contamination is negligible if the indication lines (on
the test kit) show a negative result.
2
interval.
1
_ The contamination is moderate if the indication lines (on the
test kit) show a low positive result.
Use the same method and do the sample test again in not more
2

EFF :

ALL 12-32-28

Page 343
Jul 01/08

MSR
819).
1
_ The contamination is heavy if the indication lines (on the
test kit) show a high positive result.
2
If the contamination has not changed from heavy:
- do a BIOBOR or KATHON biocidal shock treatment (heavy
28-11-00-600-814) or (Ref. TASK 28-11-00-600-815) or
819).

____
The FUELSTAT RESINAE Test Kit Procedure is now complete go to

para.5.(Close-up).
Subtask 12-32-28-281-069
R G. Sample Test - HY-LiTE Jet A1 Fuel Test Kit Procedure
NOTE : The manufacturers recommend you only use a fuel resistant

____
transparent plastic sample container. Glass containers will give
an unwanted effect to the operation of the test kit.
If possible, do the test in a clean area.
R (a) Use the HY-LITE JET A1 FUEL TEST KIT MERCK KGAA, GERMANY (CAGE
R IP385 test.

EFF :

ALL 12-32-28

Page 344
Jul 01/08

MSR

____
service. Use the same test kit to do the second test.
1
_ The contamination is negligible if:
- the WATER/FUEL sample contents has 1000 RLU/liter (Relative
Light Units) or less.
2
interval.
1
_ The contamination is moderate if:
- the WATER/FUEL sample contents has between 1000 and 5000
RLU/liter
2
3
819).
1
_ The contamination is heavy if:
- the WATER/FUEL sample contents is more than 5000 RLU/liter
2

EFF :

ALL 12-32-28

Page 345
Jul 01/07

MSR
3
_ If the contamination has not changed from heavy:
- do the BIOBOR or KATHON biocidal shock treatment (heavy
28-11-00-600-814) or (Ref. TASK 28-11-00-600-815) or
819).

____
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 12-32-28-942-063

EFF :

ALL 12-32-28

Page 346
Jul 01/07

MSR
HYDRAULIC FLUID - SERVICING
___________________________
TASK 12-32-29-281-801
Sampling for Analysis
_______
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE CONTROLS AGREE WITH THE POSITION OF THE ITEMS THEY
_______
OPERATE BEFORE YOU PRESSURIZE A HYDRAULIC SYSTEM. UNWANTED MOVEMENT
OF HYDRAULICALLY OPERATED ITEMS CAN BE DANGEROUS AND/OR CAUSE DAMAGE.

_______

_______
DO NOT SMOKE.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R
No specific glass sample bottle 0.2 l (0.0528 USgal)
R No specific plastic sample bottle exclusively made from
R poly-ethylene 0.2 l (0.0528 USgal)
HSPA181-380J 1 HYDRAULIC PURIFIER

EFF :

ALL 12-32-29

Page 301
Jan 01/07

MSR
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R
LOCKWIRE 1.25 MM (Ref. 20-31-00)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
12-12-29-611-801 Fill the Green Hydraulic Reservoir with a Hydraulic

Service Cart
12-12-29-611-803 Fill the Blue Hydraulic Reservoir with a Hydraulic
Service Cart
12-12-29-611-804 Fill the Blue Hydraulic Reservoir with a Hand Pump
12-12-29-611-805 Fill the Yellow Hydraulic Reservoir with a Hydraulic
Service Cart
12-12-29-611-806 Fill the Yellow Hydraulic Reservoir with a Hand Pump
12-36-29-611-801 Replacement of the Hydraulic Fluid of the Green
Hydraulic System with a Fluid Replacement and
Recovery Bench
12-36-29-611-802 Replacement of the Hydraulic Fluid of the Blue
Recovery Bench
12-36-29-611-803 Replacement of the Hydraulic Fluid of the Yellow
Recovery Bench
12-36-29-611-804 Reclaim the Fluid in the Green Hydraulic System
12-36-29-611-805 Reclaim the Fluid in the Blue Hydraulic System
12-36-29-611-806 Reclaim the Fluid in the Yellow Hydraulic System
12-36-29-611-807 Replacement of the Hydraulic Fluid of the Green
Hydraulic System with the Green Electric Pump
12-36-29-611-808 Replacement of the Hydraulic Fluid of the Blue
Hydraulic System with the Blue Electric Pump
12-36-29-611-809 Replacement of the Hydraulic Fluid of the Yellow
Hydraulic System with the Yellow Electric Pump
12-36-29-615-801 Clean the Fluid in the Green Hydraulic System (with
the Pall Purifier)
12-36-29-615-802 Clean the Fluid in the Blue Hydraulic System (with
the Pall Purifier)

EFF :

ALL 12-32-29

Page 302
Jan 01/07

MSR
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
12-36-29-615-803 Clean the Fluid in the Yellow Hydraulic System (with

the Pall Purifier)
29-00-00-863-801 Pressurize the Green Hydraulic System with the Ground
Hydraulic Supply
29-00-00-863-802 Pressurize the Blue Hydraulic System with the Ground
Hydraulic Supply
Ground Hydraulic Supply
29-00-00-910-805 Safety Procedures of the Hydraulic System
SIL 29-081
12-32-29-991-001 Fig. 301
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 12-32-29-941-050
(1) Obey the hydraulic safety procedures (Ref. TASK 29-00-00-910-805).
(2) Put the warning notices in position to tell persons not to move:
- the flight controls,
- the lever of the landing gear selector.
Subtask 12-32-29-010-050
B. Get Access
(1) For Green or Blue hydraulic system:

- Open the left MLG door (Ref. TASK 32-12-00-010-801).
(2) For Yellow hydraulic system:

- Open the right MLG door (Ref. TASK 32-12-00-010-801).

EFF :

ALL 12-32-29

Page 303
Jan 01/07
R
MSR
Subtask 12-32-29-864-050
R C. Pressurize the concerned hydraulic systems

- for Green hydraulic system (Ref. TASK 29-00-00-863-801),
- for Blue hydraulic system (Ref. TASK 29-00-00-863-802),
- for Yellow hydraulic system (Ref. TASK 29-00-00-863-803).
4. Procedure
_________
(Ref. Fig. 301/TASK 12-32-29-991-001)
Subtask 12-32-29-680-050
R A. Flush the sampling valve
(1) Remove and discard

_______
CUT, REMOVE AND DISCARD THE LOCKWIRE AS YOU DO THE TASK.
LOOSE LOCKWIRE CAN CUT OR BLIND YOU.
(a) Remove and discard the lockwire from the applicable sampling
valve:
- for the Green hydraulic system, sampling valve 5123JM1
- for the Blue hydraulic system, sampling valve 5123JM2
- for the Yellow hydraulic system, sampling valve 5123JM3.
(2) Remove the cap (3) from sampling valve (1).

R
R (3) Put the container below the sampling valve.
R (4) Put the notch in the head of the cap (3) below the head of the needle
valve (2).
R (5) Move the cap (3) to pull the needle valve (2) down and drain 0.2 l
(0.0528 USgal) into the container.
R (6) Remove the cap (3) from the needle valve (2).
R (7) Discard the hydraulic fluid (refer to the local regulations).

R
R NOTE : You must flush the sampling valve before you remove each
____
R sample.

EFF :

ALL 12-32-29

Page 304
Jan 01/07

MSR
Subtask 12-32-29-281-050
R B. Remove a sample from the sampling valve
R (1) Put the clean glass sample bottle or plastic sample bottle
R exclusively made from poly-ethylene below the sampling valve (1).
(2) Put the notch in the head of the cap (3) below the head of the needle
valve (2).
(3) Move the cap (3) to pull the needle valve (2) down and drain 0.2 l
R (0.0528 US gal) into the sample bottle.
(4) Remove the cap (3) from the needle valve (2).
R (5) Seal the sample bottle.
R (6) Put a tag on the sample bottle with the aircraft registration, the
R system identification, the date and time.
(7) Send the sample bottle to the analysis laboratory.
(8) Depressurize the concerned hydraulic systems:

R - for Green hydraulic system (Ref. TASK 29-00-00-864-801),
R - for Blue hydraulic system (Ref. TASK 29-00-00-864-802),
- for Yellow hydraulic system (Ref. TASK 29-00-00-864-803).
(9) Install the cap (3) on the sampling valve (1).
R (10) Safety the cap with MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-017).
Subtask 12-32-29-281-051
C. Admissible Particle Contamination of Hydraulic Fluid
(1) For correct operation of hydraulic equipment, the hydraulic fluid

must be clean. The number of particles contained in 100
cubic-centimeters (6 cu.in.) must not be more than the class 9
requirements of NSA 307110 specifications.
The hydraulic fluid used for replenishing, topping up etc, hydraulic
systems (cart reservoirs) must agree with the requirements of class 7
of the NSA 307110 specifications (initial state).

EFF :

ALL 12-32-29

Page 305
Jan 01/07

MSR
Sampling Valve - Location

EFF :

ALL 12-32-29

Page 306
Jan 01/04

MSR
Sampling Valve - Location

EFF :

ALL 12-32-29

Page 307
Jan 01/04

MSR
(2) Reference list of maximum limits of class 7 and class 9 of NSA 307110
specification:
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
NUMBER OF PARTICLES
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Particle size Class 7 Class 9
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
5 to 15 micron 32000 128000
15 to 25 micron 5700 22800
25 to 50 micron 1012 4050
50 to 100 micron 180 720
> 100 micron 32 128
(3) If a sample analysis shows a contamination rate higher of one or more

of the class 9 values:
(a) Stop the hydraulic tests,
(b) clean the hydraulic fluid (Ref. TASK 12-36-29-615-801),

- or reclaim it with the hydraulic ground power cart (Ref. TASK
12-36-29-611-804), (Ref. TASK 12-36-29-611-805) and (Ref. TASK
12-36-29-611-806).
- or change it (Ref. TASK 12-36-29-611-807), (Ref. TASK 12-36-29-
611-808) and (Ref. TASK 12-36-29-611-809).
NOTE : It is possible that Airbus will give you approval for

____
aircraft dispatch, if the contamination rate is more than
the given limits (please see SIL 29-081) depending on the
level of contamination and given if only one system is
contaminated.

EFF :

ALL 12-32-29

Page 308
Apr 01/06
R
MSR
Subtask 12-32-29-281-052
R D. Chemical analysis
R (1) Chemical analysis must be to NSA307110 Limit Characteristics of fluid

R in operation.
R (2) If the values of the chemical analysis are not in the limits given in
R the table below, do the following corrective actions:
R (a) If the water or chlorine content of the fluid sample are equal or
R more than the values given above:
R - Clean the hydraulic fluid with the HYDRAULIC PURIFIER (HSPA181-
R 380J) (Ref. TASK 12-36-29-615-801), (Ref. TASK 12-36-29-615-
R 802) and (Ref. TASK 12-36-29-615-803),
R - or change the hydraulic fluid (Ref. TASK 12-36-29-611-801),
R (Ref. TASK 12-36-29-611-802) and (Ref. TASK 12-36-29-611-803).
R (b) If the acidity, density, viscosity or conductivity of the fluid

R sample are out of the permitted values given above:
R - Change the hydraulic fluid (Ref. TASK 12-36-29-611-807),
R (Ref. TASK 12-36-29-611-808) and (Ref. TASK 12-36-29-611-809).
R |end
R (3) Airbus has defined additional time limited authorizations to prevent

R aircraft operational impact in case of Chemical Contamination (Ref.
R SIL 29-081).
R Airbus considers the aircraft can stay in service during the
R additional time frames, waiting for corrective action and new results
R avaibility.
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R | NSA 307110 Requirements Additional Temporary |
R | Authorization |
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R |Hydraulic |In Service |Corrective | Tolerance | Allowed Time |
R |Fluid |Limits |Action | | Frames |
R |Parameters | |Application | (see NOTE 1) | (see NOTE 2) |
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R Acid Number 1.5mg KOH/g immediately 1.5 to 2.5mg 7 calendar days

R max KOH/g max
R Density 970 to 1066 immediately Not Applicable 600 FH

R at 23 +/- 3 deg kg/m3
R Water Content 0.50% max immediately 0.5% to 1% 600 FH

EFF :

ALL 12-32-29

Page 309
Jan 01/06

MSR
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| NSA 307110 Requirements Additional Temporary |
| Authorization |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|Hydraulic |In Service |Corrective | Tolerance | Allowed Time |
|Fluid |Limits |Action | | Frames |
|Parameters | |Application | (see NOTE 1) | (see NOTE 2) |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1% to 1.5% 7calendar days
Viscosity 6 to 12.5 CST immediately 5.5 to 6 CST 10 calendar

at 38 deg.C days or 150 FH
Chlorine 200 ppm max immediately 200 to 300 ppm 10 calendar

Content days or 150 FH
R Electrical 0.30 immediately lower than 0.30 600 FH

R conductivity microSiemens.c microSiemens.cm
R minimum min
NOTE : 1: Tolerance represent the level of contaminations allowed for

____
a limited time duration (see associated allowed time frame).
NOTE : 2: Allowed Time Frames is an additional time the aircraft can

____
stay into service. It is the period from the discovery of the
contamination to new results availability (including
corrective action, new sample removal and new analysis).
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 12-32-29-611-050
A. Make sure that the fluid level in the hydraulic reservoir is correct. If
necessary, fill the concerned reservoir:
- for green reservoir (Ref. TASK 12-12-29-611-801) or (Ref. TASK 12-12-
29-611-802).
- for blue reservoir (Ref. TASK 12-12-29-611-803) or (Ref. TASK 12-12-29-
611-804).
- for yellow reservoir (Ref. TASK 12-12-29-611-805) or (Ref. TASK 12-12-
29-611-806).

EFF :

ALL 12-32-29

Page 310
Apr 01/06

MSR
Subtask 12-32-29-410-050
B. Close Access
items.

EFF :

ALL 12-32-29

Page 311
Jan 01/06

MSR
APU - SERVICING
_______________
TASK 12-32-49-281-801
Oil Sampling for Analysis
_______
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
To find the causes of oil contamination (fuel, oil degradation and other
causes).
NOTE : You must get the sample 15 to 30 minutes after APU shutdown and
____
before you add oil to the tank.
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific clean and lint-free cloth
No specific plastic bottle
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
12-13-49-612-801 Gravity Servicing of the APU Oil Reservoir

12-32-49-991-001 Fig. 301

EFF :

ALL 12-32-49

Page 301
Jan 01/04

MSR
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 12-32-49-860-050

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-801).

(Ref. TASK 29-00-00-864-804).
Subtask 12-32-49-010-050
B. Get Access to the Avionics Compartment
(1) Put the access platform in position below the access door 811.
Subtask 12-32-49-865-050
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Subtask 12-32-49-010-051
D. Get Access
(2) Open the APU access door 315AL and and safety it in the open
position.
(3) Set the LIGHT SW 3LJ to the ON position.

EFF :

ALL 12-32-49

Page 302
Jan 01/04

MSR
4. Procedure
_________
(Ref. Fig. 301/TASK 12-32-49-991-001)
Subtask 12-32-49-281-050
A. Get a sample
CAUTION : MAKE SURE THAT THE SCUPPER OF THE OIL TANK IS CLEAN TO PREVENT
_______
CONTAMINATION OF THE TANK DURING THE SERVICING OPERATION.
CAUTION : USE A NEW AND VERY CLEAN PLASTIC BOTTLE WITH A NEW SCREW TOP
_______
AND A NEW PLASTIC TUBE. DO NOT USE THESE ITEMS AGAIN.
(1) Clean the oil tank scupper.

- Clean the oil tank scupper with a clean and lint-free cloth, before
you remove the oil filler cap.
(2) Open the oil tank
WARNING : REMOVE THE OIL TANK FILLER CAP AT LEAST 5 MINUTES AFTER
_______
ENGINE SHUTDOWN TO LET TANK PRESSURE DECREASE. OTHERWISE,
PRESSURIZED HOT OIL FROM THE TANK COULD CAUSE BURNS.
(a) Squeeze the plastic bottle (2) and put the free end of the tube
into the oil through the filling port (3).
(b) Release the pressure on the bottle to remove the oil sample by
suction.
(3) Tag the oil sample with these data:

- APU total operating time.
- Operating time since the last oil sampling.
- Date of sample.
- Identification of the APU (Serial Number).
- Type and brand of the oil used.
(4) Send the sample for chemical or spectrometric analysis to the

laboratory as soon as possible.
(5) Do a check of the oil level and fill the oil tank if necessary
(Ref. TASK 12-13-49-612-801).
(6) Close the oil tank.

EFF :

ALL 12-32-49

Page 303
Jan 01/04

MSR
Oil Sampling for Analysis
Figure 301/TASK 12-32-49-991-001

EFF :

ALL 12-32-49

Page 304
Jan 01/04

MSR
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 12-32-49-410-050
A. Close Access
items.
(2) Set the LIGHT SW 3LJ to the OFF position.
(3) Close the APU access door 315AL.
Subtask 12-32-49-865-051
breaker(s):
Subtask 12-32-49-410-051
C. Close Access
items.
Subtask 12-32-49-860-051

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-862-801)

EFF :

ALL 12-32-49

Page 305
Jan 01/04

MSR
ENGINE OIL - SERVICING
______________________
TASK 12-32-79-280-801
Get a Sample of Engine Oil for Analysis
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific container - oil resistant 0.5 litres (0.132 USgal)
No specific syringe - oil 0.25 litre (0.066 USgal)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 12-32-79-861-053

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-801).
Subtask 12-32-79-941-054

EFF :

ALL 12-32-79

Page 301
Jan 01/04

MSR
Subtask 12-32-79-010-059
Subtask 12-32-79-865-056
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FOR 4030EM1
FOR 4030EM2
Subtask 12-32-79-010-060
E. Get Access
(1) Put the adjustable access platform in the correct position at the
right side of the engine.
(2) Open the access panel on the right fan cowl door:
- FOR 4030EM1
416CR
- FOR 4030EM2
426CR
4. Procedure
_________
_______
YOUR SKIN WITH WATER. THE OIL IS POISONOUS AND CAN BE ABSORBED
INTO THE BODY.

EFF :

ALL 12-32-79

Page 302
Jan 01/04

MSR
Subtask 12-32-79-680-050
A. Get a sample of engine oil:
(1) Remove the oil filler cap.
(2) Use a clean syringe - oil 0.25 litre (0.066 USgal) to get
approximately 0,25 litres (0.066 USgal) of oil from the engine oil
tank.
(3) Put the oil sample into a clean container - oil resistant 0.5 litres
(0.132 USgal). Seal and identify the sample.
(4) Install the oil filler cap.
Subtask 12-32-79-280-050
B. Send the sample to a laboratory for analysis. The permitted levels of

contamination by volume are as follows:
(1) Fuel - aviation kerosine and diesel - 0.5 percent
(2) Hydraulic oil - mineral and phosphate - 0.3 percent
(3) Synthetic oil which is not approved - 10.0 percent
(4) Mineral oil - 2.0 percent.
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 12-32-79-865-057
breaker(s):
- FOR 4030EM1
12KS1, 13KS1
- FOR 4030EM2
12KS2, 13KS2
Subtask 12-32-79-410-058
B. Close Access
items.

EFF :

ALL 12-32-79

Page 303
Jan 01/04

MSR
(4) Close the access panel on the right fan cowl door:
- FOR 4030EM1
416CR
- FOR 4030EM2
426CR
Subtask 12-32-79-862-053

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-862-801).

EFF :

ALL 12-32-79

Page 304
Jan 01/04

MSR
PRE-CONDITIONING - DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION
____________________________________________
1. _______
General
You can pre-condition the aircraft on the ground with:
- a ground air-supply unit through the Low Pressure (LP) ground connectors,
- a ground air-supply unit through the High Pressure (HP) ground connectors,
- the APU bleed air supply.
For the pre-conditioning you have to open the air outflow valves 313HL and
315HL to permit an overpressure in the cabin.
2. __________________
System Description
A. Pre-conditioning with the Low Pressure (LP) Ground Connector

You can connect a ground air-supply unit to the LP ground connections for
ventilation of the aircraft. It is not necessary to operate the air
conditioning packs.
There are two LP ground connectors installed on the bottom of the belly
fairing (access door 191EB). Through these connectors you supply the air
R from a ground air-supply unit to the cabin air distribution and
R regulation system (Ref. 21-21-00).
B. Pre-conditioning with the High Pressure (HP) Ground Connector

You can connect a ground air-supply unit to the HP ground connections for
ventilation of the aircraft. You have to operate the air conditioning
packs for this condition.
There are two HP ground connectors installed on the bottom of the belly
fairing (access door 193GB). Through these connectors you supply the
compressed air from a ground air-supply unit to the crossbleed duct. The
air flows from the crossbleed duct to the air conditioning packs. From
R the air conditioning packs the air flows to the cabin air distribution
R and regulation system (Ref. 21-21-00).
C. Pre-conditioning with the APU Bleed Air Supply

The APU air system supplies bleed air to the aircraft pneumatic system
(Ref. 36-12-00). You have to operate the air conditioning packs for this
condition.
The APU load compressor supplies the APU bleed air.
When the APU bleed valve is in the opened position:
- the Pressure Regulating Valves (PRV) close and thus shut off the engine
bleed-air supply,
- the APU supplies bleed air through the APU bleed air duct to the
crossbleed duct. Then the air flows from the crossbleed duct to the air
conditioning packs. From the air conditioning packs the air flows to
R the cabin air distribution and regulation system (Ref. 21-21-00).

EFF :

ALL 12-33-00

Page 1
Jul 01/06

MSR
GROUND AIR PRE-CONDITIONING - MAINTENANCE PRACTICES
___________________________________________________
TASK 12-33-21-618-801
Pre-conditioning through the Low-Pressure Ground Connection
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE FWD AVIONICS ACCESS DOOR 811 IS OPEN WITH A
_______
WARNING PLACARD ATTACHED TO IT.
THE WARNING NOTICE MUST TELL PERSONS NOT TO CLOSE THE DOOR. THIS
PREVENTS ACCIDENTAL PRESSURIZATION OF THE AIRCRAFT.
CAUTION : DO NOT USE CONDITIONED AIR FROM THE PACKS AT THE SAME TIME AS AIR
_______
FROM THE LOW-PRESSURE GROUND UNITS. THIS CAN CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE
CHECK VALVES.
CAUTION : MAKE SURE THAT THE GROUND AIR-SUPPLY UNIT IS NOT TOO NEAR THE
_______
AIRCRAFT AND THAT THE ENGINE EXHAUST PIPE OF THE GROUND AIR- SUPPLY
UNIT POINTS AWAY FROM THE AIRCRAFT. HEAT FROM THIS UNIT AND FROM THE
EXHAUST CAN CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE AIRCRAFT STRUCTURE.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
NOTE : There are alternative methods for the pre-conditioning. This task
____
gives one of the methods. For the other methods refer to the relevant
tasks in this page block.
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No specific ground air-supply unit(s)


EFF :

ALL 12-33-21

Page 201
Jan 01/04

MSR
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

12-33-21-991-001 Fig. 201
12-33-21-991-002 Fig. 202
3. __________
Job Set-up
(Ref. Fig. 201/TASK 12-33-21-991-001)
Subtask 12-33-21-861-050

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-801).
Subtask 12-33-21-010-051
B. Get Access
(1) Open the access door 191EB.
(2) Connect the ground air-supply unit(s) to the aircraft LP

connector(s).
(5) Install a warning notice on the access door 811 to tell persons not
to close the access door 811.

EFF :

ALL 12-33-21

Page 202
Jan 01/04

MSR
LP and HP Ground Connectors
Figure 201/TASK 12-33-21-991-001

EFF :

ALL 12-33-21

Page 203
Jan 01/04

MSR
4. Procedure
_________
(Ref. Fig. 202/TASK 12-33-21-991-002)
Subtask 12-33-21-618-050
A. Pre-conditioning through the LP Ground Connector(s)
(1) On the panel 212VU, make sure that the CAB FANS pushbutton switch is
in the on position (the OFF legend is off).
(2) Start the ground air-supply unit(s) and make sure that:
- the airflow is max. 3.2 kg/sec (423.3 lb/min),
- the supplied air pressure is not more than 65 mbar (0.94 psi),
- the supplied air temperature does not go above 70 deg.C (158.00
deg.F).
(3) Set the necessary output air temperature on the ground air-supply
unit(s).
Subtask 12-33-21-618-055
B. When the pre-conditioning is no longer necessary, stop the ground

air-supply unit(s).
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 12-33-21-410-051
A. Close Access
(1) Disconnect and remove the ground air-supply unit(s) from the aircraft
LP connector(s).
items.
(3) Close the access door 191EB.

EFF :

ALL 12-33-21

Page 204
Jan 01/04

MSR
Cockpit Panels 212VU and 225VU
Figure 202/TASK 12-33-21-991-002

EFF :

ALL 12-33-21

Page 205
Jan 01/04

MSR
Subtask 12-33-21-862-050

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-862-801).

EFF :

ALL 12-33-21

Page 206
Jan 01/04

MSR
TASK 12-33-21-618-801- 01
Pre-conditioning through the High-Pressure Ground Connection
_______
CAUTION : MAKE SURE THAT THE GROUND-AIR SUPPLY IF FREE FROM OIL CONTAMINATION.
_______
OIL CONTAMINATION CAN CAUSE THE SMELL OF OIL IN THE CABIN AND MAKE
THE AIR-CONDITIONING PACKS UNSERVICEABLE.
CAUTION : MAKE SURE THAT THE GROUND AIR-SUPPLY UNIT IS NOT TOO NEAR THE
_______
AIRCRAFT AND THAT THE ENGINE EXHAUST PIPE OF THE GROUND AIR- SUPPLY
UNIT POINTS AWAY FROM THE AIRCRAFT. HEAT FROM THIS UNIT AND FROM THE
EXHAUST CAN CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE AIRCRAFT STRUCTURE.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
____
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No specific ground air-supply unit


EFF :

ALL 12-33-21

Page 207
Jan 01/04

MSR
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

External Power A
External Power A
12-33-21-991-001 Fig. 201
12-33-21-991-002 Fig. 202
3. __________
Job Set-up
(Ref. Fig. 202/TASK 12-33-21-991-002)
Subtask 12-33-21-865-052
A. Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) closed:
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
715VU L RECIRC FAN 1HG1 B54
R 721VU LAV+GALY EXTC FAN 1HU A02
721VU PACK 1 L1 115VAC 1HH1 F02
721VU PACK 1 L2 115VAC 3HH1 K04
721VU CAB PRESS MAN 3HL P11
721VU ZONE CTL SYS 1 1HK1 R08
721VU PACK 1 L2 28VDC 4HH1 R07
721VU PACK 1 L1 28VDC 2HH1 T08
722VU EXTC FAN BULK CRG 5HN A37
722VU EXTC FAN FWD CARGO 11HN A34
722VU PACK 2 L2 115VAC 3HH2 E44
722VU PACK 2 L1 115VAC 1HH2 H48
722VU AIR XBLEED AUTO 1HV R45
722VU CPC 2 2HL U44
722VU CARGO VENT CTL L1 2HN U43
722VU ZONE CTL SYS 2 1HK2 U42
722VU PACK 2 L2 28VDC 4HH2 U41
725VU R RECIRC FAN 1HG2 B23
742VU RAM AIR 1HZ A68
742VU PACK 1 FLOW CTL 1HB1 A67

EFF :

ALL 12-33-21

Page 208
Oct 01/05

MSR
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
742VU CPC 1 1HL A66
742VU AIR XBLEED MAN 2HV C75
742VU PACK 2 FLOW CTL 1HB2 F80
742VU CARGO VENT CTL L2 1HN L72
Subtask 12-33-21-860-054

(Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-801).

(Ref. TASK 31-60-00-860-801).
(3) On the ECAM control panel, push the BLEED key (on the SD, the BLEED
page comes into view).
(4) On the panel 225VU make sure that:

- the PACK 1 and PACK 2 pushbutton switches are in the on position
(the FAULT legends are on and the OFF legends are off),
- the COCKPIT and the CABIN temperature selectors are at the 12
oclock position,
- the HOT AIR 1 and the HOT AIR 2 pushbutton switches are in the on
position (the OFF legends are off).
(5) On the panel 225VU, set the the crossbleed valve selector-switch to
OPEN.
(6) On the panel 212VU, make sure that the CAB FANS pushbutton switch is
in the on position (the OFF legend is off).
Subtask 12-33-21-010-052
C. Get Access
(Ref. Fig. 201/TASK 12-33-21-991-001)
(1) Open the access door 193GB.
(2) Connect the ground air-supply unit to the aircraft HP connectors

7300HA and 7302HA.

EFF :

ALL 12-33-21

Page 209
Jan 01/04

MSR
4. Procedure
_________
(Ref. Fig. 202/TASK 12-33-21-991-002)
Subtask 12-33-21-618-056
A. Pre-conditioning through the HP Ground Connector
(1) Start the ground air-supply unit and make sure that:
- the airflow is max. 3.2 kg/sec (423.3 lb/min),
- the supplied air pressure is not more than 3.5 bar (50.7631 psi),
- the supplied air temperature does not go above 260 deg.C (500.00
deg.F).
NOTE : On the panel 225VU, the PACK 1 and PACK 2 FAULT legends go off
____
when the flow control valves open.
(2) On the AIR BLEED page of the System Display, make sure that the pack
discharge-temperature indication is normal (green).
Subtask 12-33-21-618-057
B. When the pre-conditioning is no longer necessary stop the ground

air-supply unit.
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 12-33-21-860-055
(1) On the panel 225VU, set the crossbleed valve selector-switch to AUTO.
(2) Do the EIS stop procedure

(Ref. TASK 31-60-00-860-802).

(Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-801).

EFF :

ALL 12-33-21

Page 210
Jan 01/04

MSR
Subtask 12-33-21-410-052
B. Close Access
(1) Disconnect and remove the ground air-supply unit from the HP
connectors 7300HA and 7302HA.
items.
(3) Close the access door 193GB.

EFF :

ALL 12-33-21

Page 211
Jan 01/04

MSR
TASK 12-33-21-618-801- 02
Pre-conditioning with the APU
_______
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
____
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

External Power A
External Power A
49-00-00-860-801 Start of the APU with External Power Supply
49-00-00-860-802 Shutdown of the APU with Power Supply from the APU
Battery
12-33-21-991-002 Fig. 202

EFF :

ALL 12-33-21

Page 212
Jan 01/04

MSR
3. __________
Job Set-up
(Ref. Fig. 202/TASK 12-33-21-991-002)
Subtask 12-33-21-865-053
A. Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) closed:
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
715VU L RECIRC FAN 1HG1 B54
R 721VU LAV+GALY EXTC FAN 1HU A02
721VU PACK 1 L1 115VAC 1HH1 F02
721VU PACK 1 L2 115VAC 3HH1 K04
721VU CAB PRESS MAN 3HL P11
721VU ZONE CTL SYS 1 1HK1 R08
721VU PACK 1 L2 28VDC 4HH1 R07
721VU PACK 1 L1 28VDC 2HH1 T08
722VU EXTC FAN BULK CRG 5HN A37
722VU EXTC FAN FWD CARGO 11HN A34
722VU PACK 2 L2 115VAC 3HH2 E44
722VU PACK 2 L1 115VAC 1HH2 H48
722VU AIR XBLEED AUTO 1HV R45
722VU CPC 2 2HL U44
722VU CARGO VENT CTL L1 2HN U43
722VU ZONE CTL SYS 2 1HK2 U42
725VU R RECIRC FAN 1HG2 B23
742VU RAM AIR 1HZ A68
742VU PACK 1 FLOW CTL 1HB1 A67
742VU CPC 1 1HL A66
742VU AIR XBLEED MAN 2HV C75
742VU PACK 2 FLOW CTL 1HB2 F80
742VU CARGO VENT CTL L2 1HN L72
Subtask 12-33-21-860-056

(Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-801).

(Ref. TASK 31-60-00-860-801).

EFF :

ALL 12-33-21

Page 213
Oct 01/05

MSR
(3) On the ECAM control panel, push the BLEED key (on the SD, the BLEED
(4) On the panel 225VU make sure that:

- the PACK 1 and PACK 2 pushbutton switches are in the on position
(the FAULT legends are on and the OFF legends are off),
- the COCKPIT and the CABIN temperature selectors are at the 12
oclock position,
- the HOT AIR 1 and the HOT AIR 2 pushbutton switches are in the on
position (the OFF legends are off).
(5) On the panel 225VU, set the crossbleed valve selector-switch to OPEN.
(6) On the panel 212VU, make sure that the CAB FANS switch is in the on
position (the OFF legend is off).
Subtask 12-33-21-010-053
C. Safety Precautions
4. Procedure
_________
(Ref. Fig. 202/TASK 12-33-21-991-002)
Subtask 12-33-21-618-058
A. Pre-conditioning with the APU
(1) Start the APU (Ref. TASK 49-00-00-860-801).
NOTE : On the panel 225VU, the PACK 1 and PACK 2 FAULT legends go off
____
when the flow control valves open.
(2) On the panel 225VU push the APU BLEED pushbutton switch to the on
position (the ON legend comes on).
(3) On the AIR BLEED page of the System Display, make sure that the pack
discharge temperature-indication is normal (green).

EFF :

ALL 12-33-21

Page 214
Jan 01/04

MSR
Subtask 12-33-21-618-059
B. When the pre-conditioning is no longer necessary:
(1) On the panel 225VU push the APU BLEED pushbutton switch to the off
position (the ON legend goes off).
(2) Stop the APU (Ref. TASK 49-00-00-860-802).
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 12-33-21-860-057
(1) On the panel 225VU, set the crossbleed valve selector-switch to AUTO.
(2) Do the EIS stop procedure

(Ref. TASK 31-60-00-860-802).

(Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-801)
Subtask 12-33-21-410-053
B. Close Access
items.

EFF :

ALL 12-33-21

Page 215
Jan 01/04

MSR
GROUNDING POINTS - DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION
____________________________________________
1. General
_______
This section gives the instructions to ground the aircraft for the
refuel/defuel operations or for the maintenance operations.
In the other conditions, the electrostatic discharge of the aircraft is made
through the tires.
It includes the topic below:

12-34-24/P. Block 201.

EFF :

ALL 12-34-00

Page 1
Jan 01/04

MSR
AIRCRAFT GROUNDING - MAINTENANCE PRACTICES
__________________________________________
TASK 12-34-24-860-801
Aircraft Grounding for the Refuel/Defuel Operations
WARNING : DO NOT WEAR A HEADSET OR TOUCH CABLES/LINES CONNECTED TO THE AIRCRAFT

_______
WHEN THERE IS A RISK OF LIGHTNING. LIGHTNING IS DANGEROUS.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
To electrostatically balance the aircraft during the refuel/defuel

operations.

____
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No specific bonding cable

No specific ground cable
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
12-34-24-991-001 Fig. 201

12-34-24-991-002 Fig. 202
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 12-34-24-210-050
(1) Make sure that the fuel tanker is grounded.

EFF :

ALL 12-34-24

Page 201
Jul 01/08
R
MSR
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 12-34-24-480-050
A. Connection of the Ground Cables
WARNING : ALWAYS CONNECT THE GROUND CABLE TO THE PARKING GROUND POINT
_______
BEFORE YOU CONNECT IT TO THE AIRCRAFT. DO NOT ATTACH THE CABLE
TO THE AIRCRAFT FIRST (THERE IS A RISK OF ELECTRIC SHOCK).
NOTE : For the satisfactory removal of an electrical charge from the

____
aircraft:
R - the aircraft ground cable must have a section of 22 mm2 (0.033
R in2) or more.
- the total electrical resistance of the cable between the parking
ground point and the grounding point of the landing gear must
not be more than 500 milliohms.
- the resistance between the end connector on the ground cable and
the nearest adjacent metal part of the landing gear must not be
more than 10 milliohms.
(1) Connect a ground cable to the grounding point on one of the MLG legs
or on the NLG leg,
(Ref. Fig. 201/TASK 12-34-24-991-001)
The aircraft wheels must be on ground.
(2) Connect a bonding cable between the fuel tanker and a grounding point
on one of the MLG legs or the NLG leg,
(Ref. Fig. 201/TASK 12-34-24-991-001)
or connect a bonding cable between the fuel tanker and the grounding
point on the upper wing surface
(Ref. Fig. 202/TASK 12-34-24-991-002)
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 12-34-24-080-050
A. Disconnect the ground and bonding cables.
(1) After the refuel/defuel operation, disconnect all the grounding and
bonding cables.

EFF :

ALL 12-34-24

Page 202
Jul 01/08

MSR
Location of the Grounding Points on the NLG and MLG
Figure 201/TASK 12-34-24-991-001

EFF :

ALL 12-34-24

Page 203
Jan 01/04

MSR
Grounding Point on the Wing Upper Surface
Figure 202/TASK 12-34-24-991-002

EFF :

ALL 12-34-24

Page 204
Jan 01/04

MSR
TASK 12-34-24-860-802
Aircraft Grounding for the Maintenance Operations
WARNING : DO NOT WEAR A HEADSET OR TOUCH CABLES/LINES CONNECTED TO THE AIRCRAFT

_______
WHEN THERE IS A RISK OF LIGHTNING. LIGHTNING IS DANGEROUS.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
To electrostatically balance the aircraft during the maintenance operations.
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No specific ground cable
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
12-34-24-991-001 Fig. 201

12-34-24-991-002 Fig. 202
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 12-34-24-869-051
A. Not applicable.
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 12-34-24-210-051
R (1) Make sure that the access platform or the step ladder are grounded.

EFF :

ALL 12-34-24

Page 205
Jan 01/07

MSR
Subtask 12-34-24-480-051
B. Connection of the Ground Cables
WARNING : ALWAYS CONNECT THE GROUND CABLE TO THE PARKING GROUND POINT
_______
BEFORE YOU CONNECT IT TO THE AIRCRAFT. DO NOT ATTACH THE CABLE
TO THE AIRCRAFT FIRST (THERE IS A RISK OF ELECTRIC SHOCK).
NOTE : For the satisfactory removal of an electrical charge from the

____
aircraft:
R - the aircraft ground cable must have a section of 22 mm2 (0.033
R in2) or more (for copper only).
- the total electrical resistance of the cable between the parking
ground point and the grounding point on the landing gear must
not be more than 500 milliohms.
- the resistance between the end connector on the ground cable and
the nearest adjacent metal part of the landing gear must not be
more than 10 milliohms.
(1) We recommend to connect the parking or the hangar ground cable to the
aircraft grounding point on one of the MLG legs or on the NLG leg,
(Ref. Fig. 201/TASK 12-34-24-991-001)
NOTE : If the aircraft is on jacks for retraction and extension

____
checks of the landing gear, connect the parking or the hangar
ground cable:
- to the aircraft grounding point on the wings,
(Ref. Fig. 202/TASK 12-34-24-991-002)
(2) We recommend to connect the ground cable of the step ladder or the
access platform to the aircraft grounding point on one of the MLG
legs or the NLG leg.
NOTE : If the aircraft is on jacks for retraction and extension

____
checks of the landing gear, connect the parking or the hangar
ground cable:
- to the aircraft grounding point on the wings,
(Ref. Fig. 202/TASK 12-34-24-991-002)

EFF :

ALL 12-34-24

Page 206
Jul 01/08

MSR
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 12-34-24-080-051
A. Disconnect the ground cables.
(1) After the maintenance operation, disconnect all the grounding cables.

EFF :

ALL 12-34-24

Page 207
Jan 01/07

MSR
SYSTEM LINE FLUSHING - DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION
________________________________________________
1. General
_______
This section gives the instructions related to the flushing of a system line
to remove all foreign matters from the fluid and from the system line.
The fluid may be used again only if its characteristics obey the applicable
specifications.

12-36-29/P. Block 301 HYDRAULIC POWER

EFF :

ALL 12-36-00

Page 1
Jan 01/04

MSR
___________________________
TASK 12-36-29-170-801
Flushing of the Case-Drain line of the Green Hydraulic System

_______
WARNING : DO NOT TOUCH THE HYDRAULIC SYSTEM COMPONENTS UNTIL THEY ARE COOL.
_______
THE ENGINE COMPONENTS STAY HOT FOR SOME TIME AND CAN CAUSE INJURY.
WARNING : DO NOT GET HYDRAULIC FLUID ON YOUR SKIN, IN YOUR EYES OR IN YOUR
_______
MOUTH. HYDRAULIC FLUID IS POISONOUS AND CAN GO THROUGH YOUR SKIN AND
INTO YOUR BODY. FLUSH HYDRAULIC FLUID FROM YOUR EYES, MOUTH OR SKIN
WITH WATER. GET MEDICAL AID IF YOU GET HYDRAULIC FLUID IN YOUR EYES
OR MOUTH.
CAUTION : DO NOT LET HYDRAULIC FLUID FALL ON THE ENGINE. UNWANTED HYDRAULIC
_______
FLUID MUST BE REMOVED IMMEDIATELY WITH A CLEAN LINT FREE CLOTH. THE
FLUID CAN CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE SURFACE PROTECTION AND TO SOME PARTS.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
To flush the Green hydraulic system after a failure of the engine pump.
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific hydraulic power cart
No specific strap
(2.00 to 26.00 lbf.ft)
R 98F12303000000 1 CONNECTORS-HYDRAULIC

EFF :

ALL 12-36-29

Page 301
Jul 01/08

MSR
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Service Cart
12-32-29-281-801 Sampling for Analysis
External Power A
External Power A
29-10-00-611-801 Drainage of the Green Hydraulic Reservoir
29-11-43-600-807 Servicing of the Engine-Pump Case Drain Filter
(5013JM1)
29-11-44-600-801 Servicing of the Green Reservoir LP-Filter (5011JM1)
external bench
12-36-29-991-033 Fig. 301
12-36-29-991-019 Fig. 302
FOR FIN 4030EM1
FOR FIN 4030EM2
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 12-36-29-860-068

(Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-801).
(2) Make sure that the Green hydraulic system is depressurized and put it
(Ref. TASK 29-00-00-864-804).

EFF :

ALL 12-36-29

Page 302
Apr 01/05

MSR
(Ref. TASK 29-14-00-614-801).
(4) Drain the Green hydraulic reservoir (Ref. TASK 29-10-00-611-801).
Subtask 12-36-29-941-068
(1) Make sure that the engine 1(2), shutdown occurred not less than 5
(2) On the panel 225VU, make sure that the APU BLEED pushbutton switch is
released (ON legend off) and install a warning notice to tell persons
not to use it.
(3) Put a warning notice in position to tell persons not to pressurize

the hydraulic system:
- on the HYD/FUEL control panel 245VU in the cockpit,
- on the Green hydraulic system, access door 197CB.

- make sure that the ENG MASTER switches for the two engines are in
the OFF position,
- put a warning notice to tell persons not to supply power to the
EEC.

- make sure that the ON legend of the related ENG FADEC GND PWR
pushbutton switch is off,
FADEC system.
(6) Put a container below the Green hydraulic engine pump and below the
case drain filter.

EFF :

ALL 12-36-29

Page 303
Jan 01/04

MSR
Subtask 12-36-29-865-088
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FOR 4030EM1
742VU HYD PUMP G ENG 1 14JG2 E67
FOR 4030EM2
722VU HYD PUMP G ENG 2 14JG1 X45
Subtask 12-36-29-010-087
D. Get Access
(2) Open the fan cowl doors

FOR 4030EM1
Open the door 416AR (Ref. TASK 71-13-00-010-805)
FOR 4030EM2
Open the door 426AR (Ref. TASK 71-13-00-010-805).
Subtask 12-36-29-010-088
E. Get access to the avionics compartment.
(3) Open the door of the AC/DC emergency power-center 740VU.

EFF :

ALL 12-36-29

Page 304
Jan 01/04

MSR
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 12-36-29-860-092
A. Preparation before the flushing of the Case-Drain line

(Ref. Fig. 301/TASK 12-36-29-991-033)
CAUTION : MAKE SURE THAT THE SUPPLY PRESSURE ON THE GROUND HYDRAULIC CART
_______
IS SET TO A MINIMUM OF 7 BARS (101.53 PSI).
CAUTION : BE CAREFUL WHEN YOU DISCONNECT THE RETURN LINE FROM THE
_______
RESERVOIR. THE HYDRAULIC FLUID IN THE LINE WILL FLOW OUT.
(1) Remove the two clamps (2) from the return line (1).
(2) Disconnect the return line (1) from the reservoir and from the filter
(5011JM1).
(3) Remove the return line (1) between the reservoir and the filter
(5011JM1).
(4) Put blanking plug to the reservoir.
(5) Connect the return hose of the hydraulic power cart to the filter
(5011JM1) with the hydraulic power cart/return line interface
R (98F12303000100) of the CONNECTORS-HYDRAULIC (98F12303000000).
(6) Attach the return hose of the hydraulic power cart to the aircraft
structure with a strap.
(7) Disconnect the case drain line from the engine pump.
(8) Put a blanking plug to the case drain.
(9) Connect the pressure hose of the hydraulic power cart to the case
drain line with the hydraulic power cart/case drain interface
Subtask 12-36-29-170-068
B. Flushing of the Case-Drain Line

(Ref. Fig. 302/TASK 12-36-29-991-019)
(1) Operate the hydraulic power cart for 2mn at 20 bars.
(2) Stop the hydraulic power cart.

EFF :

ALL 12-36-29

Page 305
Jul 01/08

MSR
Hydraulic Connections

EFF :

ALL 12-36-29

Page 306
Jan 01/04

MSR

EFF :

ALL 12-36-29

Page 307
Jan 01/04

MSR
Flushing of the Case-Drain Line of the Green Hydraulic system
Figure 302/TASK 12-36-29-991-019

EFF :

ALL 12-36-29

Page 308
Jan 01/04

MSR
(3) Replace the hydraulic filters, case drain and LP:
- the two case drain filters 5013JM1 (Ref. TASK 29-11-43-600-807),
- the LP filter 5011JM1 (Ref. TASK 29-11-44-600-801).
Subtask 12-36-29-420-068
C. Connection of the Hydraulic Line
(1) Remove the strap which attach the return hose of the hydraulic power
cart to the aircraft structure.
(2) Remove the blanking plug from the reservoir.
(3) Remove the hydraulic power cart/return line interface

R (98F12303000100) of the CONNECTORS-HYDRAULIC (98F12303000000) from
the filter (5011JM) and from the hydraulic power cart.
(4) Connect the return line (1) to the resevoir and to the filter
(5011JM1).
(5) Install the two clamps (2) on the return line (1).
(6) Remove the blanking plug from the case drain.
(7) Remove the hydraulic power cart/case drain interface (98F12303000102)

R of the CONNECTORS-HYDRAULIC (98F12303000000) from the case drain line
and from the hydraulic power cart.
(8) Connect the case drain line to the engine pump.
(9) TORQUE the case drain line to between 2.43 and 3.16 m.daN (17.92 and
23.30 lbf.ft).
Subtask 12-36-29-865-089
D. Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit
breaker(s):
FOR 4030EM1
9JV, 14JG2, 12KS1, 13KS1
FOR 4030EM2
9JV, 14JG1, 12KS2, 13KS2
Subtask 12-36-29-611-068
E. Fill the Green hydraulic reservoir (Ref. TASK 12-12-29-611-801) or

(Ref. TASK 12-12-29-611-802).

EFF :

ALL 12-36-29

Page 309
Jul 01/08

MSR
Subtask 12-36-29-863-068
F. Pressurize the Green hydraulic reservoir (Ref. TASK 29-14-00-614-804).
Subtask 12-36-29-410-086
G. Close the fan cowl doors

FOR 4030EM1
- close the door 416AR (Ref. TASK 71-13-00-410-805)
FOR 4030EM2
- close the door 426AR (Ref. TASK 71-13-00-410-805).
Subtask 12-36-29-281-068
H. Sampling
(1) Perform a fluid sampling for particular contamination (Ref. TASK 12-
32-29-281-801).
(2) Perform in daily check, the check of the clogging indicators, of the
case drain filters 5013JM1, HP filters 5111JM101, 5111JM102, LP
filter 5011JM1.
Do this operation again until the clogging indicator stay in.
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 12-36-29-410-087
A. Close Access
(1) Close the door of the AC/DC emergency power-center 740VU.
Subtask 12-36-29-942-068
B. Remove the safety devices

EFF :

ALL 12-36-29

Page 310
Jan 01/04

MSR
Subtask 12-36-29-862-068
C. De-energize the aircraft electrical circuits

(Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-801).

EFF :

ALL 12-36-29

Page 311
Jan 01/04

MSR
TASK 12-36-29-170-802
Flushing of the HP line of the Green Hydraulic System

_______
_______
_______
OR MOUTH.
_______
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
To flush the Green Hydraulic System after a failure of the engine pump.
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific blanking plugs
(2.00 to 26.00 lbf.ft)
(15.00 to 150.00 lbf.ft)

EFF :

ALL 12-36-29

Page 312
Jul 01/08

MSR
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Service Cart
External Power A
External Power A
29-11-45-600-801 Servicing of the Green HP Filter
(5111JM101,5111JM102)
external bench
78-31-41-000-803 Removal of the Isolation Control Unit (4117KS)
12-36-29-991-036 Fig. 303
12-36-29-991-020 Fig. 304
FOR FIN 4030EM1
FOR FIN 4030EM2
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 12-36-29-860-069

(Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-801).
(2) Make sure that the Green hydraulic system is depressurized and put it
(Ref. TASK 29-00-00-864-804).

EFF :

ALL 12-36-29

Page 313
Apr 01/05

MSR
(Ref. TASK 29-14-00-614-801).
Subtask 12-36-29-941-069
(1) Make sure that the engine 1(2), shutdown occurred not less than 5
not to use it.


the OFF position,
ECU.

FADEC system.
(6) Put a container below the Green hydraulic engine pump and below the
case drain filter.

EFF :

ALL 12-36-29

Page 314
Jan 01/04

MSR
Subtask 12-36-29-865-091
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FOR 4030EM1
FOR 4030EM2
Subtask 12-36-29-010-089
D. Get Access
(2) Open the fan cowl doors

FOR 4030EM1
FOR 4030EM2
Open the door 426AR (Ref. TASK 71-13-00-010-805).
Subtask 12-36-29-010-098

EFF :

ALL 12-36-29

Page 315
Jan 01/04

MSR
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 12-36-29-860-093
A. Preparation before the flushing of the HP line

(Ref. Fig. 303/TASK 12-36-29-991-036)
_______
(2) Disconnect the pressure line from the engine pump.
(3) Disconnect the case drain line from the case drain filter.
(4) Connect the pressure line and the case drain line together with the
engine pump case drain/engine pump pressure connection
(6) Connect the return hose of the hydraulic power cart to the interface
(7) Connect the free end of the interface to the delivery ground
connector 5131JM1.
(8) Put blanking plugs on the disconnected line ends.
(9) Close the leak measurement valve.

- on the HYD section of the maintenance panel 285VU, release the LEAK
MEASUREMENT VALVES/GREEN pushbutton switch (the OFF legend comes
on).
Subtask 12-36-29-170-069
B. Flushing of the HP Line

(Ref. Fig. 304/TASK 12-36-29-991-020)

EFF :

ALL 12-36-29

Page 316
Jul 01/08

MSR
Figure 303/TASK 12-36-29-991-036

EFF :

ALL 12-36-29

Page 317
Jan 01/04

MSR
Flushing of the HP Line of the Green Hydraulic System
Figure 304/TASK 12-36-29-991-020

EFF :

ALL 12-36-29

Page 318
Jan 01/04

MSR
(3) Open the leak measurement valve:
- on the HYD section of the maintenance panel 285VU, push the LEAK
MEASUREMENT VALVES/GREEN pushbutton switch (the OFF legend goes
off).
(4) Replace the hydraulic filters, HP and filter element:

- replace the HP filters 5111JM101, 5111JM102 (Ref. TASK 29-11-45-
600-801),
- replace the filter element located on the Isolation Control Unit
4117KS (Ref. TASK 78-31-41-000-803).
Subtask 12-36-29-420-069
(1) Remove the blanking plugs from the disconnected line ends.
(2) Remove the engine pump case drain/engine pump pressure connection
the pressure line and from the case drain line.

(4) Connect the pressure line to the engine pump.
(5) TORQUE the pressure line to between 12.88 and 14.24 m.daN (94.98 and
105.01 lbf.ft).
(7) Connect the pump case drain hose to the case drain.
23.30 lbf.ft).
Subtask 12-36-29-865-092
breaker(s):
FOR 4030EM1
9JV, 14JG2, 12KS1, 13KS1
FOR 4030EM2
9JV, 14JG1, 12KS2, 13KS2

EFF :

ALL 12-36-29

Page 319
Jul 01/08

MSR
Subtask 12-36-29-611-069
E. Fill the Green hydraulic reservoir (Ref. TASK 12-12-29-611-801) or

(Ref. TASK 12-12-29-611-802).
Subtask 12-36-29-863-069
F. Pressurize the Green hydraulic reservoir (Ref. TASK 29-14-00-614-804).
Subtask 12-36-29-410-088
G. Close the fan cowl doors

FOR 4030EM1
FOR 4030EM2
Subtask 12-36-29-281-069
H. Sampling
32-29-281-801).
(2) Perform in daily check, the check of the clogging indicators of the
HP filters 5111JM101, 5111JM102 and the filter element located on the
Isolation Control Unit 4117KS.
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 12-36-29-410-089
A. Close Access

EFF :

ALL 12-36-29

Page 320
Jan 01/04

MSR
Subtask 12-36-29-942-069
B. Remove the safety devices
Subtask 12-36-29-862-069

(Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-801).

EFF :

ALL 12-36-29

Page 321
Jan 01/04

MSR
TASK 12-36-29-170-803
Flushing of the Case-Drain line of the Blue Hydraulic System

_______
_______
_______
OR MOUTH.
_______
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
To flush the Blue hydraulic system after a failure of the engine pump.
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific strap
(2.00 to 26.00 lbf.ft)

EFF :

ALL 12-36-29

Page 322
Jul 01/08

MSR
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Service Cart
External Power A
External Power A
29-10-00-611-802 Drainage of the Blue Hydraulic Reservoir
29-11-43-600-809 Servicing of the Engine Pump Case Drain Filter
(5013JM2)
29-12-44-600-801 Servicing of the Blue Reservoir LP-Filter (5011JM2)
29-12-45-600-801 Servicing of the Blue HP Filter (5111JM2)
R Ground Equipment
external bench
12-36-29-991-039 Fig. 305
12-36-29-991-021 Fig. 306
FOR FIN 4030EM1
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 12-36-29-860-070

(Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-801).
(2) Make sure that the Blue hydraulic system is depressurized and put it
(Ref. TASK 29-00-00-864-804).

EFF :

ALL 12-36-29

Page 323
Apr 01/05

MSR
(3) Depressurize the reservoir of the Blue hydraulic system
(Ref. TASK 29-14-00-614-802).
(4) Drain the Blue hydraulic reservoir (Ref. TASK 29-10-00-611-802).
Subtask 12-36-29-941-070
(1) Make sure that the engine 1(2) shutdown occurred not less than 5
not to use it.

- on the Blue hydraulic system, access door 196BB.

the OFF position,
ECU.

FADEC system.
(6) Put a container below the Blue hydraulic engine pump and below the
case drain filter.

EFF :

ALL 12-36-29

Page 324
Jan 01/04

MSR
Subtask 12-36-29-865-093
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FOR 4030EM1
721VU HYD PUMP B ENG 1 11JB U08
Subtask 12-36-29-010-090
D. Get Access
(2) Open the fan cowl door

FOR 4030EM1
Subtask 12-36-29-010-091
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 12-36-29-860-094

(Ref. Fig. 305/TASK 12-36-29-991-039)
R CAUTION : MAKE SURE THAT THE SUPPLY PRESSURE ON THE GROUND HYDRAULIC CART
_______
R IS SET TO A MINIMUM OF 7 BARS (101.53 PSI).
_______

EFF :

ALL 12-36-29

Page 325
Jul 01/04

MSR

EFF :

ALL 12-36-29

Page 326
Jan 01/04

MSR

EFF :

ALL 12-36-29

Page 327
Jan 01/04

MSR
(1) Disconnect and remove the return line from the reservoir and from the
filter (5011JM2).
(2) Put a blanking plug on the reservoir.
Subtask 12-36-29-170-070

(Ref. Fig. 306/TASK 12-36-29-991-021)

- the case drain filter 5013JM2 (Ref. TASK 29-11-43-600-809),
- the LP filter 5011JM2 (Ref. TASK 29-12-44-600-801),
- the HP filter 5111JM2 (Ref. TASK 29-12-45-600-801).
Subtask 12-36-29-420-070

the filter (5011JM2) and from the hydraulic power cart.

EFF :

ALL 12-36-29

Page 328
Jul 01/08

MSR
Flushing of the Case-Drain line of the Blue Hydraulic System
Figure 306/TASK 12-36-29-991-021

EFF :

ALL 12-36-29

Page 329
Jan 01/04

MSR
(4) Connect the return line to the reservoir and to the filter (5011JM2).

23.30 lbf.ft).
Subtask 12-36-29-865-094
breaker(s):
FOR 4030EM1
9JC, 11JB, 12KS1, 13KS1
Subtask 12-36-29-611-070
E. Fill the Blue hydraulic reservoir (Ref. TASK 12-12-29-611-803) or

(Ref. TASK 12-12-29-611-804).
Subtask 12-36-29-863-070
F. Pressurize the Blue hydraulic reservoir (Ref. TASK 29-14-00-614-804).
Subtask 12-36-29-410-090
G. Close the fan cowl doors.

FOR 4030EM1
Subtask 12-36-29-281-070
H. Sampling
32-29-281-801).
case drain filter 5013JM2, HP filter 5111JM2, LP filter 5011JM2.

EFF :

ALL 12-36-29

Page 330
Jul 01/08

MSR
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 12-36-29-410-091
A. Close Access
Subtask 12-36-29-942-070
B. Remove the safety devices.
Subtask 12-36-29-862-070

(Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-801).

EFF :

ALL 12-36-29

Page 331
Jan 01/04

MSR
TASK 12-36-29-170-804
Flushing of the HP line of the Blue Hydraulic System

_______
_______
_______
OR MOUTH.
_______
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
To flush the Blue hydraulic system after a failure of the engine pump.
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

(2.00 to 26.00 lbf.ft)
(15.00 to 150.00 lbf.ft)

EFF :

ALL 12-36-29

Page 332
Jul 01/08

MSR
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Service Cart
External Power A
External Power A
R Ground Equipment
external bench
12-36-29-991-042 Fig. 307
12-36-29-991-022 Fig. 308
FOR FIN 4030EM1
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 12-36-29-860-071

(Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-801).
(2) Make sure that the Blue hydraulic system is depressurized and put it
(Ref. TASK 29-00-00-864-804).
(3) Depressurize the reservoir of the Blue hydraulic system

(Ref. TASK 29-14-00-614-802).

EFF :

ALL 12-36-29

Page 333
Apr 01/05

MSR
Subtask 12-36-29-941-071
not to use it.

- on the Blue hydraulic system, access door 196BB.

the OFF position,
ECU.

FADEC system.
(6) Put a container below the Blue hydraulic engine pump and below the
case drain filter.
Subtask 12-36-29-865-095
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FOR 4030EM1
721VU HYD PUMP B ENG 1 11JB U08

EFF :

ALL 12-36-29

Page 334
Jan 01/04

MSR
Subtask 12-36-29-010-092
D. Get Access
(2) Open the fan cowl doors:

FOR 4030EM1
Subtask 12-36-29-010-093
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 12-36-29-860-095

(Ref. Fig. 307/TASK 12-36-29-991-042)
_______

EFF :

ALL 12-36-29

Page 335
Jul 01/08

MSR
Figure 307/TASK 12-36-29-991-042

EFF :

ALL 12-36-29

Page 336
Jan 01/04

MSR
connector 5131JM2.

MEASUREMENT VALVES/BLUE pushbutton switch (the OFF legend comes
on).
Subtask 12-36-29-170-071

(Ref. Fig. 308/TASK 12-36-29-991-022)

MEASUREMENT VALVES/BLUE pushbutton switch (the OFF legend goes
off).

- replace the HP filter 5111JM2 (Ref. TASK 29-12-45-600-801),
- remove the filter element located on the Isolation Control Unit
4117KS (Ref. TASK 78-31-41-000-803).
Subtask 12-36-29-420-071


EFF :

ALL 12-36-29

Page 337
Jul 01/08

MSR
Flushing of the HP Line of the Blue Hydraulic System
Figure 308/TASK 12-36-29-991-022

EFF :

ALL 12-36-29

Page 338
Jan 01/04

MSR
105.01 lbf.ft).
23.30 lbf.ft).
Subtask 12-36-29-865-096
breaker(s):
FOR 4030EM1
9JC, 11JB, 12KS1, 13KS1
Subtask 12-36-29-611-071
E. Fill the Blue hydraulic reservoir (Ref. TASK 12-12-29-611-803) or

(Ref. TASK 12-12-29-611-804).
Subtask 12-36-29-863-071
F. Pressurize the Blue hydraulic reservoir (Ref. TASK 29-14-00-614-804).
Subtask 12-36-29-410-092

FOR 4030EM1
Subtask 12-36-29-281-071
H. Sampling
32-29-281-801).
HP filter 5111JM2 and the filter element located on the Isolation
Control Unit 4117KS.

EFF :

ALL 12-36-29

Page 339
Jan 01/04

MSR
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 12-36-29-410-093
A. Close Access
Subtask 12-36-29-942-071
Subtask 12-36-29-862-071

(Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-801).

EFF :

ALL 12-36-29

Page 340
Jan 01/04

MSR
TASK 12-36-29-170-805
Flushing of the Case-Drain line of the Yellow Hydraulic System

_______
_______
_______
OR MOUTH.
_______
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
To flush the Yellow hydraulic system after a failure of the engine pump.
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific strap
(2.00 to 26.00 lbf.ft)

EFF :

ALL 12-36-29

Page 341
Jul 01/08

MSR
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Service Cart
External Power A
External Power A
29-10-00-611-803 Drainage of the Yellow Hydraulic Reservoir
(5013JM2)
29-13-44-600-801 Servicing of the Yellow Reservoir LP-Filter (5011JM3)
external bench
12-36-29-991-045 Fig. 309
12-36-29-991-023 Fig. 310
FOR FIN 4030EM2
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 12-36-29-860-072

(Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-801).
(2) Make sure that the Yellow hydraulic system is depressurized and put
it in the maintenance configuration.
(Ref. TASK 29-00-00-864-804).
(3) Depressurize the reservoir of the Yellow hydraulic system

(Ref. TASK 29-14-00-614-803).

EFF :

ALL 12-36-29

Page 342
Apr 01/05

MSR
(4) Drain the Yellow hydraulic reservoir (Ref. TASK 29-10-00-611-803).
Subtask 12-36-29-941-072
not to use it.

- on the Yellow hydraulic system, access door 196BB.

the OFF position,
ECU.

FADEC system.
(6) Put a container below the Yellow hydraulic engine pump and below the
case drain filter.
Subtask 12-36-29-865-097
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FOR 4030EM2
722VU HYD PUMP Y ENG 2 12JY T46

EFF :

ALL 12-36-29

Page 343
Jan 01/04

MSR
Subtask 12-36-29-010-094
D. Get Access

FOR 4030EM2
Subtask 12-36-29-010-095
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 12-36-29-860-096

(Ref. Fig. 309/TASK 12-36-29-991-045)
_______
_______
(1) Disconnect and remove the return line from the reservoir and from the
filter (5011JM3).
(2) Put a blanking plug on the reservoir.

EFF :

ALL 12-36-29

Page 344
Jul 01/08

MSR
Subtask 12-36-29-170-072

(Ref. Fig. 310/TASK 12-36-29-991-023)

- the LP filter 5011JM3 (Ref. TASK 29-13-44-600-801).
Subtask 12-36-29-420-072

the filter (5011JM3) and from the hydraulic power cart.
(4) Connect the return line to the reservoir and to the filter (5011JM3).

23.30 lbf.ft).

R

EFF :

ALL 12-36-29

Page 345
Jul 01/08

MSR

EFF :

ALL 12-36-29

Page 346
Jan 01/04

MSR

EFF :

ALL 12-36-29

Page 347
Jan 01/04

MSR
INTENTIONALLY BLANK

R

12-36-29

Page 348
Jul 01/08

MSR
Flushing of the Case-Drain line of the Yellow Hydraulic System
Figure 310/TASK 12-36-29-991-023

EFF :

ALL 12-36-29

Page 349
Oct 01/04
R
MSR
Subtask 12-36-29-865-098
breaker(s):
FOR 4030EM2
9JJ, 12JY, 12KS2, 13KS2
Subtask 12-36-29-611-072
E. Fill the Yellow hydraulic reservoir (Ref. TASK 12-12-29-611-805) or

(Ref. TASK 12-12-29-611-806).
Subtask 12-36-29-863-072
F. Pressurize the Yellow hydraulic reservoir (Ref. TASK 29-14-00-614-804).
Subtask 12-36-29-410-094

FOR 4030EM2
Subtask 12-36-29-281-072
H. Sampling
32-29-281-801).
case drain filter 5013JM2, HP filter 5111JM3, LP filter 5011JM3.
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 12-36-29-410-095
A. Close Access

EFF :

ALL 12-36-29

Page 350
Oct 01/04
R
MSR
Subtask 12-36-29-942-072
Subtask 12-36-29-862-072

(Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-801).

EFF :

ALL 12-36-29

Page 351
Oct 01/04
R
MSR
TASK 12-36-29-170-806
Flushing of the HP line of the Yellow Hydraulic System

_______
_______
_______
OR MOUTH.
_______
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
To flush the Yellow hydraulic system after a failure of the engine pump.
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

(2.00 to 26.00 lbf.ft)
(15.00 to 150.00 lbf.ft)

EFF :

ALL 12-36-29

Page 352
Jul 01/08

MSR
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Service Cart
External Power A
External Power A
29-13-45-600-801 Servicing of the Yellow HP Filter (5111JM3)
external bench
12-36-29-991-048 Fig. 311
12-36-29-991-024 Fig. 312
FOR FIN 4030EM2
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 12-36-29-860-073

(Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-801).
(2) Make sure that the Yellow hydraulic system is depressurized and put
it in the maintenance configuration.
(Ref. TASK 29-00-00-864-804).
(3) Depressurize the reservoir of the Yellow hydraulic system

(Ref. TASK 29-14-00-614-803).

EFF :

ALL 12-36-29

Page 353
Apr 01/05

MSR
Subtask 12-36-29-941-073
not to use it.

- on the Yellow hydraulic system, access door 197BB.

the OFF position,
ECU.

FADEC system.
(6) Put a container below the Yellow hydraulic engine pump and below the
case drain filter.
Subtask 12-36-29-865-099
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FOR 4030EM2
722VU HYD PUMP Y ENG 2 12JY T46

EFF :

ALL 12-36-29

Page 354
Oct 01/04
R
MSR
Subtask 12-36-29-010-096
D. Get Access

FOR 4030EM2
Subtask 12-36-29-010-097
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 12-36-29-860-097

(Ref. Fig. 311/TASK 12-36-29-991-048)
_______

EFF :

ALL 12-36-29

Page 355
Jul 01/08

MSR
Figure 311/TASK 12-36-29-991-048

EFF :

ALL 12-36-29

Page 356
Oct 01/04
R
MSR
connector 5131JM2.

MEASUREMENT VALVES/YELLOW pushbutton switch (the OFF legend comes
on).
Subtask 12-36-29-170-073

(Ref. Fig. 312/TASK 12-36-29-991-024)

MEASUREMENT VALVES/YELLOW pushbutton switch (the OFF legend goes
off).

- replace the HP filter 5111JM3 (Ref. TASK 29-13-45-600-801),
- remove the filter element of the located on the Isolation Control
Unit 4117KS (Ref. TASK 78-31-41-000-803).
Subtask 12-36-29-420-073


EFF :

ALL 12-36-29

Page 357
Jul 01/08

MSR
Flushing of the HP line of the Yellow Hydraulic System
Figure 312/TASK 12-36-29-991-024

EFF :

ALL 12-36-29

Page 358
Oct 01/04
R
MSR
105.01 lbf.ft).
23.30 lbf.ft).
Subtask 12-36-29-865-100
breaker(s):
FOR 4030EM2
9JJ, 12JY, 12KS2, 13KS2
Subtask 12-36-29-611-073
E. Fill the Yellow hydraulic reservoir (Ref. TASK 12-12-29-611-805) or

(Ref. TASK 12-12-29-611-806).
Subtask 12-36-29-863-073
F. Pressurize the Yellow hydraulic reservoir (Ref. TASK 29-14-00-614-804).
Subtask 12-36-29-410-096

FOR 4030EM2
Subtask 12-36-29-281-073
H. Sampling
32-29-281-801).
HP filter 5111JM3 and the filter element of the located on the
Isolation Control Unit 4117KS.

EFF :

ALL 12-36-29

Page 359
Oct 01/04
R
MSR
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 12-36-29-410-097
A. Close Access
Subtask 12-36-29-942-073
Subtask 12-36-29-862-073

(Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-801).

EFF :

ALL 12-36-29

Page 360
Oct 01/04
R
MSR
TASK 12-36-29-170-807
Flushing of the Green Hydraulic System with the Aircraft Pumps

_______
_______
_______
OR MOUTH.
_______
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Service Cart
External Power A
External Power A
29-10-00-200-804 Check of the Clogging Indicators of the Hydraulic
System Filter in the Hydraulics Compartment.
System Filters on the Engines.
(5013JM1)

EFF :

ALL 12-36-29

Page 361
Oct 01/04
R
MSR
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

(5111JM101,5111JM102)
external bench
R 71-00-00-860-810 Engine Automatic Start
R 71-00-00-860-814 Engine Shutdown
78-31-00-740-802 Test of the Thrust Reverser Deployment and Stowage
(Engine not Running)
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 12-36-29-860-104

(Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-801).
(2) Do the EIS start procedure (EWD, SD DU only) (Ref. TASK 31-60-00-860-
801).
(3) On the ECAM control panel, push the HYD key (on the SD, the HYD page
comes into view).
(4) Make sure that the SD does not show any of these conditions:
- low air pressure in the Green reservoir. If this message is shown,
pressurize the reservoir (Ref. TASK 29-14-00-614-804),
- low fluid level in the Green reservoir. If the fluid is not correct
add fluid with a service cart or with a hand pump (Ref. TASK 12-12-
29-611-801), (Ref. TASK 12-12-29-611-802).

EFF :

ALL 12-36-29

Page 362
Jul 01/08

MSR
Subtask 12-36-29-865-104
B. On the ECAM control panel, push the C/B key (on the SD the C/B page comes
into view). Make sure that the SD does not show this(these) circuit
breaker(s) :
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FOR 4030EM1
722VU HYD SOV BUS SWTG 8JG R33
742VU HYD FIRE ENG 1 SOV 15JG2 D75
FOR 4030EM2
722VU HYD SOV ENG 2 NORM 15JY R35
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 12-36-29-170-077
A. Flushing of the Green hydraulic system with A/C
R (1) Start the engine 1 (Ref. TASK 71-00-00-860-810).
R (2) During 10 minutes approximately:

- operate the Captain and F/O sidestick and rudder pedals over full
travel so that the controls surfaces move continuously,
- operate cycles of the thrust reversers (Ref. TASK 78-31-00-740-802)
in order to cause a hydraulic flow through the filter.
R (3) Stop the engine 1 (Ref. TASK 71-00-00-860-814).
(4) Do the check of the clogging indicators of:

- the case-drain filters 5013JM1 (Ref. TASK 29-10-00-200-806),
- the HP filters 5111JM101, 5111JM102 (Ref. TASK 29-10-00-200-804),
- the filter element located on the Isolation Control Unit 4117KS
(Ref. TASK 78-31-41-000-803).

EFF :

ALL 12-36-29

Page 363
Jul 01/08

MSR
(5) If necessary replace the defective filter element:
- the case-drain filters 5013JM1 (Ref. TASK 29-11-43-600-807),
(Ref. TASK 78-31-41-000-803).
R (6) Start the engine 1 (Ref. TASK 71-00-00-860-810) and do the step (2)
R again.
R (7) Stop the engine 1 (Ref. TASK 71-00-00-860-814) and do the step (4)
R again.
(8) Do the step (1) to (5) again until the clogging indicators stay in.
(9) Do a fluid sampling for particles contamination (Ref. TASK 12-32-29-

281-801).
(a) If particle contamination is out of limits do the step (1) to (5)

again.
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 12-36-29-860-105
A. Do the EIS stop procedure (Ref. TASK 31-60-00-860-802).
Subtask 12-36-29-862-077

(Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-801).

EFF :

ALL 12-36-29

Page 364
Jul 01/08

MSR
TASK 12-36-29-170-808
Flushing of the Blue Hydraulic System with the Aircraft Pump

_______
_______
_______
OR MOUTH.
_______
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Service Cart
External Power A
External Power A
(5013JM2)

EFF :

ALL 12-36-29

Page 365
Oct 01/04
R
MSR
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

external bench
R 78-31-00-740-802 Test of the Thrust Reverser Deployment and Stowage
R (Engine Running)
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 12-36-29-860-106

(Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-801).
801).
comes into view).
- low air pressure in the Blue reservoir. If this message is shown,
- low fluid level in the Blue reservoir. If the fluid is not correct
add fluid with a service cart or with a hand pump (Ref. TASK 12-12-
29-611-803), (Ref. TASK 12-12-29-611-804).

EFF :

ALL 12-36-29

Page 366
Jul 01/08

MSR
Subtask 12-36-29-865-105
breaker(s) :
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FOR 4030EM1
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 12-36-29-170-078
R A. Flushing of the Blue Hydraulic System with the Aircraft Pump

R - operate cycles of the thrust reversers (Ref. TASK 78-31-00-740-802)

- the case-drain filter 5013JM2 (Ref. TASK 29-10-00-200-806),
- the HP filter 5111JM2 (Ref. TASK 29-10-00-200-804),
(Ref. TASK 78-31-41-000-803).

(Ref. TASK 78-31-41-000-803).
R (6) Start the engine 1 (Ref. TASK 71-00-00-860-810) and repeat step (2)
R again.

EFF :

ALL 12-36-29

Page 367
Jul 01/08

MSR
R (7) Stop the engine 1 (Ref. TASK 71-00-00-860-814) and repeat step (4)
R again.

281-801).
(a) If particles contamination is out of limits do the step (1) to

(5) again.
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 12-36-29-860-107
Subtask 12-36-29-862-078

(Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-801).

EFF :

ALL 12-36-29

Page 368
Jul 01/08

MSR
TASK 12-36-29-170-809
Flushing of the Yellow Hydraulic System with the Aircraft Pump

_______
_______
_______
OR MOUTH.
_______
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Service Cart
External Power A
External Power A
(5013JM2)

EFF :

ALL 12-36-29

Page 369
Oct 01/04
R
MSR
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

external bench
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 12-36-29-860-108

(Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-801).
801).
comes into view).
- low air pressure in the Yellow reservoir. If this message is shown,
- low fluid level in the Yellow reservoir. If the fluid is not
correct add fluid with a service cart or with a hand pump
(Ref. TASK 12-12-29-611-805), (Ref. TASK 12-12-29-611-806).

EFF :

ALL 12-36-29

Page 370
Jul 01/08

MSR
Subtask 12-36-29-865-106
breaker(s) :
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FOR 4030EM2
722VU HYD SOV ENG 2 NORM 15JY R35
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 12-36-29-170-079
R A. Flushing of the Yellow Hydraulic System with the Aircraft Pump

- operate cycles of the thrust reversers (Ref. TASK 78-31-00-740-802)

- the HP filters 5111JM3 (Ref. TASK 29-10-00-200-804),
(Ref. TASK 78-31-41-000-803).

(Ref. TASK 78-31-41-000-803).
R (6) Start the engine 2 (Ref. TASK 71-00-00-860-810) and do the step (2)
R again.

EFF :

ALL 12-36-29

Page 371
Jul 01/08

MSR
R (7) Stop the engine 2 (Ref. TASK 71-00-00-860-814) and do the step (4)
R again.

281-801).
(a) If particle contamination is out of limits do the steps (1) to

(5) again.
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 12-36-29-860-109
Subtask 12-36-29-862-079

(Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-801).

EFF :

ALL 12-36-29

Page 372
Jul 01/08

MSR
TASK 12-36-29-170-810
Flushing of the Suction line of the Green Hydraulic System.

_______
_______
_______
OR MOUTH.
_______
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------


EFF :

ALL 12-36-29

Page 373
Oct 01/06

MSR
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R 12-12-29-611-801 Fill the Green Hydraulic Reservoir with a Hydraulic

R Service Cart
R 12-12-29-611-802 Fill the Green Hydraulic Reservoir with a Hand Pump
R 12-32-29-281-801 Sampling for Analysis
R 24-41-00-861-801 Energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits from the
R External Power A
R 24-41-00-862-801 De-energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits from the
R External Power A
R 29-00-00-864-804 Put the Related Hydraulic System in the Depressurized
R Configuration before Maintenance Action
R 29-10-00-710-805 Operational Test of the Electric Motor of the Engine
R Pump Suction Fire Shut-Off Valve
29-11-38-000-804 Removal of the Hydraulic System Self-Sealing Coupling
(5135JM1)
29-11-38-400-804 Installation of the Hydraulic System Self-Sealing
Coupling (5135JM1)
R 29-14-00-614-801 Depressurization of the Green Hydraulic Reservoir
R 29-14-00-614-804 Pressurization of the Hydraulic Reservoirs with
R external bench
R 32-12-00-410-801 Close the MLG Doors after Maintenance
FOR FIN 4030EM1
3. __________
Job Set-up
R Subtask 12-36-29-860-202
R (1) Energize the aircraft electrical circuits

R (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-801).
R (2) Make sure that the Green hydraulic system is depressurized and put it
R in the maintenance configuration.
R (Ref. TASK 29-00-00-864-804).
R (3) Depressurize the reservoir of the Green hydraulic system

R (Ref. TASK 29-14-00-614-801).

EFF :

ALL 12-36-29

Page 374
Oct 01/06

MSR
Subtask 12-36-29-941-080
(1) Make sure that the engine 1, 2 shutdown occurred not less than 5
not to use it.

R - on the HYD/FUEL control panel 245VU in the cockpit
R (4) On the panel 125VU.

R - Make sure that the ENG MASTER switches for the two engines are in
R the OFF position.
R - Put a warning notice to tell persons not to supply power to the
R ECU.

R - Make sure that the ON legend of the related ENG FADEC GND PWR
R pushbutton switch is off,
R FADEC system.
(6) Put a container below the Green hydraulic engine pump.
R Subtask 12-36-29-865-176
R this(these) circuit breaker(s):
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R PANEL DESIGNATION FIN LOCATION
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R 721VU HYD PUMP G CTL 9JV U09
R 722VU FADEC B ENG 1 13KS1 D44
R 722VU FADEC B ENG 2 13KS2 K49
R 722VU HYD PUMP G ENG 2 14JG1 X45
R 742VU HYD PUMP G ENG 1 14JG2 E67
R 742VU FADEC A ENG 2 12KS2 Q74

EFF :

ALL 12-36-29

Page 375
Oct 01/06

MSR
Subtask 12-36-29-010-147
R D. Get Access
R (2) Open the fan cowl doors.

FOR 4030EM1
R - Open the door 416AR (Ref. TASK 71-13-00-010-805).
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 12-36-29-860-203
A. Preparation before the flushing of the Suction Line.
NOTE : Keep the suction line connect to the self sealing coupling.
____
(1) Disconnect the self-sealing coupling (5135JM) from the engine pump.
R Ref to the applicable step (Ref. TASK 29-11-38-000-804).
(2) Put blanking plug on the suction port of the hydraulic pump.
R Subtask 12-36-29-170-095
R B. Flushing of the Suction Line.
R (1) Put the suction line in the container.
R (2) Pressurize the hydraulic reservoir (Ref. TASK 29-14-00-614-804) to

R flush the suction line until the FSOV close.
R (3) Depressurize the hydraulic reservoir (Ref. TASK 29-14-00-614-801).
R (4) On the panel 742VU, reset the C/B 5JR.
R (5) Do the operational test of the electrical motor of the FSOV

R (Ref. TASK 29-10-00-710-805).
Subtask 12-36-29-420-105
R C. Installation of the self sealing coupling on the engine pump.
(1) Remove the blanking cap on the engine pump.
(2) Install the self sealing coupling on the engine pump.

Refer to the applicable step (Ref. TASK 29-11-38-400-804).

R

EFF :

ALL 12-36-29

Page 376
Oct 01/06

MSR
R Subtask 12-36-29-865-177
R D. Get access to the avionics compartment. Then remove the safety clip(s)
R and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit breaker(s):
R 14JG1, 14JG2, 12KS1, 12KS2, 13KS1, 13KS2
R Subtask 12-36-29-611-198
R E. Fill the Green hydraulic reservoir (Ref. TASK 12-12-29-611-801) or

R (Ref. TASK 12-12-29-611-802).
R Subtask 12-36-29-863-080
R F. Pressurize the Green hydraulic reservoir (Ref. TASK 29-14-00-614-804).
Subtask 12-36-29-410-152
R G. Close the fan cowl doors.

FOR 4030EM1
R - Close the door 416AR (Ref. TASK 71-13-00-410-805).
R Subtask 12-36-29-281-080
R H. Sampling
R (1) Perform a fluid sampling for particular contamination (Ref. TASK 12-
R 32-29-281-801).
R (2) Perform in daily check, the check of the clogging indicators, of the
R case drain filters 5013JM, HP filters 5111JM101, 5111JM102 and the LP
R filter 5011JM1:
R Do this operation again until the clogging indicator stay in.
5. Close-up
________
R Subtask 12-36-29-862-107
R A. De-energize the aircraft electrical circuits (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-

R 801).

EFF :

ALL 12-36-29

Page 377
Oct 01/06

MSR
Subtask 12-36-29-860-204
items.

EFF :

ALL 12-36-29

Page 378
Oct 01/06

MSR
TASK 12-36-29-170-811
Flushing of the Suction line of the Blue Hydraulic System.
R WARNING : OBEY THE HYDRAULIC SAFETY PROCEDURES.

_______
R WORK ON THE HYDRAULIC SYSTEMS CAN BE DANGEROUS.
R WARNING : DO NOT TOUCH THE HYDRAULIC SYSTEM COMPONENTS UNTIL THEY ARE COOL.
_______
R THE ENGINE COMPONENTS STAY HOT FOR SOME TIME AND CAN CAUSE INJURY.
R WARNING : DO NOT GET HYDRAULIC FLUID ON YOUR SKIN, IN YOUR EYES OR IN YOUR
_______
R MOUTH. HYDRAULIC FLUID IS POISONOUS AND CAN GO THROUGH YOUR SKIN AND
R INTO YOUR BODY. FLUSH HYDRAULIC FLUID FROM YOUR EYES, MOUTH OR SKIN
R WITH WATER. GET MEDICAL AID IF YOU GET HYDRAULIC FLUID IN YOUR EYES
R OR MOUTH.
R CAUTION : DO NOT LET HYDRAULIC FLUID FALL ON THE ENGINE. UNWANTED HYDRAULIC
_______
R FLUID MUST BE REMOVED IMMEDIATELY WITH A CLEAN LINT FREE CLOTH. THE
R FLUID CAN CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE SURFACE PROTECTION AND TO SOME PARTS.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------


EFF :

ALL 12-36-29

Page 379
Oct 01/06

MSR
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R 12-12-29-611-803 Fill the Blue Hydraulic Reservoir with a Hydraulic

R Service Cart
R 12-12-29-611-804 Fill the Blue Hydraulic Reservoir with a Hand Pump
R External Power A
R External Power A
R 29-12-38-000-802 Removal of the Blue Hydraulic System Self-Sealing
R Coupling
R 29-12-38-400-802 Installation of the Blue Hydraulic System
R Self-Sealing Coupling
R 29-14-00-614-802 Depressurization of the Blue Hydraulic Reservoir with
R Ground Equipment
R external bench
71-13-00-410-803 Closing of the Fan Cowl Doors
FOR FIN 4030EM1
71-13-00-010-803 Opening of the Fan Cowl Doors
3. __________
Job Set-up
R Subtask 12-36-29-860-205

R (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-801).
R (2) Make sure that the Blue hydraulic system is depressurized and put it
R in the maintenance configuration.
R (Ref. TASK 29-00-00-864-804).
R (3) Depressurize the reservoir of the Blue hydraulic system

R (Ref. TASK 29-14-00-614-802).

EFF :

ALL 12-36-29

Page 380
Oct 01/06

MSR
Subtask 12-36-29-941-081
R (1) Make sure that the engine 1, 2 shutdown occurred not less than 5
R minutes before you do this procedure.
not to use it.

- on the Blue hydraulic system, access door ZAC 196BB.

R the OFF position.
R ECU.

R pushbutton switch is off.
R FADEC system.
(6) Put a container below the Blue hydraulic engine pump.
R Subtask 12-36-29-865-178
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R 721VU HYD PUMP B ENG 1 11JB U08
R 721VU HYD PUMP B CTL 9JC X12

EFF :

ALL 12-36-29

Page 381
Oct 01/06

MSR
Subtask 12-36-29-010-148
R D. Get Access

FOR 4030EM1
R - Open the door 415AL (Ref. TASK 71-13-00-010-803).
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 12-36-29-860-206
____
R Subtask 12-36-29-170-096
R (2) Pressurize the Blue hydraulic reservoir (Ref. TASK 29-14-00-614-804)

R to flush the suction line until the FSOV close.
R (3) Depressurize the Blue hydraulic reservoir (Ref. TASK 29-14-00-614-

R 802).

R (Ref. TASK 29-10-00-710-805).

EFF :

ALL 12-36-29

Page 382
Oct 01/06

MSR
Subtask 12-36-29-420-106

R Refer to the applicable step (Ref. TASK 29-12-38-400-802).
R Subtask 12-36-29-865-179
R 11JB, 9JC, 12KS1, 12KS2, 13KS1, 13KS2
R Subtask 12-36-29-611-199
R E. Fill the Blue hydraulic reservoir (Ref. TASK 12-12-29-611-803) or

R (Ref. TASK 12-12-29-611-804).
R Subtask 12-36-29-863-081
R F. Pressurize the Blue hydraulic reservoir (Ref. TASK 29-14-00-614-804).
Subtask 12-36-29-410-153

FOR 4030EM1
R - Close the door 415AL (Ref. TASK 71-13-00-410-803).
R Subtask 12-36-29-281-081
R H. Sampling
R 32-29-281-801).
R filter 5011JM1.

EFF :

ALL 12-36-29

Page 383
Oct 01/06

MSR
5. Close-up
________
R Subtask 12-36-29-862-108

R 801).
Subtask 12-36-29-860-207
items.

EFF :

ALL 12-36-29

Page 384
Oct 01/06

MSR
TASK 12-36-29-170-812
Flushing of the Suction line of the Yellow Hydraulic System.
R WARNING : OBEY THE HYDRAULIC SAFETY PROCEDURES.

_______
R WORK ON THE HYDRAULIC SYSTEMS CAN BE DANGEROUS.
R WARNING : DO NOT TOUCH THE HYDRAULIC SYSTEM COMPONENTS UNTIL THEY ARE COOL.
_______
R THE ENGINE COMPONENTS STAY HOT FOR SOME TIME AND CAN CAUSE INJURY.
R WARNING : DO NOT GET HYDRAULIC FLUID ON YOUR SKIN, IN YOUR EYES OR IN YOUR
_______
R MOUTH. HYDRAULIC FLUID IS POISONOUS AND CAN GO THROUGH YOUR SKIN AND
R INTO YOUR BODY. FLUSH HYDRAULIC FLUID FROM YOUR EYES, MOUTH OR SKIN
R WITH WATER. GET MEDICAL AID IF YOU GET HYDRAULIC FLUID IN YOUR EYES
R OR MOUTH.
R CAUTION : DO NOT LET HYDRAULIC FLUID FALL ON THE ENGINE. UNWANTED HYDRAULIC
_______
R FLUID MUST BE REMOVED IMMEDIATELY WITH A CLEAN LINT FREE CLOTH. THE
R FLUID CAN CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE SURFACE PROTECTION AND TO SOME PARTS.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------


EFF :

ALL 12-36-29

Page 385
Oct 01/06

MSR
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R 12-12-29-611-805 Fill the Yellow Hydraulic Reservoir with a Hydraulic

R Service Cart
R 12-12-29-611-806 Fill the Yellow Hydraulic Reservoir with a Hand Pump
R External Power A
R External Power A
R 29-13-38-000-802 Removal of the Yellow Hydraulic System Self-Sealing
R Coupling
R 29-13-38-400-802 Installation of the Yellow Hydraulic System
R Self-Sealing Coupling
R 29-14-00-614-802 Depressurization of the Blue Hydraulic Reservoir with
R Ground Equipment
R 29-14-00-614-803 Depressurization of the Yellow Hydraulic Reservoir
R external bench
71-13-00-410-803 Closing of the Fan Cowl Doors
FOR FIN 4030EM2
71-13-00-010-803 Opening of the Fan Cowl Doors
3. __________
Job Set-up
R Subtask 12-36-29-860-208

R (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-801).
R (2) Make sure that the Yellow hydraulic system is depressurized and put
R it in the maintenance configuration.
R (Ref. TASK 29-00-00-864-804).

EFF :

ALL 12-36-29

Page 386
Oct 01/06

MSR
R (3) Depressurize the reservoir of the Yellow hydraulic system
R (Ref. TASK 29-14-00-614-803).
Subtask 12-36-29-941-082
(1) Make sure that the engine 1 and 2 shutdown occurred not less than 5
not to use it.

- on the Yellow hydraulic system, access door ZAC 196BB.

R the OFF position.
R ECU.

R pushbutton switch is off.
R FADEC system.
(6) Put a container below the Yellow hydraulic engine pump.
R Subtask 12-36-29-865-180
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R 722VU HYD PUMP Y CTL 9JJ R36
R 722VU HYD PUMP Y ENG 2 12JY T46

EFF :

ALL 12-36-29

Page 387
Oct 01/06

MSR
Subtask 12-36-29-010-149
R D. Get Access

FOR 4030EM2
R - open the door 425AL (Ref. TASK 71-13-00-010-803).
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 12-36-29-860-209
____
R Subtask 12-36-29-170-097
R (2) Pressurize the hydraulic reservoir (Ref. TASK 29-14-00-614-804) to

R flush the suction line until the FSOV close.
R (3) Depressurize the hydraulic reservoir (Ref. TASK 29-14-00-614-802).

R (Ref. TASK 29-10-00-710-805).
Subtask 12-36-29-420-107

R Refer to the applicable step (Ref. TASK 29-13-38-400-802).

EFF :

ALL 12-36-29

Page 388
Oct 01/06

MSR
R Subtask 12-36-29-865-181
R 9JJ, 12JY, 12KS1, 12KS2, 13KS1, 13KS2
R Subtask 12-36-29-611-200
R E. Fill the Yellow hydraulic reservoir (Ref. TASK 12-12-29-611-805) or

R (Ref. TASK 12-12-29-611-806).
R Subtask 12-36-29-863-082
R F. Pressurize the Yellow hydraulic reservoir (Ref. TASK 29-14-00-614-804).
Subtask 12-36-29-410-154

FOR 4030EM2
R - Close the door 425AL (Ref. TASK 71-13-00-410-803).
R Subtask 12-36-29-281-082
R H. Sampling
R 32-29-281-801).
R filter 5011JM1.
5. Close-up
________
R Subtask 12-36-29-862-109

R 801).

R

EFF :

ALL 12-36-29

Page 389
Oct 01/06

MSR
Subtask 12-36-29-860-210
items.

EFF :

ALL 12-36-29

Page 390
Oct 01/06

MSR
TASK 12-36-29-611-801
Replacement of the Hydraulic Fluid of the Green Hydraulic System with a Fluid
Replacement and Recovery Bench

_______
_______
_______
OR MOUTH.
_______
_______
CAUTION : DO NOT DEPRESSURIZE THE ENGINE PUMPS DURING THE DRY MOTORING. IF YOU
_______
DO, YOU CAN CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE ENGINE PUMPS.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
You must replace the fluid only if the acidity is higher than the values
given into the task of the sampling for analysis (Ref. TASK
12-32-29-281-80100).

EFF :

ALL 12-36-29

Page 391
Oct 01/06
R
MSR
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific hydraulic ground power supply
No specific plug type E0053R8B3APNE
No specific safety devices
R AGE10600A 1 TBD
DH0501 1 TOOL - HYDRAULIC FLUID CHANGE
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Material No. 02-003 F NSA 307110 TYPE 4

(Ref. 20-31-00)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Service Cart
External Power A
External Power A
Hydraulic Supply
29-10-00-710-805 Operational Test of the Electric Motor of the Engine
Pump Suction Fire Shut-Off Valve

EFF :

ALL 12-36-29

Page 392
Jul 01/08

MSR
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

(5013JM1)
(5111JM101,5111JM102)
with Ground Equipment
external bench
29-24-00-720-801 Operational Check of RAT Manual Deployment,
Functional Check of RAT followed by Inspection of
Filter Element by Ref. to Diff. Press.-Indicator
(with ACMS)
29-24-00-869-802 Retraction of the Ram Air Turbine (RAT) on the Ground
Gear Doors
(Weight on Wheels)
32-30-00-867-801 Retraction of the Landing Gear for Maintenance
32-30-00-867-802 Extension of the Landing Gear After Maintenance
32-42-00-710-801 Operational Test of the Normal Braking System
32-42-00-870-801 Bleeding the Normal Braking System at the Wheel
Brakes
32-42-12-000-801 Removal of the Hydraulic Brake Filter (5200GG)
32-42-12-400-801 Installation of the Hydraulic Brake Filter (5200GG)
32-51-00-860-801 Put the Nose Wheels on Greased Plates for Nose Wheel
Steering (NWS) Maintenance (A/C on Ground)
12-36-29-991-094 Fig. 313
12-36-29-991-064 Fig. 314
12-36-29-991-066 Fig. 315
12-36-29-991-065 Fig. 316

EFF :

ALL 12-36-29

Page 393
Oct 01/06
R
MSR
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 12-36-29-861-065

(Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-801).
Subtask 12-36-29-860-156

(Ref. TASK 29-00-00-863-801).
(2) Set the flap and slat control lever on the panel 114VU to the
position 1.
(3) On the ECAM Engine/Warning Display, the indication 1+F comes into
view.
(4) On the HYD section of the maintenance panel 285VU, make sure that the
LEAK MEASUREMENT VALVES/G pushbutton switch is pushed (the OFF legend
is on).
(5) On the Green HP manifold 5103JM, disconnect the pressure switches

7JS1 and 19CE1, and on the free end make a short circuit between the
pins A and B with a plug type E0053R8B3APNE.
(Ref. Fig. 313/TASK 12-36-29-991-094)
Subtask 12-36-29-865-134
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
722VU HYD SOV ENG 2 NORM 19JG R34

EFF :

ALL 12-36-29

Page 394
Oct 01/06
R
MSR
Manifolds of the Green Hydraulic System
Figure 313/TASK 12-36-29-991-094

EFF :

ALL 12-36-29

Page 395
Oct 01/06
R
MSR
Subtask 12-36-29-010-111
D. Get Access
(2) Put an access platform at the zone 147.
Subtask 12-36-29-680-059
E. Drain the reservoir of the Green hydraulic system (Ref. TASK 29-10-00-
611-801).
Subtask 12-36-29-860-157
F. Set the hydraulic ground power supply to the correct configuration:
(1) Make sure that the hydraulic ground power supply reservoir is filled
with new HYDRAULIC FLUIDS (Material No. 02-003).
(2) Make sure that no chlorinated solvent has been used to flush the tool
lines.
(3) Set the hydraulic ground power supply to the cart reservoir
configuration.
(4) Open the by-pass valve.
(5) Start the hydraulic ground power supply.
(6) Adjust the hydraulic ground power supply to the minimum pressure ( 20
bar (290.0754 psi) approx.) and to a flow of 45/lmn approx. and stop
the hydraulic ground power supply.
Subtask 12-36-29-860-158
G. Set the hydraulic fluid replacement and recovery bench TOOL - HYDRAULIC
FLUID CHANGE (DH0501) to the correct configuration.
(Ref. Fig. 314/TASK 12-36-29-991-064, 315/TASK 12-36-29-991-066)
NOTE : Make sure that the Green reservoir depressurization valve is open
____
when you set the hydraulic fluid replacement and recovery bench to
the correct configuration.
(1) On the fluid replacement and recovery bench TOOL - HYDRAULIC FLUID
CHANGE (DH0501):
- close the valve V1.

EFF :

ALL 12-36-29

Page 396
Oct 01/06
R
MSR
INTENTIONALLY BLANK

R

12-36-29

Page 397
Oct 01/06

MSR
Connection of the Tools to the Green Hydraulic System

EFF :

ALL 12-36-29

Page 398
Oct 01/06
R
MSR
Connection of the Tools to the Green Hydraulic System

EFF :

ALL 12-36-29

Page 399
Oct 01/06
R
MSR
Green Hydraulic System-Schematic Diagram

EFF :

ALL 12-36-29

Page A300
Oct 01/06
R
MSR

EFF :

ALL 12-36-29

Page A301
Oct 01/06
R
MSR
(2) Connect the connector LP1 of the hydraulic fluid replacement and
recovery bench TOOL - HYDRAULIC FLUID CHANGE (DH0501) to the LP
connector of the hydraulic ground power supply.
(3) Connect the HP1 connector of the hydraulic fluid replacement and
recovery bench TOOL - HYDRAULIC FLUID CHANGE (DH0501) to the HP
(4) Connect the LP3 connector of the hydraulic fluid replacement and
recovery bench TOOL - HYDRAULIC FLUID CHANGE (DH0501) to the suction
connector of the ground service panel.
(5) On the HP manifold 5102JM
(a) Remove the Green HP filter 5111JM101 (Ref. TASK 29-11-45-600-

801).
(b) Install a dummy bowl of the hydraulic fluid replacement and

recovery bench TOOL - HYDRAULIC FLUID CHANGE (DH0501) in place of
the Green HP filter 5111JM101.
(c) Connect the HP2 line to the dummy bowl and to the valve V2.
(6) On the LP filter 5011JM1:
(a) Disconnect the tube (1) from the LP filter 5011JM1.
(b) Put a blanking plug on the Green LP filter 5011JM1.
(c) Loosen the tube (1) from the Green LP manifold 5004JM.
(d) Turn the tube (1) 90 deg. and connect the LP2 line.
(e) Tighten the tube (1) on the Green LP manifold 5004JM.
(7) Start the hydraulic ground power supply and make sure that the
pressure read on the gage of the hydraulic fluid replacement and
recovery bench is 4 bar (58.0150 psi).
(8) Stop the hydraulic ground power supply.

EFF :

ALL 12-36-29

Page A302
Oct 01/06
R
MSR
4. Procedure
_________
(Ref. Fig. 315/TASK 12-36-29-991-066)
Subtask 12-36-29-611-152
A. Fill the Green reservoir.
(1) Open the depressurization valve of Green reservoir (Ref. TASK 29-14-
00-614-801).
(2) Open the valve V1 of the TOOL - HYDRAULIC FLUID CHANGE (DH0501) and
start the hydraulic ground power supply.
(3) Fill the Green reservoir until the fluid is at the upper limit on the
visual indicator (Ref. TASK 12-12-29-611-801).
(4) Close the depressurization valve of Green reservoir.
(5) Pressurize the Green hydraulic reservoir (Ref. TASK 29-14-00-614-

804).
(6) Close the valve V1.
Subtask 12-36-29-865-152
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
721VU L/G SAFETY VLV 3GA S12
Subtask 12-36-29-020-056
C. At the zone 148 disconnect the electrical connector of the safety valve
85GA.
(Ref. Fig. 313/TASK 12-36-29-991-094)
Subtask 12-36-29-865-153
breaker(s):
1GA, 2GA, 3GA

EFF :

ALL 12-36-29

Page A303
Oct 01/06
R
MSR
Subtask 12-36-29-611-153
E. Replacement of the Fluid in the RAT Suction and Pressure Lines
R (1) Install the TBD (AGE10600A).
(2) Turn the RAT (Ref. TASK 29-24-00-720-801).
(3) Monitor the reservoir level.
(4) Stop the RAT if the advisory low level comes into view on the ECAM
SD.
(5) If necessary fill the Green hydraulic reservoir (Ref. TASK 12-12-29-
611-801).
(6) Open the valve V2 until you collect 45 liters of fluid.
(8) Stop the RAT and retract it (Ref. TASK 29-24-00-869-802).
Subtask 12-36-29-611-154
F. Replacement of the Fluid in the Engine Pump Suction and Pressure Lines
(1) For 4030EM1
(a) On the TOOL - HYDRAULIC FLUID CHANGE (DH0501) open the valve V1
and keep it open during the full procedure.
(b) Dry motor the engine (Ref. TASK 71-00-00-720-828).
NOTE : Stop the dry motoring if the advisory low level comes into
____
view on the ECAM System Display (SD). If necessary fill
the Green hydraulic reservoir (Ref. TASK 12-12-29-611-
801).
(c) Dry motor the engine (Ref. TASK 71-00-00-720-828).
(d) Open the valve V2 until you collect 45 filters of fluid.
(e) Close the valve V2.
(f) Stop the dry motoring.

EFF :

ALL 12-36-29

Page A304
Jul 01/08

MSR
(2) For 4030EM2
(a) Do the steps (a) thru (f) again.
Subtask 12-36-29-611-155
G. Replacement of the Fluid in the Suction, Pressure and Case Drain Lines of
the Electric Pump (1JV)
(1) Disconnect the case drain tube from the electric pump (1JV).
(2) Put blanking plug on the end of the tube.
(3) Connect the case drain elec hose of the TOOL - HYDRAULIC FLUID CHANGE
(DH0501) to the electric pump (1JV).
(4) On the TOOL - HYDRAULIC FLUID CHANGE (DH0501):

- make sure that the valve V1 is open.
(5) On the HYD section of the overhead panel 245VU:

- push the GREEN/ELEC/AUTO pushbutton switch (8JV).

- open the valve V2 until you collect 4 liters of fluid.

- release the GREEN/ELEC/AUTO pushbutton switch (8JV).
Subtask 12-36-29-611-156
H. Replacement of the Fluid in the Thrust Reverser System

(2) Do two deploy-to-stow cycles of the thrust reverser (Ref. TASK 78-31-
00-740-802).

(4) Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these)
circuit breaker(s):
15JG1, 15JG2, 19JG, 8JG.

EFF :

ALL 12-36-29

Page A305
Oct 01/06
R
MSR
Push the ENG1/ENG2/FIRE pushbutton switch.
(6) On the ECAM SD make sure that the fire shutoff valves are closed.
Subtask 12-36-29-611-157
J. Replacement of the Fluid in the Supply and Return Lines of the Primary
Servocontrols
(Ref. Fig. 316/TASK 12-36-29-991-065)
(1) On the FLT CTL section of the overhead panel 212VU:

- push the PRIM3 pushbutton switch.

- push the PRIM1 and SEC1 pushbutton switches.
(3) On the ground service manifold 5109JM1 open the valves which supply
the right and left wing.
(Ref. Fig. 313/TASK 12-36-29-991-094)

(5) Do 5 operations over full travel range and make sure that the
surfaces move. If they do not move, do the reset of the related
computers.

(7) On the ground service manifold 5109JM1 close the valves for the right
and left wing and open the valve for the aft fuselage.

(9) Operate the elevators over full travel range four times.
(10) Operate the rudder over full travel range four times.

(12) Close the valve for the aft fuselage.

EFF :

ALL 12-36-29

Page A306
Oct 01/06
R
MSR
Flight Control Operations
Figure 316/TASK 12-36-29-991-065

EFF :

ALL 12-36-29

Page A307
Oct 01/06
R
MSR
Subtask 12-36-29-865-135
K. Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) closed:
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Subtask 12-36-29-611-158
L. Replacement of the Fluid in the Flap and Slat Supply and Return Systems
(1) Make sure that the flap and slat control lever on the panel 114VU is
in the position 1.

position 2.

(6) On the ground service manifold 5109JM1 close the valves which supply
Subtask 12-36-29-611-159
M. Replacement of the Fluid in the Normal Braking System
(1) Push and release the brake pedals one time (Ref. TASK 32-42-00-710-
801).
(2) Replace the hydraulic brake filter 5200GG on the manifold 5105JM
(3) Push and release the brake pedals 5 times.

EFF :

ALL 12-36-29

Page A308
Oct 01/06
R
MSR
Subtask 12-36-29-611-160
N. Replacement of the Fluid in the Nose Wheel Steering System

(2) Operate the nose wheel steering over full travel 2 times (Ref. TASK
32-51-00-860-801).

Subtask 12-36-29-865-154
P. Open, safety and tag this(these) circuit breaker(s):
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
721VU L/G SAFETY VLV 3GA S12
Subtask 12-36-29-420-089
Q. At the zone 148 connect the electrical connector of the safety valve
85GA.
(Ref. Fig. 313/TASK 12-36-29-991-094)
Subtask 12-36-29-865-155
R. Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit
breaker(s):
1GA, 2GA, 3GA
Subtask 12-36-29-611-161
S. Replacement of the Fluid in the Landing Gear Door System

(2) Do 3 opening cycles of the NLG doors (Ref. TASK 32-22-00-010-801).
(3) Do 3 opening cycles of the right MLG doors (Ref. TASK 32-12-00-010-
801).

EFF :

ALL 12-36-29

Page A309
Oct 01/06
R
MSR
(4) Do 3 opening cycles of the left MLG doors (Ref. TASK 32-12-00-010-
801).

(6) Install safety devices on the landing gear door actuators (Ref. TASK
32-00-00-481-802).
Subtask 12-36-29-611-162
T. Replacement of the Fluid in the Landing Gear System
(1) Lift the aircraft on jacks (Ref. TASK 07-11-00-581-801).
(2) Start with the NLG and do 2 extension/retraction operations of the

landing gear (Ref. TASK 32-30-00-867-801) and (Ref. TASK 32-30-00-
867-802).
(3) Lower the aircraft (Ref. TASK 07-11-00-586-801).
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 12-36-29-420-083
A. Replace these hydraulic filters:

- the two case drain filters 5013JM1 (Ref. TASK 29-11-43-600-807).
Subtask 12-36-29-942-092
(1) On the HYD section of the maintenance panel 285VU, release the LEAK
MEASUREMENT VALVES/G pushbutton switch (the OFF legend is off).
(2) On the Green HP manifold 5103JM, remove the plug type E0053R8B3APNE
from the pressure switches 7JS1 and 19CE1 and connect the pressure
switches 7JS1 and 19CE1.

- release the ENG1/ENG2/FIRE pushbutton switch.
(4) If the engine pump suction fire shut-off valves do not open, do a
reset of the C/B 5JR.

EFF :

ALL 12-36-29

Page A310
Oct 01/06
R
MSR
(5) Do the operational test of the electric motors of the engine pump
suction fire shut-off valves (2JG1) and (2JG2) (Ref. TASK 29-10-00-
710-805).
(6) Do the bleeding of the normal braking system (Ref. TASK 32-42-00-870-
801).
(7) Do the bleeding of the pitch trimmer (Ref. TASK 32-11-15-400-801).
(8) Close the valves V1 and V2 on the recovery bench.
(9) Disconnect all the lines between the aircraft and the recovery bench.
(10) Disconnect all the lines between the recovery bench and the hydraulic
ground power supply.
(11) Replace the HP hydraulic filter 5111JM101 (Ref. TASK 29-11-45-600-

801).

804).
(13) Operate the flight controls and monitor the reservoir level. If
necessary fill the Green hydraulic reservoir (Ref. TASK 12-12-29-611-
801).
R (14) After approximately one week aircraft operation, take a fluid sample
R from the Green hydraulic system and make an analysis (Ref. TASK 12-
32-29-281-801).
Subtask 12-36-29-942-093
C. Remove the safety precautions.
Subtask 12-36-29-410-110
D. Close Access
items.
(3) Close the landing gear doors (Ref. TASK 32-12-00-410-801).
Subtask 12-36-29-862-095
E. De-energize the aircraft electrical circuits

(Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-801).

EFF :

ALL 12-36-29

Page A311
Jul 01/07

MSR
INTENTIONALLY BLANK

R

12-36-29

Page A312
Jul 01/07

MSR
TASK 12-36-29-611-802
Replacement of the Hydraulic Fluid of the Blue Hydraulic System with a Fluid

_______
_______
_______
OR MOUTH.
_______
_______
_______
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
12-32-29-281-80100).

EFF :

ALL 12-36-29

Page A313
Oct 01/06
R
MSR
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

(Ref. 20-31-00)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Service Cart
External Power A
External Power A
Hydraulic Supply
(5013JM2)

EFF :

ALL 12-36-29

Page A314
Oct 01/06
R
MSR
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Ground Equipment
external bench
Brakes
12-36-29-991-095 Fig. 317
12-36-29-991-073 Fig. 318
12-36-29-991-075 Fig. 319
12-36-29-991-074 Fig. 320
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 12-36-29-861-066

(Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-801).
Subtask 12-36-29-860-159
(1) Pressurize the Blue hydraulic system

(Ref. TASK 29-00-00-863-801).
position 1.
(3) On the ECAM Engine/Warning Display the indication 1+F comes into
view.
LEAK MEASUREMENT VALVES/B pushbutton switch is pushed (the OFF legend
is on).

EFF :

ALL 12-36-29

Page A315
Oct 01/06
R
MSR
(5) On the Blue HP manifold 6103JM, disconnect the pressure switches 7JS2
and 19CE2 and on the free end make a short circuit between the pin A
and B with a plug type E0053R8B3APNE.
(Ref. Fig. 317/TASK 12-36-29-991-095)
Subtask 12-36-29-010-112-A
C. Get Access
(3) Put an access platform in position at the zone 195.
(4) Remove the access panel 195CB.
Subtask 12-36-29-680-060
D. Drain the reservoir of the Blue hydraulic system (Ref. TASK 29-10-00-611-
802).
Subtask 12-36-29-860-160
E. Set the hydraulic ground power supply to the correct configuration:
lines.
configuration.

EFF :

ALL 12-36-29

Page A316
Oct 01/06
R
MSR
Manifolds of the Blue Hydraulic System
Figure 317/TASK 12-36-29-991-095

EFF :

ALL 12-36-29

Page A317
Oct 01/06
R
MSR
Subtask 12-36-29-860-161
F. Set the hydraulic fluid replacement and recovery bench TOOL - HYDRAULIC
(Ref. Fig. 318/TASK 12-36-29-991-073, 319/TASK 12-36-29-991-075)
NOTE : Make sure that the Blue reservoir depressurization valve is open
____
CHANGE (DH0501):
(2) Connect the connector LP1 of the of the hydraulic fluid replacement
and recovery bench TOOL - HYDRAULIC FLUID CHANGE (DH0501) to the LP
(a) Remove the Blue HP filter 5111JM2 (Ref. TASK 29-12-45-600-801).

recovery bench TOOL - HYDRAULIC FLUID CHANGE (DH0501) in place on
the Blue HP filter 5111JM2.
(6) On the LP filter 5011JM2
(a) Disconnect the flexible hose (1) from the Blue LP manifold
6005JM, and connect the LP2 line.
(7) Put a blanking plug on the Blue LP filter 5011JM2.

EFF :

ALL 12-36-29

Page A318
Oct 01/06
R
MSR
INTENTIONALLY BLANK

R

12-36-29

Page A319
Oct 01/06

MSR
Connections of Tools to the Blue Hydraulic System

EFF :

ALL 12-36-29

Page A320
Oct 01/06
R
MSR
Connections of Tools to the Blue Hydraulic System

EFF :

ALL 12-36-29

Page A321
Oct 01/06
R
MSR
Blue Hydraulic System-Schematic Diagram

EFF :

ALL 12-36-29

Page A322
Oct 01/06
R
MSR

EFF :

ALL 12-36-29

Page A323
Oct 01/06
R
MSR
4. Procedure
_________
(Ref. Fig. 319/TASK 12-36-29-991-075)
Subtask 12-36-29-611-163
A. Fill the Blue reservoir.
(1) Open the depressurization valve of Blue reservoir (Ref. TASK 29-14-
00-614-802).
(3) Fill the Blue reservoir until the fluid is at the upper limit on the
visual indicator (Ref. TASK 12-12-29-611-803).
(4) Close the depressurization valve of Blue reservoir.
(5) Pressurize the Blue hydraulic reservoir (Ref. TASK 29-14-00-614-804).
Subtask 12-36-29-611-164
B. Replacement of the Fluid in the Engine Pump Suction and Pressure Lines
(1) For 4030EM1
____
view on the ECAM SYSTEM DISPLAY. If necessary fill the
Blue hydraulic reservoir (Ref. TASK 12-12-29-611-803).
(d) Open the valve V2 until you collect 40 liters of fluid.

EFF :

ALL 12-36-29

Page A324
Oct 01/06
R
MSR
Subtask 12-36-29-611-165
C. Replacement of the Fluid in the Suction, Pressure and Case Drain Lines of
the Electric Pump (1JC)
(1) Disconnect the case drain tube from the electric pump (1JC).
(DH0501) to the electric pump (1JC).


- push the BLUE/ELEC pushbutton switch (4JC).


- release the BLUE/ELEC pushbutton switch (4JC)
Subtask 12-36-29-611-166
D. Replacement of the Fluid in the Alternate Brake Accumulators
(1) On the manifold 5401GG depressurize the brake accumulators (Ref. TASK
32-45-00-864-801).
Subtask 12-36-29-611-167
E. Replacement of the Fluid in the Thrust Reverser System

00-740-802).

- release the BLUE/ELEC pushbutton switch (4JC).

EFF :

ALL 12-36-29

Page A325
Oct 01/06
R
MSR
Push the ENG1 FIRE pushbutton switch:
- On the ECAM SD make sure that the fire shutoff valve is closed.
Subtask 12-36-29-611-168
F. Replacement of the Fluid in the Supply and Return Lines of the Primary
Servocontrols
(Ref. Fig. 320/TASK 12-36-29-991-074)

- push the SEC2, PRIM2 and PRIM3 pushbutton switches.
(Ref. Fig. 317/TASK 12-36-29-991-095)

computers.


(10) Operate the THS until you collect 5 liters of fluid.


EFF :

ALL 12-36-29

Page A326
Oct 01/06
R
MSR
INTENTIONALLY BLANK

R

12-36-29

Page A327
Jul 01/05

MSR
Figure 320/TASK 12-36-29-991-074

EFF :

ALL 12-36-29

Page A328
Oct 01/06
R
MSR
Subtask 12-36-29-865-137
G. Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) closed:
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Subtask 12-36-29-611-169
H. Replacement of the Fluid in the Flap and Slat Supply and Return Systems
in the position 1.

position 2.

Subtask 12-36-29-611-170
J. Replacement of the Fluid in the Alternate Braking System
(1) On the panel 312VU, set the PARK BRK switch to the OFF position.

(3) Push and release the brake pedals five times.


EFF :

ALL 12-36-29

Page A329
Oct 01/06
R
MSR
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 12-36-29-420-084

- the LP filter 5011JM2 (Ref. TASK 29-12-44-600-801)
- the case drain filter 5013JM2 (Ref. TASK 29-11-43-600-809).
Subtask 12-36-29-942-094
MEASUREMENT VALVES/B pushbutton switch (the OFF legend is off).
(2) On the Blue HP manifold 6103JM, remove the plug type E0053R8B3APNE

- release the ENG2/FIRE pushbutton switch.
(4) Do the operational test of the electric motor of the engine pump
suction fire shut-off valve (4JB) (Ref. TASK 29-10-00-710-805).
(5) Do the bleeding of the alternate brake system (Ref. TASK 32-43-00-
870-801).
(9) Replace the HP hydraulic filter 5111JM2 (Ref. TASK 29-12-45-600-801).
necessary fill the Blue hydraulic reservoir (Ref. TASK 12-12-29-611-
803).
R from the Blue hydraulic system and make an analysis (Ref. TASK 12-32-
29-281-801).

EFF :

ALL 12-36-29

Page A330
Jul 01/07

MSR
Subtask 12-36-29-942-095
Subtask 12-36-29-410-111
D. Close Access
items.
(3) Close the landing doors (Ref. TASK 32-12-00-410-801).
Subtask 12-36-29-862-096

(Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-801).

EFF :

ALL 12-36-29

Page A331
Oct 01/06
R
MSR
TASK 12-36-29-611-803
Replacement of the Hydraulic Fluid of the Yellow Hydraulic System with a Fluid

_______
_______
_______
OR MOUTH.
_______
_______
_______
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
12-32-29-281-80100).

EFF :

ALL 12-36-29

Page A332
Oct 01/06
R
MSR
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

(Ref. 20-31-00)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Service Cart
External Power A
External Power A
Hydraulic Supply
(5013JM2)

EFF :

ALL 12-36-29

Page A333
Oct 01/06
R
MSR
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

external bench
12-36-29-991-095 Fig. 317
12-36-29-991-082 Fig. 321
12-36-29-991-084 Fig. 322
12-36-29-991-083 Fig. 323
12-36-29-991-096 Fig. 324
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 12-36-29-861-067

(Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-801).
Subtask 12-36-29-860-162
(1) Pressurize the Yellow hydraulic system

(Ref. TASK 29-00-00-863-801).
position 1.
view.
LEAK MEASUREMENT VALVES/Y pushbutton switch is pushed (the OFF legend
is on).

EFF :

ALL 12-36-29

Page A334
Oct 01/06
R
MSR
(5) On the Yellow HP manifold 7103JM, disconnect the pressure switches
7JS3 and 19CE3, and on the free end make a short circuit between the
pins A and B with a plug type E0053R8B3APNE.
(Ref. Fig. 317/TASK 12-36-29-991-095)
Subtask 12-36-29-010-113
C. Get Access
(4) Remove the access panel 196AB.
Subtask 12-36-29-680-061
D. Drain the reservoir of the Yellow hydraulic system (Ref. TASK 29-10-00-
611-803).
Subtask 12-36-29-860-163
E. Set the hydraulic ground power supply to the correct configuration:
lines.
configuration.

EFF :

ALL 12-36-29

Page A335
Oct 01/06
R
MSR
Subtask 12-36-29-860-164
F. Set the hydraulic fluid replacement and recovery bench TOOL - HYDRAULIC
(Ref. Fig. 321/TASK 12-36-29-991-082, 322/TASK 12-36-29-991-084)
NOTE : Make sure that the Yellow reservoir depressurization valve is open
____
CHANGE (DH0501):
(2) Connect the connector LP1 of the hydraulic fluid replacement and
recovery bench to the LP connector of the hydraulic ground power
supply.
(a) Remove the Yellow HP filter 5111JM3 (Ref. TASK 29-13-45-600-801).

recovery bench TOOL - HYDRAULIC FLUID CHANGE (DH0501) in place on
the Yellow HP filter 5111JM3.
(b) Put a blanking plug on the Yellow LP filter 5011JM3.
(c) Loosen the tube (1) from the Yellow LP manifold 7005JM.
(d) Turn the tube (1) on the Yellow LP manifold 7005JM, and connect
the LP2 line.

EFF :

ALL 12-36-29

Page A336
Oct 01/06
R
MSR
INTENTIONALLY BLANK

R

12-36-29

Page A337
Oct 01/06

MSR
Connections of Tools to the Yellow Hydraulic System

EFF :

ALL 12-36-29

Page A338
Oct 01/06
R
MSR
Connections of Tools to the Yellow Hydraulic System

EFF :

ALL 12-36-29

Page A339
Oct 01/06
R
MSR
Yellow Hydraulic System-Schematic Diagram

EFF :

ALL 12-36-29

Page A340
Oct 01/06
R
MSR

EFF :

ALL 12-36-29

Page A341
Oct 01/06
R
MSR
(e) Tighten the tube (1) on the Yellow LP manifold 7005JM.
4. Procedure
_________
(Ref. Fig. 322/TASK 12-36-29-991-084)
Subtask 12-36-29-611-171
A. Fill the Yellow reservoir.
(1) Open the depressurization valve of Yellow reservoir (Ref. TASK 29-14-
00-614-803).
(3) Fill the Yellow reservoir until the fluid is at the upper limit on
the visual indicator (Ref. TASK 12-12-29-611-805).
(4) Close the depressurization valve of Yellow reservoir.
(5) Pressurize the Yellow hydraulic reservoir (Ref. TASK 29-14-00-614-

804).
Subtask 12-36-29-611-172
B. Replacement of the Fluid in the Engine Pump Suction and Pressure Lines
(1) For 4030EM2
____
view on the ECAM SYSTEM DISPLAY. If necessary fill the
Blue hydraulic reservoir (Ref. TASK 12-12-29-611-805).

EFF :

ALL 12-36-29

Page A342
Oct 01/06
R
MSR
(d) Open the valve V2 until you collect 40 liters of fluid.
Subtask 12-36-29-611-173
C. Replacement of the Fluid in the Suction, Pressure and Case Drain Lines of
the Electric Pump (1JJ)
(1) Disconnect the case drain tube from the electric pump (1JJ).
(DH0501) to the electric pump (1JJ).


- push the YELLOW/ELEC/AUTO pushbutton switch (6JJ).


- release the YELLOW/ELEC/AUTO pushbutton switch (6JJ).
Subtask 12-36-29-611-174
D. Replacement of the Fluid in the Thrust Reverser System

00-740-802).


EFF :

ALL 12-36-29

Page A343
Oct 01/06
R
MSR
Push the ENG2 FIRE pushbutton switch.
On the ECAM SD make sure that the fire shutoff valves are closed.
Subtask 12-36-29-611-175
E. Replacement of the Fluid in the Supply and Return Lines of the Primary
Servocontrols
(Ref. Fig. 323/TASK 12-36-29-991-083)

- push the SEC2 PRIM2 and PRIM3 pushbutton switches.

- push the SEC1 pushbutton switch.
(Ref. Fig. 324/TASK 12-36-29-991-096)

computers.


(11) Operate the THS until you collect 5 liters of fluid.


EFF :

ALL 12-36-29

Page A344
Oct 01/06
R
MSR
Figure 323/TASK 12-36-29-991-083

EFF :

ALL 12-36-29

Page A345
Oct 01/06
R
MSR
Manifolds of the Yellow Hydraulic System
Figure 324/TASK 12-36-29-991-096

EFF :

ALL 12-36-29

Page A346
Oct 01/06
R
MSR
Subtask 12-36-29-865-139
F. Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) closed:
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Subtask 12-36-29-611-176
G. Replacement of the Fluid in the Flap and Slat Supply and Return Systems
in the position 1.

position 2.

Subtask 12-36-29-611-177
H. Replacement of the Fluid in the Cargo Door Systems
(1) Do 2 opening and closing cycles of the cargo doors (Ref. TASK 52-30-
00-010-801) and (Ref. TASK 52-30-00-410-801).

EFF :

ALL 12-36-29

Page A347
Oct 01/06
R
MSR
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 12-36-29-420-085

- the LP filter 5011JM3 (Ref. TASK 29-13-44-600-801)
Subtask 12-36-29-942-096
MEASUREMENT VALVES/Y pushbutton switch (the OFF legend is off).
(2) On the Yellow HP manifold 7103JM, remove the plug type E0053R8B3APNE

- release the ENG3/FIRE pushbutton switch.
(4) Do the operational test of the electric motor of the engine pump
suction fire shut-off valve (4JY) (Ref. TASK 29-10-00-710-805).
(8) Replace the HP hydraulic filter 5111JM3 (Ref. TASK 29-13-45-600-801).

804).
necessary fill the Yellow hydraulic reservoir (Ref. TASK 12-12-29-
611-805).
R from the Yellow hydraulic system and make an analysis (Ref. TASK 12-
32-29-281-801).

EFF :

ALL 12-36-29

Page A348
Jul 01/07

MSR
Subtask 12-36-29-942-097
Subtask 12-36-29-410-112
D. Close Access
items.
Subtask 12-36-29-862-097

(Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-801).

EFF :

ALL 12-36-29

Page A349
Oct 01/06
R
MSR
TASK 12-36-29-611-807
Replacement of the Hydraulic Fluid of the Green Hydraulic System with the Green
Electric Pump

_______
_______
_______
OR MOUTH.
_______
_______
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
12-32-29-281-801).

EFF :

ALL 12-36-29

Page A350
Oct 01/06
R
MSR
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific flexible hose
R 98F12303001000 1 CONNECTOR-HYDRAULIC HOSE
R 98F29103005001 1 UNION,RESTRICTING
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Service Cart
External Power A
External Power A
29-00-00-863-801 Pressurize the Green Hydraulic System with the
Electric Pump
(5013JM1)
(5111JM101,5111JM102)
external bench
(Weight on Wheels)
32-42-00-870-801 Bleeding the Normal Braking System at the Wheel
Brakes
32-42-12-000-801 Removal of the Hydraulic Brake Filter (5200GG)

EFF :

ALL 12-36-29

Page A351
Jul 01/08

MSR
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
32-42-12-400-801 Installation of the Hydraulic Brake Filter (5200GG)

12-36-29-991-085 Fig. 325
12-36-29-991-086 Fig. 326
12-36-29-991-099 Fig. 327
12-36-29-991-091 Fig. 328
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 12-36-29-860-165

(Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-801).

(Ref. TASK 29-00-00-863-801).
(3) On the panel 114VU, set the flap and slat control lever to the
position 1.
view.
LEAK MEASUREMENT VALVES/G pushbutton switch is pushed (the OFF legend
is on).
(6) On the Green HP manifold 5103JM, disconnect the pressure switches

7JS1 and 19CE1.
On the free end make a short circuit between the pins A and B with a
plug type E0053R8B3APNE.

EFF :

ALL 12-36-29

Page A352
Apr 01/07
R
MSR
Subtask 12-36-29-865-156
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
722VU HYD SOV ENG 2 NORM 19JG R34
Subtask 12-36-29-010-114
C. Get Access
Subtask 12-36-29-680-062
D. Drain the reservoir of the Green hydraulic system (Ref. TASK 29-10-00-
611-801).
Subtask 12-36-29-420-090
E. Connection of the Flexible Hose to the LP Manifold 5004JM.

(Ref. Fig. 325/TASK 12-36-29-991-085, 326/TASK 12-36-29-991-086)
(b) Put a blanking plug on the Green LP filter 5011JM1.
(c) Loosen the tube (1) on the Green LP manifold 5004JM.
(d) Turn the tube (1) 90 deg. and connect a flexible hose (2).
R (e) Connect at the end of the flexible hose (2) a UNION,RESTRICTING

R (98F29103005001) (3).
(f) Tighten the tube (1) on the Green LP manifold 5004JM.
(2) Put a container to collect the fluid.

EFF :

ALL 12-36-29

Page A353
Jul 01/08

MSR
R Hydraulic Connections for the Replacement of the Fluid
Figure 325/TASK 12-36-29-991-085

EFF :

ALL 12-36-29

Page A354
Jan 01/07

MSR
Figure 326/TASK 12-36-29-991-086

EFF :

ALL 12-36-29

Page A355
Oct 01/06
R
MSR
(3) Fill the Green hydraulic reservoir.

804).
Subtask 12-36-29-420-097
F. Connection of the Fill Cart Unit to the suction port 5132JM1.

(Ref. Fig. 327/TASK 12-36-29-991-099)
(1) Open the green ground service panel.
R (2) Connect the CONNECTOR-HYDRAULIC HOSE (98F12303001000) to 5132JM1.
(3) Connect the Fill Cart Unit to the adaptor 98F12303001000.
(4) Operate the Fill Cart Unit.
CAUTION : MAKE SURE THAT THE SUPPLY PRESSURE FROM THE FILL UNIT CART
_______
IS NOT MORE THAN 4 BARS (58.0150 PSI).
TOO MUCH PRESSURE CAN CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE SYSTEM.
4. Procedure
_________
(Ref. Fig. 326/TASK 12-36-29-991-086)
Subtask 12-36-29-611-178-A
A. Replacement of the Fluid in the Engine Pump Suction and Pressure Lines.
NOTE : The quantity of fluid in the Green system is approximately 210

____
liters. This procedure permits to replace approximately 90 percent
of the fluid.

EFF :

ALL 12-36-29

Page A356
Jul 01/08

MSR
Connection between the Fill Unit Cart and the Ground Service Panel
Figure 327/TASK 12-36-29-991-099

EFF :

ALL 12-36-29

Page A357
Oct 01/06
R
MSR
R (1) -For 4000EM1.
R (a) Dry motor the engine (Ref. TASK 71-00-00-720-828) until you
R collect 20 l (5.2833 USgal) approximately.
R NOTE : Stop the dry motoring if the advisory low level comes into
____
R view on the ECAM system (SD). If necessary fill the
R reservoir.
R (b) Stop the dry motoring.
R (c) Repeat the dry motoring until you collect 45 l (11.8876 USgal)
R approximately.
R (2) -For 4000EM2.
R (a) Dry motor the engine (Ref. TASK 71-00-00-720-828) until you
R collect 20 l (5.2833 USgal) approximately.
R NOTE : Stop the dry motoring if the advisory low level comes into
____
R view on the ECAM system (SD). If necessary fill the
R reservoir.
R (b) Stop the dry motoring.
R (c) Repeat the dry motoring until you collect 45 l (11.8876 USgal)
R approximately.
Subtask 12-36-29-611-179
B. Replacement of the Fluid in the Supply and Return Lines of the Primary
Servocontrols
(Ref. Fig. 328/TASK 12-36-29-991-091)
(1) On the FLT CTL section of the panel 212VU, push the PRIM3 pushbutton
switch (the OFF legend is off).
(2) On the FLT CTL section of the panel 241VU, push the PRIM1 and SEC1
pushbutton switches (the OFF legend are off).

EFF :

ALL 12-36-29

Page A358
Jan 01/07

MSR
Figure 328/TASK 12-36-29-991-091

EFF :

ALL 12-36-29

Page A359
Oct 01/06
R
MSR
(4) On the ground service manifold (5109JM1), open the valves which
supply the right and left wings.
CAUTION : STOP THE OPERATION OF:

_______
- THE HYDRAULIC USERS (FLIGHT CONTROLS, ETC.)
- THE ELECTRIC PUMP WHEN THE FLUID LEVEL GETS TO THE MIDDLE
OF THE AMBER ZONE. IF NOT, AIR CAN GET INTO THE HYDRAULIC
SYSTEM AND CAUSE CAVITATION OF THE PUMP.

- push the GREEN/ELEC/AUTO pushbutton switch (8JV) (the ON legend is
on).
(6) Do 2 cycles over the full travel range and make sure that the
computers while the pump operates.
(7) Monitor the level of the fluid in the Green reservoir. If necessary,
fill the Green reservoir with the fill unit cart.
(8) Do the steps (5) and (6) again and then do one more cycle.

R - Release the GREEN/ELEC/AUTO pushbutton switch (8JV) (the ON legend
R is off).
(10) On the ground service manifold (5109JM1), close the valves for the
right and left wings and open the valve for the aft fuselage.

- push the GREEN/ELEC/AUTO pushbutton switch (8JV) (the ON legend is
on).
(12) Operate the elevators over the full travel range two times.
(14) Do the steps (11) and (12) again.
(15) Operate the rudder over the full travel range two times.
(16) Monitor the level of the fluid in the Green reservoir. If necessary

EFF :

ALL 12-36-29

Page A360
Oct 01/06

MSR
R - Release the GREEN/ELEC/AUTO pushbutton switch (8JV) (the ON legend
R is off).
Subtask 12-36-29-865-157
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Subtask 12-36-29-611-180
D. Replacement of the Fluid in the Flap and Slat Supply and Return System

_______
- THE ELECTRIC PUMP WHEN THE FLUID LEVEL GETS TO THE MIDDLE OF
THE AMBER ZONE. IF NOT, AIR CAN GET INTO THE HYDRAULIC SYSTEM
AND CAUSE CAVITATION OF THE PUMP.
(1) On the panel 114VU, make sure that the flap and slat control lever is
in the position 1.
(2) Make sure that the level of the Green Hydraulic reservoir is at the
maximum level. If necessary fill the Green hydraulic reservoir .

R - Push the GREEN/ELEC/AUTO pushbutton switch (8JV).
position 2.

EFF :

ALL 12-36-29

Page A361
Oct 01/06

MSR
R - Release the GREEN/ELEC/AUTO pushbutton switch (8JV).
right and left wings.
Subtask 12-36-29-611-181
E. Replacement of the Fluid in the Normal Braking System

_______
(1) Push and release the brake pedals one time.
(2) Replace the hydraulic brake filter 5200GG on the manifold 5105JM
(3) Push and release the brake pedals 5 times.
(4) Fill the Green hydraulic reservoir with the Fill Cart Unit.
Subtask 12-36-29-611-182
F. Replacement of the Fluid in the Nose Wheel Steering System

_______

R - Push the GREEN/ELEC/AUTO pushbutton switch (8JV).
(2) Operate the nose wheel steering over the full travel one time .
fill the Green hydraulic reservoir with the Fill Cart Unit.
(4) Operate the nose wheel steering over full travel one time again.

R - Release the GREEN/ELEC/AUTO pushbutton switch (8JV).

EFF :

ALL 12-36-29

Page A362
Oct 01/06

MSR
Subtask 12-36-29-611-183
G. Replacement of the Fluid in the Landing Gear Door System

_______
(1) Remove the access platform from the zone 147.
(2) Fill the Green hydraulic reservoir to the maximum level .

- Push the GREEN/ELEC/AUTO pushbutton switch (8JV).
(4) Do 3 opening cycles of the NLG doors.
fill the Green hydraulic reservoir .
(6) Do 3 opening cycles of the right MLG doors.
(8) Do 3 opening cycles of the left MLG doors.

- Release the GREEN/ELEC/AUTO pushbutton switch (8JV).
(11) Install the access platform at the zone 147.
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 12-36-29-420-091
A. Connection of the hydraulic tube after replacement of the fluid
(1) Remove the flexible hose (2) and the restricting union (3).
(2) Remove the blanking plug from the filter (5011JM1).

EFF :

ALL 12-36-29

Page A363
Jul 01/08
R
MSR
(3) Loosen the tube (1), turn the tube 90 deg. and connect to the filter
(5011JM1).
(4) Tighten the tube (1) on the Green LP manifold (5004JM).
(5) Replace these hydraulic filters:

- the HP filters 5111JM101 and 5111JM102 (Ref. TASK 29-11-45-600-
801),
- the two case drain filters 5013JM1 (Ref. TASK 29-11-43-600-807).
Subtask 12-36-29-020-059
B. Disconnect the Hydraulic Connector.
R (1) Disconnect the CONNECTOR-HYDRAULIC HOSE (98F12303001000) from the

port 5132JM1.

Fill Cart Unit.
Subtask 12-36-29-942-098
(2) On the Green HP manifold 5103JM, remove the plug type E0053R8B3APNE
Subtask 12-36-29-865-158
breaker(s):
8JG, 19JG.
Subtask 12-36-29-942-099
(1) If the fire shutoff valves close, do a reset of the C/B 5JR.
(2) Do the bleeding of the Normal braking system (Ref. TASK 32-42-00-870-
801).

EFF :

ALL 12-36-29

Page A364
Jul 01/08

MSR
(3) Do the bleeding of the pitch trimmer (Ref. TASK 32-11-15-400-801).
(4) Fill the Green hydraulic reservoir (Ref. TASK 12-12-29-611-801).
(5) Operate the flight controls and monitor the reservoir level.
R from the Green hydraulic system and make an analysis (Ref. TASK 12-
32-29-281-801).
Subtask 12-36-29-410-113
F. Close Access
items.
Subtask 12-36-29-862-098
G. De-energize the aircraft electrical circuits

(Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-801).

EFF :

ALL 12-36-29

Page A365
Jul 01/07

MSR
TASK 12-36-29-611-808
Replacement of the Hydraulic Fluid of the Blue Hydraulic System with the Blue
Electric Pump

_______
_______
_______
OR MOUTH.
_______
_______
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
12-32-29-281-80100).

EFF :

ALL 12-36-29

Page A366
Oct 01/06
R
MSR
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Service Cart
External Power A
External Power A
Electric Pump
(5013JM2)
external bench
Brakes
71-00-00-720-802 Dry Motoring Check
12-36-29-991-087 Fig. 329
12-36-29-991-088 Fig. 330
12-36-29-991-098 Fig. 331
12-36-29-991-092 Fig. 332

EFF :

ALL 12-36-29

Page A367
Jul 01/08

MSR
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 12-36-29-860-166

(Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-801).
(2) Pressurize the Blue hydraulic system

(Ref. TASK 29-00-00-863-802).
position 1.
view.
LEAK MEASUREMENT VALVES/B pushbutton switch is pushed (the OFF legend
is on).
(6) On the Blue HP manifold 6103JM, disconnect the pressure switches 7JS2
and 19CE2. On the free end make a short circuit between the pins A
and B with a plug type E0053R8B3APNE.
Subtask 12-36-29-010-115
B. Get Access
Subtask 12-36-29-680-063
C. Drain the reservoir of the Blue hydraulic system (Ref. TASK 29-10-00-611-
802).

EFF :

ALL 12-36-29

Page A368
Jan 01/07
R
MSR
Subtask 12-36-29-420-092
D. Connection of the Flexible Hose to the LP Manifold 6005JM

(Ref. Fig. 329/TASK 12-36-29-991-087, 330/TASK 12-36-29-991-088)
(a) Disconnect the flexible hose (2) from the Blue LP filter 5011JM2.
(b) Put a blanking plug on the Blue LP filter 5011JM2.
R (c) Connect at the end of the flexible hose (2) a UNION,RESTRICTING

R (98F29103005001) (3).
(3) Fill the Blue hydraulic reservoir (Ref. TASK 12-12-29-611-803).
Subtask 12-36-29-420-098
E. Connection of the Fill Cart Unit to the suction port 5132JM2.

(Ref. Fig. 331/TASK 12-36-29-991-098)
(1) open the Blue ground service panel.
R (2) connect the CONNECTOR-HYDRAULIC HOSE (98F12303001000) to the port

5132JM2
R (3) connect the Fill Cart Unit to the CONNECTOR-HYDRAULIC HOSE

R (98F12303001000).
(4) operate the hydraulic service cart.
_______
operate the hydraulic service cart and monitor the increase of the
(5) stop the flow when the pointer is in the center position on the

EFF :

ALL 12-36-29

Page A369
Jul 01/08

MSR
R Hydraulic Connections for the Replacement of the Fluid
Figure 329/TASK 12-36-29-991-087

EFF :

ALL 12-36-29

Page A370
Jan 01/07

MSR
Figure 330/TASK 12-36-29-991-088

EFF :

ALL 12-36-29

Page A371
Oct 01/06
R
MSR
Figure 331/TASK 12-36-29-991-098

EFF :

ALL 12-36-29

Page A372
Oct 01/06
R
MSR
4. Procedure
_________
(Ref. Fig. 330/TASK 12-36-29-991-088)
Subtask 12-36-29-611-184
A. Replacement of the Fluid in the Engine Pump Suction and Pressure Lines.
NOTE : The quantity of fluid in the Blue system is approximately 150

____
of the fluid.
(1) -FOR 4000EM2
(a) Dry motor the engine (Ref. TASK 71-00-00-720-802) until you
collect 15 l (3.9625 USgal)
____
view on the ECAM system display (SD). If necessary fill
the reservoir again.
(b) Stop the dry motoring
(c) Repeat the dry motoring until you collect 45 l (11.8876 USgal).
Subtask 12-36-29-611-185
Servocontrols
(Ref. Fig. 332/TASK 12-36-29-991-092)
(1) On the panel 212VU, push the SEC2, PRIM2 and PRIM3 pushbutton
switches (the OFF legend are off).

_______

EFF :

ALL 12-36-29

Page A373
Jan 01/07
R
MSR
Figure 332/TASK 12-36-29-991-092

EFF :

ALL 12-36-29

Page A374
Oct 01/06
R
MSR
- push the BLUE/ELEC pushbutton switch (4JC) (the ON legend is on).
computers while the pump operates.
(6) Monitor the level of the fluid in the Blue reservoir. If necessary,
fill the Blue hydraulic reservoir with the Fill Cart Unit.

- release the BLUE/ELEC pushbutton switch (4JC) (the ON legend is
off).

- push the BLUE/ELEC pushbutton switch (4JC) (the ON legend is on).
(12) Monitor the level of the fluid in the Blue reservoir. If necessary
fill the Blue hydraulic reservoir (Ref. TASK 12-12-29-611-803).
(17) Operate the THS one time.

- release the BLUE/ELEC pushbutton switch (4JC) (the ON legend is
off).

EFF :

ALL 12-36-29

Page A375
Jan 01/07
R
MSR
Subtask 12-36-29-865-159
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Subtask 12-36-29-611-186
D. Replacement of the Fluid in the Slat Supply and Return System

(Ref. Fig. 332/TASK 12-36-29-991-092)

_______
in the position 1.
(2) Make sure that the level of the Blue hydraulic reservoir is at the
maximum level. If necessary fill the Blue hydraulic reservoir with
the Fill Cart Unit.

position 2.

and left wing.

EFF :

ALL 12-36-29

Page A376
Jan 01/07
R
MSR
Subtask 12-36-29-611-187
E. Replacement of the Fluid in the Alternate Brake System

_______
(1) On the PARK BRK control panel 117VU, set the PARK BRK switch to the
OFF position.
(2) On the HYD section of the panel 245VU:

(3) Push and release the brake pedals five times.
(4) On the HYD section of the panel 245VU:

5. Close-up
________
Subtask 12-36-29-420-093
(1) Remove the flexible hose (2) and the restricting union (3).
(2) Remove the blanking plug from the filter (5011JM2).
(3) Connect the flexible hose to the filter (5011JM2).

Subtask 12-36-29-020-057

port 5132JM2.

Fill Cart Unit.

EFF :

ALL 12-36-29

Page A377
Jul 01/08

MSR
Subtask 12-36-29-942-101
(2) On the Blue HP manifold 6103JM, remove the plug type E0053R8B3APNE
(3) Do the bleeding of the alternate brake system (Ref. TASK 32-43-00-
870-801).
(4) Fill the Blue hydraulic reservoir (Ref. TASK 12-12-29-611-803).
necessary fill the Blue hydraulic reservoir (Ref. TASK 12-12-29-611-
803).
R from the Blue hydraulic system and make an analysis (Ref. TASK 12-32-
29-281-801).
Subtask 12-36-29-410-114
D. Close Access
items.
Subtask 12-36-29-862-099

(Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-801).

EFF :

ALL 12-36-29

Page A378
Jul 01/07

MSR
TASK 12-36-29-611-809
Replacement of the Hydraulic Fluid of the Yellow Hydraulic System with the
Yellow Electric Pump

_______
_______
_______
OR MOUTH.
_______
_______
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
12-32-29-281-80100).

EFF :

ALL 12-36-29

Page A379
Jul 01/07
R
MSR
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific flexible hose
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

External Power A
External Power A
Electric Pump
(5013JM2)
external bench
71-00-00-720-802 Dry Motoring Check
12-36-29-991-089 Fig. 333
12-36-29-991-090 Fig. 334
12-36-29-991-097 Fig. 335
12-36-29-991-093 Fig. 336

EFF :

ALL 12-36-29

Page A380
Jul 01/08

MSR
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 12-36-29-860-167

(Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-801).
(2) Pressurize the Yellow hydraulic system

(Ref. TASK 29-00-00-863-803).
position 1.
view.
LEAK MEASUREMENT VALVES/Y pushbutton switch is pushed (the OFF legend
is on).
(6) On the Yellow HP manifold 7103JM, disconnect the pressure switches

7JS3 and 19CE3.
On the free end make a short circuit between the pins A and B with a
plug type E0053R8B3APNE.
Subtask 12-36-29-010-116
B. Get Access
Subtask 12-36-29-680-064
C. Drain the Reservoir of the Yellow Hydraulic System (Ref. TASK 29-10-00-
611-803)

EFF :

ALL 12-36-29

Page A381
Jul 01/07
R
MSR
Subtask 12-36-29-420-094
D. Connection of the Flexible Hose to the LP Filter 5011JM3

(Ref. Fig. 333/TASK 12-36-29-991-089, 334/TASK 12-36-29-991-090)
(a) Disconnect the hose (1) from the LP filter 5011JM3.
(b) Put a blanking plug on the hose (1).
(c) Connect the flexible hose (2) to the LP filter 5011JM3.
R (d) Connect at the end of the flexible hose (2) a UNION,RESTRICTING

R (98F29103005001) (3).
(3) Fill the Yellow hydraulic reservoir at the maximum level with the
Fill Cart Unit.

804).
Subtask 12-36-29-420-096
E. Connection of the FILL CART UNIT to the suction port 5132JM3.

(Ref. Fig. 335/TASK 12-36-29-991-097)
(1) Open the yellow ground service panel.
R (2) Connect the CONNECTOR-HYDRAULIC HOSE (98F12303001000) to the 5132JM3.
R (3) Connect the FILL CART UNIT to the adaptor CONNECTOR-HYDRAULIC HOSE
R (98F12303001000).
_______
fluid level in the reservoir hydraulic quantity indicator 5JS.

EFF :

ALL 12-36-29

Page A382
Jul 01/08

MSR
Hydraulic Connections for the Replacement of the Fluid
Figure 333/TASK 12-36-29-991-089

EFF :

ALL 12-36-29

Page A383
Jul 01/07
R
MSR
Figure 334/TASK 12-36-29-991-090

EFF :

ALL 12-36-29

Page A384
Jul 01/07
R
MSR
Figure 335/TASK 12-36-29-991-097

EFF :

ALL 12-36-29

Page A385
Jul 01/07
R
MSR
INTENTIONALLY BLANK

R

12-36-29

Page A386
Jul 01/07

MSR
4. Procedure
_________
(Ref. Fig. 333/TASK 12-36-29-991-089, 334/TASK 12-36-29-991-090)
Subtask 12-36-29-611-188
A. Replacement of the Fluid in the Engine Pump Suction and Pressure lines.
NOTE : The quantity of fluid in the Yellow system is approximately 110

____
of the fluid.
(1) -For 4000EM3
(a) Dry motor the engine (Ref. TASK 71-00-00-720-802) until you
collect 13l approximately.
____
view on the ECAM system display.
(b) If necessary fill the reservoir again.
(c) Repeat the dry motoring until you collect 40l approximately.
Subtask 12-36-29-611-189
Servocontrols
(Ref. Fig. 336/TASK 12-36-29-991-093)
(1) On the FLT CTL section of the panel 212VU, push the SEC2, PRIM2 and
PRIM3 pushbutton switches (the OFF legend are off).
(2) On the FLT CTL section of the panel 241VU, push the SEC1 pushbutton
switch (the OFF legend is off).

EFF :

ALL 12-36-29

Page A387
Jan 01/07
R
MSR
Figure 336/TASK 12-36-29-991-093

EFF :

ALL 12-36-29

Page A388
Jan 01/07
R
MSR

_______

- push the YELLOW/ELEC/AUTO pushbutton switch (6JJ) (the ON legend is
on).
computers while the pump is operates.
(7) Monitor the level of the fluid in the Yellow reservoir. If necessary
fill the Yellow reservoir.

- release the YELLOW/ELEC/AUTO pushbutton switch (6JJ) (the ON legend
is off).
right and left wings and open the valves for the aft fuselage.

- push the YELLOW/ELEC/AUTO pushbutton switch (6JJ) (the ON legend is
on).
fill the Yellow reservoir with the fill unit cart.
(16) Monitor the level of the fluid in the Yellow reservoir.

If necessary fill the Yellow reservoir with the fill unit cart.

EFF :

ALL 12-36-29

Page A389
Jan 01/07
R
MSR
(18) Operate the THS one time.

- release the YELLOW/ELEC/AUTO pushbutton switch (6JJ) (the ON legend
is off).
Subtask 12-36-29-865-160
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Subtask 12-36-29-611-190
D. Replacement of the Fluid in the Flap Supply and Return System

(Ref. Fig. 336/TASK 12-36-29-991-093)

_______
in the position 1.
(2) Make sure that the level of the Yellow reservoir is at the maximum
level. If necessary fill the Yellow reservoir with the fill unit
cart.
supply the right and the left wings.

position 2.

EFF :

ALL 12-36-29

Page A390
Jan 01/07
R
MSR
fill the Yellow reservoir with the fill unit cart.

right and left wings.
Subtask 12-36-29-611-191
E. Replacement of the Fluid in the Cargo Doors System

_______
Do one opening and closing cycle of the cargo doors (Ref. TASK 52-30-00-
010-801) and (Ref. TASK 52-30-00-410-801).
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 12-36-29-420-095
(1) Remove the flexible hose (2) from the LP filter 5011JM3.
(2) Remove the blanking plug from the hose (1).
(3) Connect the hose (1) to the LP filter 5011JM3.


EFF :

ALL 12-36-29

Page A391
Jan 01/07
R
MSR
Subtask 12-36-29-020-058

port 5132JM3.

Fill Cart Unit.
Subtask 12-36-29-942-103
C. Get Access
(2) On the Yellow HP manifold 7103JM, remove the plug type E0053R8B3APNE
(3) Fill the Yellow hydraulic reservoir with the Fill Cart Unit.
necessary fill the Yellow hydraulic reservoir with the Fill Cart
Unit.
(5) After approximately one week aircraft operation, take a fluid sample
from the Yellow hydraulic system and make an analysis (Ref. TASK 12-
32-29-281-801).
Subtask 12-36-29-410-115
D. Close Access
items.
Subtask 12-36-29-862-100

(Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-801).

EFF :

ALL 12-36-29

Page A392
Jul 01/08

MSR
TASK 12-36-29-611-804
Reclaim the Fluid in the Green Hydraulic System

_______
_______
_______
OR MOUTH.
_______
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
R To clean the fluid when the rate of particle contamination is higher than
R the values of NSA 307-110 class 9 (Ref. TASK 12-32-29-281-80100).
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No specific ground hydraulic supply


EFF :

ALL 12-36-29

Page A393
Jul 01/08

MSR
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Service Cart
External Power A
29-00-00-280-801 Check of the Green Hydraulic System after Operation
of the Engine Pumps in Possible Starvation or
Cavitation Condition.
Hydraulic Supply
external bench
78-31-41-200-802 Inspection of the Thrust Reverser Isolation Control
Unit
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 12-36-29-861-056

(Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-801).
Subtask 12-36-29-860-132
(1) Do the EIS start procedure (EWD DU, SD DU only) (Ref. TASK 31-60-00-
860-801).
(2) On the ECAM control panel, push the HYD key (on the SD the HYD page
comes into view).

R

EFF :

ALL 12-36-29

Page A394
Jul 01/08

MSR
(3) On the SD make sure that:
- the LO AIR PRESS indication of the Green reservoir is not shown. If
it is shown, pressurize the reservoir (Ref. TASK 29-14-00-614-804).
- the level index of the Green reservoir shows that the fluid level
is correct. If the level of the fluid is not correct add fluid with
a service cart or with a hand pump (Ref. TASK 12-12-29-611-801),
(Ref. TASK 12-12-29-611-802).
(4) Connect the suction and delivery lines of the hydraulic ground power
supply to the aircraft connectors, access door 197CB:
- 5132JM1 suction
- 5131JM1 delivery.
Subtask 12-36-29-010-102
C. Get Access
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 12-36-29-611-100
A. Clean the Fluid in the Green Hydraulic System
R NOTE : If there is fluid contamination because of engine pump

____
R deterioration, do a check of the Green hydraulic system after
R operation of the engine pump in possible cavitation condition
(Ref. TASK 29-00-00-280-801).
(1) Pressurize the system that you must clean with the ground hydraulic
supply (Ref. TASK 29-00-00-863-801).
(2) Operate all the flight controls and brakes to make a fluid flow in
the system.
(3) Do a fluid sampling for particle contamination (Ref. TASK 12-32-29-

281-801).
(4) Continue to operate the flight controls and the brakes until you get
a sample that is correct (contamination lower than NSA 307-110 class
9).

EFF :

ALL 12-36-29

Page A395
Jul 01/08

MSR
(5) Do a check of the clogging indicator of:
- the filter element installed on the Isolation Control Unit 4117KS
(Ref. TASK 78-31-41-200-802).
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 12-36-29-864-050
A. Depressurize the Green hydraulic system

(Ref. TASK 29-00-00-864-801).
Subtask 12-36-29-860-133
B. Disconnect the suction and delivery lines of the hydraulic ground power
supply from the aircraft connectors, access door 197CB:
- 5132JM1 suction
- 5131JM1 delivery.
Subtask 12-36-29-410-101
C. Close Access
(1) Close the MLG doors (Ref. TASK 32-12-00-410-801)

EFF :

ALL 12-36-29

Page A396
Jul 01/08
R
MSR
TASK 12-36-29-611-805
Reclaim the Fluid in the Blue Hydraulic System

_______
_______
_______
OR MOUTH.
_______
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------


EFF :

ALL 12-36-29

Page A397
Jul 01/08

MSR
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Service Cart
External Power A
29-00-00-280-802 Check of the Blue Hydraulic System after Operation of
the Engine Pump in Possible Starvation or Cavitation
Condition.
29-00-00-863-802 Pressurize the Blue Hydraulic System with the Ground
Hydraulic Supply
external bench
Unit
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 12-36-29-861-057

(Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-801).
Subtask 12-36-29-860-134
860-801).
comes into view).

EFF :

ALL 12-36-29

Page A398
Jul 01/08
R
MSR
- the LO AIR PRESS indication of the Blue reservoir is not shown. If
it is shown, pressurize the reservoir (Ref. TASK 29-14-00-614-804),
- the level index of the Blue reservoir shows that the fluid level is
correct. If the level of the fluid is not correct add fluid with a
service cart or with a hand pump (Ref. TASK 12-12-29-611-803),
(Ref. TASK 12-12-29-611-804).
supply to the aircraft connectors, access door 195BB:
- 5132JM2 suction
- 5131JM2 delivery.
Subtask 12-36-29-010-103
C. Get Access
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 12-36-29-611-101
A. Clean the Fluid in the Blue Hydraulic System

____
R deterioration, do a check of the Blue hydraulic system after
R (Ref. TASK 29-00-00-280-802).
supply (Ref. TASK 29-00-00-863-802).
(2) Operate all the flight controls and brakes to make a fluid flow in
the system.

281-801).
(4) Continue to operate the flight controls and the brakes until you get
a sample that is correct (contamination lower than NSA 307-110 class
9).

EFF :

ALL 12-36-29

Page A399
Jul 01/08

MSR
R - the Blue HP filter 5111JM2 (Ref. TASK 29-10-00-200-804),
R - the Blue LP filter 5011JM2 (Ref. TASK 29-10-00-200-804),
R - the filter element installed on the isolation control unit 4117KS
R (Ref. TASK 78-31-41-200-802).
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 12-36-29-864-051
A. Depressurize the Blue hydraulic system

(Ref. TASK 29-00-00-864-802).
Subtask 12-36-29-860-135
supply from the aircraft connectors, access door 195BB:
- 5132JM2 suction
- 5131JM2 delivery.
Subtask 12-36-29-410-102
C. Close Access

EFF :

ALL 12-36-29

Page B300
Jul 01/08

MSR
TASK 12-36-29-611-806
Reclaim the Fluid in the Yellow Hydraulic System

_______
_______
_______
OR MOUTH.
_______
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------


EFF :

ALL 12-36-29

Page B301
Jul 01/08

MSR
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Service Cart
External Power A
29-00-00-280-803 Check of the Yellow Hydraulic System after Operation
of the Engine Pump in Possible Starvation or
Cavitation Condition.
Ground Hydraulic Supply
external bench
Unit
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 12-36-29-861-058

(Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-801).
Subtask 12-36-29-860-136
860-801).
comes into view).

EFF :

ALL 12-36-29

Page B302
Jul 01/08
R
MSR
- the LO AIR PRESS indication of the Yellow reservoir is not shown.
If it is shown, pressurize the reservoir (Ref. TASK 29-14-00-614-
804),
- the level index of the Yellow reservoir shows that the fluid level
is correct. If the level of the fluid is not correct add fluid with
a service cart or with a hand pump (Ref. TASK 12-12-29-611-805),
(Ref. TASK 12-12-29-611-806).
supply to the aircraft connectors, access door 196BB:
- 5132JM3 suction
- 5131JM3 delivery.
Subtask 12-36-29-010-104
C. Get Access
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 12-36-29-611-102
A. Clean the Fluid in the Yellow Hydraulic System

____
R deterioration, do a check of the Yellow hydraulic system after
(Ref. TASK 29-00-00-280-803).
supply (Ref. TASK 29-00-00-863-803).
(2) Operate all the flight controls to make a fluid flow in the system.

281-801).
(4) Continue to operate the flight controls until you get a sample that
is correct (contamination lower than NSA 307-110 class 9).

EFF :

ALL 12-36-29

Page B303
Jul 01/08

MSR
R - the Yellow HP filter 5111JM3 (Ref. TASK 29-10-00-200-804),
R - the Yellow LP filter 5011JM3 (Ref. TASK 29-10-00-200-804),
R - the filter element installed on the isolation control unit 4117KS
R (Ref. TASK 78-31-41-200-802).
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 12-36-29-864-052
A. Depressurize the Yellow hydraulic system

(Ref. TASK 29-00-00-864-803).
Subtask 12-36-29-860-137
supply from the aircraft connectors, access door 196BB:
- 5132JM3 suction
- 5131JM3 delivery.
Subtask 12-36-29-410-103
C. Close Access

EFF :

ALL 12-36-29

Page B304
Jul 01/08

MSR
TASK 12-36-29-615-801
Clean the Fluid in the Green Hydraulic System (with the Pall Purifier)

_______
_______
_______
OR MOUTH.
_______
_______
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Clean the fluid when the chemical analysis (without the acid number check)
is equal to or higher than the values of the NSA 307-110 (Ref. TASK
12-32-29-281-80100).
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

EFF :

ALL 12-36-29

Page B305
Jul 01/08
R
MSR
INTENTIONALLY BLANK

R

12-36-29

Page B306
Jul 01/08

MSR
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Service Cart
External Power A
External Power A
external bench
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 12-36-29-010-117
A. Get Access
(1) Open the access door 197CB.
Subtask 12-36-29-860-168

(Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-801).

(Ref. TASK 29-00-00-864-801).
860-801).

EFF :

ALL 12-36-29

Page B307
Oct 01/06
R
MSR
(4) On the SD, make sure that:
- the LO AIR PRESS indication of the Green reservoir is not in view.
If this indication is shown pressurize the reservoir (Ref. TASK 29-
14-00-614-801),
is correct.
If the level is not correct, add fluid to the reservoir with a
hydraulic service cart (Ref. TASK 12-12-29-611-801) or with a hand
pump (Ref. TASK 12-12-29-611-802).
(5) Connect the suction and delivery lines of the hydraulic Pall Purifier
to the hydraulic ground service panel:
- 5132JM1 ground connector-suction,
- 5131JM1 ground connector-delivery.
the PRIM1 and SEC1 pushbutton switches are pushed (the OFF and FAULT
legends are off).
(7) On the FLT CTL section of the overhead panel 212VU make sure that the
PRIM2, PRIM3 and SEC2 pushbutton switches are pushed (the OFF and
FAULT legends are off).
(8) On the ECAM control panel, push the F/CTL key (on the SD the F/CTL
(9) Make sure that the IRS are not aligned.
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 12-36-29-615-050
A. Clean the Fluid in the Green Hydraulic System
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE GROUND SAFETY-LOCKS ARE CORRECTLY INSTALLED
_______
ON THE LANDING GEAR.
_______
CLEAR.
MOVEMENT OF FLIGHT CONTROLS CAN CAUSE INJURY TO PERSONS AND/OR
DAMAGE.
NOTE : Obey the manufacturer instructions for the hydraulic purifier.

____
(1) Set the main pump of the HYDRAULIC PURIFIER (HSPA181-380J) to ON.

EFF :

ALL 12-36-29

Page B308
Oct 01/06
R
MSR
(2) Operate the purifier for 30 minutes.
(3) Operation of the flight controls from the CAPT side.
(a) Move the side stick in the full nose-up, nose down, left roll and
right roll directions:
- the ailerons, the elevators, the spoiler 5 move in relation to
the side stick orders.
(b) Put the side stick in the neutral position:

- the surfaces go back to the neutral position.
(c) Push the right then the left pedal to the mechanical stop:
- the rudder moves in relation to the pedals orders.
(d) Put the pedals in the neutral position:

- the rudder goes back to the neutral position.
(e) Put the SPEED BRAKE control lever in the FULL position:
- the spoilers 1 and 5 extend.
(f) Put the SPEED BRAKE control lever in the RET position:
- the spoilers 1 and 5 retract.
(g) On the panel 114VU, put the flap and slat control lever in the
FULL position:
- the slats and the flaps extend.
(h) On the panel 114VU, put the flap and slat control lever in the O
position:
- the slats and the flaps retract.
(4) Do a check of the water contents indicators at the purifier.
(5) If the water contents is high, continue to operate the purifier.
(6) Stop the cleaning procedure, when the water contents indicator shows
a low water contents.
(7) Set the main pump of the HYDRAULIC PURIFIER (HSPA181-380J) to OFF.
(8) Disconnect the suction and delivery lines of the hydraulic purifier
from the aircraft connectors.

EFF :

ALL 12-36-29

Page B309
Oct 01/06
R
MSR
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 12-36-29-860-169

- the LO AIR PRESS indication of the Green reservoir is not in view.
If this indication is shown pressurize the Green hydraulic
reservoir (Ref. TASK 29-14-00-614-804).
is correct.
pump (Ref. TASK 12-12-29-611-802).
items.

(Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-801).
Subtask 12-36-29-410-116
B. Close Access
(1) Close the access door 197CB.

EFF :

ALL 12-36-29

Page B310
Oct 01/06
R
MSR
TASK 12-36-29-615-802
Clean the Fluid in the Blue Hydraulic System (with the Pall Purifier)

_______
_______
_______
OR MOUTH.
_______
_______
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
12-32-29-281-80100).
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

EFF :

ALL 12-36-29

Page B311
Oct 01/06

MSR
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Service Cart
External Power A
External Power A
external bench
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 12-36-29-010-118
A. Get Access
(1) Open the access door 195BB.
Subtask 12-36-29-860-170

(Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-801).
(2) Depressurize the Blue hydraulic system

(Ref. TASK 29-00-00-864-802).
860-801).

EFF :

ALL 12-36-29

Page B312
Oct 01/06

MSR
- the LO AIR PRESS indication of the Blue reservoir is not in view.
14-00-614-801),
correct.
pump (Ref. TASK 12-12-29-611-804).
PRIM1 and SEC1 pushbutton switches are pushed (the OFF and FAULT
legends are off).
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 12-36-29-615-051
A. Clean the Fluid in the Blue Hydraulic System
_______
_______
CLEAR.
DAMAGE.

____

EFF :

ALL 12-36-29

Page B313
Oct 01/06

MSR
(a) Move the side stick in the full nose-up, nose down, left roll and
- the inboard ailerons and one elevator move in relation to the
side stick orders.

(c) Push the right then the left pedal to the mechanical stop:

(e) On the center pedestal, move the pitch-trim control wheel in the
full nose-up and nose-down directions:
- the THS moves in relation to the wheel orders.
(f) Put the pitch-trim control wheel in the neutral position:

- the THS goes back to the neutral position.
(g) Put the SPEED BRAKE control lever in the FULL position:
- the spoilers 2 and 3 extend.
(h) Put the SPEED BRAKE control lever in the RET position:
(i) On the panel 114VU, put the flap and slat control lever in the
FULL position:
- the slats extend.
(j) On the panel 114VU, put the flap and slat control lever in the O
position:
- the slats retract.
(4) Do a check of the water contents indicators of the purifier.
(6) Stop the cleaning procedure when the water contents indicator shows a
low water contents.

EFF :

ALL 12-36-29

Page B314
Oct 01/06

MSR
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 12-36-29-860-171

- the LO AIR PRESS indication of the Blue reservoir is not in view.
If this indication is shown pressurize the Blue hydraulic reservoir
(Ref. TASK 29-14-00-614-804).
correct.
pump (Ref. TASK 12-12-29-611-804).
items.

(Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-801).
Subtask 12-36-29-410-117
B. Close Access
(1) Close the access door 195BB.

EFF :

ALL 12-36-29

Page B315
Oct 01/06

MSR
TASK 12-36-29-615-803
Clean the Fluid in the Yellow Hydraulic System (with the Pall Purifier)

_______
_______
_______
OR MOUTH.
_______
_______
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
12-32-29-281-80100).
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

EFF :

ALL 12-36-29

Page B316
Oct 01/06

MSR
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Service Cart
External Power A
External Power A
external bench
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 12-36-29-010-119
A. Get Access
(1) Open the access door 196BB.
Subtask 12-36-29-860-172

(Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-801).

(Ref. TASK 29-00-00-864-803).
860-801).

EFF :

ALL 12-36-29

Page B317
Oct 01/06

MSR
- the LO AIR PRESS indication of the Yellow reservoir is not in view.
14-00-614-801).
is correct.
pump (Ref. TASK 12-12-29-611-806).
PRIM1 and SEC1 pushbutton switches are pushed (the OFF and FAULT
legends are off).
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 12-36-29-615-052
A. Clean the Fluid in the Yellow Hydraulic System
_______
_______
CLEAR.
DAMAGE.

____

EFF :

ALL 12-36-29

Page B318
Oct 01/06

MSR
(a) Move the side stick in the full nose-up, nose-down, left roll and
- the outboard aileron, spoilers and one elevator move in
relation to the side stick orders.

(c) Push the right then the left pedal to the mechanical stop.

(e) On the center pedestal, move the pitch-trim control wheel in the
full nose-up and nose-down directions:
- the THS moves in relation to the wheel orders.
(f) Put the pitch-trim control wheel in the neutral position:

- the THS goes back to the neutral position.
(g) Put the SPEED BRAKE control lever in the FULL position:
- the spoilers 4 and 6 extend
(h) Put the SPEED BRAKE control lever in the RET position.
(i) On the panel 114VU, put the flap and slat control lever in the
FULL position:
- the flaps extend.
(j) On the panel 114VU, put the flap and slat control lever in the O
position:
- the flaps retract.
(4) Do a check of the water contents indicators at the purifier.
(6) Stop the cleaning procedure when the water contents indicator shows a
low water contents.

EFF :

ALL 12-36-29

Page B319
Oct 01/06

MSR
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 12-36-29-860-173

- the LO AIR PRESS indication of the Yellow reservoir is not in view.
If this indication is shown pressurize the (Ref. TASK 29-14-00-614-
804).
is correct.
pump (Ref. TASK 12-12-29-611-806).
items.
(3) Depressurize the aircraft hydraulic systems

(Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-801).
Subtask 12-36-29-410-118
B. Close Access
(1) Close the access door 196BB.

EFF :

ALL 12-36-29

Page B320
Oct 01/06

MSR

Gammmsra 000010

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

Gammmsra 000010

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

__________

REVISION NO. 17 Jul 01/08

L.E.P. 1- 9 Revised to Reflect this revision indicating

12-13-24 Effectivity updated

12-13-27 Effectivity updated

12-13-79 CORRECTION/ADDITION/AMPLIFICATION ALL

12-14-29 CORRECTION/ADDITION/AMPLIFICATION ALL

12-14-32 WARNING/NOTE/REASON FOR THE JOB AMENDED ALL

12-15-38 CORRECTION/ADDITION/AMPLIFICATION ALL

12-16-38 CONSUMABLE INGREDIENT DATA UPDATED ALL

12-21-12 CORRECTION/ADDITION/AMPLIFICATION ALL

12-22-27 CORRECTION/ADDITION/AMPLIFICATION ALL

12-22-32 Effectivity updated

12-22-52 CIRCUIT BREAKER(S) DATA UPDATED ALL

12-31-12 CORRECTION/ADDITION/AMPLIFICATION ALL

12-31-32 CORRECTION/ADDITION/AMPLIFICATION ALL

12-31-38 CONSUMABLE INGREDIENT DATA UPDATED ALL

12-32-24 CORRECTION/ADDITION/AMPLIFICATION ALL

12-32-28 CORRECTION/ADDITION/AMPLIFICATION ALL

12-34-24 CORRECTION/ADDITION/AMPLIFICATION ALL

12-36-29 Effectivity updated

LIST OF EFFECTIVE PAGES

CH/SE/SU C PAGE DATE CH/SE/SU C PAGE DATE CH/SE/SU C PAGE DATE

RECORD 12-11-28 306 Jul01/06 12-11-28 348 Oct01/07

12-11-28 R 390 Jul01/08 12-11-28 R A341 Jul01/08 12-11-28 R A392 Jul01/08

12-12-32 307 Jan01/04 12-13-24 R 316 Jul01/08 12-13-27 R 338 Jul01/08

12-13-49 308 Apr01/07 12-14-29 303 Jan01/04 12-14-32 341 Oct01/04

12-20-00 1 Jan01/04 12-21-12 338 Jan01/08 12-22-27 R 301 Jul01/08

12-22-27 352 Jan01/08 12-22-32 324 Jan01/07 12-22-52 318 Jul01/06

12-24-38 205 Oct01/05 12-31-27 203 Jul01/07 12-32-24 R 303 Jul01/08

12-32-28 346 Jul01/07 12-36-29 303 Jan01/04 12-36-29 354 Oct01/04

12-36-29 A305 Oct01/06 12-36-29 R A356 Jul01/08 12-36-29 B307 Oct01/06

HYDRAULIC FLUIDS 12-12-00

RAIN REPELLENT 12-17-00

USE OF MANUAL MAGNETIC FUEL QUANTITY 12-28-00

COLD WEATHER MAINTENANCE - AIRCRAFT 12-31-00

SAMPLING FOR ANALYSIS 12-32-00

GROUNDING POINTS 12-34-00

SYSTEM LINE FLUSHING 12-36-00

A. NO STEP Areas on the Wing

B. NO STEP Areas on the THS

A. Hydraulic System Pressurization

(1) Before you pressurize a hydraulic system:

(b) Use only the interphone system to get permission to pressurize

B. Safety Instructions Applicable to Hydraulic Fluid

(1) Do not mix phosphoric-ester-type hydraulic fluid and mineral-base

(c) Put protective goggles when you do pressurization tests of

(d) If you get hydraulic fluid in your eyes, flush it away

(f) Remove the clothes moist with hydraulic fluid as soon as

C. Technical Safety Instructions

(4) Use only approved hydraulic fluid to fill hydraulic reservoirs,

(6) If a system is contaminated, keep the hydraulic fluid for analysis.

R Installation of the Wingrip

R A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

R No specific 1 ACCESS PLATFORM 5M (16 FT)- ADJUSTABLE

R 27-50-00-866-802 Retraction of the Flaps on the Ground

R A. Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

R (2) Install the LOCKING TOOL - FLAP/SLAT CONTROL LEVER (98D27803000000)

R A. Installation of the WINGRIP (15330-00)

R (1) Refer to the Wingrip manufacturers instructions for installation of

R NOTE : Only personnel with special training are authorized to

R A. Removal of the WINGRIP (15330-00)

R (1) Refer to the Wingrip manufacturers instructions for removal of the

R (1) Refer to the Wingrip manufacturers instructions for installation of

R (1) Refer to the Wingrip manufacturers instructions for removal of the